This is an electronic copy. All bidders must obtain a hard copy of the contract documents directly from the City of Healdsburg for bidding purposes..

CITY OF HEALDSBURG

NOTICE TO BIDDERS, PROPOSAL, CONTRACT

FOR

MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

CITY OF HEALDSBURG

THERE IS A MANDATORY PREBID MEETING FOR THIS PROJECT SCHEDULED WEDNESDAY, MARCH 30, 2016 at 9:00AM AT THE CITY CORPORATION YARD, 550 WESTSIDE ROAD, HEALDSBURG.

BID OPENING DATE:

APRIL 13, 2016

CITY OF HEALDSBURG CITY MANAGERS OFFICE BUILDING MAINTENANCE PROJECT MANAGER: TINA L. KIRCHNER

401 GROVE STREET ECOPYHEALDSBURG, CALIFORNIA 95448 PHONE: (707) 431-3346 NOTICE TO BIDDERS

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed bids will be received by the City Manager’s Office of the City of Healdsburg at the Administration/Clerks office located at City Hall, 401 Grove Street, Healdsburg, County of Sonoma, State of California, until the hour of 2:00 p.m., on the 13th day of April 2016 at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud in the chambers of the City Council, 401 Grove Street, Healdsburg, California, for:

MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT (“Project”)

Plans and specifications may be obtained at the office of the City Engineer of the City of Healdsburg, 435 Allan Court, Healdsburg, California 95448 for a non-refundable fee of $35.00. The estimated Project cost is $985,000. The Project includes the following:

 Senior Center - (133 Matheson Street) – kitchen improvements, replacement of the HVAC system, roofing preservation and isolated re-roofing, and fire alarm installation.  Police Department – (238 Center Street) - the replacement of HVAC units, specific roof restoration areas and lavatory counters at second story restrooms.  Fire Department (600 Healdsburg Avenue) - replacement of the HVAC system with isolated restoration roof repairs.  Public Works Operations and Maintenance (550 Westside Road)- The addition of an air conditioning unit to Dry Creek Chemical Building.  Healdsburg Community Center- miscellaneous customer enhancements (concrete removal, landscape upgrade), painting of entire center, demolition of portable units on the south-side of the center, rental portable upgrades.

In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 3400, bidders may propose equals of products listed in the technical specifications or project plans by manufacturer name, brand or model number, unless the technical specifications or plans specify that the product is necessary to match others in use. Complete information for products proposed as equals must be submitted to the City Clerk’s Office for review at least seven (7) working days before the time specified for bid opening in accordance with the bidders instructions contained in the bid package.

In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20170, all bids must be presented under sealed cover and include one of the following forms of bidder’s security: cash, cashier’s check made payable to the City, certified check made payable to the City, or a bidder’s bond. The amount of bidder’s security provided must equal at least ten (10) percent of the total of the bid price for the base bid and the additive or deductive items listed in this notice. The successful bidder must submit to the City complete, executed copies of all required documents within ten (10) working days of receiving written notice of award of the project. Bidder’s security of any successful bidder that fails to do so will be forfeited to the City. Such required documents include, but are not limited to, a payment or labor and materials bond in an amount of at least 100 percent of theECOPY amount payable by the terms of the project contract and that satisfies the requirements of California Civil Code Section 9554, and a performance bond in an amount of at least 100 percent of the amount payable by the terms of the contract. All project bonds must be executed by an admitted surety insurer in accordance with applicable law and acceptable to the City.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 1720 et seq. of the Labor Code of California, the Director of Industrial Relations for the State of California has ascertained the current general prevailing rate of wages for employer purposes, in Sonoma County, State of California. Not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in Sonoma County and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday work fixed as provided in the California Labor Code must be paid to all workers engaged in performing the project.

In accordance with the California Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the applicable determinations of the Director are on file in the City of Healdsburg City Engineer's Office and may be reviewed upon request. A mandatory pre-bid meeting is scheduled for this project on Wednesday, March 30, 2016 at 9:00AM at the City Corporation Yard, 550 Westside Road, Healdsburg. Only attendees of this meeting are able to submit bids.

In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 3300, a valid class B California contractor’s license is required to bid on the project.

In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 22300, except where prohibited by federal regulations or policies, the successful bidder may, on request and at its expense, substitute securities in lieu of amounts withheld by the City from progress payments to ensure performance under the contract in accordance with the contract documents.

The City of Healdsburg reserves the right to postpone the date and time for the opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and time announced in the advertisement in accordance with applicable law.

The City of Healdsburg reserves the right to reject any and all bids or to waive any defects or irregularity in bidding in accordance with applicable law. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20103.8, if the City elects to award a contract for performance of the project, the contract will be awarded in accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20162 and other applicable law to the responsible bidder submitting a responsive bid with the lowest total bid price for the base bid without consideration of the bid price for any additive or deductive items. All bids will remain valid for 90 days after the bid opening. Except as permitted by law and subject to all applicable remedies, including forfeiture of bidder’s security, bidders may not withdraw their bid during the 90 day period after the bid opening.

By order of the City Council of the City of Healdsburg, Sonoma County, California.

PUBLISH: March 17, 2016 (Healdsburg Tribune) March 20, 2016 (Press Democrat)

/s/ Tina Lindenberg-Kirchner Date: March 14, 2016 Administrative Services Manager ECOPY

ii TABLE OF CONTENTS

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ...... 4 1. DEFINITIONS ...... 4 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS ...... 4 3. PRE-BID COMMUNICATION AND INTERPRETATION OF THE BID PACKAGE ...... 5 4. PRE-BID ACCESS TO THE PROJECT SITE...... 5 5. BIDDING PROCEDURE ...... 6 6. BID PROTESTS ...... 8 7. AWARD ...... 8 8. PRICING ...... 9 9. QUANTITIES ...... 9 10. SUBSTITUTION OF “OR EQUAL” ITEMS ...... 10 11. SUBCONTRACTING ...... 10 12. ASSIGNMENT ...... 11 13. BONDS ...... 11 14. LABOR LAWS ...... 12 BIDDER’S CHECK LIST ...... 14 PROPOSAL ...... 15 BID BOND...... 17 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION STATEMENT ...... 19 CONTRACTOR LICENSE INFORMATION ...... 22 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS ...... 23 NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION ...... 26 WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION ...... 27 DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION ...... 27 ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ...... 28 PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10285.1 STATEMENT ...... 34 PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10162 QUESTIONNAIRE ...... 35 PUBLIC CONTRACT SECTION 10232 STATEMENT ...... 36 BIDDER’S SIGNATURE ...... 37 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CHECK LIST ...... 39 CONTRACT PART 1 ...... 40 PERFORMANCE BOND ...... 45 PAYMENT/LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND ...... 47 MAINTENANCE BOND ...... 49 ESCROW AGREEMENT ...... 51 GENERAL PROVISIONS ...... 54 SECTION 1 Definitions ...... 54 SECTION 2 Scope of Work ...... 56 SECTION 3 Control of Work and Material ...... 58 SECTION 4 Changes in Work ...... 63 SECTION 5 Trenching and Utilities ...... 66 SECTION 6 Project Facilities...... 69 SECTION 7 Prosecution and Progress of the Work ...... 70 SECTION 8 Contractor Responsibilities ...... 73 SECTION 9 Measurement and Payment ...... 90 SECTION 10 Project Acceptance and Closeout ...... 94 SECTION 11 Remedies and Disputes ...... 95 SECTION 12 AdditionECOPYal Provisions ...... 100 SECTION 13 Safety Rules and Requirements ...... 108 Technical Specifications & Project Plans ...... 111

iii

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 Bid forms. The bid forms are the forms listed in the Bid Forms Section in the bid package Table of Contents.

1.2 Bid package. A complete bid package consists of the following documents: Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Bidder’s Check List, Proposal and Schedule of Bid Prices, Bid Bond, Contractor Qualification Statement, Contractor License Information, List of Proposed Subcontractors, Workers Compensation Insurance Certification, Acknowledgement of Indemnity and Insurance Requirements Non- collusion Affidavit, Debarment Certification, Public Contract Code Section 10285.1, Public Contract Code Section 10162 Questionnaire, Public Contract Code Section 10232 Statement, Debarment and Suspension Certification, Bidder’s Signature Page, Contract Check List, Contract, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, Escrow for Security Deposit Contract, Part 1, General Provisions, Special Provisions (if applicable), the Project Plans and Technical Specifications.

1.3 Contract documents. All of the documents incorporated into the final Project contract as listed in the contract.

1.4 The Project is the MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT (“Project”) as described in the bid package.

1.5 Project Plans. The Project Plans are the primarily graphic detailed requirements concerning the Project contained in the bid package.

1.6 Technical Specifications. The Technical Specifications provide detailed requirements concerning the Project.

2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS

Each bidder by submitting a bid represents that:

2.1 The bidder has read and understands the bid package and the bid is in accordance with all of the requirements of the bid package and applicable law.

2.2 Neither the bidder nor any subcontractor included on the list of proposed subcontractors submitted with the bid are ineligible to perform work on public worksECOPY projects pursuant to California Labor Code Sections 1777.1 or 1777.7.

2.3 The bidder understands that quantities of unit price items may vary from the estimates provided in the Technical Specifications.

4

2.4 Representatives of the bidder have visited the Project site and have familiarized themselves with the conditions under which the Project work is to be performed so as to ensure that the Project work may be performed for the amount bid.

2.5 The bidder has informed the City in writing no later than five (5) working days prior to the time specified for bid opening of any apparent conflicts, errors, or ambiguities contained in the bid package or between the contents of the bid package and the Project site.

3. PRE-BID COMMUNICATION AND INTERPRETATION OF THE BID PACKAGE

3.1 Any bidder that discovers any apparent conflicts, errors, or ambiguities contained in the bid package or between the contents of the bid package and the Project site, or that has questions or requires clarification concerning the bid package or its intent must inform the City in writing as soon as reasonably possible, but no later than five (5) working days before the date specified for bid opening. Such notice to the City must be sent to the address specified in the Notice to Bidders for questions concerning the bid package. Questions received less than five (5) working days before the time specified for opening bids may not be answered.

3.2 Any interpretation, correction or change of the bid package prior to bid opening will be made by addendum signed by an authorized representative of the City and transmitted to all bid package recipients. No other interpretation or information concerning the bid package issued prior to the date specified for opening bids will be binding. All addenda signed by an authorized representative of the City and issued prior to the time and date specified for opening bids will form a part of the contract documents and must be acknowledged on the bid forms. Any changes, exceptions or conditions concerning the Project and/or the bid package submitted by any bidder as part of a bid may render that bid non- responsive.

4. PRE-BID ACCESS TO THE PROJECT SITE

4.1 Prior to submitting a bid, it will be the sole responsibility of each bidder to conduct any additional examination, investigation, exploration, test, study or other inquiry and to obtain any additional information pertaining to the physical conditions (including surface, subsurface, and underground utilities) at or near the Project site that may affect the cost, progress, or performance of the Project, and that the bidder deems are necessary to prepare its bid for performance of the Project in accordance with the bid package and contract documents. Bidders seeking any such additional examination or other inquiries or information concerning the Project will do so at the bidder’s sole expense.

4.2 Bidders seeking to conduct any additional examination or other inquiry at the ProjectECOPY site must request site access from the City at least two (2) working days in advance. The location of any excavation, boring or other invasive testing will be subject to approval on behalf of the City and any other agencies with jurisdiction over such testing. Bidders may not conduct tests at the Project site prior to obtaining City approval. The City may require bidders to execute an access agreement prior to approving testing at the Project site. Once approved testing is complete, Bidders must fill all trenches or holes, restore all pavement to

5

match existing structural section, and otherwise clean up and restore the test site to its pre-test condition.

5. BIDDING PROCEDURE

5.1 Bids must be delivered to the City of Healdsburg, 401 Grove Street, Healdsburg, California 95448, no later than the time and date specified in the Notice to Bidders. Bids will be opened and read publicly at that time. Bids that are submitted late according to the official time kept by the City Clerk or a designee will be returned unopened. Telephones for use by bidders are not available at the City offices.

5.2 In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20170, bids must be presented under sealed cover. Bids must be submitted using the bid forms furnished with the bid package. Bids must include all documents listed in the Bidder’s Check List completed in accordance with the bid package. Bids must bear the bidder’s legal name and be signed by a representative authorized to bind the bidder. Bids must be typed or written in ink. Corrections may be made if initialed by the individual signing the bid. No oral or telegraphic modifications of bids, including facsimile modifications, will be considered. Bids that are incomplete or that are not presented on the bid forms furnished with the bid package may be deemed non-responsive.

5.3 Each bid must give the full business address of the bidder. Bids of partnerships must furnish the full name of all partners and must be signed in the partnership name by one of the members of the partnership, or by an authorized representative, followed by the printed name and title of the person signing. Bids of corporations must be signed with the legal name of the corporation, followed by the name of the state of incorporation and by the signature and designation of the president, secretary or other person authorized to bind the corporation. The name of each person signing must also be typed or printed below the signature. Upon request of the City, bidders will furnish satisfactory evidence of the authority of the person signing the bid. Bids of joint ventures must include a certified copy of the legal agreement constituting the joint venture.

5.4 No person, firm, corporation, partnership or legal joint venture may submit more than one bid for the Project. However, a person, firm, corporation, partnership or legal joint venture that has submitted a subcontract proposal to a bidder, or that has quoted prices on materials to a bidder may submit a subcontract proposal, quote prices to other bidders and submit its own bid.

5.5 In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20170, all bids must include one of the forms of bidder’s security specified in the Notice to Bidders in an amount of at least ten (10) per cent of the total of the bid prices for the base bidECOPY and those additive or deductive items specifically identified in the Notice to Bidders for the purpose of determining the lowest price bid. Bidders that elect to provide bidder’s security in the form of a bid bond must execute a bid bond using the form provided in the bid forms. The bidder’s security is tendered as a guarantee that the successful bidder, if issued a notice of award concerning the Project contract, will execute and submit to the City all required bonds, certificates of insurance, completed contract forms and other documents listed in

6

the Contract Check List and enter into a contract with the City within ten (10) working days of receipt of the notice of award. The bidder’s security of any successful bidder that fails to do so will be forfeited to the City. All bidders’ security not forfeited to the City will be returned once a successful bidder provides all required documents and enters a contract with the City in accordance with all applicable bid package requirements. Forfeiture of the bidder’s security to the City will not waive or otherwise limit any other remedy available to the City under applicable law.

5.6 In accordance with California Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15, Public Contract Code Section 20103.5, and as specified in the Notice to Bidders, all Project work must be performed by properly licensed contractors and subcontractors with active licenses in good standing as of the date and time specified for bid opening, or, if the Project involves federal funds, no later than the time the Project contract is awarded. Bidders must verify their Contractor’s License number and license expiration date in the proposal under penalty of perjury. Bids that do not satisfy applicable licensing requirements will be considered non-responsive and rejected and may subject the bidder to criminal and/or civil penalties.

5.7 Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.1(a), a contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in Part 7, Chapter 1 of the Labor Code., unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. It is not a violation of Labor Code Section 1771.1 for an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the Business and Professions Code or Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code, provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5 at the time the contact is awarded.

5.8 If the bid forms include a bidder’s questionnaire, all bids must include a completed bidder’s questionnaire on the forms provided. By submitting a bid, bidders authorize City representatives to verify any and all information provided on the bidder’s questionnaire and agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City and its officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers to the full extent permitted by law from and against any claims, liability or causes of action, including, without limitation, legal fees and costs, arising out of verification of the information provided on the bidder’s questionnaire, and/or arising out of use of information provided in the bidder’s questionnaire to determine, in accordance with applicable law, the qualification of the bidder to perform the Project.

5.7 5.9 Bids may be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening by a written request signed by an authorized representative of the bidder filed with the City Clerk.ECOPY The bid security submitted with bids so withdrawn will be returned to the bidder. Bidders that have withdrawn their bid in accordance with this provision may submit a new bid prior to the time set for bid opening in accordance with all applicable bid package requirements. Bids may not be withdrawn during the ninety day period after the time set for bid opening except as permitted by law pursuant to California Public Contract Code Section 5100 and following. Any other bid withdrawal will result in forfeiture of the bidder’s bid security to the City.

7

6. BID PROTESTS

Any protest of the proposed Project award must be submitted in writing to the City no later than 5:00 PM on the third business day following the date of the bid opening.

6.1 The protest must contain a complete statement of the basis for the protest.

6.2 The protest must state the facts and refer to the specific portion of the document or the specific statute that forms the basis for the protest. The protest must include the name, address, and telephone number of the person representing the protesting party.

6.3 The party filing the protest must concurrently transmit a copy of the protest to the proposed awardee.

6.4 The party filing the protest must have actually submitted a bid for the Project. A subcontractor of a party filing a bid for the Project may not submit a bid protest. A party may not rely on the bid protest submitted by another bidder, but must timely pursue its own protest.

6.5 The procedure and time limits set forth in these Instructions to Bidders are mandatory and are the bidders’ sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a bid protest. Any bidder’s failure to fully comply with these procedures will constitute a waiver of any right to further pursue a bid protest, including filing of a challenge of the award pursuant to the California Public Contract Code, filing of a claim pursuant to the California Government Code, or filing of any other legal proceedings.

6.6 The City will review all timely protests prior to award of the Project. The City will not be required to hold an administrative hearing to consider any protests, but may do so at its option. At the time of the City Council’s consideration of the Project award, the City Council will also consider the merits of any timely protests. The City Council may either reject the protest and award to the lowest responsible bidder or accept the protest and award the bid to the next lowest responsible bidder. Nothing in this section will be construed as a waiver of the City Council’s right to reject all bids.

7. AWARD

7.1 In accordance with applicable law, the City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality in any bid. The City reserves the right to accept any portion of any bid, unless the bid package expressly provides that the award will be made as a whole. If the City elects to award a contract for performance of theECOPY Project, the contract will be awarded in accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20162 and other applicable law to the responsible bidder submitting a responsive bid with the lowest total bid price (based on the Proposal and satisfaction of the Contractor Qualification Statement criteria) for the base bid and the additive or deductive alternate items listed in the Notice to Bidders. In accordance with the contract documents and applicable law, the City may add

8

or deduct items of work from the Project after the lowest responsible bidder is determined.

7.2 The successful bidder must submit to the City complete, executed copies of all documents specified in the Contract Checklist within ten (10) working days of receiving written notice of award of the Project. Bidder’s security of any successful bidder that fails to do so will be forfeited to the City.

7.3 The successful bidder and any subcontractors and others engaged in performance of the Project must have valid local business license(s), as applicable, before commencing work on the Project.

7.4 Upon verifying that the successful bidder has provided complete, executed copies of all documents specified in the Contract Checklist an authorized City representative will execute the Project contract, and the City will issue to the successful bidder a notice to proceed specifying the Project commencement date. The number of days within which the Project must be complete begins to run on the Project commencement date.

8. PRICING

8.1 If an inconsistency exists between the amount listed for a unit price in a bid and the total listed for that bid item (e.g., if the total listed for a bid item does not equal the unit price listed in the bid multiplied by the quantity listed), subject to applicable law, the unit price will be deemed to accurately reflect the bidder’s intent concerning the bid item and the intended total for the bid item will be deemed to be the unit price as listed in the bid multiplied by the quantity listed.

8.2 If the Project bid price is a lump sum total made up of smaller individual bid item prices and an inconsistency exists between the lump sum total bid price and any individual bid item price, subject to applicable law, the individual bid item prices as listed in the bid will be deemed to accurately reflect the bidder’s intended bid for the Project and the intended lump sum total bid for the Project will be deemed to be the sum of the individual bid item prices as listed in the bid, even if that sum is different from the amount actually listed as the lump sum total bid for the Project.

8.3 Any federal, state, or local tax payable on articles to be furnished for the Project will be included in the lump sum total bid price and paid by the Contractor under the contract. The City is exempt from federal excise tax and will provide a certificate of exemption to the successful bidder upon request.

9. QUANTITIES

9.1 Quantities,ECOPY including but not limited to, material or labor quantities, that are provided in the bid package concerning the Project are estimates only and are provided solely as a general indication of the Project scope. The City does not warrant that such quantity estimates provided in the bid package represent the actual quantities required to perform the Project in accordance with the contract documents. Such quantity estimates do not bind the City, and bidders should not rely on them in preparing their bids. Each bidder is solely responsible for

9

determining the quantities on which to base their bids in light of information contained in the bid package, bidder investigation and analysis of the Project and the Project site, and any other analysis or expertise of the bidder concerning the Project.

9.2 The City may amend, decrease or increase the Project work in accordance with the bid package and the contract documents. If the City amends, decreases or increases the Project work prior to award of the Project each bidder will be solely responsible for determining the revised quantities, if any, on which to base their bid in light of information contained in the bid package and any amendments or addenda to the bid package, bidder investigation and analysis of the Project as amended, decreased or increased, the Project site, and any other analysis or expertise of the bidder concerning the Project.

10. SUBSTITUTION OF “OR EQUAL” ITEMS

10.1 In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 3400, where the Technical Specifications or Project Plans list products by manufacturer's name, brand or model number such information indicates the quality and utility of the items desired and does not restrict bidders to that manufacturer's name, brand or model number, unless the Technical Specifications or Project Plans specify that the listed product is necessary to match others in use on a particular public improvement either completed or in the course of completion. Except where the Technical Specifications indicate that a particular brand product is necessary to match others in use, when a manufacturer’s name, brand or model number is listed, it will be construed to be followed by the words "or equal" whether or not those words in fact follow the manufacturer’s name, brand name or model number listed in the Technical Specifications or Project Plans. Unless the Technical Specifications or Project Plans indicate that a particular brand product is necessary to match others in use, bidders may propose equals of products listed by manufacturer name, brand name or model number.

10.2 Complete information for products proposed as equals must be submitted to the City for review at least seven (7) working days before the time specified for opening bids. To be considered, proposals concerning products proposed as equals must include sufficient information to permit the City to determine whether the products proposed as equals will satisfy the same performance requirements as products listed by manufacturer name, brand or model number. Such performance requirements may include, but are not limited to, size, strength, function, appearance, ease of maintenance and repair, and useful life requirements. Proposals concerning products proposed as equals that are submitted less than seven (7) days before the time specified for opening bids will not be considered. Failure to bid products specified by manufacturer name, brand name or model number where the Technical Specifications or Project PlansECOPY specify that a particular product is necessary to match others in use, or where no proposal concerning products proposed as equals has been submitted in accordance with this provision may render a bid non-responsive.

11. SUBCONTRACTING

10

11.1 Bids must be in accordance with the requirements of the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices, Act, California Public Contract Code Section 4100 and following. Bids must include a completed list of proposed subcontractors on the form included in the bid package. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 4104, completed lists of proposed subcontractors must include the name, business location, the portion (type or trade), and dollar amount of the Project work to be subcontracted for each subcontractor that will perform a portion of the Project work (including special fabrication and installation of a portion of the work) valued in excess of one half of one percent of the total Project bid price. If the Project work includes construction of streets or highways, the completed list of proposed subcontractors must include the subcontractor name, business location, type of work and dollar amount to be subcontracted for each subcontractor that will perform a portion of the Project work (including special fabrication and installation of a portion of the work) valued in excess of one half of one percent of the total Project bid price, or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater.

11.2 In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 4106, for any portion of the Project work with a value of more than one half of one percent of the total Project bid price for which no subcontractor is listed, or for which more than one subcontractor is listed, bidders certify by submitting their bids that they are qualified to perform that portion of the Project work and that they will perform that portion of the Project work with their own forces. Bidders may not substitute another subcontractor for a subcontractor listed in their bid except as permitted by the City in accordance with Section 4107 and following of the California Public Contract Code.

11.3 RESERVED.

11.4 Subcontractors must meet all applicable indemnification and insurance requirements as detailed in the Acknowledgement of Indemnity and Insurance Requirement.

12. ASSIGNMENT

Bidders may not assign, sublet, sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of their bid or any right, title or interest in their bid, or their obligations under their bid, without the written consent of an authorized representative of the City. Any purported assignment, subletting, sale, transfer or other disposition of a bid or any interest in a bid, or of any obligations under a bid without such written consent will be void and of no effect.

13. BONDS

13.1 The successful bidder must submit to the City a performance bond within ten workingECOPY days of receiving written notice of award. If the Project involves expenditures in excess of twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000), the successful bidder must submit to the City a payment or labor and materials bond within 10 days of the date of mailing of the notice of award. Prior to issuance of the final Project payment, the successful bidder must submit a warranty or maintenance bond. All bonds must be executed by corporate sureties who are admitted surety insurers in the State of California in accordance with applicable law and

11

acceptable to the City. Individual sureties will not be accepted. All Project bonds must be executed using the forms provided in the bid package.

13.2 In accordance with California Civil Code Section 9554, the payment or labor and materials bond must be in the amount of one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of the Project contract and guarantee payment to persons listed in California Civil Code Section 9100(a) for work performed and for charges for materials, supplies, and equipment provided under the Project contract (including amounts due under or subject to the Unemployment Insurance Code) in accordance with the requirements of California Civil Code Section 9554.

13.3 The performance bond must be in the amount of one hundred percent of the amount payable by the terms of the Project contract to guarantee the faithful performance of the Project work.

13.4 The warranty or maintenance bond must be in the amount of ten percent of the final Project contract amount and guaranty the Project work against defects in materials, equipment, workmanship, or needed repair for one year from the City’s acceptance of the Project work. A warranty or maintenance bond that meets these requirements must be submitted to the City prior to issuance of final Project payment.

14. LABOR LAWS

14.1 Bidders must comply with applicable provisions of the California Labor Code.

14.2 In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1861, bids must include a workers compensation insurance certification on the form included in the bid package.

14.3 In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1771, not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the Project is to be performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work fixed as provided in the California Labor Code must be paid to all workers engaged in performing the Project.

14.4 In accordance with California Labor Code Part 7, Chapter 1m Article 2, Sections 1770, 1773, and 1173.2 and following, the Director of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing wage per diem rates for work in the locality in which the Project is to be performed. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1773, the City has obtained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages and the general rate for holiday and overtime work in the locality in which the Project is to be performed for each craft, classification or type of worker neededECOPY to perform the Project. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file at the City offices and will be made available on request. The Contractor can also download this information from the website: http://www.dir,ca.gov/dlsr/PWD/.

14.5 In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1777.1, contractors and subcontractors that are found guilty of willfully violating Chapter 1 of Part 7 of

12

Division 2 of the Labor Code (except for Section 1777.5), or that are found guilty of such violations with intent to defraud, and entities in which such contractors or subcontractors have any interest, may be ineligible to bid on, be awarded, or perform Project work as a subcontractor.

14.6 Pursuant to, Labor Code Section 1771.1(a), a contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in Part 7, Chapter 1 of the Labor Code, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. It is not a violation of Labor Code Section 1771.1 for an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the Business and Professions Code or Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code, provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5 at the time the contact is awarded.

ECOPY

13

BIDDER’S CHECK LIST

Did You:

_____ Submit equal product proposals, if any, in accordance with the instructions to bidders included in the bid package at least 7 days before the time specified for bid opening?

_____ Include with your bid properly completed, accurate copies of the following documents in the following order using the forms included in the bid package:

_____ Bidder’s check list

_____ Qualified Contractor Form

_____ Proposal and Schedule of Bid Prices that state the bid as intended

_____ Copies of each addendum issued signed and dated on behalf of the bidder

_____ Executed bid bond

_____ Contractor license information

_____ List of subcontractors

_____ Signed Workers compensation insurance certification

_____ Signed Debarment certifications

_____ Signed Acknowledgment of Indemnity and Insurance Requirements

_____ Signed non-collusion affidavit

_____ Bidder’s questionnaire, if any

_____ Public Contract Code Section 10285.1 Statement

_____ Public Contract Code Section 10162 Questionnaire

_____ Executed bidder’s signature page

_____ Arrange to have the sealed bid delivered to the City of Healdsburg offices at 401 Grove Street, Healdsburg, California, 95448 on or before ______p.m. on ______ECOPY

14

DO NOT DETACH

PROPOSAL

For: MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT (“Project”)

For the City of Healdsburg, Sonoma County, California.

TO THE HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HEALDSBURG

The undersigned, as bidder, declares that he has carefully examined the work, the annexed proposed form of contract, and agrees that if this Proposal is accepted that he will contract with the City of Healdsburg, under the form of contract annexed of hereto, to provide all the necessary tools, apparatus, and other means of accomplishing the work as specified in the contract in the manner and time herein prescribed, and in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer as therein set forth, and he will take in full payment therefore the following prices for the work to be done completely performed to the satisfaction of the City of Healdsburg, to- wit:

Base Bid:

1. Senior Center - (133 Matheson Street) – Lump Sum $______2. Fire Department (600 Healdsburg Avenue)- Lump Sum $______3. Public Works O&M (550 Westside Road)- Lump Sum $ ______Total Base Bid $ ______Alternate A Bid:

 Police Department – (238 Center Street) Lump Sum $______

Total Alternate A Bid $ ______

Alternate B Bid:

 Healdsburg Community Center- (1557 Healdsburg Avenue) Lump Sum $ ______

Total Alternate B Bid $ ______

Written in words______

The undersignedECOPY further agrees to deliver and to complete the same within 250 days (two hundred fifty calendar days or a completion date of January 31, 2017 from the date of issuance, by the Engineer, of instructions to proceed with the work, and within 10 days of the date of mailing of the notice of award, to enter into and execute and provide to the City the necessary contract with the necessary bonds and other required documents, and in case of default in executing the necessary contract within the time fixed by the Instructions to Bidders,

15 the bidder’s security accompanying this bid will become the property of and be forfeited to the City of Healdsburg.

Prime Contractor

License # Expiration Date:

The Contractor’s license number and expiration date are herein stated under penalty of perjury.

By: Title:

Dated this day of , 200__

CORPORATION (Corporate Seal)

Corporate signature

Address:

Phone No.:

President's signature

Secretary's signature

Corporation organized under the laws of the State of

PARTNERSHIP Partnership Name:

Address:

Names of Co-Partners and Addresses:

SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP

Names of Individuals and Addresses:

ECOPYNOTE: Sign in proper space above.

16

CITY OF HEALDSBURG Healdsburg, California 95448

BID BOND

(NOTE: Bidders must use this form, use of any other bond form may render a bid non- responsive)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

That we, as PRINCIPAL, and ______, a (sole proprietorship/corporation/partnership/joint venture) organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of ______and an admitted surety insurer authorized to do business in the State of California, as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Healdsburg, as OBLIGEE, in a penal sum equal to ten-percent (10%) of the total bid price including the base bid and alternates specified in the proposal of the PRINCIPAL, to the OBLIGEE for the work described below, which penal sum is ______($______) lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we, and each of us, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that whereas the PRINCIPAL has submitted the accompanying proposal dated ______, ______to the OBLIGEE, for the MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT (designated as the “Project”) which proposal is hereby made a part hereof;

NOW THEREFORE, if the PRINCIPAL shall not withdraw said proposal within the ninety (90) day period following the opening of bids, and if the PRINCIPAL receives written notice concerning award of the Project to the PRINCIPAL and shall, within ten (10) calendar days of receiving such notice: enter into a written contract with the OBLIGEE in the form prescribed in the bid package issued by the OBLIGEE concerning the Project; and give insurance and bond with good and sufficient sureties guaranteeing the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such contract and guaranteeing payment for labor and materials used for performance of the contract as required by law; and file with the OBLIGEE all required documents and do all other thing required in accordance with the bid package issued by the OBLIGEE concerning the Project for the contract between the PRINCIPAL and the OBLIGEE to become effective and for work to commence in accordance with the bid package issued by the OBLIGEE concerning the Project, or, in the event of withdrawal of the accompanying proposal within the ninety (90) day period following the opening of bids; or failure by the PRINCIPAL to enter into such contract with the OBLIGEE or to give the OBLIGEE such bonds or to file any other documents or to do any other things required in the bid package issued by the OBLIGEE for the Project, if the PRINCIPAL shall pay the OBLIGEE the difference between the total bid price in the accompanying proposalECOPY and the amount for which the OBLIGEE may procure the required performance, if the latter amount be in excess of the former, together with all costs incurred by the OBLIGEE in again attempting to let the Project, and if the said PRINCIPAL shall fully reimburse and save harmless the OBLIGEE from any damage sustained by the OBLIGEE through failure of the PRINCIPAL to enter into the written contract or to file the required performance or labor and material bonds, or to file any other required documents or to do any

17 other things required for the contract between the PRINCIPAL and the OBLIGEE to become effective and the work to commence in accordance with the bid package issued by the OBLIGEE concerning the Project, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

SURETY, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the bid or contract documents for the Project, or to the specifications included in the same, or to the work to be performed thereunder, or to the notice to bidders, or to any other documents concerning the Project, shall in anywise affect SURETY’s obligation under this bond, and SURETY hereby waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to such bid or contract documents.

In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the OBLIGEE and judgment is recovered, the SURETY shall pay all costs incurred by the OBLIGEE in such suit, including a reasonable attorney’s fee to be fixed by the Court.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bound parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this______day of ______, _____, the name and corporate seals of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by their undersigned representatives, pursuant to authority of their governing bodies.

(Corporate Seal) PRINCIPAL By

(Acknowledgement) Title SURETY

(Corporate Seal)

By (Attorney-in-fact)

(Acknowledgement) Title

(NOTE TO SURETY COMPANY: A certified copy of unrevoked resolution of authority for the attorney-in-fact mustECOPY be submitted with and attached to the executed bid bond.)

18

CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

The Contractor/Sub-Contractor must demonstrate previous experience with split system HVAC systems and must complete all portions of this statement before a Bid will be considered. The following statements as to experience, equipment, personnel, and general qualifications shall be submitted in conjunction with this bid, as a part thereof and truthfulness and accuracy of information is guaranteed by the Contractor and included for evaluation. Bidders failing to provide references for at least two previous projects will not be considered for this work.

1. Name and address of principal business office from which the Contract will be administered:

______

______

______

Telephone______Fax______

2. The Contractor/Sub-Contractor should have been engaged in Daiken VRV and Mitsubishi City-Multi trained technicians and certified installation companies consecutive years and must have satisfactorily completed or currently be engaged in two (2) similar projects.

3. Location and for who performed: ______

______Year______

Phone______Contact Person______

Total number of tree pruned______

Contract Amount______

3a. Location and for who performed: ______

______Year______

Phone______Contact Person______

Total numberECOPY of trees pruned______

Contract Amount______

19

4. The Contractor/Sub-Contractor has never failed to satisfactorily perform a Contract awarded to him except as follows:

(Name of any and all exceptions and reasons thereof.)

______

______

______

5. At a minimum, the Contractor/Sub-Contractor shall employ the equivalent of ______FT employees involved with split system installations.

Classification Quantity Total Hours Worked Per Year

1. ______

2. ______

3. ______

4. ______

ECOPY

20

ECOPY

CONTRACTOR LICENSE INFORMATION

The bidder acknowledges that the license required for performance of the MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT is an B.

The bidder holds the following California Contractors License(s):

1. License No. ______, Class _____, Expiration Date ______

2. License No. ______, Class _____, Expiration Date ______

3. License No. ______, Class _____, Expiration Date ______

4. License No. ______, Class _____, Expiration Date ______

5. License No. ______, Class _____, Expiration Date ______

6. License No. ______, Class _____, Expiration Date ______

7. License No. ______, Class _____, Expiration Date ______

8. License No. ______, Class _____, Expiration Date ______

9. License No. ______, Class _____, Expiration Date ______

10. License No. ______, Class _____, Expiration Date ______

Bidder’s Taxpayer Identification No. ______

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 22 v01012008 Additional Provisions

LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS

In accordance with the requirements of the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices, Act, California Public Contract Code Section 4100 and following, listed below are the name, business location, and the portion (type or trade) of the Project work to be subcontracted to each subcontractor that will perform a portion of the Project work (including special fabrication and installation of a portion of the work) valued in excess of one half of one percent of the total bid price. If the Project work includes construction of streets or highways, listed below are the name, business location, and the portion (type or trade) of the Project work to be subcontracted to each subcontractor that will perform a portion of the Project work (including special fabrication and installation of a portion of the work) valued in excess of one half of one percent of the total Project bid price, or ten thousand dollars, whichever is greater. Also listed below are the proposed subcontract dollar amount and current California Contractor’s License Number(s) for each proposed subcontractor. Bids that fail to include complete proposed subcontractor information in accordance with this form and Public Contract Code Section 4100 and following may be deemed non-responsive.

In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 4106, for any portion of the Project work with a value of more than one half of one percent of the total bid price for which no subcontractor is listed, or for which more than one subcontractor is listed, the bidder certifies by submission of its bid that the bidder is qualified to perform that portion of the Project work and that the bidder will perform that portion of the Project work with its own forces. The penalties listed in California Public Contract Code Section 4111 will apply to any substitution of another subcontractor for a subcontractor listed below except as permitted by the City in accordance with Section 4107 and following of the California Public Contract Code.

For the purposes of determining the value of work to be performed by the Contractor pursuant to this provision, materials, equipment, incidentals, etc., shall be considered to have been purchased by the contractor or subcontractor that is to install them. Where a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated cost of such portion of the subcontracted item, as determined from information submitted by the Contractor, subject to approval by the Engineer.

1. Subcontractor Name ______Business Location ______Trade ______Subcontract Amount ______Current Contractor’s License No.(s) ______2. Subcontractor Name ______Business Location ______Trade ______Subcontract Amount ______Current Contractor’sECOPY License No.(s) ______3. Subcontractor Name ______Business Location ______Trade ______Subcontract Amount ______

Project No. Measure V 23 v01012008 Additional Provisions

Current Contractor’s License No.(s) ______4. Subcontractor Name ______Business Location ______Trade ______Subcontract Amount ______Current Contractor’s License No.(s) ______5. Subcontractor Name ______Business Location ______Trade ______Subcontract Amount ______Current Contractor’s License No.(s) ______6. Subcontractor Name ______Business Location ______Trade ______Subcontract Amount ______Current Contractor’s License No.(s) ______7. Subcontractor Name ______Business Location ______Trade ______Subcontract Amount ______Current Contractor’s License No.(s) ______8. Subcontractor Name ______Business Location ______Trade ______Subcontract Amount ______Current Contractor’s License No.(s) ______9. Subcontractor Name ______Business Location ______Trade ______Subcontract Amount ______Current Contractor’s License No.(s) ______10. Subcontractor Name ______Business LocationECOPY ______Trade ______Subcontract Amount ______Current Contractor’s License No.(s) ______

Project No. Measure V 24 v01012008 Additional Provisions

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 25 v01012008 Additional Provisions

NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION

TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID (Title 23 United States Code Section 112 and Public Contract Code Section 7106)

The undersigned declares:

I am the ______of ______, the party making the foregoing bid. The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose.

Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ______, at ______, ______.

______Signature of Bidder

2387815.1 ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 26 v01012008 Additional Provisions

WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION

By submitting its bid the bidder certifies as follows:

I am aware of the provisions of California Labor Code Section 3700, which require every employer to be insured against liability for workmen’s compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of the Labor Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing performance of the work of this Contract.

DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION

By submitting its bid the bidder certifies in accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 6109 that neither the bidder nor any subcontractor included on the list of proposed subcontractors submitted with the bid is ineligible to perform work on public works projects pursuant to California Labor Code Sections 1777.1 or 1777.7. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 6109, contractors and subcontractors who are ineligible to perform work on public works projects pursuant to California Labor Code Sections 1777.1 or 1777.7 may neither bid on, be awarded or perform as a subcontractor on public works projects.

______Signature of Bidder

______Printed Name

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 27 v01012008 Additional Provisions

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

Insurance

a. All required insurance must be provided in the form of “occurrence”-type policies underwritten by admitted insurers in the State of California with a rating of A or better from the current year Best Rating Guide. All policies must be issued at the expense of the Contractor and must be maintained at the Contractor’s expense throughout the performance of the Work. Contractor shall maintain insurance as required by this contract to the fullest amount allowed by law and shall maintain insurance for a minimum of five years following the completion of this project. In the event contractor fails to obtain or maintain completed operations coverage as required by this Contract, the City at its sole discretion may purchase the coverage required and the cost will be paid by Contractor.

b. Contractor agrees to include with all subcontractors in their subcontract the same requirements and provisions of this contract including the indemnity and Insurance requirements to the extent they apply to the scope of the Subcontractor’s work. Contractor shall require all sub-contractors to provide a valid certificate of insurance and the required endorsements included in the Contract prior to commencement of any work and Contractor will provide proof of compliance, upon request, to the City.

c. Subcontractor hired by the Contractor agree to be bound to the Contractor and the City in the same manner and to the same extent as Contractor is bound to the City under the Contract. Subcontractor further agrees to include the same requirements and provisions of this Contract, including the Indemnity and Insurance requirements, with any Subcontractor to the extent they apply to the scope of the Subcontractor's work. A copy of the Contract Indemnity and Insurance provisions will be furnished to the Subcontractor upon request

d. The Contractor and any Subcontractors engaged in performance of the Work must secure payment of workers compensation in accordance with California Labor Code Section 3700 and other applicable law. The Contractor must verify that all Subcontractors comply with this requirement.

e. Within ten working days following the Notice of Award, the Contractor must submit to the City acceptable certificates of insurance, declarations page(s) and endorsements evidencing that the Contractor has the required insurance in effect and will maintain it throughout the performance of the Work and beyond, as applicable, the following kinds and amounts of insurance:

1. The minimum limits of the Commercial General Liability (including bodily injury, personal injury and property damage) insurance shall be: $2,000,000 per occurrence ECOPY $2,000,000 aggregate

If the work to be performed involves any excavation, the policy shall include an endorsement that affords coverage for explosion, collapse and underground hazards.

Project No. Measure V 28 v01012008 Additional Provisions

2. If the work to be performed involves vehicles or vehicular equipment, the Automobile insurance limit shall be: $2,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage

3. Automobile coverage should be at least as broad as Insurance Services Automobile Liability form CA 0001 Code 1 (“any auto”). No endorsement may be attached limiting the coverage. If coverage provided is anything less than ‘any auto’ additional information, such as a schedule of covered autos, proof of personal auto liability coverage, or a verification statement may be required by the City.

4. Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Proof of Workers Compensation and Employers Liability insurance as required by any applicable law, regulation or statute, including the provisions of Division IV of the Labor Code of the State of California, and any act or acts amending it. Worker's compensation insurance must be for Statutory Limits and must cover the full liability of the Contractor. The Contractor’s Employer’s Liability Insurance must be in an amount no less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence. The workers’ compensation policy is to be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation. The insurance company, in its endorsement, must agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses paid under the terms of such policy.

5. Umbrella/Excess Policy. The limits of insurance required under this Contract may be satisfied by a combination of primary and umbrella or excess Insurance. Any umbrella or excess insurance shall contain or be endorsed to contain a provision that such coverage shall also apply on a primary and non-contributory basis for the benefit of City (if agreed to in a written contract or agreement) before the City’s own insurance or self-insurance shall be called upon to protect it as a named insured.

f. Additional Requirements

i. Endorsements must add the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers as an additional insured (“Additional Insured”). Examples of City approved insurance forms are included in this package If the Contractor provides policy pages or broad forms of endorsement the insurance carrier will be asked to sign, initial and date all applicable sections of the document which conveys coverage to the City.

ii. It shall be a requirement under this Contract that any available insurance proceeds broader than or in excess of the specified minimum Insurance coverage requirements and/or limits shall be available to the Additional Insured. Furthermore, the requirements for coverage and limits shall be (1) the minimum coverage and limits specified in this Agreement; or (2) the broader coverage and maximum limits of coverage of any Insurance policy or proceeds available to the name insured; which ever greater. ECOPY iii. The Additional Insured coverage under the Contractor’s policy shall be “primary and non-contributory” and will not seek contribution from the City of Healdsburg’s insurance or self-insurance and shall be at least as broad as CG 20 01 04 013.

Project No. Measure V 29 v01012008 Additional Provisions

iv. The Contractor shall provide the City with a 30 day written notice of any reduction or cancellation of such insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor; and include a severability of interest clause acceptable to the City and if requested by the City.

v. If an Umbrella or Excess Policy is used to satisfy the requirements, than an email or language stating such on the certificate must be provided from the insurance carrier/broker and that the Umbrella/Excess Policy ‘follows form’ or is ‘continuous’ to the General liability and/ Auto liability policy in addition to the required endorsement.

vi. The City has included examples of approved standard and preferred forms of endorsements in the Contract. If the Contractor’s insurance carrier chooses to use forms other than the City’s approved forms , such forms shall be subject to the prior approval of the City. If the Contractor provides policy pages instead of an endorsement the insurance agent/broker will be asked to sign, initial and date all applicable sections of the policy that meet the City’s insurance requirements.

g. All self-insured retentions (SIR) must be disclosed to City for approval and shall not reduce the limits of liability. Policies containing any self-insured retention (SIR) provision shall provide or be endorsed to provide that the SIR may be satisfied by either the named Insured or the City, The City reserves the right to obtain a full certified copy of any Insurance policy and endorsements. Failure to exercise this right shall not constitute a waiver of right exercise later.

Contractor's failure to provide insurance certificates and endorsement forms that are acceptable to the City within ten (10) days of notice of award of contract shall: (i) constitute a failure to complete the "Contract Documents Checklist" as described page 14. (ii) entitle the City to rescind any contract award (iii) result in a forfeiture of Contractor's bid bond or other form of bid security.

a. Contractor must continue to provide approved forms of insurance certificates, declarations page(s) and endorsements that meet the requirements of Section 8-1.07 of the Contract Documents for 2 years following recordation of a Notice of Completion or other form of notice of project completion provided by City.

Indemnities a. The Contractor will take all responsibility for the Work, and will bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to the Contractor, any subcontractors engaged in performance of the Work, the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and consultants, and to third parties on account of the performance or character of the Work, unforeseen difficulties, accidents, or occurrences of other causes predicated on active or passive negligence of the Contractor or of any subcontractor engaged in performance of the Work. To the fullestECOPY extent permitted by law the Contractor will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and consultants from and against any or all loss, liability, expense, claims, costs (including costs of defense), suits, and damages of every kind, nature and description (including, but not limited to, penalties resulting from exposure to hazards in violation of the California Labor Code) directly or indirectly arising

Project No. Measure V 30 v01012008 Additional Provisions

from the performance of the Work (“Claims”). The Contractor's responsibility for such defense and indemnity obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this agreement for the full period of time allowed by law.

b. The Contractor will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, the City’s officials, officers, employees, volunteers, agents and the Engineer and the Architect for all liability on account of any patent rights, copyrights, trade names or other intellectual property rights that may apply to the Contractor’s performance of the Work. The Contractor will pay all royalties or other charges as a result of intellectual property rights that may apply to methods, types of construction, processes, materials, or equipment used in the performance of the Work, and will furnish written assurance satisfactory to the City that any such charges have been paid.

c. The Contractor assumes all liability for any accident or accidents resulting to any person or property as a result of inadequate protective devices for the prevention of accidents in connection with the performance of the Work. The Contractor will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City and its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and consultants from such liability.

d. The defense and indemnification obligations in this Contract are undertaken in addition to, and shall not in any way be limited by the insurance obligations contained in this Agreement. Sections 8-1.08 or 8-1.09. The Contractor will defend, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the City, any action or actions filed in connection with any Claims and will pay all related costs and expenses, including attorney's fees incurred. The Contractor will promptly pay any judgment rendered against the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers or consultants for any Claims. In the event the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers or consultants is made a party to any action or proceeding filed or prosecuted against Contractor for any Claims, Contractor agrees to pay the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and consultants any and all costs and expenses incurred in such action or proceeding, including but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees.

e. Subject to the requirements of Section 5 of the General Provisions, the Contractor will indemnify, hold harmless and defend with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the City the City and its officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers from and against any and all Claims related to damage to surface or underground facilities caused by the Contractor or any of the Contractor’s privities or agents.

f. The Contractor will indemnify, hold harmless and defend with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the City the City and its officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers from and against any and all Claims, including any fines or other penalties, related to failure of the Contractor and/or privities or agents of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of the General Permit, or to implementECOPY the SWPPP in accordance with provision 12-1.04 of the Contract. The City may withhold from amounts due or that may become due the Contractor under this Contract amounts that equal or are estimated to equal the amount of Claims, including fines, resulting from failure of the Contractor and/or privities or agents of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of the General Permit,

Project No. Measure V 31 v01012008 Additional Provisions

or to implement the SWPPP in accordance with provision 12-1.04 of the Contract.

g. In accordance with California Civil Code Section 2782(a), nothing in the Contract will be construed to indemnify the City for its sole negligence, willful misconduct, or for defects in design furnished by City. In accordance with California Civil Code Section 2782(b), nothing in the Contract will be construed to impose on the Contractor or to relieve the City from liability for the City’s active negligence. By execution of the Contract Documents the Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the Contractor has read and understands the insurance and indemnity requirements of the Contract Documents, which are material elements of consideration.

h. Contractor's and subcontractor’s responsibility for such defense and indemnity obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Contract for the full period of time allowed by law.

i. The defense and indemnification obligations of this Contract are undertaken in addition to, and shall not in any way be limited by, the insurance obligations contained in this Contract.

I have read, understand and agree to comply with the Indemnity and Insurance requirements supplied with this notice to bidders.

______Signature of Bidder

______

Printed Name

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 32 v01012008 Additional Provisions

TITLE 49, CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS - PART 29 DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION

The bidder, under penalty of perjury, certifies that, except as noted below, he/she or any person associated therewith in the capacity of City, partner, director, officer, manager:

1. Is not currently under suspension, debarment, voluntary exclusion, or determination of ineligibility by any federal agency;

2. Has not been suspended, debarred, voluntarily excluded or determined ineligible by any Federal Agency within the past 3 years;

3. Does not have a proposed debarment pending; and,

4. Has not been indicted, convicted, or had a civil judgment rendered against it by a court of competent jurisdiction in any matter involving fraud or official misconduct within the past 3 years.

If there are any exceptions to this certification, insert the exceptions in the following space:

Exceptions will not necessarily result in denial of award, but will be considered in determining bidder responsibility. For any exception noted above, indicate below to whom it applies, initiating agency, and dates of action.

______Signature of Bidder

______Printed Name ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 33 v01012008 Additional Provisions

PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10285.1 STATEMENT

In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 10285.1 (Chapter 376, Stats, 1986), the bidder hereby declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that the bidder has ___ , has not been convicted within the preceding three years of any offenses referred to in that section, including any charge of fraud, bribery, collusion, conspiracy, or any other act in violation of any state or federal antitrust law in connection with the bidding upon, award of, or performance of, any public works contract, as defined in Public Contract Code Section 1100, including the Regents of the University of California or the Trustees of the California State University. The term "bidder" is understood to include any partner, member, officer, director, responsible managing officer, or responsible managing employee thereof, as referred to in Section 10285.1.

Note: The bidder must place a check mark after "has" or "has not" in one of the blank spaces provided.

The above Statement is part of the Proposal. Bidders are cautioned that making false certification may subject the certifier to criminal prosecution.

______Signature of Bidder

______Printed Name

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 34 v01012008 Additional Provisions

PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10162 QUESTIONNAIRE

In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 10162, the Bidder shall complete, under penalty of perjury, the following questionnaire:

Has the bidder, any officer of the bidder, or any employee of the bidder who has a proprietary interest in the bidder, ever been disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing a federal, state, or local government project because of a violation of law or a safety regulation?

Yes _____ No _____

If the answer is "Yes", explain the circumstances in the following space.

______Signature of Bidder

______Printed Name

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 35 v01012008 Additional Provisions

PUBLIC CONTRACT SECTION 10232 STATEMENT

In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 10232, the Contractor, hereby states under penalty of perjury, that no more than one final unappealable finding of contempt of court by a federal court has been issued against the Contractor within the immediately preceding two year period because of the Contractor's failure to comply with an order of a federal court which orders the Contractor to comply with an order of the National Labor Relations Board.

______Signature of Bidder

______Printed Name

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 36 v01012008 Additional Provisions

BIDDER’S SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this proposal the bidder certifies, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that the information submitted with this proposal for MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT (“Project”), which information includes, but is not limited to, the Bidder’s Check List, Proposal and Schedule of Bid Prices, Bid Bond, Contractor License Information, List of Subcontractors, Workers Compensation Insurance Certification, Non- collusion Affidavit, Debarment Certification, Debarment and Suspension Certification, Public Contract Code Section 10285.1 Statement, Public Contract Code Section 10162 Questionnaire, and Public Contract Code Section 10232 Statement, is accurate, true and correct, and is submitted in accordance with the requirements of the bid package issued by the City of Healdsburg concerning the Project and applicable law. By signing this proposal the bidder representative specified below certifies that he or she is legally authorized to bind the bidder.

The bidder agrees to deliver and to complete the Project within (working time) 250 calendar days from the date of issuance or by January 31, 2017, by the Engineer, of instructions to proceed with the Project, and within 10 days of the date of mailing of the notice concerning the award, to enter into and execute and provide to the City the Project contract, bonds and all other documents specified in the Contract Check List included in the bid package, and in case of default in executing the Project contract within the time fixed by the Instructions to Bidders, the bidder’s security accompanying this bid shall become the property of and be forfeited to the City of Healdsburg.

Prime Contractor ______

By: ______Title: ______

Dated this ______day of ______, 20___

(Corporate Seal)

Corporate signature

______

Address: ______Phone No.: ______President's signature ______Secretary's signature ______Corporation organized under the laws of the State of ______Partnership Name: ______Address: ______

Names of Co-Partners and Addresses: ECOPY

Names of Individuals and Addresses:

Project No. Measure V 37 v01012008 Additional Provisions

NOTE: Sign in proper space above.

Date: ______(Typed or printed name)

______(Signature)

______(Bidder)

Bidder business address (street, city, state and zip code)

______

______

Bidder Business phone: ( )______

Bidder Business fax: ( )______

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 38 v01012008 Additional Provisions

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CHECK LIST

Complete, accurate, executed copies of the following documents must be submitted to the City of Healdsburg in accordance with the bid package issued by the City within ten (10) working days of receiving written notice concerning award of the project. The bidder’s security of any successful bidder that fails to do so will be forfeited to the City.

_____ Contract, Part 1

_____ Performance Bond

_____ Payment Bond

_____ Certificates of Insurance, Declarations page(s) and Endorsements

_____ Escrow for Deposit Agreement, if applicable

____ General Conditions, Contract, Part 2

____ Special Provision (if included)

_____ Technical Specifications

_____ Project Plans

_____ Contractor Safety Program

_____ Report of Use/Storage of Hazardous Substances

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 39 v01012008 Additional Provisions

CONTRACT PART 1

This Contract is made and entered into this (to be completed by the City) _____ day of ______, 201__, by and between the City of Healdsburg, a California Municipal Corporation, 401 Grove Street, Healdsburg, California, 95448, hereinafter referred to as "City," and ______, a ______, ______, hereinafter referred to as "Contractor" RECITALS

A. NOTICE INVITING BIDS. The City gave notice inviting bids to be submitted by ______for the MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT by published notice and/or posting in accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20164 and other applicable law.

B. BID OPENING. On ______, City representatives opened the bids for the MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT and read the bids aloud.

C. PROJECT AWARD. On ______, the City Council awarded the MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT to the Contractor and directed City staff to send the Contractor written notice of award of the project. The City Council conditioned award of the project on the Contractor’s providing executed copies of all documents specified in the Contract check list included in the bid package within ten (10) calendar days of receiving written notice concerning award of the project.

D. REQUIRED DOCUMENTS. The Contractor has provided the City executed copies of all documents specified in the Contract checklist included in the bid package within ten (10) calendar days of receiving written notice of award.

CONTRACT TERMS

The City and the Contractor agree as follows:

1. THE WORK. The Contractor must furnish all equipment, tools, apparatus, facilities, material, labor, and skill necessary to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner the MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT (“Work”) as shown in the Technical Specifications and Project Plans in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable law.

2. LOCATION OF WORK. The Work will be performed at the following location: 133 MathesonECOPY Street, 550 Westside Road, 1557 Healdsburg Avenue, 238 Center Street, and 600 Healdsburg Avenue, Healdsburg, California.

Project No. Measure V 40 v01012008 Additional Provisions

2. TIME FOR COMPLETION. The Contractor must complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents within 250 calendar days or by January 31, 2017 from the date specified in the City’s Notice to Proceed (“Time for Completion”).

4. REMEDIES FOR FAILURE TO TIMELY COMPLETE THE WORK. If the Contractor fails to fully perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents by the Time for Completion, as such time may be amended by change order or other modification to this Contract in accordance with its terms, and/or if the Contractor fails, by the Time for Completion, to fully perform all of the Contractor’s obligations under this Contract that have accrued by the Time for Completion, the Contractor will become liable to the City for all resulting loss and damage in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable law. The City’s remedies for the Contractor’s failure to perform include, but are not limited to, assessment of liquidated damages of $500 per day in accordance with California Government Code Section 53069.85 and the Contract Documents, and/or obtaining or providing for substitute performance in accordance with the Contract Documents.

5. CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENT. As full compensation in consideration of completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of the fulfillment of all of the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents, the City will pay the Contractor in lawful money of the United States the total price of $______(the “Contract Price”) as specified in the Contractor’s completed Bid Schedule dated ______, ____, attached to and incorporated in this Contract. Payment to the Contractor under this Contract will be for Work actually performed in accordance with the Contract Documents and will be made in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and applicable law. The City will have no obligation to pay the Contractor any amount in excess of the Contract Price unless this Contract is first modified in accordance with its terms. The City’s obligation to pay the Contractor under this Contract is subject to and may be offset by charges that may apply to the Contractor under this Contract. Such charges include but are not limited to, charges for liquidated damages and/or substitute performance in accordance with the Contract Documents.

6. PREVAILING WAGES. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1771, not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the Work is to be performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work fixed as provided in the California Labor Code must be paid to all workers engaged in performing the Work. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1770 and following, the Director of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing wage per diem rates for the locality in which the Work is to be performed. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1773, the City has obtained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages and the general rate for holiday and overtime work in the locality in which the Work is to be performed for each craft, classification or type of worker needed to perform the project. In accordanceECOPY with California Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file at the City Public Works Department and will be made available on request. Throughout the performance of the Work the Contractor must comply with all provisions of the Contract Documents and all applicable laws and regulations that apply to wages earned in performance of the Work.

Project No. Measure V 41 v01012008 Additional Provisions

7. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. This Contract consists of the following documents (“Contract Documents”), all of which are incorporated into and made a part of this Contract as if set forth in full. In the event of a conflict between or among the Contract Documents, precedence will be in the following order:

7.1 Part 1 of the Contract and change orders and other amendments to this agreement signed by authorized representatives of the City and the Contractor.

7.2 The General Provisions, Part 2 of the Contract, and change orders and other amendments to the General Conditions signed by authorized representatives of the City and the Contractor.

7.3 The Special Provisions, if included make up Part 3 of the Contract, and include any addenda to the Special Provisions signed by authorized representatives of the City and issued prior to bid opening, Equal Product Proposals accepted by the City and signed by authorized City representatives prior to bid opening, and change orders and other amendments to the Technical Specifications signed by authorized representatives of the City and the Contractor.

7.4 The Project Plans, Part 4 of the Contract, addenda to the Project Plans signed by authorized representatives of the City and issued prior to bid opening, Equal Product Proposals accepted by the City and signed by authorized City representatives prior to bid opening, and change orders and other amendments to the Project Plans signed by authorized representatives of the City and the Contractor.

7.5 Notice Inviting Bids.

7.6 Instructions to Bidders.

7.7 The successful bidder’s completed Proposal Form and Bidder’s Sheet.

7.8 The successful bidder’s completed Contractor License Information.

7.9 The successful bidder’s completed List of Proposed Subcontractors.

7.10 The successful bidder’s Workers Compensation Insurance Certification.

7.11 The successful bidder’s completed Non-collusion Affidavit.

7.12 The successful bidder’s Debarment Certification.

7.13 The successful bidder’s signed Acknowledgment of Indemnity and Insurance requirements and completed Certificates of Insurance, Declaration page(s) and Endorsements.

7.14 TheECOPY successful bidder’s executed Performance Bond.

7.15 The successful bidder’s executed Payment Bond.

7.16 The Maintenance Bond form included in the bid package that the Contractor must execute prior to release of final payment under the Contract.

Project No. Measure V 42 v01012008 Additional Provisions

7.17 The successful bidder’s Qualification Statement, if any.

7.18 The successful bidder’s signed Signature Form.

8. PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. Provisions or parts of provisions that are incorporated by reference and not set forth at length in any of the Contract Documents will only form a part of this Contract to the extent the Contract Documents expressly make such provisions or parts of provisions a part of this Contract. For example, published public works agreement provisions, such as those of the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications (known as the Standard Specifications) are only a part of this Contract to the extent expressly incorporated in this Contract by section number. When such published provisions are made a part of this Contract, references in the published provisions to other entities, such as the State, the Agency, or similar references, will be deemed references to the City as the context of this Contract may require.

9. INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Any question concerning the intent or meaning of any provision of the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, the Technical Specifications or Project Plans, must be submitted to the Public Works Director, or his/her designee, for issuance of an interpretation and/or decision by the authorized Public Works Director in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Interpretations or decisions by any other person concerning the Contract Documents will not be binding on the City. The decision of the Public Works Director, or his/her designee, will be final.

10. ASSIGNMENT PROHIBITED. The Contractor may not assign part or all of this Contract, or any moneys due or to become under this Contract, or any other right or interest of the Contractor under this Contract, or delegate any obligation or duty of the Contractor under this Contract without the prior written approval of an official authorized to bind the City and an authorized representative of Contractor’s surety or sureties. Any such purported assignment or delegation without such written approval on behalf of the City and the Contractor’s sureties will be void and a material breach of this Contract subject to all available remedies under this Contract and at law and equity.

11. CERTIFICATION RE CONTRACTOR’S LICENSE. By signing this Contract the Contractor certifies that the Contractor holds a valid license issued by the California State Contractors Licensing Board as required to perform the Work and as specified in the Notice to Bidders for the Project, and that the Contractor understands that failure to maintain its license in good standing throughout the performance of the Work may result in discipline and/or other penalties pursuant to the California Business and Professions Code, and may constitute a material breach of this Contract subject to all available remedies under this Contract and at law and equity.

12. SEVERABILITY.ECOPY If any term or provision or portion of a term or provision of this Contract is declared invalid or unenforceable by any court of lawful jurisdiction, then the remaining terms and provisions or portions of terms or provisions will not be affected thereby and will remain in full force and effect.

Project No. Measure V 43 v01012008 Additional Provisions

CONTRACTOR CITY

______City of Healdsburg

By: By:

David Mickaelian, City Manager

Title: Executed by City on: ______

Executed by Contractor on:______By: ______Administrative Services Director

[Attach Notary Page]

Attest:

By:______Maria Curiel, City Clerk

The forgoing contract is approved by me in its entirety as to form on ______, 201___.

______City Attorney City of Healdsburg

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 44 v01012008 Additional Provisions

PERFORMANCE BOND

(NOTE: The successful bidder must use this form. Use of any other bond form may prevent a contract from forming and/or result in forfeiture of the successful bidder’s bid bond)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

WHEREAS the City Council of the City of Healdsburg has awarded to ______, (designated as the “PRINCIPAL”) a contract for the MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, which contract and all of the contract documents as defined therein (designated as the “Contract”) are hereby made a part hereof; and

WHEREAS, said PRINCIPAL is required under the terms of the Contract to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the Contract;

NOW, THEREFORE, WE, the PRINCIPAL and ______as surety (designated as “SURETY”), an admitted surety insurer authorized to do business in the State of California, are held and firmly bound unto the City (designated as “OBLIGEE”), in the penal sum of ______dollars ($______), lawful money of the United States for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, and administrators, and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that, if the above bound PRINCIPAL, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on his or their part to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the OBLIGEE, it’s officials, officers, employees, volunteers and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void, otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.

And the said SURETY, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications or the plans accompanying the same or to any other part of the contract documents, as defined therein, shall in any way affect said SURETY’s obligation on this bond, and the SURETY does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition.

And the said SURETY, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that upon termination of the Contract for cause, the OBLIGEE reserves the right to refuse tender of the PRINCIPAL by the SURETY to complete the Contract work.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,ECOPY the above-bound parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this______day of ______, _____, the name and corporate seals of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by their undersigned representatives, pursuant to authority of their governing bodies.

Project No. Measure V 45 v01012008 Additional Provisions

(Corporate Seal)

PRINCIPAL______

By______

(Acknowledgement)

Title______

SURETY______

(Corporate Seal)

By______(Attorney-in-fact)

(Acknowledgement)

Title______

(NOTE TO SURETY COMPANY: A certified copy of unrevoked resolution of authority for the attorney-in-fact must be submitted with and attached to the executed bond.)

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 46 v01012008 Additional Provisions

PAYMENT/LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND

(NOTE: The successful bidder must use this form. Use of any other bond form may prevent a contract from forming and/or result in forfeiture of the successful bidder’s bid bond)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

WHEREAS the City Council of the City of Healdsburg has awarded to ______, (designated as the “PRINCIPAL”) a contract for the MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, which contract and all of the contract documents as defined therein (designated as the “Contract”) are hereby made a part hereof; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to California Civil Code Section 9550, the PRINCIPAL is required, before entering upon the performance of the Contract, to file a payment bond with and have such bond approved by the officer or public entity by whom the Contract is awarded; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to California Civil Code Section 9554, such payment bond must be in a sum not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the Contract, and must satisfy the other requirements specified in that section; and

WHEREAS, the PRINCIPAL is required in accordance with the Contract to furnish a payment bond in connection with the Contract to secure payment of claims of laborers, mechanics and materialmen employed on work under the Contract in accordance with applicable law;

NOW, THEREFORE, THESE PRESENTS WITNESSETH:

That the PRINCIPAL and the undersigned______, as surety (designated as “SURETY”), an admitted surety insurer authorized to do business in the State of California are held and firmly bound unto all laborers, material men, and all other persons named in California Civil Code Section 9100 (a) in the sum of ______Dollars ($______), lawful money of the United States, being a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of the Contract, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the PRINCIPAL or any of the PRINCIPAL’s subcontractors, or the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns of any, all, or either of them, shall fail to pay any persons named in California Civil Code Section 9100 (a), or fail to pay for any labor, materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind, or fail to pay amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or fail to pay for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the PRINCIPAL or anyECOPY subcontractors of the PRINCIPAL pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, that the SURETY will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the amount herein above set forth, and also, in case suit is brought upon this bond, will pay a reasonable attorney’s fee to be awarded and fixed by the Court; otherwise this obligation shall be void.

Project No. Measure V 47 v01012008 Additional Provisions

It is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed by the said Surety, for value received, that this bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all of the persons named in Section 9100 (a) of the California Civil Code so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.

It is hereby further expressly stipulated and agreed by the said Surety, for value received, that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or the specifications or drawings accompanying the same or to any other part of the contract documents, as defined therein, shall in any manner affect the obligations of the SURETY on this bond, and SURETY does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension, alteration, or addition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bound parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this______day of ______, ______, the name and corporate seals of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by their undersigned representatives, pursuant to authority of their governing bodies.

(Corporate Seal)

PRINCIPAL______

By______

(Acknowledgement)

Title______

SURETY______

(Corporate Seal)

By______(Attorney-in-fact)

(Acknowledgement)

Title______

(NOTE TO SURETY COMPANY: A certified copy of unrevoked resolution of authority for the attorney-in-fact mustECOPY be submitted with and attached to the executed bond.)

Project No. Measure V 48 v01012008 Additional Provisions

MAINTENANCE BOND

(NOTE: The Contractor must use this form. Use of any other bond form may prevent release of final payment and/or release of retention under the Contract)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

WHEREAS the City Council of the City of Healdsburg has awarded to ______, (designated as the “PRINCIPAL”) a contract for the MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, which contract and all of the contract documents as defined therein (designated as the “Contract”) are hereby made a part hereof; and

WHEREAS, the PRINCIPAL is required under the terms of the Contract to furnish a bond for the correction of any defects due to defective materials or workmanship in the work performed under the Contract.

NOW, THEREFORE, we the PRINCIPAL and the undersigned ______, as surety (designated as “SURETY”), an admitted surety insurer authorized to do business in the State of California, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Healdsburg, (designated as the “OBLIGEE”), in the penal sum of ______Dollars ($______), lawful money of the United States, being a sum not less than ten percent (10%) of the final Contract price, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that if, during a maintenance period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance by the OBLIGEE of the contracted work, the PRINCIPAL upon receiving written notice of a need for repairs which are directly attributable to defective materials or workmanship, shall diligently take the necessary steps to correct said defects within seven (7) days from the date of said notice, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.

If any action shall be brought by the OBLIGEE upon this bond, a reasonable attorney’s fee, to be fixed by the Court, shall be and become a part of OBLIGEE’s judgment in any such action. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to, or for the use of, any person or corporation other than the OBLIGEE named herein or the heirs, executors, administrator or successor of the OBLIGEE.

ECOPY

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bound parties have executed this instrument under their seals this ______day of ______, the name and corporate seals of each

Project No. Measure V 49 v01012008 Additional Provisions corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.

(Corporate Seal)

PRINCIPAL ______

By ______

(Acknowledgment) Title ______

SURETY ______

(Corporate Seal)

By ______(Attorneys-in-fact)

(Acknowledgment) Title ______

(NOTE TO SURETY COMPANY: A certified copy of unrevoked resolution of authority for the attorney-in-fact must be submitted with and attached to the executed bond.) ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 50 v01012008 Additional Provisions

ESCROW AGREEMENT

SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION

This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Healdsburg, whose address is 401 Grove Street, Healdsburg, California 95448, hereinafter called "City", ______, whose address is ______, hereinafter called "Contractor", and ______, whose address is ______, hereinafter called “Escrow Agent”

For consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor, and Escrow Agent agree as follows:

1. Pursuant to Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, Contractor has the option to deposit securities with Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for the project entitled MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ______in the amount of ______dated ______(hereinafter referred to as the "Contract”). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When Contractor deposits the securities as substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be at least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the Contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of City of Healdsburg and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investments of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the escrow agent directly. 4. Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of the Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawalECOPY by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City. 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor.

Project No. Measure V 51 v01012008 Additional Provisions

7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven day's written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and complete, and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all monies and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pursuant to Sections (5) to (8) inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notice or to receive written notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures, are as follows: On Behalf of City: On Behalf of Contractor

______Title Title

______Name Name

On Behalf of Escrow Agent:

______Title

______Name

______Signature Address

At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executedECOPY counterpart of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above.

City: Contractor:

Project No. Measure V 52 v01012008 Additional Provisions

______Title Title

______Name Name

______Signature Signature

______Address Address

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 53 v01012008 Additional Provisions

CONTRACT PART 2

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1 Definitions

The following terms as used in any agreement of which these General Provisions are a part are defined as follows:

1-1.01 Contract: The agreement between the City and Contractor concerning the Project, as evidenced by and comprised of the Contract Documents.

1-1.02 Architect: The person or persons so specified on the Technical Specifications and/or Project Plans.

1-1.03 ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials latest edition.

1-1.04 Bid Package: All of the documents listed as comprising the entire Bid Package as specified in the Instructions to Bidders and representing the full set of documents made available to bidders on the Project.

1-1.05 City: City of Healdsburg

1-1.06 Public Works Standard Specifications and Details: The edition of the City of Healdsburg Public Works Standard Specifications and Details in effect on the date of the last signature to this Contract.

1-1.07 Contract Documents: All those documents listed in Paragraph 7 of the Contract Part 1 as comprising the entire agreement between the City and the Contractor.

1-1.08 Contractor: The successful bidder for the Project and party to the Contract with the City as specified in the Contract Documents.

1-1.09 Days: Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, days mean calendar days.

1-1.10 Engineer: The City’s authorized representative for administration and overall management of the Project, Contract, and Work. The Engineer is the official point of contact between the City and the Contractor.

1-1.11 Project: The MEASURE V FACILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT project as described in the Technical Specifications and Project Plans.

1-1.12 Project Plans: The primarily graphic detailed requirements concerning the Project containedECOPY in the Bid Package and any addenda to the Project Plans signed by authorized City representatives and issued prior to bid opening, Equal Product Proposals accepted by the City and signed by authorized City representatives prior to bid opening, and change orders and other amendments to the Project Plans signed by authorized representatives of the City and the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

Project No. Measure V 54 v01012008 Additional Provisions

1-1.13 Project Inspector: The party or parties charged by the City with inspecting the Work for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and applicable laws and regulations. The Project Inspector acts under the direction of the City and must coordinate with the Engineer as directed by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1-1.14 Caltrans Standard Specifications: The State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Local Streets and Roads, May 2006 edition.

1-1.15 Caltrans Construction Manual: The State of California Department of Transportation Construction Manual, August 2006 edition.

1-1.16 Subcontractor: A person, firm or corporation that is obligated as a party to a contract with the Contractor to perform part of the Work. For purposes of these General Provisions Subcontractors include, but are not limited to, those that are obligated as parties to a contract with the Contractor to specially fabricate and install a portion of the Work according to the Technical Specifications and/or Project Plans.

1-1.17 Technical Specifications: The detailed Project requirements contained in the Bid Package and any addenda to the Technical Specifications signed by authorized City representatives and issued prior to bid opening, Equal Product Proposals accepted by the City and signed by authorized City representatives prior to bid opening, and change orders and other amendments to the Technical Specifications signed by authorized representatives of the City and the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1-1.18 Work: The furnishing of all equipment, tools, apparatus, facilities, material, labor and skill necessary to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner the Project as shown in the Technical Specifications and Project Plans in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable law.

1-1.19 Written Notice: Will be deemed to have been duly served for purposes of these General Provisions and any Contract of which they are a part if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to any office of the corporation for whom the notice is intended, or if sent by registered or certified mail to the last known business address known to the party giving notice. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the last known address of the Contractor will be that listed in the Contractor’s completed Proposal.

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 55 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 2 Scope of Work

2-1.01 Documents Furnished by City. The City will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, five (5) sets of prints of the Project Plans and Technical Specifications for execution of the Work. Throughout the performance of the Work the Contractor must keep one copy of the Project Plans and Technical Specifications in good order and available for review by the Engineer, the Architect, and any other City contractors or representatives.

2-1.02 Ownership of Documents Furnished by City. All documents furnished by the City, including, but not limited to, the Technical Specifications, Project Plans, and any copies, are the property of the City. Documents furnished by the City may not be used on any other work. All documents furnished by the City must be returned to City upon completion of the Work.

2-1.03 Technical Specifications and Project Plans.

a. The Technical Specifications and Project Plans are complementary and intended to mutually describe the Work necessary to complete the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents.

b. In general, the Project Plans indicate dimensions, position and kind of construction, and the Technical Specifications indicate qualities and methods. Any Work indicated on the Project Plans and not mentioned in the Technical Specifications or vice versa must be furnished as though fully set forth in both. Work that is not particularly detailed, marked or specified will be the same as similar Work that is detailed, marked or specified. The Contractor must furnish items necessary for the operation of equipment depicted in the Project Plans or specified in the Technical Specifications that are suitable to allow such equipment to function properly at no extra charge.

c. The Contractor must notify the Engineer as soon as possible of any apparent errors or inconsistencies, including, but not limited to, typographical or notational errors in the Project Plans, Technical Specifications, and/or in work done by others affecting the Work. The Engineer will issue instructions concerning any such apparent errors or inconsistencies. If the Contractor proceeds with Work impacted by apparent errors or inconsistencies without instructions from the Engineer, the Contractor does so at its sole risk and will have all of the obligations and the City will have all of the rights and remedies specified in Section 11 concerning any resulting damage or defect.

d. The General Provisions apply with equal force to all of the Work, including extra work authorized by the Engineer in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor must submit any required shop diagrams and/or drawings by the times and in the quantities indicated in the Technical Specifications. Any such shop diagrams and/or drawings must show completely the Work to be done, expanding on the Project Plans concerning details not previously shown, field conditions and the conditionECOPY of the Work. Engineer review of such shop diagrams and/or drawings will concern conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents only. The Engineer assumes no responsibility for the correctness or accuracy of the dimensions or any other contents of any shop diagrams and/or drawings submitted by the Contractor. The Contractor must check all dimensions at the Work site. Shop diagrams and/or drawings must be clearly marked with the name of the Project and

Project No. Measure V 56 v01012008 Additional Provisions

the name of the Contractor, subcontractor or supplier making the submittal, and must be stamped and signed by the Contractor and submitted under a signed transmittal letter from the Contractor certifying that all dimensions have been checked at the Work site. These requirements are mandatory. The Engineer will not review shop diagrams and/or drawings that do not satisfy these requirements. The Contractor will be responsible for any and all discrepancies between dimensions of the actual Work site and/or Work and those shown on shop diagram and/or drawings submitted by the Contractor, and for any other errors contained in or resulting from such shop diagrams and/or drawings, including, but not limited to, errors in material and/or equipment quantities and any resulting errors, delays or additional cost in the performance of the Work. The Contractor will have all of the obligations and the City will have all of the rights and remedies that are specified in Section 11 concerning any discrepancies or errors in shop diagrams and/or drawings submitted by the Contractor, and concerning any resulting errors, delays or additional costs in the performance of the Work.

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 57 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 3 Control of Work and Material

3-1.01 Engineer’s Status. The Engineer will administer the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents. After execution of the Contract and issuance of the Notice to Proceed, all correspondence and/or instructions concerning the Project between the Contractor and/or City must be forwarded through the Engineer. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Engineer will not be responsible for and will not have control or charge of construction means, methods, techniques, or procedures or for safety precautions in connection with the Work. The Engineer, however, will have authority to reject materials and/or workmanship that do not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Engineer will also have the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work.

3-1.02 Architect’s Status. The Architect will advise the Engineer concerning decisions on all claims of the Contractor and all other matters relating to the execution and progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Architect will also advise the Engineer concerning Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever, in the Architect's opinion, it is necessary or advisable in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Architect may recommend to the Engineer inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not such Work is then fabricated, installed or completed.

3-1.03 Inspection and Testing of Work and Material.

a. The City, the Engineer, the Architect and their representatives will have access to the Work at all times wherever it is in preparation or progress. The Contractor must provide proper facilities for such access and for inspection.

b. The Contractor must inspect all materials as delivered and promptly return all defective materials without waiting for their rejection by the Architect or Engineer.

c. If the Engineer, the Technical Specifications, or any laws, ordinances, or any public authority require any Work to be tested or approved, the Contractor must give the Engineer timely notice of the Contractor’s readiness for inspection. Inspections will be promptly made, and where practicable, at the source of supply. Any Work subject to such testing that is covered up without timely notice to the Engineer or without the approval or consent of the Engineer must, if required by the Engineer, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor will have all of the obligations and the City will have all of the rights and remedies that are specified in Section 11 concerning any Work subject to testing that is covered up or otherwise rendered inaccessible for inspection without timely notice to the Engineer and that is not uncovered for examination at the Contractor’s expense if required by the Engineer.

d. Tests of materials or qualification tests required by the Contract Documents must be made in accordance with the Technical Specifications and the requirements of the CaliforniaECOPY Building Standards Code as adopted by the City and other applicable law. Copies of all testing reports will be distributed as required in the Technical Specifications.

e. The City or its representatives may order re-examination of questioned Work. If ordered to do so, the Contractor must uncover such Work. If such Work is found to

Project No. Measure V 58 v01012008 Additional Provisions

be according to the Contract Documents, the City will pay the cost of uncovering and restoring the Work, unless such Work was subject to testing and covered up without timely notice to or approval of the Engineer. If re-examined Work is found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor must pay the cost of uncovering and restoring the Work. The Contractor will have all of the obligations and the City will have all of the rights and remedies that are specified in Section 11 concerning any re-examined Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents that the Contractor fails to uncover and restore at the Contractor’s expense.

f. The Contractor must replace or correct without charge any material or workmanship found not to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, unless the City consents to accept such material or workmanship with an appropriate adjustment in the Contract Price. The Contractor must promptly segregate and remove non- conforming material from the Work site. The Contractor will have all of the obligations and the City will have all of the rights and remedies that are specified in Section 11 concerning any failure by the Contractor to replace or correct without charge any material or workmanship that does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and that the City has not consented to accept.

3-1.04 Samples Furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor must furnish all samples for approval as directed in sufficient time to permit the Architect or Engineer to examine, approve and select samples before they are required by the progress of the Work. Portions of the Work for which samples are required and for which the Architect or Engineer has selected samples must be in accordance with such approved samples. Samples must be sent prepaid to the office of the Engineer or to such place as the Engineer may direct.

3-1.05 Materials and Substitutions.

a. Materials used for the Work must be new and of the quality specified. When not particularly specified, materials must be the best of their class or kind. The Contractor must, if required, submit satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials.

b. If the Contractor submitted complete information to the Public Works Department for products proposed as equals in accordance with the bid package, and the City approved such products proposed as equals in writing, the Contractor may either furnish such products approved as equals, or furnish the products listed by manufacturer name, brand or model number in the Technical Specifications or Project Plans. The City retains the right, in its sole discretion, to accept or reject any other proposed substitution. To be considered, proposals concerning products proposed as equals must include sufficient information to permit the City to determine whether the products proposed as equals will satisfy the same performance requirements as products listed by manufacturer’s name, brand or model number. Such performance requirements may include, but are not limited to, size, strength, function, and appearance, ease of maintenance and repair, and useful life requirements.ECOPY If the City does not accept a proposed substitution, the Contractor must furnish the product specified in the Technical Specifications or Project Plans for the Contract Price, regardless of whether the product is specified by manufacturer’s name, brand or model number, or otherwise.

c. During the performance of the Work, all materials must be neatly stacked, properly protected from the weather and other adverse impacts, and placed so as to avoid

Project No. Measure V 59 v01012008 Additional Provisions

interference with efficient progress of the Work, with other activities of the City, or with the use of existing City facilities by the public. Materials may not be stored in a manner that presents a safety hazard or a nuisance. All materials must be delivered so as to ensure efficient and uninterrupted progress of the Work. Materials must be stored so as to cause no obstruction and so as to prevent overloading of any portion of the Work. The Contractor will be responsible for damage or loss of materials delivered to and/or stored at the Work site due to weather or other causes. The Contractor must promptly remove from the Work site all materials rejected by the City or its representatives as failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether such non-conforming materials have been incorporated in the Work or not. If the City or its representatives so direct, the Contractor must promptly replace and re-execute Work performed by the Contractor and order the replacement and re-execution of Work performed by subcontractors using non-conforming materials with materials that satisfy the requirements of the Contract Documents without expense to the City. The Contractor will bear the expense of making good all Work destroyed or damaged by such removal. The Contractor will have all of the obligations and the City will have all of the rights and remedies that are specified in Section 11 concerning any failure by the Contractor to replace or re-execute Work using non-conforming materials, and/or to make good all Work destroyed or damaged by such removal and/or execution.

d. If any portion of the Work done or material furnished under this Contract proves defective and not in accordance with the Project Plans or Technical Specifications, and if the Engineer determines that the imperfection of the same is not of sufficient magnitude or importance to make the Work dangerous or undesirable, or if the removal of such Work, is impractical or will create conditions which are dangerous or undesirable, the Engineer may retain such Work, instead of requiring the imperfect Work to be removed and reconstructed, and make such deductions therefore in the payments due or to become due the Contractor as are just and reasonable.

3-1.06 Audit and Examination of Records. The City may examine and audit at no additional cost to the City all books, estimates, records, contracts, documents, bid documents, bid cost data, subcontract job cost reports and other Project related data of the Contractor, subcontractors engaged in performance of the Work, and suppliers providing supplies, equipment and other materials required for the Work, including computations and projections related to bidding, negotiating, pricing or performing the Work or Contract modifications and other materials concerning the Work, including, but not limited to, Contractor daily logs, in order to evaluate the accuracy, completeness, and currency of cost, pricing, scheduling and any other Project related data. The Contractor will make available all such Project related data at all reasonable times for examination, audit, or reproduction at the Contractor’s business office at or near the Work site, and at any other location where such Project related data may be kept until three years after final payment under the Contract. Pursuant to California Government Code Section 8546.7, if the amount of public funds to be expended is in excess of $10,000, this Contract will be subject to the examination and audit of the State Auditor, at the request of the City, or as part of any audit of the City, for a period of three (3) years after final payment under the Contract. ECOPY 3-1.07 Advertising. No advertising signs of any kind may be displayed on the Work site, or on fences, offices or elsewhere adjacent to the Work site.

3-1.08 Project Schedule. Within ten (10) days after execution and delivery of the Contract, and prior to the issuance of the notice to proceed, the Contractor must deliver to the

Project No. Measure V 60 v01012008 Additional Provisions

Engineer a bar chart and critical path (CPM) schedule detailing the Contractor’s intended schedule of Work for the entire Project. The schedules must be detailed to clearly show the relative sequence of the items of Work, their inter-relationships, start and completion dates, float, the critical path, and any other item deemed necessary by the Engineer. The schedule must allow for the completion of the entire Work within the Time for Completion.

a. City Review of Schedule. The City may review the Contractor’s submitted schedule and may note any exceptions. The Contractor must correct any exceptions noted by the City within five (5) working days of being notified of the exceptions.

b. Update of Schedule. After submission of a schedule to which the City has taken no exceptions, the Contractor must submit an updated schedule on a monthly basis or as otherwise specified by the City until completion of the Work. The updated schedule must show the progress of Work as of the date specified in the updated schedule.

c. Float. The schedule must show early and late completion dates for each task. The number of days between these dates will be designated as “Float”. The Float will be designated to the Project and will be available to both the City and the Contractor as needed to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract.

d. Failure to Submit Schedule. If the Contractor fails to submit schedules within the time periods specified in this Section, or submits a schedule to which the City has taken uncorrected exceptions, the City may withhold payments to the Contractor until such schedules are submitted and/or corrected in accordance with the Contract Documents.

e. Responsibility for Schedule. The Contractor will be solely and exclusively responsibility for creating the schedule and properly updating it. The City may note exceptions to any schedule submitted by the Contractor. However, the Contractor will be solely responsible for determining the proper method for addressing such exceptions and the City’s review of the schedule will not create scheduling obligations of the City.

3-1.09 Construction Staking. All Work done under this Contract must be in conformance with the Project Plans and staked by the Engineer in the field. The Contractor must inform the Engineer, forty-eight (48) hours in advance, of the time and places at which he or she wishes to do work, in order that lines and grades may be furnished and necessary measurements for record and payment made, with the minimum of inconvenience to the Engineer and delay to the Contractor.

The City will provide construction staking services. The Contractor shall carefully preserve bench marks, reference points, and stakes and in the case of willful or careless destruction, will be responsible for the cost of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance ECOPY

3-1.10 Materials Testing. Materials will be tested by the City of Healdsburg or its authorized agent, following the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Statistical testing may not be used. All individual samples must meet the specified test results. Each material used must meet the specified requirements.

Project No. Measure V 61 v01012008 Additional Provisions

The Contractor must request and coordinate all testing. All tests must occur in the presence of the Project Inspector. The City will, at its sole discretion, have the right to reject any and/or all test results, that do not meet this requirement, and to order a retest in the presence of the Project Inspector. The costs for all retests so ordered will be the responsibility of the Contractor. The cost of all retests will be charged to the Contractor at the actual cost plus 30 percent, with a minimum charge of $150.00 per test to cover staff and administrative costs.

The City, at its sole expense, will provide all initial material and compaction tests. Sampling and testing will comply with Chapter 3 of the Caltrans Construction Manual at a minimum. Where conditions vary, the City may perform additional testing. Cost for testing of materials offered in lieu of the specified materials will be the responsibility of the Contractor. Cost for R-value tests when required by the Caltrans Standard Specifications will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

Testing will only be performed on normal City working days between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. unless other arrangements are made in advance. Tests performed outside of these hours may be subject to increased charges.

The Contractor must request all tests in writing a minimum of 2 working days in advance of the time desired. A minimum of one working day must be allowed for compilation and reporting of data and test results after tests have been performed. No subsequent layer of material may be placed until a passing test is obtained and acknowledged by the City.

Concrete and asphalt may be supplied only from suppliers approved and certified by the State Department of Transportation. Proposed mix designs for all concrete and asphalt concrete to be placed within the City of Healdsburg must be provided to and approved by the City, prior to placement.

The Contractor must coordinate with the City concerning any additional testing as required.

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 62 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 4 Changes in Work

4-1.01 City Directed Change Orders. The City may at any time during the progress of the Work direct any amendments to the Work or any of the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to the Technical Specifications, or Project Plans. Such amendments will in no way void the Contract, but will be applied to amend the Contract Price, if such amendments affect the Contract Price, the Project schedule, if such amendments affect the Project schedule, or any other provision of the Contract Documents based on a fair and reasonable valuation of the amendment in accordance with this Section 4.

4-1.02 Writing Requirement. Change orders and other amendments to the Technical Specifications, the Project Plans, or other Contract Documents may be made only upon prior written approval of the Engineer and as evidenced by a writing executed by authorized representatives of the City and the Contractor.

4-1.03 Contractor Proposed Change Orders. Unless the Engineer otherwise authorizes or the City and the Contractor otherwise agree, change order proposals submitted by the Contractor must be submitted to the Engineer no later than the time of the proposed change.

4-1.04 All Change Orders. All change order proposals must be submitted on completed City Change Order forms. All such change order proposals must itemize all cost impacts of the proposed change order and include a total price for that change order and the amended Contract Price that would become effective upon execution of the change order. All change order proposals must specify any change in the Project schedule, or in any Project milestone including, but not limited to, the Time for Completion, under the change order. It is understood that change orders that do not specify a change in any milestone, including, but not limited to, the Time for Completion, may be accomplished by the Time for Completion then in effect.

4-1.05 Change Order Pricing. Change order pricing for all change orders, whether, additive, deductive, or both, will be governed by the following:

a. Prices specified in the Contract Documents will apply to cost impacts involving items for which the Contract Documents specify prices.

b. Cost impacts involving items for which the Contract Documents do not specify prices may be paid on a lump sum basis as approved by the City.

c. For cost impacts involving items for which the Contract Documents do not specify prices, and for which no lump sum amount has been approved by the City, charges or credits for the Work will be paid on a time and materials basis in accordance with the following and subject to Caltrans Standard Specifications, provision 9-1.03 concerning allowable direct charges. The time and materials payment will be the sum of and limited to the direct and indirect costs for labor, materials, equipment and overhead calculated as follows: ECOPY 6. Labor: The Contractor will be paid the cost of labor for the workers (including foremen when authorized by the Engineer), used in the actual and direct performance of the Work. The cost of labor utilized in performing the Work, whether the employer is the Contractor, a subcontractor or other entity engaged in the performance of the Work, will be the sum of the following:

Project No. Measure V 63 v01012008 Additional Provisions

 Actual Wages: The actual wages paid will include any employer fringe benefit payments to or on behalf of the workers for health and welfare, pension, vacation and similar purposes. The actual wages and fringe benefits paid must be at the rates shown on the certified payroll documents submitted by the Contractor.

 Labor Surcharge: The labor surcharge will be as set forth in the latest edition of the California Department of Transportation publication entitled “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates”. The labor surcharge will constitute full compensation for all payments imposed by State or Federal laws and for all other payments made to, or on behalf of, workers engaged in the performance of the Work, excluding the Actual Wages as defined above.

 Fixed Markup: A fixed markup of 33% of the sum of the actual wages paid and the labor surcharge applicable to such actual wages, together with the actual wage and labor surcharge costs described in this provision will constitute full and complete compensation for all overhead, profit, incidentals, and any and all other direct or indirect expenses associated with furnishing all labor for the Work.

7. Materials: Materials costs will be the direct costs for materials actually exhausted, consumed or entering permanently into the Work, plus a fixed markup of 15% of such direct materials costs, which, together with the direct cost of materials as described in this provision will constitute full and complete compensation for all overhead, profit, incidentals, and any and all other direct or indirect expenses associated with furnishing all materials for the Work.

8. Equipment: All equipment used will be paid in accordance with the rates in subsection 9-1.03A(3) entitled “Equipment Rental" of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, which subsection 9-1.03A(3) is made a part of this Contract, plus a fixed markup of 10% of such equipment rates, which, together with the equipment rates as described in this provision will constitute full and complete compensation for all overhead, profit, incidentals, and any and all other direct or indirect expenses associated with furnishing all equipment for the Work.

9. Unless approved in writing in accordance with provision 4-1.02 of this Contract in advance of performance of the Work, any and all other cost impacts (including, but not limited to profit, bond premiums or fees, insurance premiums or fees, superintendent labor, clerical expenses, home office expenses, Work site office expenses, utility costs, permit costs, and licensing costs) involving items for which the Contract Documents do not specify prices, and for which no lump sum amount has been approved by the City, ECOPYwill constitute incidentals, full compensation for which will be deemed included in the markups for labor, material, and equipment specified above, and no additional compensation for such cost impacts will be allowed.

4-1.06 Liability Under Unapproved Change Orders. The Contractor will be solely responsible for any and all losses, costs, or liabilities of any kind incurred by the

Project No. Measure V 64 v01012008 Additional Provisions

Contractor, any subcontractor engaged in the performance of the Work, any party supplying material or equipment for the Work or any third party that are incurred pursuant to Contractor-proposed change orders prior to issuance of an approved change order executed in accordance with this Section 4. The Contractor will have all of the obligations and the City will have all of the rights and remedies that are specified in Section 11 concerning any work or resulting losses, costs, or liabilities pursuant to a Contractor proposed change order before issuance of an approved change order executed in accordance with this Section 4.

4-1.07 Changes Subject to Contract Documents. Any changes in the Work and/or the Contract Documents pursuant to change orders and any other amendments issued in accordance with the Contract Documents, including this Section 4, will in all respects be subject to all provisions of the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, the Technical Specifications and the Project Plans, except as modified by such change orders or amendments.

4-1.08 Change Order Disputes.

a. Disputed City-Directed Change Orders. If the Contractor disputes a City directed change order following a reasonable effort by the City and the Contractor to resolve the dispute including, at a minimum, a meeting between appropriate representatives of the Contractor and the City, the Contractor must commence performing the Work consistent with the disputed change order within five (5) working days of the last meeting between representatives of the Contractor and the City to resolve the dispute, or within the time specified in the disputed City directed change order, whichever is later. In performing Work consistent with a disputed City-directed change order pursuant to this provision the Contractor will have all of the Contractor’s rights concerning claims pursuant to the Contract Documents and applicable law.

b. Disputed Contractor Proposed Change Orders. If the City disputes a Contractor proposed change order, the City and the Contractor will use reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute including, at a minimum, holding a meeting between appropriate representatives of the Contractor and the City. Regardless of and throughout any such efforts to resolve the dispute the Contractor must continue performing the Work irrespective of and unmodified by the disputed change order. In continuing to perform the Work, the Contractor will retain all of the Contractor’s rights under contract or law pertaining to resolution of disputes and protests between contracting parties. Disputes between the City and the Contractor concerning any Contractor- proposed change order or other amendment do not excuse the Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents excluding such Contractor-proposed change order or other amendment by the Time for Completion or waive any other Project milestone or other requirement of the Contract Documents. ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 65 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 5 Trenching and Utilities

5-1.01 Excavation More Than Four Feet Deep. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 7104, if the Work involves excavation more than four feet deep the Contractor must promptly notify the City in writing before disturbing: any material that the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law; any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Work site differing from those indicated; or any unknown physical conditions at the Work site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. The City will promptly investigate any such conditions for which notice is given. If the City finds that the conditions do materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, and would cause a decrease or increase in the cost or time of performance of the Work, the City will issue a change order pursuant to Section 4 of these General Provisions. If a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor concerning whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease of increase in the cost or time of performance, the Contractor will not be excused from any completion date provided in the Contract Documents, but will proceed with all Work to be performed. The Contractor will retain all rights under contract or law pertaining to resolution of disputes and protests between contracting parties.

5-1.02 Excavation of Five Feet or More. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 6705, contractors performing contracts exceeding $25,000 in cost and involving excavation five or more feet deep must submit for the City’s acceptance, prior to excavation, a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during excavation. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, it must be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer.

5-1.03 Utility Relocation Costs.

a. In accordance with California Government Code Section 4215, the City assumes the responsibility for the timely removal, relocation or protection of existing main or trunk line utility facilities located on the Work site if such utilities are not identified by the City in the Technical Specifications and/or Project Plans. The City will compensate the Contractor for the costs of locating, repairing damage not due to the Contractor’s failure to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating existing main or trunk line utility facilities located at the Work site and not identified with reasonable accuracy in the Technical Specifications and/or Project Plans. The City will also compensate the Contractor for the cost of equipment on the Project necessarily idled during such work. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for Work completion delays caused by the City’s failure to provide for removal or relocation of such main or trunk line utility facilities.

b. NothingECOPY in this provision or the Contract Documents will be deemed to require the City to indicate the presence of existing service laterals or appurtenances whenever the presence of such utilities on the Work site can be inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as buildings, meter and junction boxes, cleanouts, on or adjacent to the Work site; provided, however, that nothing in this provision or the Contract Documents will relieve the City from identifying main or trunk lines in the Technical Specifications and/or Project Plans.

Project No. Measure V 66 v01012008 Additional Provisions

c. Nothing in this provision or the Contract Documents will preclude the City from pursuing any appropriate remedy against the utility for delays, which are the responsibility of the utility.

d. Nothing in this provision or the Contract Documents will be construed to relieve the utility from any obligation as required either by law or by contract to pay the cost of removal or relocation of existing utility facilities.

e. If the Contractor while performing the Work discovers utility facilities not identified by the City in the Technical Specifications and/or Project Plans, the Contractor must immediately notify the City and utility in writing.

f. Either the City or the utility, whichever owns existing main or trunk line utility facilities located on the Work site, will have sole discretion to effect repairs or relocation work or to permit the Contractor to perform such repairs or relocation work at a reasonable price.

5-1.04 Protection of Existing Facilities and Property.

The Contractor must notify Underground Service Alert (USA) for marking the locations of existing underground facilities.

Subject to Section 5 of the General Provisions, the Contractor must take all necessary measures to avoid injury to existing surface and underground utility facilities in and near the Work site. Subject to Section 5 of the General Provisions, no error or omission of utility markouts will be construed to relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to protect all underground pipes, conduits, cables or other structures affected by the work.

The existing underground facilities in the area of Work may include telephone, television and electrical cables, gas mains, water mains, sewer pipe and drainage pipe. The various utility companies must be notified before trenching begins and at such other times as required to protect their facilities. Subject to Section 5 of the General Provisions, all underground facilities must be located and exposed ahead of trenching to prevent damage to the facilities, and to determine the depth and character of all facilities that cross or infringe on the trench prism. The Contractor must immediately notify the Engineer of any facilities found. If damage should occur to the existing facilities, the utility company and the City must be notified immediately and, subject to Section 5 of the General Provisions, repairs acceptable to the utility company must be made at the Contractor’s expense.

The Project Plans show the underground utilities on the site of the construction insofar as they are known to the City. The drawings may not show facilities apparent from visual inspection of the site or service laterals or appurtenances, the existence of which can be inferred from the presence of other visible facilities such as buildings, meters, junction boxes,ECOPY etc. on or adjacent to the construction site.

If in the performance of the Work an existing utility is encountered that is not shown on the Project Plans and is not apparent or inferable from visual inspection of the Work site, the Inspector must be notified immediately. The Engineer will determine, subject to Section 5 of the General Provisions, whether the Project Plans or Technical

Project No. Measure V 67 v01012008 Additional Provisions

Specifications should be modified, or whether the existing utility should be relocated or whether the Contractor must work around the existing utility. Subject to Section 5 of the General Provisions, the Contractor must replace, at his or her own expense, in as good condition as they were prior to the start of construction, all existing improvements and surroundings damaged by his or her operation. Reconstruction of all existing improvements must conform to City of Healdsburg Public Works Standard Specifications and Details under the direction of and subject to the acceptance by the Engineer.

Subject to Section 5 of the General Provisions, should the Contractor fail to take adequate measures to avoid injury or damage to the facilities described above, the City may take any actions necessary to protect such facilities from the Contractor’s operations. Subject to Section 5 of the General Provisions, the City may withhold the cost of injury to existing surface and underground utility facilities in and near the Work site from amounts due or that may become due the Contractor.

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 68 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 6 Project Facilities

6-1.01 Work Site Offices. Any Work site office facilities used by the Contractor and/or its privities must conform to all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations. The cost of such Work site office facilities will be paid from and included in the Contract Price.

6-1.02 City Rights of Access and Ownership. The City and its authorized representatives will at all reasonable times while such office facilities are located at the Work site (including, at a minimum, all times during which the Work is performed), have access to any such Work site office facilities used by the Contractor and/or its privities. With respect to the right of access of the City and its authorized representatives, neither the Contractor nor its privities will have a reasonable expectation of privacy pursuant to the Fourth Amendment to the Unites States Constitution or other applicable law concerning such Work site office facilities used by the Contractor and/or its privities. Without exception, any and all Project related materials located at such Work site facilities will be deemed at all times to be City property subject to inspection and copying by the City and its authorized representatives at all reasonable times while such facilities are located at the Work site (including, at a minimum, all times during which the Work is performed). Any interference by the Contractor or its privities with the City’s rights of access and/or ownership pursuant to this Section 6 will constitute a material breach of the Contract subject to any and all remedies available pursuant to the Contract Documents and at law and equity.

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 69 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 7 Prosecution and Progress of the Work

7-1.01 Liquidated Damages. For the purposes of this Contract time is of the essence. The City and the Contractor agree that it will be difficult and/or impossible to determine the actual damage which the City will sustain in the event of the Contractor’s failure to fully perform the Work or to fully perform all of the Contractor’s obligations that have accrued pursuant to the Contract by the Time for Completion. Accordingly, the City and the Contractor agree in accordance with California Government Code Section 53069.85 that the Contractor will forfeit and pay to the City liquidated damages in the sum of $500 per day for each and every calendar day completion of the Work and/or performance of all of the Contractor’s obligations that have accrued pursuant to the Contract is delayed beyond the Time for Completion. The City and the Contractor further agree in accordance with California Government Code Section 53069.85 that the liquidated damages sum specified in this provision is not manifestly unreasonable under the circumstances existing at the time the Contract was made, and that the City may deduct liquidated damages sums in accordance with this provision from any payments due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract.

7-1.02 No Damage for Avoidable Delays. All delays in the Work that might have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight and diligence of the Contractor or any privities of the Contractor will be deemed avoidable delays. Delays in the Work that may be unavoidable but that do not necessarily affect other portions of the Work or prevent completion of all Work within the Time for Completion, including, but not limited to, reasonable delays in Engineer approval of shop drawings, placement of construction survey stakes, measurements and inspection, and such interruption as may occur in prosecution of the Work due to reasonable interference of other contractors of the City, will be deemed avoidable delays. The Contractor will not be awarded a change in the Project schedule, the Time for Completion, and/or additional compensation in excess of the contract price for avoidable delays.

7-1.03 Unavoidable Delays. All delays in the Work that result from causes beyond the control of the Contractor and that the Contractor could not have avoided through exercise of care, prudence, foresight, and diligence will be deemed unavoidable delays. Orders issued by the City changing the amount of Work to be done, the quantity of materials to be furnished, or the manner in which the work is to be prosecuted, and unforeseen delays in the prosecution of the Work due to causes beyond the Contractor’s control, such as strikes, lockouts, labor disturbances, fires, epidemics, earthquakes, acts of God, neglect by utility owners or other contractors that are not privities of the Contractor will be deemed unavoidable delays to the extent they actually delay the Contractor’s completion of the Work. The Contractor will be awarded a change in the Project schedule, the Time for Completion, and/or additional compensation in excess of the contract price for unavoidable delays to the extent such delays actually delay the Contractor’s completion of the Work and/or result in the Contractor incurring additional costs in excess of the Contract Price.

Delay due to normal, adverse weather conditions will not be deemed unavoidable. The ContractorECOPY should understand that normal adverse weather conditions are to be expected and plan the Work accordingly, such as by incorporating into the Project schedule normal, adverse weather delays as reflected in historical data of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration of the U.S. Department of Commerce for the weather station most applicable to the Work site.

Project No. Measure V 70 v01012008 Additional Provisions

7-1.04 No Damage for Contractor Caused Delay. Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation for extended field or home office overhead, field supervision, costs of capital, interest, escalation charges, acceleration costs or other impacts for any delays to the extent such delays are caused by the failure of the Contractor or any subcontractor or other entity engaged in performance of the Work to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

7-1.05 No Damage for Delay Not Caused By the City, Delay Contemplated by the Parties, or other Reasonable Delay. Contractor will not be entitled to damages for delay to the Work caused by the following, which the City and Contractor agree will be deemed for purposes of California Public Contract Code Section 7102 either not caused by the City, and/or within the contemplation of the City and the Contractor, and/or reasonable under the circumstances:

a. Exercise of the City’s right to sequence the Work in a manner that would avoid disruption to the City and other contractors based on: the failure of the Contractor or any subcontractor or other entity engaged in the performance of the Work to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, enforcement by the City or any other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction of any government act or regulation, or enforcement by the City of any provisions of the Contract.

b. Requests for clarification or information concerning the Contract Documents or proposed change orders or modifications to the Contract Documents, including extensive and/or numerous such requests for clarification or information or proposed change orders or modifications, provided such clarifications or information or proposed change orders or modifications are processed by the City or its representatives in a reasonable time in accordance with the Contract Documents.

7-1.06 Delays Caused by the City and/or It’s Privities. Delay caused by the City and/or other contractors of the City will be deemed unavoidable delays. Either the City or the Contractor may propose a change in the Time for Completion and/or the Project schedule for delays that are purported to be caused by the City and/or its privities and that are not reasonable under the circumstances involved and/or that are not within the contemplation of the City and the Contractor. Such proposed changes in the Time for Completion will constitute change order proposals subject to Section 4. In accordance with Section 4, the City and the Contractor may agree upon pricing for the cost impacts, if any, resulting from such delays. If such pricing and/or changes in the Time for Completion and/or the Project schedule are in anticipation of impacts that may, but have not yet occurred, the City will be obligated to pay the Contractor for such anticipated impacts or to award a change in the Time for Completion and/or the Project schedule in accordance with the Contract and any applicable, approved change orders only to the extent the Contractor actually incurs the anticipated impacts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4, the City and the Contractor may agree to a daily rate or cap or lump sum that will apply to the cost impacts, if any, resulting from delay purportedly caused by the City and/or its privities subject to this provision. However, if such daily rate or cap or lump sum is in anticipation of cost impacts that have not yet occurred, the City will beECOPY obligated to pay such daily rate or cap or lump sum only to the extent the Contractor actually incurs such cost impacts.

7-1.07 Delay Claims. Whenever the Contractor claims a delay for which the Time for Completion may be extended, the Contractor must request an extension of time within five (5) days of the start of the delay. The request must be in writing and describe in detail the cause for the delay, and, if possible, the foreseeable extent of the delay.

Project No. Measure V 71 v01012008 Additional Provisions

7-1.08 Contractor Coordination of the Work.

a. The City reserves the right to do other work in connection with or in the vicinity of the Project by contract or otherwise, and Contractor must at all times conduct the Work so as to impose no hardship on the City, others engaged in the Work or other contractors working at the Work site. The Contractor will adjust, correct and coordinate the Work with the work of others so that no delays result in the Work or other work at or near the Work site.

b. If any part of the Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of the City or any other contractor, the Contractor will, before proceeding with such Work, promptly report to the City any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other Work. Failure of the Contractor to promptly report any apparent discrepancy or defect will be deemed an acceptance of the City’s or other contractor's Work as fit and proper.

c. The Contractor will anticipate the relations of the various trades to the progress of the Work and will ensure that required anchorage or blocking is furnished and set at proper times. Anchorage and blocking necessary for each trade will be part of the Work except where stated otherwise.

d. The Contractor will provide proper facilities at all times for access of the City, the Engineer, Architect, and other authorized City representatives to conveniently examine and inspect the Work.

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 72 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 8 Contractor Responsibilities

8-1.01 Eligibility. By executing the Contract, the Contractor certifies that the Contractor is not ineligible to perform work on public works projects pursuant to California Labor Code Sections 1777.1 or 1777.7. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 6109(a), contractors who are ineligible to perform work on public works projects pursuant to California Labor Code Sections 1777.1 or 1777.7 may neither bid on, be awarded or perform the Work. To the full extent permitted by law the Contractor will hold harmless, indemnify and defend the City from and against any and all damages, costs, and liability arising from or as a consequence of any violation of Public Contract Code Section 6109.

8-1.02 Supervision of the Work. The Contractor will be solely responsible for the performance of the Work, including portions of the Work to be performed by subcontractors. The Contractor is charged with ensuring that all orders or instructions from the City, Engineer or Architect are disseminated to and followed by all subcontractors engaged in performance of the Work. The Contractor will supervise the Work using the Contractor’s best skill and attention. At any time during the progress of the Work, the City, the Engineer, or the Architect may require the Contractor and/or subcontractors engaged in performance of the Work to attend a Project meeting and the Contractor will attend, and ensure the attendance of any subcontractors whose attendance is required by the City and/or advisable in light of the matters to be addressed at the meeting.

8-1.03 Contractor's Superintendent. The Contractor will keep on the Work, throughout its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the City. The superintendent may not be changed without the consent of the City. The superintendent will represent the Contractor and all directions given by the City to the superintendent will bind the Contractor in accordance with the Contract. Superintendent time included in Contractor’s completed bid schedule and/or in approved change orders, if any, must be included in Contractor’s approved overhead rate and may not be charged as a direct cost.

8-1.04 Competent Employees. The Contractor must at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and may not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the Work assigned, or anyone incompetent or unfit for the duties of that person. When the City determines that a Contractor employee does not satisfy the requirements of this provision, upon notice from the City, the Contractor must ensure that employee performs no further Work and is no longer present at the Work site. Any such Contractor employee may not again be employed on the Work without City approval.

8-1.05 Items Necessary for Proper Completion of the Work. Except as otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, permits, fees, licenses, facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and timely completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ECOPY 8-1.06 Subcontracting.

a. . For the purposes of determining the value of work to be performed by the Contractor pursuant to this provision, materials, equipment, incidentals, etc., shall be considered to have been purchased by the contractor or subcontractor that is to

Project No. Measure V 73 v01012008 Additional Provisions

install them. Where a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated cost of such portion of the subcontracted item, as determined from information submitted by the Contractor, subject to approval by the Engineer.

b. By executing the Contract, the Contractor certifies that no subcontractor included on the list of proposed subcontractors submitted with the Contractor’s bid is ineligible to perform work on public works projects pursuant to California Labor Code Sections 1777.1 or 1777.7. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 6109(a), subcontractors who are ineligible to perform work on public works projects pursuant to California Labor Code Sections 1777.1 or 1777.7 may neither bid on, be awarded or perform as a subcontractor on the Work. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 6109(b), any contract on a public works project entered into between a contractor and a debarred subcontractor is void as a matter of law. The Contractor will ensure that no debarred subcontractor receives any public money for performing the Work, and any public money that may have been paid to a debarred subcontractor for the Work is returned to the City. The Contractor will be responsible for payment of wages to workers of a debarred subcontractor who has been allowed to perform the Work.

c. The Contract and the performance of the Work are subject to the requirements of the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act codified at California Public Contract Code Section 4100 and following. If the Contractor fails to specify a subcontractor or specifies more than one subcontractor for the same portion of the Work in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor’s total bid, the Contractor agrees that the Contractor is fully qualified to perform that portion of the Work with the Contractor’s own forces, and that the Contractor will perform that portion of the Work with the Contractor’s own forces. If after award of the Contract the Contractor subcontracts, except as provided for in California Public Contract Code Sections 4107 or 4109, any such portion of the Work, the Contractor will be subject to the penalties set forth in California Public Contract Code Sections 4110 and 4111, including cancellation of the Contract, assessment of a penalty of up to 10 percent of the amount of the subcontract, and disciplinary action by the Contractors State License Board.

d. No contractual relationship exists between the City and any subcontractor engaged in performance of the Work.

e. Incorporation of Contract Documents. Contractor agrees to include with all subcontractors in their subcontract the same requirements and provisions of this Contract including the indemnity and insurance requirements to the extent they apply to the scope of the Subcontractor’s work. Subcontractors hired by Contractor agree to be bound to Contractor and City in the same manner and to the same extent as Contractor is bound to City under the Contract Documents. Subcontractor further agrees to include these same provisions with any sub-subcontractor. A copy of the City’s Contract Document indemnity and insurance provisions will be furnished to the subcontractor upon request. The Contractor shall require all sub-contractors to provideECOPY a valid certificate of insurance and the required endorsements included in the agreement prior to commencement of any work and contractor will provide proof of compliance to the City. The Contractor will be solely responsible for any delay or additional costs incurred as a result of its failure to provide adequate or accurate Project information to a subcontractor that results in improper submittals and/or Work, or time or other impacts. The Contractor will have all of the obligations and

Project No. Measure V 74 v01012008 Additional Provisions

the City will have all of the remedies that are specified in Section 11 concerning any delay or additional costs incurred due to failure of the Contractor to provide adequate and accurate Project information to subcontractors.

f. Coordination of Subcontract Work: The Contractor is responsible for scheduling the Work of subcontractors so as to avoid delay or injury to either Work or materials.

g. Subcontractor agrees to be bound to Contractor and City in the same manner and to the same extent as Contractor is bound to City under the Contract Documents. Subcontractor further agrees to include the same requirements and provisions of this agreement, including the indemnity and Insurance requirements, with any sub- subcontractor to the extent they apply to the scope of the sub-subcontractor’s work. A copy of the City’s Contract Document indemnity and insurance provisions will be furnished to the Subcontractor upon request.

8-1.07 Insurance.

a. All required insurance must be provided in the form of “occurrence”-type policies underwritten by admitted insurers in the State of California with a rating of A or better from the current year Best Rating Guide. All policies must be issued at the expense of the Contractor and must be maintained at the Contractor’s expense throughout the performance of the Work. Contractor shall maintain insurance as required by this contract to the fullest amount allowed by law and shall maintain insurance for a minimum of 2- years following the completion of this project. In the event contractor fails to obtain or maintain completed operations coverage as required by this Contract, the City at its sole discretion may purchase the coverage required and the cost will be paid by Contractor.

b. Contractor agrees to include with all subcontractors in their subcontract the same requirements and provisions of this contract including the indemnity and Insurance requirements to the extent they apply to the scope of the Subcontractor’s work. Contractor shall require all sub-contractors to provide a valid certificate of insurance and the required endorsements included in the Contract prior to commencement of any work and Contractor will provide proof of compliance, upon request, to the City.

c. Subcontractor hired by the Contractor agree to be bound to the Contractor and the City in the same manner and to the same extent as Contractor is bound to the City under the Contract. Subcontractor further agrees to include the same requirements and provisions of this Contract, including the Indemnity and Insurance requirements, with any Subcontractor to the extent they apply to the scope of the Subcontractor's work. A copy of the Contract Indemnity and Insurance provisions will be furnished to the Subcontractor upon request

d. The Contractor and any Subcontractors engaged in performance of the Work must secure payment of workers compensation in accordance with California Labor Code Section 3700 and other applicable law. The Contractor must verify that all SubcontractorsECOPY comply with this requirement.

e. Within ten working days following the Notice of Award, the Contractor must submit to the City acceptable certificates of insurance, declarations page(s) and endorsements evidencing that the Contractor has the required insurance in effect and will maintain it

Project No. Measure V 75 v01012008 Additional Provisions

throughout the performance of the Work, and beyond as applicable, the following kinds and amounts of insurance:

1. The minimum limits of the Commercial General Liability (including bodily injury, personal injury and property damage) insurance shall be: $2,000,000 per occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate

If the work to be performed involves any excavation, the policy shall include an endorsement that affords coverage for explosion, collapse and underground hazards.

2. If the work to be performed involves vehicles or vehicular equipment, the Automobile insurance limit shall be: $2,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage

3. Automobile coverage should be at least as broad as Insurance Services Automobile Liability form CA 0001 Code 1 (“any auto”). No endorsement may be attached limiting the coverage. If coverage provided is anything less than ‘any auto’ additional information, such as schedule of covered autos or proof of personal auto liability coverage, may be required by the City.

4. Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Proof of Workers Compensation and Employers Liability insurance as required by any applicable law, regulation or statute, including the provisions of Division IV of the Labor Code of the State of California, and any act or acts amending it. Worker's compensation insurance must be for Statutory Limits and must cover the full liability of the Contractor. The Contractor’s Employer’s Liability Insurance must be in an amount no less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence. The workers’ compensation policy must be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation. The insurance company, in its endorsement, must agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers for losses paid under the terms of such policy.

5. Umbrella/Excess Policy. The limits of insurance required under this Contract may be satisfied by a combination of primary and umbrella or excess Insurance. Any umbrella or excess insurance shall contain or be endorsed to contain a provision that such coverage shall also apply on a primary and non-contributory basis for the benefit of City (if agreed to in a written contract or agreement) before the City’s own insurance or self-insurance shall be called upon to protect it as a named insured.

f. Additional Requirements

i. Endorsements must add the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers as an additional insured (“Additional Insured”). Examples of City approved insurance forms are included in this package If the Contractor provides policy pages or broad forms of endorsement the insurance carrier will be asked to sign, initial and date all applicable ECOPYsections of the document which conveys coverage to the City.

ii. It shall be a requirement under this Contract that any available insurance proceeds broader than or in excess of the specified minimum Insurance coverage requirements and/or limits shall be available to the Additional Insured. Furthermore, the requirements for coverage and limits shall be

Project No. Measure V 76 v01012008 Additional Provisions

(1) the minimum coverage and limits specified in this Agreement; or (2) the broader coverage and maximum limits of coverage of any Insurance policy or proceeds available to the name insured; which ever greater.

iii. iii. The Additional Insured coverage under the Contractor’s policy shall be “primary and non-contributory” and Contractor will not seek contribution from the City of Healdsburg’s insurance or self-insurance and shall be at iv. least as broad as CG 20 01 04 13.

iv. The Contractor shall provide the City with a 30 day written notice of any reduction or cancellation of such insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor; and include a severability of interest clause acceptable to the City and if requested by the City.

v. If an Umbrella or Excess Policy is used to satisfy the requirements, than an email or language stating such on the certificate must be provided from the insurance carrier/broker and that Umbrella/Excess Policy ‘follows form’ or is ‘continuous’ to the General liability and/ Auto liability policy in addition to the required endorsement.

vi. The City will provide examples of approved standard and preferred forms of endorsements If the Contractor’s insurance carrier chooses to use forms other than the City’s approved forms , such forms shall be subject to the prior approval of the City. If the Contractor provides policy pages instead of an endorsement the insurance agent/broker will be asked to sign, initial and date all applicable sections of the policy that meet the City’s insurance requirements.

g. All self-insured retentions (SIR) must be disclosed to City for approval and shall not reduce the limits of liability. Policies containing any self-insured retention (SIR) provision shall provide or be endorsed to provide that the SIR may be satisfied by either the named Insured or the City, The City reserves the right to obtain a full certified copy of any Insurance policy and endorsements. Failure to exercise this right shall not constitute a waiver of right exercise later.

Contractor's failure to provide insurance certificates and endorsement forms that are acceptable to the City within ten (10) days of notice of award of contract shall: i. constitute a failure to complete the "Contract Documents Checklist" as described page 39. (ii) entitle the City to rescind any contract award (iii) result in a forfeiture of Contractor's bid bond or other form of bid security. ECOPY h. Contractor must continue to provide approved forms of insurance certificates, declarations page(s) and endorsements that meet the requirements of Section 8-1.07 of the Contract Documents for 2 years following recordation of a Notice of Completion or other form of notice of project completion provided by City.

Project No. Measure V 77 v01012008 Additional Provisions

CITY APPROVED STANDARD CERTIFICATE FORM CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ISSUE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) CITY OF HEALDSBURG (the "City")

PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE IS NOT AN INSURANCE POLICY AND DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. COM P ANIES BEST'S RATING COMPANY LETTER A______INSURED B______C______D______E______

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAM ED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREM ENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUM ENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE M AY BE ISSUED OR M AY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERM S, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIM ITS SHOWN M AY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIM S.

POLICY CO POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE EX PIRA TION TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUM BER LTR (MM/DD/YYYY) DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) ALL LIM ITS IN THOUSANDS

GENERAL LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE $

COM M ERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PRODUCTS-COM P/ OPS AGGREGATE$  CLAIM S M ADE  OCCUR. PERSONAL & ADVERTISING INJURY $  OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT. EACH OCCURRENCE $  OTHER ______FIRE DAM AGE (ANY ONE FIRE) $ M EDICAL EXPENSE (Any One Person) $

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIM IT $  ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (PER PERSON)  ALL OWNED AUTOS $  SCHEDULED A UTOS BODILY INJURY (PER ACCIDENT)  HIRED AUTOS $  NON-OWNED AUTOS PROPERTY DAM AGE  GARAGE LIABILITY $ EXCESS LIABILITY  UM BRELLA EACH OCCURRENCE $  OTHER THAN UM BRELLA FORM AGGREGATE $

| STA TUTORY $  WORKER'S COM PENSATION & EACH ACCIDENT $ EM PLOY ER'S LIAB ILITY DISEASE-POLICY LIM IT $

DISEASE-EACH EM PLOYEE $ PROPERTY INSURANCE AM OUNT OF INSURANCE $  COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / RESTRICTIONS / SPECIAL ITEM S

THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS APPLY: 1. None of the above-described policies will be canceled until after 30 days' written notice has been given to the City at the address indicated below. 2. The City, its officials, officers,ECOPY employees, volunteers and agents are added as insureds on all liability CERTIFICATE HOLDER / ADDITIONAL INSURED AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE CITY OF HEALDSBURG SIGNA TURE 401 GROVE STREET HEALDSBURG, CA 95448 TITLE

PHONE NO.

Project No. Measure V 78 v01012008 Additional Provisions

CITY APPROVED PREFERRED CERTIFICATE FORM

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 79 v01012008 Additional Provisions

CITY APPROVED STANDARD ENDORSEMENT FORM

INSURER ISO FORM CG 20 26 11 85 (MODIFIED) POLICY NO. COM M ERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ENDORSEM ENT NO: EXHIBIT 1- C

THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY ADDITIONAL INSURED - DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION

This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART.

SCHEDULE

Name of Person or Organization:

(If no entry appears above, the information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement).

WHO IS INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule as an insured but only with respect to liability arising out of your operations or premises owned or rented to you.

Modifications to ISO for CG 20 26 11 85: 1) "Operation" includes the named insured's products.

2) The insured scheduled above incudes the Insured's officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents.

3) This insurance shall be primary as respects the insured shown in the schedule above, or if excess, shall stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of the Named Insured's scheduled underlying primary coverage. In either event, any other insurance maintained by the Insured scheduled above shall be in excess of this insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it.

4) The insurance afforded by this policy shall not be canceled except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the Agency.

Signature - Authorized Representative ECOPYAddress

Project No. Measure V 80 v01012008 Additional Provisions

CITY APPROVED STANDARD ENDORSEMENT FORM

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY SPECIAL ENDORSEMENT

For the City of Healdsburg ENDORSEMENT NO. ISSUE DATE (DD/MM/YYYY) PRODUCER POLICY INFORMATION Insurance Company: Policy No: Policy Period: (from) (to) LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE  Included in Limits In Addition to Limits Deductible Self-Insured Retention (check which) of $ ______Telephone   NAMED INSURED APPLICABILITY. This insurance pertains to the operation and/or tenancy of the named insured under all written agreements and permits in force with the Cityunless checked here p in which case only the following specific agreements and permits with the Cityare covered:

CityAGREEMENTS / PERMITS

TYPE OF INSURANCE OTHER PROVISIONS  COMMERCIAL AUTO POLICY  BUSINESS AUTO POLICY  OTHER______

LIMIT OF LIABILITY CLAIMS: Underwriter's representative for claims pursuant to this insurance. Name:______$______per accident, for bodily injury Address:______and property damage. Telephone: (______)______In consideration of the premium charged and notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached or any endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, it is agreed as follows: 2. CONTRIBUTION NOT REQUIRED. As respects work performed by the Named Insured for or on behalf of the City the insurance afforded by this policy shall: (a) be primary insurance as respects the City, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents; or (b) stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of the Named Insured's primary coverage. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents shall be excess of the Named Insured's insurance and not contribute with it. 3. CANCELLATION NOTICE. With respect to the interests of the City this insurance shall not be cancelled, except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by receipted delivery has been given to the City

4. SCOPE OF COVERAGE. This policy affords coverage at least as broad as: (1) If primary, Insurances Services Office form number CA0001 (Ed.1/87), Code 1 ("any auto"); or (2) If excess, affords coverage which is at least as broad as the primary insurance forms referenced in the preceding section (1).

Except as stated above nothing herein shall be held to waive, alter or extend any of the limits, conditions, agreements or exclusions of the policy to which this endorsement is attached.

ENDORSEMENT HOLDER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE  Broker / Agent  Underwriter  ______

THE CITY OF HEALDSBURG I ______(print / type name), warrant 401 GROVE STREET that I have authority to bind the above-mentioned insurance company and by my signature hereon HEALDSBURG, CA 95448 do so bind this company to this endorsement. ECOPYSignature ______Telephone ( ) Date Signed ______

Project No. Measure V 81 v01012008 Additional Provisions

CITY APPROVED STANDARD ENDORSEMENT FORM

WORKER'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY SPECIAL ENDORSEMENT

For The City of Healdsburg (the City) ENDORSEMENT NO. ISSUE DATE (DD/MM/YYYY)

PRODUCER POLICY INFORMATION

Insurance Company

Policy No:

Telephone Policy Period: (from) (to) NAMED INSURED OTHER PROVISIONS

CLAIMS: Underwriter's representative for claims pursuant to this insurance. EMPLOYERS LIABILITY LIMITS

Name:______$______(Each Accident)

Address:______$______(Disease - Policy Limit)

______$______(Disease - Each Employee)

Telephone: (______)______

In consideration of the premium charged and notw ithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to w hich this endorsement is attached or any endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, it is agreed as follow s: 1. CANCELLATION NOTICE. This insurance shall not be cancelled, except after thirty (30) days prior w ritten notice by receipted delivery has been given to the City. 2. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. This Insurance Company agrees to w aive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents for losses paid under the terms of this policy w hich arise from the w ork performed by the Named Insured for the City. Except as stated above nothing herein shall be held to w aive, alter or extend any of the limits conditions, agreements or exclusions of the policy to w hich this endorsement is attached.

ENDORSEMENT HOLDER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE: __ Broker / Agent __ Underw riter ______

CITY OF HEALDSBURG I ______(print / type name), 401 GROVE STREET w arrant that I have authority to bind the above-mentioned insurance company HEALDSBURG CA, 95448 and by my signature hereon do so bind this company to this endorsement.

Signature ______ECOPY (original signature required) Telephone ( ) Date Signed ______

Project No. Measure V 82 v01012008 Additional Provisions

CITY APPROVED PREFERRED ENDORSEMENT FORM

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 83 v01012008 Additional Provisions

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 84 v01012008 Additional Provisions

8-1.09 Indemnities

a. The Contractor will take all responsibility for the Work, and will bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to the Contractor, any subcontractors engaged in performance of the Work, the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and consultants, and to third parties on account of the performance or character of the Work, unforeseen difficulties, accidents, or occurrences of other causes predicated on active or passive negligence of the Contractor or of any subcontractor engaged in performance of the Work. To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and consultants from and against any or all loss, liability, expense, claims, costs (including costs of defense), suits, and damages of every kind, nature and description (including, but not limited to, penalties resulting from exposure to hazards in violation of the California Labor Code) directly or indirectly arising from the performance of the Work (“Claims”). The Contractor's responsibility for such defense and indemnity obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this agreement for the full period of time allowed by law.

b. The Contractor will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, the City’s officials, officers, employees, volunteers, agents and the Engineer and the Architect for all liability on account of any patent rights, copyrights, trade names or other intellectual property rights that may apply to the Contractor’s performance of the Work. The Contractor will pay all royalties or other charges as a result of intellectual property rights that may apply to methods, types of construction, processes, materials, or equipment used in the performance of the Work, and will furnish written assurance satisfactory to the City that any such charges have been paid.

c. The Contractor assumes all liability for any accident or accidents resulting to any person or property as a result of inadequate protective devices for the prevention of accidents in connection with the performance of the Work. The Contractor will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City and its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and consultants from such liability.

d. The defense and indemnification obligations in this Contract are undertaken in addition to, and shall not in any way be limited by the insurance obligations contained in this Agreement. Sections 8-1.08 or 8-1.09. The Contractor will defend, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the City, any action or actions filed in connection with any Claims and will pay all related costs and expenses, including attorney's fees incurred. The Contractor will promptly pay any judgment rendered against the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers or consultants for any Claims. In the event the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers or consultants is made a party to any actionECOPY or proceeding filed or prosecuted against Contractor for any Claims, Contractor agrees to pay the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and consultants any and all costs and expenses incurred in such action or proceeding, including but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees.

Project No. Measure V 85 v01012008 Additional Provisions

e. Subject to the requirements of Section 5 of the General Provisions, the Contractor will indemnify, hold harmless and defend with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the City the City and its officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers from and against any and all Claims related to damage to surface or underground facilities caused by the Contractor or any of the Contractor’s privities or agents.

f. The Contractor will indemnify, hold harmless and defend with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the City the City and its officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers from and against any and all Claims, including any fines or other penalties, related to failure of the Contractor and/or privities or agents of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of the General Permit, or to implement the SWPPP in accordance with provision 12-1.04 of the Contract. The City may withhold from amounts due or that may become due the Contractor under this Contract amounts that equal or are estimated to equal the amount of Claims, including fines, resulting from failure of the Contractor and/or privities or agents of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of the General Permit, or to implement the SWPPP in accordance with provision 12-1.04 of the Contract.

g. In accordance with California Civil Code Section 2782(a), nothing in the Contract will be construed to indemnify the City for its sole negligence, willful misconduct, or for defects in design furnished by City. In accordance with California Civil Code Section 2782(b), nothing in the Contract will be construed to impose on the Contractor or to relieve the City from liability for the City’s active negligence. By execution of the Contract Documents the Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the Contractor has read and understands the insurance and indemnity requirements of the Contract Documents, which are material elements of consideration.

h. Contractor's and subcontractor’s responsibility for such defense and indemnity obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Contract for the full period of time allowed by law.

i. The defense and indemnification obligations of this Contract are undertaken in addition to, and shall not in any way be limited by, the insurance obligations contained in this Contract.

8-1.10 Licenses/Permits. The Contractor must, without additional expense to the City, obtain all licenses, permits and other approvals required for the performance of the Work. This would include a valid City Business license.

8-1.11 California Labor Code Requirements.

a. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1810, eight (8) hours of labor in performance of the Work will constitute a legal day’s work under the Contract. ECOPY b. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1811, the time of service of any worker employed in performance of the Work is limited to eight hours during any one calendar day, and forty hours during any one calendar week, except in accordance with California Labor Code Section 1815, which provides that work in excess of eight hours during any one calendar day and forty hours during any one calendar week is permitted

Project No. Measure V 86 v01012008 Additional Provisions

upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight hours during any one calendar day and forty hours during any one calendar week at not less than one-and- one-half times the basic rate of pay.

c. The Contractor and its subcontractors will forfeit as a penalty to the City $25 for each worker employed in the performance of the Work for each calendar day during which the worker is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day, or more than forty (40) hours in any one calendar week, in violation of the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1810 et seq.

d. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1773.2, the City has determined the general prevailing wages in the locality in which the Work is to be performed for each craft or type of work needed to be as published by the State of California Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Labor Statistics and Research, a copy of which is on file in the Public Works Department and will be made available on request. The Contractor and subcontractors engaged in the performance of the Work must pay no less than these rates to all persons engaged in performance of the Work.

e. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1775, the Contractor and any subcontractors engaged in performance of the Work must comply Labor Code Section 1775 which establishes a penalty of up to $50 per day for each worker engaged in the performance of the Work that the Contractor or any subcontractor pays less than the specified prevailing wage. The amount of such penalty will be determined by the Labor Commissioner. The Contractor or subcontractor must pay the difference between the prevailing wage rates and the amount paid to each worker for each calendar day or portion thereof for which each worker was paid less than the prevailing wage rate. If a subcontractor worker engaged in performance of the Work is not paid the general prevailing per diem wages by the subcontractor, the Contractor is not liable for any penalties therefore unless the Contractor had knowledge of that failure or unless the Contractor fails to comply with all of the following requirements:

1. The contract executed between the Contractor and the subcontractor for the performance of part of the Work must include a copy of the provisions of California Labor Code Sections 1771, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813, and 1815.

2. The Contractor must monitor payment of the specified general prevailing rate of per diem wages by the subcontractor by periodic review of the subcontractor’s certified payroll records.

3. Upon becoming aware of a subcontractor’s failure to pay the specified prevailing rate of wages, the Contractor must diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify the failure, including, but not limited to, retaining sufficient funds due the subcontractor for performance of the Work.

4. Prior to making final payment to the subcontractor, the Contractor must obtain an affidavit signed under penalty of perjury from the subcontractor that the subcontractorECOPY has paid the specified general prevailing rate of per diem wages employees engaged in the performance of the Work and any amounts due pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1813.

5. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1776, the Contractor and each subcontractor engaged in performance of the Work, must keep accurate payroll

Project No. Measure V 87 v01012008 Additional Provisions

records showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed in performance of the Work. Each payroll record must contain or be verified by a written declaration that it is made under penalty of perjury, stating that the information contained in the payroll record is true and correct and that the employer has complied with the requirements of Sections 1771, 1811, and 1815 for any work performed by the employer’s employees on the public works project. The payroll records required pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1776 must be certified and must be available for inspection by the City and its authorized representatives, the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, and the Division of Apprenticeship Standards of the Department of Industrial Relations and must otherwise be available for inspection in accordance with California Labor Code Section 1776.

f. In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1777.5, the Contractor, on behalf of the Contractor and any subcontractors engaged in performance of the Work, will be responsible for ensuring compliance with California Labor Code Section 1777.5 governing employment and payment of apprentices on public works contracts.

g. In case it becomes necessary for the Contractor or any subcontractor engaged in performance of the Work to employ on the Work any person in a trade or occupation (except executive, supervisory, administrative, clerical, or other non-manual workers as such) for which no minimum wage rate has been determined by the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations, the Contractor must pay the minimum rate of wages specified therein for the classification which most nearly corresponds to Work to be performed by that person. The minimum rate thus furnished will be applicable as a minimum for such trade or occupation from the time of the initial employment of the person affected and during the continuance of such employment.

8-1.12 Laws and Ordinances. The Contractor and all subcontractors engaged in the performance of the Work must conform to the following specific rules and regulations as well as all other laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that apply to the Work. Nothing in the Technical Specifications or Project Plans is to be construed to permit Work not conforming to these codes:

 National Electrical Safety Code, U. S. Department of Commerce  National Board of Fire Underwriters' Regulations  California Building Standards Code as adopted by the City  Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction, latest edition, published by A.G.C. of America  Industrial Accident Commission's Safety Orders, State of California  Regulations of the State Fire Marshall (Title 19, California Code of Regulations) and Applicable Local Fire Safety Codes  Labor Code of the State of California - Division 2, Part 7, Public Works and Public Agencies.  Federal,ECOPY state, and local air pollution control laws and regulations applicable to the Contractor and/or the Work.

8-1.13 Guaranty. The Contractor guarantees all of the Work for one year from the date the City accepts the Work. Upon receiving written notice of a need for repairs which are directly attributable to defective materials or workmanship the Contractor must make

Project No. Measure V 88 v01012008 Additional Provisions

good any defects arising or discovered in any part of the Work by diligently commencing the necessary repairs within seven (7) days from the date of notice from the City. If the Contractor fails to make good any defects in the Work in accordance with this provision, in addition to any other available remedy under the Contract or at law or equity, the City may make good or have made good such defects in the Work and deduct the cost from amounts that may be due or become due the Contractor, and/or call on the Contractor’s maintenance bond for the cost of making good such defects and for the City’s reasonable legal costs, if any, of recovering against the bond. The Contractor will remain responsible for repairing any Work found to be defective regardless of when such defect is discovered by the City.

8-1.14 Assignment of Unfair Business Practice Claims. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 7103.5, the Contractor and any subcontractors offer and agree to assign to the City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action the Contractor or any subcontractors may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. § 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with § 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services or materials pursuant to this Contract. This assignment will be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgement by the parties.

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 89 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 9 Measurement and Payment

9-1.01 F.O.B. All shipments must be F.O.B. destination to the Work site and/or other sites indicated in the Contract Documents. The Contract Price is all-inclusive (including sales tax). There will be no additional compensation paid for containers, packing, unpacking, drayage or insurance.

9-1.02 Payment

a. The Contractor must submit to the Engineer his or her partial payment estimate on the 15th day of the month. When the 15th falls on a weekend or holiday submittal must be on the first workday prior to the 15th. The partial payment estimate must be a verified application for payment and schedule of values supported by a statement showing all materials actually installed during the preceding month and the cost of labor actually expended in the performance of the Work. The Contractor must also provide information with the payment that includes bid item identification and % complete/remaining. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, no allowances or payments will be made for material or equipment not placed at the Work site.

b. Within ten (10) days after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall furnish to the City a detailed Schedule of Values giving a complete breakdown of large lump sum prices and items which include numerous subdivisions of work. The Contractor and City shall jointly review the Schedule of Values and make any adjustments in value allocations if, in the opinion of the City, changes are necessary to establish fair and reasonable allocation of values for the Work components. Front end loading will not be permitted. If, in the City's judgment, more detail (i.e. more items of work) is necessary, the Contractor shall add the additional items identified by the City. The City may also require reallocation of Work components from items in the preliminary schedule if such are allocation is necessary. The Contractor shall submit any necessary revisions for the completed Schedule of Values within 15 days from the Notice to Proceed. The costs indicated in making up this breakdown will be used as a basis for partial payments and shall not be considered as fixing a basis of additions or deductions from the contract.

c. To be eligible for payment the Contractor’s applications for payment must be accompanied by certified payroll reports, including “Statement of Non-Performance” for periods where no Work was performed. Certified payroll shall be prepared in accordance with California Labor Code Section 1776 and the Contract for each employee of the Contractor and any subcontractors engaged in the performance of the Work during the preceding months. Applications for payment will not be processed without certified payroll reports.

d. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City will review applications for payment as soon as practicable after receipt. Any application or part of an application that is determined to be improper will be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but no later than seven days after receipt by the City, along with a written descriptionECOPY of the reasons why the application is improper. The Contractor’s failure to submit a schedule by the time specified in Section 3-1.08, or its submission of a schedule to which the City has taken any uncorrected exception, will serve as a basis for returning an application for payment in its entirety.

Project No. Measure V 90 v01012008 Additional Provisions

e. Unless the Contractor has elected to post securities in lieu of retention in accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 22300 and the Contract, and the Contractor and the City have executed an escrow agreement in accordance with the Public Contract Code and the Contract, the City will make progress payments to the Contractor in accordance with applicable law in the amount of ninety-five (95) percent of the value of the labor actually performed and the material incorporated in the Work as specified in Contractor’s verified application for payment upon approval by the City’s authorized representative(s). Payment of progress payments will not be construed as acceptance of the Work performed. If the Contractor has elected to post securities in lieu of retention in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300 and the Contract and the Contractor and the City have executed an escrow agreement in accordance with the Public Contract Code and the Contract, the City will make payments to the Contractor or the Contractor’s escrow agent in accordance with such escrow agreement.

f. Wherever the estimated quantities of Work to be done and materials to be furnished on a unit price basis under this Contract are specified in any of the Contract Documents, including the proposal, such quantities are specified for purposes of comparing bids, and the right is expressly reserved, except as otherwise expressly provided, to increase or diminish such quantities as may be deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by the Engineer to complete the Work. No such increase or diminution will be a basis for claims for adjustments in the Contract Price other than adjustments necessary to reflect the impacts of such changes in quantities based on the applicable contract prices and/or pursuant to Section 4 of this Contract.

g. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, if the City fails to make a progress payment within thirty (30) days of receipt of an undisputed, properly submitted application for payment, the City will pay the Contractor interest equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 685.010. The number of days available to the City to make a payment without incurring an interest obligation pursuant to this provision and California Public Contract Code Section 20104.50 will be reduced by the number of days, if any, by which the City has delayed return of an application for payment beyond the seven day return requirement set forth in Section 9-1.02(d).

h. The City will pay the Contractor’s final invoice in accordance with applicable law and this Section 9 following acceptance of the Work provided that:

i. The Contractor has furnished evidence satisfactory to the City that all claims for labor and material have been paid, or the time for filing valid stop notices has passed and no stop notices have been filed, or all stop notices filed have been released by valid release or release bond acceptable to the City.

ii. No claim has been presented to the City by any person based upon any acts or omissions of the Contractor or any subcontractor engaged in the performance of the Work.

iii. NoECOPY other claim or dispute exists under the Contract or applicable law concerning payment of the Contractor’s final invoice and/or release of the Contract retention.

iv. The Contractor has filed with the City the Maintenance Bond provided in the Contract Documents with duly notarized signatures of an authorized representative of the Contractor and an attorney-in-fact of an admitted surety

Project No. Measure V 91 v01012008 Additional Provisions

insurer acceptable to the City and such Maintenance Bond binds the Contractor as Principal and the Surety in accordance with its terms in the amount of 10% of the final Contract Price.

9-1.03 Non-Allowable Direct Charges. The following costs are not allowable direct charges under the Contract. The following costs may only be paid under the Contract, if at all, as part of any allowance for contractor overhead and/or profit established under the Contract.

a. Labor costs in excess of applicable prevailing wages pursuant to the Contract and applicable law, liability and workers compensation insurance, social security, retirement and unemployment insurance and other employee compensation and benefits pursuant to bona fide compensation plans in effect at the time specified for the opening of Project bids for contractor and subcontractor employees engaged in the performance of the Work, or in excess of the labor costs specified in provision 4-1.05 of this Contract in the case of cost impacts involving items for which the Contract Documents do not specify prices, and for which no lump sum amount has been approved by the City. However, in no event will allowable direct labor charges under the Contract include employee bonuses, employee vehicles or vehicle allowances, employee telephones or telephone allowances, or employee housing or housing allowances, whether or not such benefits are part of a bona fide compensation plan in effect at the time specified for the opening of Project bids.

b. Superintendent labor and clerical labor.

c. Bond premiums

d. Insurance in excess of that required under Section 8.8

e. Utility costs

f. Work Site office expenses

g. Home office expenses.

h. Permit or license costs

9-1.04 Retention. The City or its agent may, in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable law, withhold any payment of monies due or that may become due the Contractor because of:

a. Defective work not remedied or uncompleted work.

b. Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims.

c. Failure to ECOPYproperly pay subcontractors or to pay for material or labor.

d. Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the balance then unpaid.

e. Damage to another contractor.

Project No. Measure V 92 v01012008 Additional Provisions

f. Damage to the City.

g. Damage to a third party.

h. Delay in the progress of the Work, which, in the City’s judgment, is due to the failure of the Contractor to properly expedite the Work.

i. Liquidated damages or other charges that apply to the Contractor under the Contract.

j. Any other lawful basis for withholding payment under the Contract.

9-1.05 Securities in Lieu of Retention.

a. In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300, except where federal regulations or polices do not permit substitution of securities, the Contractor may substitute securities for any moneys withheld by the City to ensure performance of the Work. At the Contractor’s request and expense, securities equivalent to the amount withheld will be deposited with the City, or with a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent, who will then pay those moneys to the Contractor under the terms of an Escrow for Security Deposit agreement. The Escrow for Security Deposit agreement is provided in the Contract Documents. Upon satisfactory completion of the Work, the securities will be returned to the Contractor.

b. Alternatively, at the Contractor’s request and expense, the City will pay retentions earned directly to the escrow agent. At the Contractor’s expense, the Contractor may direct investment of the payments into securities. Upon satisfactory completion of the Work, the Contractor will receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest, and payments received by the escrow agent from the City pursuant to this provision and the terms of the Escrow for Security Deposit agreement. The Contractor will, within 20 days of receipt of payment, pay to each subcontractor the respective amount of interest earned, less costs of retention withheld from each Subcontractor, on monies withheld to ensure the Contractor’s performance of the Work.

c. Securities eligible for investment in accordance with this provision include those listed in Government Code Section 16430, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City.

d. The Contractor will be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for moneys withheld andECOPY will receive any interest thereon.

Project No. Measure V 93 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 10 Project Acceptance and Closeout

10-1.01 Occupancy. The City reserves the right to occupy or use any part or parts or the entire of the Work before the Work is fully performed. Subject to applicable law, exercising this right will in no way constitute acceptance of any part of the Work so occupied or used or acceptance of the entire Work, nor will such occupancy or use in any way affect the times when payments will become due the Contractor, nor will such occupancy or use in any way prejudice the City’s rights under the Contract, any Contract bonds, or at law or equity. Occupancy or use will not waive the City’s rights to assess liquidated damages in accordance with Section 7 after the date of such occupancy or use.

10-1.02 Work Completion and Final Inspection. When the Contractor considers the Work is completed, the Contractor will submit written certification to the Engineer specifying that: the Contract Documents have been reviewed; the Work has been inspected for compliance with the Contract Documents; the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents; and that equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the City’s representative and are operational. The City and/or the City’s authorized representatives will make an inspection to verify that the Work is complete and will notify the Contractor in writing of any incomplete or deficient Work. The Contractor will take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and give notice of correction to the Engineer. Upon receiving a notice of correction, the City or the City’s authorized representatives will re-inspect the Work. The Contractor must correct all punch list items within 15 working days after the issuance of the punch list

10-1.03 Work Acceptance.

a. All finished Work will be subject to inspection and acceptance or rejection by the City, the Engineer, and the Architect or other government agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. Final acceptance of the Work will be at the discretion of the City.

b. The City will accept the Work in writing only when the Work has been completed to the City’s reasonable satisfaction. Progress payments will in no way be construed as acceptance of any part of the Work.

c. In evaluating the Work, no allowance will be made for deviations from the Technical Specifications, Project Plans or other Contract Documents unless already approved in writing in accordance with the requirements of Section 4, above.

d. The fact that the Work and materials have been inspected from time to time and that progress payments have been made does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of replacing and making good any defective or omitted work or materials in accordance with the requirementsECOPY of the Contract Documents.

Project No. Measure V 94 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 11 Remedies and Disputes

11-1.01 Failure to Correct Work. Within ten (10) working days of receiving written notice from the City describing Work that is defective or that is otherwise not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract and/or applicable law and directing that such Work be corrected, the Contractor and/or the Contractor’s sureties must give the City written notice of the intent of the Contractor and/or the Contractor’s sureties to correct such Work and commence correction of such Work in accordance with the City’s notice and the Contract. If the Contractor and/or the Contractor’s sureties do not give the City written notice of intent to correct such Work and commence correction of such Work within ten (10) working days of receipt of the City’s notice, then the City may correct such work and/or have such work corrected for the account and at the expense of the Contractor and/or its sureties, and the Contractor and/or its sureties will be liable to the City for any resulting excess cost. The City may, in addition to all other remedies that the City may have under the Contract and at law or equity, deduct any such excess cost of completing the Work from amounts that are due or that may become due the contractor.

11-1.02 Termination.

a. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 7105, in addition to all other available remedies that the City may have under the Contract, and at law or equity, the City may terminate the Contract:

1. If the Contractor or any of its subcontractors engaged in the performance of the Work fails to timely perform the Work and/or any of the Contractor’s material obligations under the Contract Documents, including but not limited to submission of an acceptable schedule, that have accrued except for due to reasons beyond the control of the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents.

2. If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, or if it should make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of its creditors.

3. If the Contractor or any of the subcontractors engaged in the performance of the Work persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials for the timely completion of the Work.

4. If the Contractor fails to make prompt payment to subcontractors engaged in the performance of the Work or for material or labor used in the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable law.

5. If the Contractor or any subcontractors engaged in the performance of the Work persistently disregards laws or ordinances applicable to the performance of the Work,ECOPY or the instructions of the City, the Engineer, the Architect, or other authorized representatives of the City.

6. For any reason or for no reason, at the City’s sole discretion.

Project No. Measure V 95 v01012008 Additional Provisions

b. If the City intends to terminate the Contractor’s control of the Work for any of the reasons specified in Section 11-1.102(a) 1 through 5, above, the City will immediately serve written notice to the Contractor and its sureties in accordance with the Contract Documents. Notice of the City’s intent to terminate the Contract will be given by registered or certified mail and specify the grounds for termination, the required cure and the time by which the cure must be effected. Upon receipt of notice of the City’s intent to terminate the Contract for any of the reasons specified in Section 11-1.102(a) 1 through 5, the Contractor will have ten (10) days from receipt of the notice or a longer time specified in the notice to cure its default. If the Contractor does not affect the required cure by the time specified in the notice, the City will issue a written notice of termination to the Contractor and its sureties by registered or certified mail. The notice of termination will specify: that upon receipt of the notice the Contractor’s right to perform or complete the Work, including on behalf of the Contractor’s sureties, is terminated; that the Contractor’s sureties will have the right to take over and complete the Work and perform all of the Contractor’s remaining obligations that have accrued under the Contract; and that if the Contractor’s sureties do not both give the City written notice of their intention to take over and perform the Contract and commence completion of the Work and performance of all of the Contractor’s remaining obligations that have accrued under the Contract within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of termination that the City may declare the Contractor’s sureties in default and take over the completion of the Work or have the Work completed for the account and at the expense of the Contractor and its sureties, and the Contractor and its sureties will be liable to the City for any resulting excess cost. The City may, in addition to all other available remedies that the City may have under the Contract Documents and at law or equity, deduct any such excess cost of completing the Work from amounts that are due or that may become due the Contractor.

c. Upon termination of the Contractor’s control of the Work for any of the reasons specified in Section 11-1.102(a) 1 through 5, the Contractor will, if so directed by the City, immediately remove from the Work site any and all materials and personal property belonging to the Contractor which have not been incorporated in the Work and the Contractor and its sureties will be liable upon their bond for all damages caused the City by reason of the Contractor's failure to complete the Work.

d. Upon termination of the Contractor’s control of the Work for any of the reasons specified in Section 11-1.102(a) 1 through 5, above, the City reserves the right to refuse tender of the Contractor by any surety to complete the Work.

e. If the City completes or has completed any portion of, or the whole of the Work, following termination of the Contractor’s control of the Work for any of the reasons specified in Section 11-1.102(a) 1 through 5, above, the City will neither be liable for nor account to the Contractor or the Contractor’s sureties in any way for the time within which, or the manner in which such Work is performed, or for any changes made in such Work or for the money expended in satisfying claims and/or suits and/or other obligations in connection with completing the Work. If, following termination of the Contractor’s control of the Work for any of the reasons specified in Sections Section 11-1.102(a) 1 through 5, above, theECOPY unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the expense of completing the Work, including compensation for additional legal, managerial and administrative services and all other amounts due for the completion of the Work and/or satisfaction of claims of the City and/or others arising out of the Contract and any other charges that apply to the Contractor under the Contract, the difference will be paid to the Contractor.

Project No. Measure V 96 v01012008 Additional Provisions

If such expenses of completing the Work exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract Price, the Contractor or its sureties will pay the difference to the City.

f. If the Contract or Contractor’s control of the Work is terminated for any reason, no allowances or compensation will be granted for the loss of any anticipated profit by the Contractor.

g. In accordance with California Government Code Section 4410, in the event a national emergency occurs, and public work being performed by contract is stopped, directly or indirectly, because of the freezing or diversion of materials, equipment or labor, as the result of an order or a proclamation of the President of the United States, or of an order of any federal authority, and the circumstances or conditions are such that it is impracticable within a reasonable time to proceed with a substantial portion of the work, then the City and the Contractor may, by written agreement, terminate the Contract. In accordance with California Government Code Section 4411, such an agreement will include the terms and conditions of the termination of the contract and provision for the payment of compensation or money, if any, which either party will pay to the other or any other person, under the facts and circumstances in the case. Compensation to the Contractor will be determined on the basis of the reasonable value of the work done, including preparatory work. As an exception to the foregoing, in the case of any fully completed separate item or portion of the Work for which there is a separate contract price, the Contract price will control. The parties may in any other case adopt the Contract price as the reasonable value of the work or any portion of the work done.

11-1.03 Disputes.

a. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20104.2, the following procedures apply to claims of $375,000 or less between the Contractor and the City:

1. The claim must be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims.

2. For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the City will respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the City may have against the Contractor.

3. If additional information is thereafter required, it will be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the City and the Contractor.

4. The City’s written response to the claim, as further documented, will be submitted to ECOPYthe Contractor within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Contractor in producing the additional information, whichever is greater.

5. For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the City will respond in writing

Project No. Measure V 97 v01012008 Additional Provisions

to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the City may have against the Contractor.

6. If additional information is thereafter required, it will be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the City and the Contractor.

7. The City’s written response to the claim, as further documented, will be submitted to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Contractor in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater.

8. If the Contractor disputes the City’s written response, or the City fails to respond within the time prescribed, the Contractor may so notify the City, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the City’s response or within 15 days of the City’s failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the City will schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.

9. Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the Contractor may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed will be tolled from the time the Contractor submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process.

10. This section does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor will be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.

b. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20104.4, the following procedures apply to civil actions to resolve claims of $375,000 or less between the City and the Contractor:

1. Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court will submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process will provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator,ECOPY will be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and will be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator.

Project No. Measure V 98 v01012008 Additional Provisions

2. If the matter remains in dispute, the case will be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil Procedure) will apply to any proceeding brought under this subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.

3. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article will be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators will be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses will be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event will these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds.

4. In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment must, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo.

5. The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process.

c. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 20104.6:

1. The City will not fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim, which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the Contract.

2. In any suit filed under Public Contract Code Section 20104.4 concerning this Contract, the City will pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. Such interest will accrue from date the suit was filed.

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 99 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 12 Additional Provisions

12-1.01 Description of Work. The Work in general consists of the following:

 Senior Center - (133 Matheson Street) – kitchen improvements, replacement of the HVAC system, roofing preservation and isolated re-roofing, and fire alarm installation.  Police Department – (238 Center Street)- the replacement of HVAC units, specific roof restoration areas and lavatory counters at second story restrooms.  Fire Department (600 Healdsburg Avenue)- replacement of the HVAC system with isolated restoration roof repairs.  Public Works O&M (550 Westside Road)- The addition of an air conditioning unit to Dry Creek Chemical Building.  Healdsburg Community Center- concrete repairs and tree removal throughout the center, landscape upgrade, painting of the entire center, demolition of five portable units including any wiring associated with the portable units, on the south-side of the center, skylight installation, rental portable upgrades which includes roof slurry, hvac upgrades, instahot installations in staff and multipurpose room restrooms and other such items of work as are required to complete the Project in accordance with this Contract, the Project Plans and Technical Specifications.

The estimate of the quantities of Work to be done is approximate only, being as a basis for the comparison of bids, and the City does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount or any portion of the work as directed by the Engineer.

Incidental items of construction necessary to complete the Work in a satisfactory and acceptable manner as shown on the Project Plans and as provided for in the Technical Specifications and not specifically referred to in this section, shall be considered part of the Work and will be understood to be furnished by the Contractor.

12-1.02 Construction Limitations. The Contractor will be expected to conduct his or her operations in a manner; which creates a minimum to the natural vegetation and landscape. Ingress and egress must be via the existing driveways. Care must be exercised to avoid hazards that may cause injury to persons, animals or property either during working hours of after work hours, which will include dust control, backfilling trenches immediately following pipe laying and temporary fencing as required. Excavation made under this Contract must be backfilled before leaving the work for the night.

The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining permission from the property owners for any construction outside of the Work site or easements as shown on the plans. Equipment will be restricted to the immediate area of construction; pipe trenches will be backfilled as soon as possible.

Receptacles for construction residue, including oil, cleaning fluids, and litter, must be covered. Such residues mustECOPY be disposed of in a proper manner.

Construction activity within the existing right-of-way must be scheduled to minimize traffic inconvenience and safety hazards to motorists, pedestrians and cyclists.

12-1.03 Order of Work.

Project No. Measure V 100 v01012008 Additional Provisions

Order of work must be in accordance with Section 5-1.05, “Order of Work”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, which section is made a part of this Contract. 12-1.04 Storm Water Pollution Prevention.

The Contractor must perform the Work in compliance with all applicable requirements of the California State Water Resources Control Board pursuant to Order No. 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit No. CAS000002 (“General Permit”) adopted pursuant to regulations adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) on November 16, 1990 and codified in 40 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 122, 123, 124. The General Permit applies to storm water discharges from construction sites that disturb land equal to or greater than one acre, and to construction activity that results in soil disturbances of less than one acre if the construction activity is part of a larger common plan of development that encompasses one or more acre of soil disturbance or if there is significant water quality impairment resulting from the activity. The General Permit requirements that may apply to the Contractor’s performance of the Work include, but are not limited to:

a. Development and implementation of a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (“SWPPP”) that specifies Best Management Practices (“BMPs”) that will prevent all construction pollutants from contacting storm water and with the intent of keeping all products of erosion from moving off site into receiving waters.

b. Elimination or reduction of non-storm water discharges to storm sewer systems and other waters of the nation.

c. Inspection of all BMPs.

Portions of the Work that may be subject to the General Permit include, but are not limited to clearing, grading, stockpiling and excavation.

Prior to commencing performance of the Work, the Contractor must prepare and file a Notice of Intent to obtain coverage under the General Permit, a vicinity map, and the applicable fee, with the California State Water resources Control Board, Division of Water Quality, Storm Water Permit Unit, P.O. Box 1977, Sacramento, California 95812-1977.

Prior to commencing performance of the Work the Contractor must also prepare an SWPPP in accordance with all applicable requirements of the General Permit and submit the SWPPP to the Engineer for approval.

The Contractor must also develop and implement a monitoring program to verify compliance with the General Permit.

The SWPPP must include a Work site map. Geometric equations, notes, details, and all data not related to water pollution control work shall be removed to provide clarity. A copy of the Project Plans must be used as a base plan, with the pertinent stage of construction shown as an overlay to accurately reflect Project site conditions at various phases of construction.

The Contractor must revise and update the SWPPP whenever there is a change in construction operations that mayECOPY affect the site drainage patterns or discharge of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, or a separate municipal storm sewer system.

Any fines, damages, Work delays or other impacts that result from failure of the Contractor or privities or agents of the Contractor to fully comply with the requirements of the General Permit or to fully implement the SWPPP will be solely the responsibility of the Contractor.

Project No. Measure V 101 v01012008 Additional Provisions

The Contractor must keep a copy of the General Permit, together with updates and revisions, at the Project site and provide copies of the SWPPP at the request of the City.

12-1.05 Maintaining Traffic and Pedestrian Operations. The Contractor must so conduct his or her operations so as to cause the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to public traffic. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all traffic must be permitted to pass through the Work.

Due to the need to accommodate and minimize inconvenience to the public, unless expressly specified or approved in writing by the Engineer, no road closures will be permitted. Public vehicular and pedestrian traffic must be allowed to travel through the Work area with an absolute minimum of interruption or impedance unless otherwise provided for in the Contract or approved in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor must make provisions for the safe passage of pedestrians around the area of Work at all times.

Residents affected by construction must be provided passage and access through the Work area to the maximum extent possible. Where existing driveways occur on the street, the Contractor must make provisions for the trench crossings at these points, either by means of backfill or by temporary bridges acceptable to the Engineer, so that the length of shut-down of any driveway is kept to a minimum. In addition, all driveways must be accessible at the end of each workday, and no driveway or property access may be closed for more than four (4) hours during the workday. Access to driveways, houses, and buildings along the road or street must be as convenient as possible and well maintained, and all temporary crossings must be maintained in good condition. To minimize the need for and complexity of detours, not more than one crossing or street intersection or road may be closed at any one time without the written approval of the Engineer.

The Contractor must provide multiple, advance written notices of closures to all affected property owners in a form approved by the Engineer.

Except as otherwise approved by the Engineer, the stockpiling or storing of material in City streets or right of way shall be prohibited. Where this is unavoidable, all such materials must be piled or stored in a manner that will not obstruct sidewalks, driveways, or pedestrian crossings. Gutters and drainage channels must be kept clear and unobstructed at all times. All such materials shall be stored and handled in a manner that protects City streets, sidewalks, or other facilities from damage.

Where approved in advance by the Engineer, the Contractor must construct and maintain detours for the use of public traffic at his or her own expense. Failure or refusal of the Contractor to construct and maintain detours so approved at the proper time will be a material breach of the Contract subject to any and all remedies available pursuant to the Contract Documents and at law and equity. Such remedies include, but are not limited to, termination pursuant to Section 11.

Throughout performance of the Work the Contractor must construct and adequately maintain suitable and safe crossings over trenches and such detours as are necessary to care for the public and privateECOPY traffic at all times including Saturdays, Sundays and holidays.

The Contractor will be responsible for keeping all emergency services, including the Healdsburg police and fire departments informed of obstructions to, or detours around any public or private roads caused by reasons of his or her operations.

Project No. Measure V 102 v01012008 Additional Provisions

The Contractor must comply with the State of California, Department of Transportation Manual of warning signs, lights, and devices for use and performance of work within the job site.

The fact that rain or other causes, either within or beyond the control of the Contractor, may force suspension or delay of the Work, shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibility of maintaining traffic through the Project and providing local access as specified in this section. The Contractor must, at all times, keep on the job such materials, force and equipment as may be necessary to keep roads, streets and driveways within the Project open to traffic and in good repair and shall expedite the passage of such traffic, using such force and equipment as may be necessary.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section will be deemed included in the prices paid or the various Contract items of Work and no additional allowances will be made therefore.

12-1.06 Public Safety. The Contractor must at all times conduct the Work in accordance with Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, State of California, to ensure the least possible obstruction to traffic and inconvenience to the general public, and adequate protection of persons and property in the vicinity of the work.

No pedestrian or vehicle access way may be closed to the public without first obtaining permission of the Engineer.

Should the Contractor fail to provide public safety as specified or if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the warning devices furnished by the Contractor are not adequate, the City may place any warning lights or barricades or take any necessary action to protect or warn the public of any dangerous condition connected with the Contractor’s operations and the Contractor will be liable to the City for, and the City may deduct from amounts due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract, all costs incurred including, but not limited to, administrative costs.

Nothing in this section will be construed to impose tort liability on the City or Engineer.

12-1.07 Preconstruction Conference. A pre-construction conference will be scheduled, at which time the Contractor must present his or her proposed work schedule in accordance with Section 3-1.08 of the General Provisions, information concerning offsite yards, subcontractors, location of disposal and stock pile areas, and traffic control plans. All such schedules will be subject to the approval of the Engineer and the applicable agencies

12-1.08 Owner Notification. The Contractor must notify all property owners and businesses affected by the Work at least 48 hours before Work is to begin. The notice must be in writing in the form of a door hangar, and must indicate the Contractor’s name and phone number, type of work, day(s) and time when Work will occur. Notices must be reviewed in advance and approved by the Engineer.

12-1.09 EmergencyECOPY Service Providers Notifications. The Contractor must furnish the name and phone number of the Safety Supervisor appointed in Section 13 to the City Police Department dispatcher for contact in the event of an emergency and shall keep such information updated as required to provide 24-hour phone access.

12-1.10 Clean up.

Project No. Measure V 103 v01012008 Additional Provisions

Section 4-1.02 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications is made a part of this Contract

Before final inspection of the work, the Contractor must clean the construction site and all ground occupied by him in connection with the work, of all rubbish, excess material, falsework, temporary structures and equipment. All parts of the work shall be left in a neat and presentable condition.

Nothing herein shall require the Contractor to remove warning, regulatory, and guide signs prior to formal acceptance by the Engineer.

12-1.11 Obstructions. Section 15, “Existing Highway Facilities”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, is made a part of this Contract; except that, references to the following sections of the Standard Specifications are hereby deleted; such sections are not a part of this Contract: 9-1.03, “Force Account Payment,” 15-3.03, "Measurement,” 15-3.04, "Payment," and 16-1.07, “Adjustment of Lump Sum Item.”

Attention is directed to the possible existence of overhead and underground power, telephone, and television cable poles, underground sewer mains and laterals, underground gas mains, and underground water mains and laterals within the area in which construction is to be performed.

Prior to starting work, the Contractor must (a minimum of 2 working days in advance) call Underground Service Alert (USA), toll free, at (800) 642-2444 and provide USA with all necessary data relative to the proposed work. USA will accept calls and process information to participating agencies that have underground facilities in the area between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. daily, except Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays. Between the hours of 5:00 p.m. and 7:30 a.m. calls will be recorded and then processed after 7:30 a.m. For emergency situations, after hours and on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, the Contractor shall contact the organization owning the affected facility. Upon notification, agencies having facilities in the area of the proposed excavation will mark their locations in the field using USA standard colors and codes to identify the facility.

The Contractor will be required to work around public and private utility facilities and other improvements that are to remain in place within the construction area and he will be held liable to the owners of such facilities or interference with service resulting from his operations.

12-1.12 Hours of Work. Unless otherwise specified herein, all construction activity, except for emergency situations, will be confined to Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., to minimize nuisances to local residents. Mufflers and/or baffles will be required on all construction equipment to control and minimize noise. The Contractor must comply with all applicable noise regulations in the City’s Municipal Code.

Saturday, Sunday, holidays and overtime shall not be regarded as working days. Work shall not be allowed on non-working days without the expressed approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall make a request for approval in writing with the stipulation (implied or expressed) that the Contractor shall pay for all overtime labor charges at the rate of $100 per hour per inspectorECOPY and/or resident engineer. All overtime labor charges shall be deducted from the final payment along with any liquidated damages.

Work necessary for the proper care and protection of work already performed or in case of emergency may be allowed without permission of the Engineer.

Project No. Measure V 104 v01012008 Additional Provisions

12-1.13 Dust Control. The Contractor must furnish all labor, equipment, and means required and carry out effective measures wherever and as often as necessary to prevent its operation from producing dust in amounts damaging to property, cultivated vegetation, or domestic animals, or causing a nuisance. The Contractor will be responsible for any damage resulting from any dust originating from the performance of the Work. The use of water resulting in mud on streets, sidewalks, or driveways, will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods of dust control. The Contractor may not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority.

Dust control must conform to the provisions in Section 10, “Dust Control”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, which section is made a part of this Contract, except that references to Section 7 of the Standard Specifications are hereby deleted. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Contract, Section 7 of the Standard Specifications is not a part of this Contract.

In lieu of the provisions of the second paragraph in Section 10-1.04, “Payment”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, no separate payment will be made to the Contractor for controlling dust, whether caused by construction traffic or by public traffic only. Full compensation for dust control will be considered as included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

12-1.14 Water For Construction And Dust Control. Construction water is available free-of-charge from the recycled water dispensing facilities located at 280 Kinley Road and at 340 Foreman Lane. The Contractor shall apply for a Recycled Water Trucking Permit through the City of Healdsburg and shall meet the requirements of the permitting process. The Contractor shall comply with all permit requirements for the use and handling of recycled water. Construction water shall not be drawn from any other source within the City of Healdsburg.

The Contractor is prohibited from operating gate valves, fire hydrants, pumps or any other components of the City water system. The Contractor must contact the City’s utilities staff, a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance, to operate these or any other components on the City water system.

12-1.15 Sanitary Provisions. The Contractor must maintain such camps, as he or she may establish for the housing and feeding of the laborers, employed by him or her for the Work, in accordance with the status and general health laws of the State of California pertaining to the sanitation of dwelling and camps and in conformity with such rules and regulations pertaining to labor camps, as have been or may hereafter be prescribed by the State Board of Health or by the Commission of Emigration and Housing of California acting in conjunction with said State Board of Health.

12-1.16 Protection And Restoration Of Vegetation. Trees, lawns, shrubbery and vegetation that are not to be removed must be protected from damage or injury. Existing trees, shrubs, and other plants, that are not to be removed and are injured or damagedECOPY by reason of the Contractor’s operations, must be replaced by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements in Section 20-4.07, “Replacement”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Section 20-4.07 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications is made a part of this Agreement.

When it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing trees, shrubs, or hedges, the Contractor must use all possible care to avoid injury to the trees, shrubs, or hedges and their roots. No

Project No. Measure V 105 v01012008 Additional Provisions roots or limbs two inches (2") or larger in diameter may be cut without the express approval of the Engineer.

All roots two inches (2") in diameter and larger left in place must be wrapped with burlap to prevent scarring or excessive drying. When it is necessary to cut limbs and branches of trees to provide clearance for equipment used in construction, the Contractor must repair the damaged areas by properly painting with an emulsified asphalt type seal. All cuts through 1/2" or larger roots and limbs must be hand trimmed and cleanly cut before being repaired.

12-2.01 Cultural Resources. In accordance with the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (U.S.C. 470), the following procedures are implemented to insure historic preservation and fair compensation to the Contractor for delays attendant to the cultural resources investigation. Contractor hereby agrees to comply with these procedures.

12-2.02 Surplus Material. All material removed or excavated during the course of construction will be surplus. All surplus material will be the property of the Contractor and be disposed of outside the right-of-way, unless the City elects to salvage certain objects that are determined to be of historical interest. The City reserves the right of ownership of all objects that it elects to salvage, and the Contractor must protect such objects from subsequent damage until delivered unto the care of the owner.

12-2.03 Historical Finds. In the event potential historical, architectural, archeological, or cultural resources (hereinafter called cultural resources) are discovered during subsurface excavations at the site of construction, the following procedures will apply: 1. The Contractor must immediately notify the Engineer and stop any Work which may jeopardize the find pending an investigation of its significance; 2. The Engineer will select a qualified archeologist (such as through the Northwest Information Center at Sonoma State University or other official contact) and wait for an archaeologist to complete an evaluation of significance before continuing Work in that area. 3. The Engineer will supply the Contractor with a “Stop Work Order” directing the Contractor to cease all portions of the Work that the Engineer determines may impact the find. The “Stop Work Order” will be effective until a qualified archaeologist assesses the value of the potential cultural resources. The “Stop Work Order” will contain the following:

a. A clear description of the Work to be suspended; b. Any instructions regarding issuance of further orders by the Contractor for materials services; c. Guidance as to action to be taken regarding subcontractors; d. AnyECOPY direction to the Contractor to minimize costs; and e. Estimated duration of the temporary suspension. 4. If the archaeologist determines the potential find is a bona fide cultural resource, the Engineer may extend the duration of the “Stop Work Order” in writing, and if so the ”Stop

Project No. Measure V 106 v01012008 Additional Provisions

Work Order” will remain in effect and Work subject to the “Stop Work Order” may not resume work until authorized by the Engineer.

12-2.04 Cultural Resources Defined. Possible indicators that a cultural resource has been found include, but are not limited to the following:

1. Prehistoric-era archaeological site indicators: obsidian tools, tool manufacture waste flakes, grinding and other implements, dwelling sites, animal or human bones, fossils, and/or locally darkened soil containing dietary debris such as bone fragments and shellfish remains;

2. Historic-era site indicators: ceramic, glass, and/or metal.

12-2.05 Engineer’s Discretion. Once possible cultural resources are found at the Work site, the Engineer may use discretion to continue the work, regardless of the cultural resource find, if the Engineer determines that there are overriding considerations such as the instability of the excavation site, that there are weather or other conditions which would preclude leaving the site exposed, or if the site would be unsafe to workers who would retrieve cultural resource items from therein.

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 107 v01012008 Additional Provisions

SECTION 13 Safety Rules and Requirements

13-1.01 General

a. Within ten (10) working days following notice of award the Contractor must submit to the City a safety program for the Work site (“Contractor’s Safety Program”) and provide evidence that the Contractor’s safety policies and procedures relevant to the Work.

b. The Contractor shall insure that its employees and subcontractors, as well as visitors and others brought onto the Work site under the authority of the Contractor, shall, at all times, observe all applicable Local, State and Federal safety requirements as well as the safety rules and requirements contained in this Contract including, but not limited to, the Contractor’s Safety Program.

c. In accordance with generally accepted construction practices and applicable law, the Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for conditions at the Work site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the Work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. For purposes of California Labor Code Section 6400 and related provisions of law, the Contractor and the Contractor’s privities and any other entities engaged in the performance of the Work will be “employers” responsible for furnishing employment and a place of employment that is safe and healthful for all employees of any such entities engaged in the performance of the Work. Neither the City nor its officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers or consultants will be “employers” pursuant to California Labor Code Section 6400 and related provisions of law with respect to the Contractor, the Contractor’s privities or other entities engaged in the performance of the Work.

d. The Contractor agrees with respect to the Work, and the Work site, the Contractor will be responsible for not creating hazards and for having hazards corrected and/or removed, for taking appropriate, feasible steps to protect the Contractor’s employees from such hazards and that the Contractor has instructed and/or will instruct its employees to recognize such hazards and how to avoid the associated dangers.

e. The Contractor will be solely responsible for the implementation and maintenance of safety programs to ensure that the Work site is maintained and the Work is performed in a safe manner in accordance with the Contract and applicable law. If the Contractor damages City equipment or property, the Contractor shall report the incident to the Engineer on or before the next calendar day and provide such information as necessary for the City to evaluate the damage.

f. The Contractor shall submit a written request to the Engineer in order to obtain keys or other devicesECOPY to gain access to City facilities. Keys and other devices shall not be copied or otherwise replicated and shall remain in the possession of the Contractor and its employees or subcontractors at all times and shall be returned to the City when no longer required to complete the Work.

Project No. Measure V 108 v01012008 Additional Provisions

g. The Contractor must furnish and place proper guards and systems for the prevention of accidents, including, but not limited to, those systems required pursuant to Title 8, Section 1670 et seq. of the California Code of Regulations concerning safety belts and nets. The Contractor must provide and maintain any other necessary systems or devices required to secure safety of life or property at the Work site in accordance with accepted standards of the industry and applicable law. The Contractor must maintain during all night hours sufficient lights to prevent accident or damage to life or property.

h. Examination, inspection, investigation, and review by the City and or its employees and representatives, of the Contractor’s Safety Plan or the Contractor's performance of the Work will not constitute review or approval of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the Work site and shall not relieve the Contractor of any of the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract and applicable law to ensure that the Work site is maintained and the Work is performed in a safe manner.

13-1.02 Safety Supervisor; Hazardous Substances

a. The Contractor shall designate an individual who is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the Contractor’s Safety Program (“Safety Supervisor”). The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing prior to the commencement of the Work of the name and contact information of the Safety Supervisor. The Safety Supervisor shall be either a full-time employee of the Contractor or a contracted safety consultant with experience and/or professional certifications indicating experience in construction safety. The Safety Supervisor shall provide the City, upon request, with weekly safety inspection reports identifying hazards found and corrective actions taken. The Safety Supervisor shall also be responsible for supervising compliance with applicable safety requirements on the Work site and to develop and implement safety training for all job personnel. The City shall have the authority, but not the duty, to require the Contractor replace the Safety Supervisor if the Supervisor’s performance is judged by the City to be improper or inadequate.

b. Prior to beginning the Work, the Contractor shall review the City’s Hazard Communication Program. In addition, if the Contractor brings any substance onto City property, other than gasoline or diesel fuel, for which a manufacturer has prepared a Materials Safety Data Sheet (MSDS), in quantities greater than 25 pounds, 200 cubic feet, or five gallons; or any substance defined in Cal/OSHA regulations as “acutely hazardous;” or if the Contractor’s work activities may expose City employees to any of the substances described above, the Contractor shall first complete and submit to the Engineer a “Report of Use/Storage of Hazardous Substances on City Property” form (form(s) provided at Project’s Pre-Construction meeting).

13-1.03 Non-Compliance with Safety Rules and Regulations

a. In the event the Contractor fails to comply with applicable Local, State and Federal safety requirements,ECOPY or the safety rules and requirements contained in this Contract including the provisions of the Contractor’s Safety Plan, the City reserves the right to (i) notify the Contractor of its failure to comply, and the reasons therefore, and require that the Contractor immediately undertake, at Contractor’s own expense, all actions necessary to bring the Contractor and/or the Project into compliance and (ii) exercise the

Project No. Measure V 109 v01012008 Additional Provisions

right to suspend all or part of the Work if the Contractor fails or refuses to undertake and complete such corrective action within the time specified in the notice.

b. No extension of time or additional compensation will be granted as a result of any suspension of the Work and any issuance by the City of any notice or suspension order shall not operate to waive or otherwise diminish the (i) Contractor’s obligations under this Contract to provide a safe Work site or (ii) City’s right to pursue or enforce any remedy, power or right under the Contract or otherwise available at law.

13-1.04 Accidents and Safety Emergencies

a. In accidents or emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons, the Work, the Work site, or property adjacent thereto, the Contractor shall immediately act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and notify the Engineer as soon as possible of the facts and circumstances surrounding the emergency including the involvement of any emergency responders (police, fire, medical, etc.).

b. The City reserves the right to conduct an investigation of the accident or emergency either in conjunction with, or separate of, the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide the City all access necessary to permit the City to perform a full and complete investigation, the scope of which shall be at the sole discretion of the City.

c. Within 24 hours of accidents or emergencies involving in-patient hospitalization or a fatality, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a completed Contractor’s Injury/Fatality Incident Report (form(s) provided at Project’s Pre-Construction meeting). The Contractor shall also notify the Engineer in writing of any claims brought against the Contractor, or any subcontractor, judicial or otherwise, related to any such injuries and/or fatalities including a copy of such claim(s).

2387815.1

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 110 v01012008 Additional Provisions

Technical Specifications & Project Plans

ECOPY

Project No. Measure V 111 v01012008 Additional Provisions

Project Management

Alameida Architecture

Construction Management

PROJECT MANUAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V

MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

OWNER ECOPYCITY OF HEALDSBURG 401 GROVE STREET HEALDSBURG, CALIFORNIA 95448

(707) 824-1219 - 555 South Main Street, Suite 2 - Sebastopol - CA 95472 www.alameida.com CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION TITLE 01 0100 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 2300 BID ALTERNATES 01 3100 PROJECT MEETINGS 01 3200 PROJECTY PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3300 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 01 3370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01 3510 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 4000 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 4200 QUALITY CONTROL 01 4523 TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICES 01 4525 TESTING CONCRETE FLOOR FOR MOISTURE AND PH 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL 01 6000 PRODUCT HANDLING 01 6100 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01 6110 CALGREEN STANDARDS 01 6116 V.O.C. STANDARDS 01 7000 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT 01 7419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION

SECTION TITLE 02 4119 DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE

SECTION TITLE NOT USED

DIVISION 4 - MASONRY

SECTION TITLE NOT USEDECOPY

DIVISION 5 - METALS

SECTION TITLE 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS

SECTION TITLE 06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1600 FRAMING AND SHEATHING 06 4100 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 6119 ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOPS 06 6200 COMPOSITE SHEETGOODS (CASEWORK ALTRERNATE)

DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION TITLE 07 0150 PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING 07 1412.1 RESTORATION COATING OF B.U.R. 07 1416.2 RESTORATION COATING OF METAL ROOFING 07 5113 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07 6200 FLASHING SHEET METAL 07 7200 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS

DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS

SECTION TITLE 08 3113 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 08 6200 UNIT SKYLIGHTS

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES

SECTION TITLE 09 2900 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09 3013 CERAMIC TILE 09 6543 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09 9000 PAINTING 09 9600 SPECIAL COATING ( NON-FERROU METAL)

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALITIES SECTION ECOPYTITLE 10425 SIGNS

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT

SECTION TITLE

00010 - 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

NOT USED

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS

SECTION TITLE 12-9300 SITE FURNISHINGS

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

SECTION TITLE 22-0000 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0100 BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION 22-0500 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES, HANGERS SUPPORTS ETC 22-0700 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION 22-1100 POTABLE WATER PIPING 22-2000 FUEL GAS PIPING 22-2200 PIPING - DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22-4000 PLUMBING FIXTURES

DIVISION 23 - MECHANICAL

SECTION TITLE 23-0000 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23-0100 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 23-0529 HVAC -HANGERS SUPPORTS MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 23 05 93 TESTING AND BALANCING 23-0713 DUCT INSULATION 23 0719 PIPE INSULATION 23 09 00 HVAC CONTROLS 23 21 23 CONDENSATE PUMPS 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING 23-3100 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES 23-3700 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 80 00 HVAC EQUIPMENT

DIVISIONECOPY 26 - ELECTRICAL SECTION TITLE 26-0500 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26-0800 TESTING 26-2400 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

26-2700 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

DIVISION 28 - ELECTRICRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

SECTION TITLE 28 3100 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM (DESIGN BUILD HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER)

DIVISION 31 - SITEWORK

SECTION TITLE 31 0165 CONSTRUCTION SITE BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES PLAN ( SITE WORK AT HCC) 31-5500 BACKFILLING 31-5700 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 31-6000 FINISH GRADING

DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMRPOVEMENTS

SECTION TITLE

32 1500 TREE AND SHRUB REMOVAL 32 1600 CONCRETE PAVING 32-9115 TOP SOIL 32-9300 TREE, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER 32-9500 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT

ECOPY

00010 - 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-100 - SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

The Work of this Contract shall consist of the construction and completion of the project known as CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT.

A. Including but not limited to:

1. Repairs and Improvements at Healdsburg Senior Center.

a. Reroofing.

b. New HVAC System(s).

c. Replacement / refinishing kitchen casework and other finishes.

2. Repairs and Improvements at Healdsburg Fire Department.

a. New HVAC System(s)

b. Application of roof coating

c. Installation of new wall parapet coping.

3. Repairs and Improvements at Healdsburg Police Department.

a. New HVAC System(s).

b. Application of roof coating.

c. Waterproofing and gasket replacement of trellis brackets and windows.

d. Installation of new restroom counters and plumbing.

e. Misc. ADA improvements. ECOPY4. Repairs and Improvements at Healdsburg Community Center. a. Removal of courtyard trees, other landscaping and flatwork.

b. Demolition and removal of modular classroom buildings.

SUMMARY OF WORK 01-100 - 1 HEALDSBURG COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC REPLACEMENT, ROOFING PRESERVATION AND ADA RESTROOM IMPROVEMENTS

c. Installation of new wall mounted HVAC units at Modular buildings that remain.

d. Installation of Skylights,

e. Installation of hot water system(s)

f. Exterior building painting and metal roofing special coating.

g. Landscaping improvements

5. Repairs and Improvements at Healdsburg Corporation Yard, Dry Creek Water Supply System Building.

a. Install ductless split system cooling unit at electrical room.

B. All work shown or described in the Contract Documents shall be furnished complete, in-place, and ready for occupancy and use.

1.2 WORK NOT IN CONTRACT

A. All work specifically noted as N.I.C. (Not In Contract) shall not form part of the Work of this Contract, however, if specifically called for in the Contract Documents the Contractor shall be required to coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by others.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The construction in place and all operations on the site and in conjunction with the work of construction shall be done in accordance with the Contract Documents and shall comply with all laws, ordinances, regulations, rules, permits and directives of the governing authorities having jurisdiction over the Work.

B. Manufacturer's Directions: Where Specifications require work to be performed in accordance with manufacturer's directions, the Contractor shall obtain and distribute copies of said directions to Owner, Architect, and field office prior to starting the affected part of the work.

C. Materials: All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be new, except where re-use of existing materials or equipment is specifically indicatedECOPY on the Drawings or specified. Materials employed for construction purposes, such as formwork, scaffolding, temporary light fixtures, lamps, piping or wiring shall not be used in the Work.

1. All similar materials and equipment shall be from one manufacturer and shall be the same model, type and style for the same use

01-100 - 2 SUMMARY OF WORK CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

throughout the Project. This requirement shall apply whether the item is furnished under one, or several sections of the Specifications. Failure to comply with this requirement will be cause for rejection of materials.

D. Unforeseen Conditions: Contractor shall verify all existing conditions and all dimensions at the site prior to beginning work.

1. Should discrepancies concerning existing conditions or dimensions be discovered, the Contractor shall report such discrepancies to the Architect immediately. Do not proceed with work in the area of the discrepancies until they have been resolved to the satisfaction of the Architect and instructions on how to proceed have been issued to the Contractor by the Architect.

E. The presence of the Architect or any of Architect’s designated representatives at the job site shall not relieve the Contractor from Contractor’s responsibility to control and supervise the performance of the Work or from the manner in which it is safely accomplished.

F. Discrepancies in the Drawings or Specifications shall not relieve the Contractor from performing omitted or misdescribed details of work. Work shall be performed as if fully and correctly described in the Drawings and Specifications.

1.4 WORKMANSHIP

A. All workmanship shall be performed by skilled mechanics in accordance with established standards of first-class workmanship in each of the various trades. All items and all joints and all transitions between items shown to be plumb, level, flat or straight, throughout their entire extent shall be so within limits of tolerances specified. In cases where tolerances are not specified, all items shall be installed in accordance with established standards of first-class workmanship in each trade.

B. Contractor shall, before installing any item or material, verify that surfaces to receive such item or material are plumb, level, true to line and straight to the degree necessary to achieve tolerances specified or required. All shimming, blocking, stripping, grinding or patching required shall be done without ECOPYadditional cost to the Owner. C. All joints in finish materials shall be tight, straight, even and smooth.

D. All operable items shall operate smoothly, without sticking, binding, or excessive play or looseness.

SUMMARY OF WORK 01-100 - 3 HEALDSBURG COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC REPLACEMENT, ROOFING PRESERVATION AND ADA RESTROOM IMPROVEMENTS

E. All similar work shall have uniform appearance, and all finished work shall have no unsightly or hazardous protrusions, burrs or sharp edges, and shall have appropriate provisions for expansion and contraction.

F. All finish surfaces shall be free of bubbles, streaks, peeling, pits, chips, dents, cracks, stains or excessive sealant.

1.5 MARSHALING AREA

A. Contractor’s parking and marshaling areas shall be as directed by the Owner. The Contractor shall limit Contractor’s parking and marshaling activities to the areas indicated, and shall limit the activities of all workers on the project within the limit of work, unless specific permission is granted by the Owner. Contractor shall not use any existing building on campus for storage, unless specific permission is granted by the Owner.

1.6 DOCUMENTS REQUIRED AT JOB SITE

A. One copy of all Contract Documents, complete and in good order shall be kept at the job site and available to the Architect at all times. Contractor shall also keep all shop and setting drawings and all modifications and clarifications to the Contract Documents complete and in good order and available to the Architect at the job site at all times.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

01-100 - 4 SUMMARY OF WORK CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-2300 – BID ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. The work described in the drawings and specifications specifically delineated as bid alternate work. All other work on the drawings not designated as alternate work is considered Base Bid work.

1.2 ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATES

A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner’s Option. Accepted alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor agreement.

B. Coordinate related work and modify associated or surrounding work to fully integrate the inclusion or exclusion of Bid Alternates.

1.3 BASE BID WORK

A. All work indicated on the specifications and drawings

1.4 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Alternate One (1) (Additive): Casework at Healdsburg Senior Center constructed of Paper Composite Sheet Goods (Specification 06-6200) in lieu of Plastic Laminate

B. Alternate Two (2) (Additive) : All work at Healdsburg Police Station.

C. Alternate Three (3): (Additive) All work at Healdsburg Community Center.

PART 2 - PRODUCTSECOPY AND PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION

BID ALTERNATES 01-2300 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-3100 - PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings including but not limited to:

1. Pre-Construction Conference.

2. Pre-Installation Conferences.

3. Coordination Meetings.

4. Progress Meetings.

B. Construction schedules are specified in another Division-1 Section.

1.3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. Schedule a pre-construction conference and organizational meeting at the Project site or other convenient location no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement unless otherwise directed by the School District Project Manager. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.

B. Attendees: The School District Project Manger and Representatives, the Architect, DSA Inspector, the Contractor and its superintendent, major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and other concerned parties shall each be represented at the conference by persons familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including ECOPYsuch topics as: 1. Tentative construction schedule.

2. Critical Work sequencing.

3. Designation of responsible personnel.

PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS 01-3100 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.

5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.

6. Distribution of Contract Documents.

7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.

8. Preparation of record documents.

9. Use of the premises.

10. Office, Work and storage areas.

11. Equipment deliveries and priorities.

12. Safety procedures.

13. First aid.

14. Security.

15. Housekeeping.

16. Working hours

17. Duties and Relationship with Project Inspector and the Division of State Architect (DSA)

18. Reports and documentation required by DSA and the District.

1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES

A. Conduct a pre-installation conference at the site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the Architect and School District Project Manager of scheduled meeting dates. 1. ECOPYReview the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration at each pre-installation conference, including requirements for:

a. Contract Documents.

01-3100 - 2 PROJECT MANAGEMENT COORDINATION MEETINGS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

b. Options.

c. Related Change Orders.

d. Purchases.

e. Deliveries.

f. Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control Samples.

g. Possible conflicts.

h. Compatibility problems.

i. Time schedules.

j. Weather limitations.

k. Manufacturer's recommendations.

l. Compatibility of materials.

m. Acceptability of substrates.

n. Temporary facilities.

o. Space and access limitations.

p. Governing regulations.

q. Safety.

r. Inspection and testing requirements.

s. Required performance results.

t. Recording requirements.

u. Protection.

1.5 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. ECOPYConduct Project coordination meetings at regularly scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special pre-installation meetings.

PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS 01-3100 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the construction activities involved.

C. Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.

1.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. Conduct progress meetings at the Project site at regularly scheduled intervals. Notify Architect and School District Project Manager of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request.

B. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the School District and Architect, each subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings by persons familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to progress.

C. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project.

1. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

2. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including such items as:

a. Interface requirements.

b. Time.

c. Sequences. ECOPYd. Deliveries. e. Off-site fabrication problems.

f. Access.

g. Site utilization.

01-3100 - 4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT COORDINATION MEETINGS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

h. Temporary facilities and services.

i. Hours of Work.

j. Hazards and risks.

k. Housekeeping.

l. Quality and Work standards.

m. Change Orders.

n. Documentation of information for payment requests.

D. Reporting: The School District Project Manager will compile and distribute minutes after each progress meeting date for the next progress meeting, distribute copies of minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report.

1. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)

END OF SECTION ECOPY

PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS 01-3100 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-3200 - PROJECT PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included: To assure adequate planning and execution of the Work so that the Work is completed within the number of calendar days allowed in the Contract, prepare and maintain the schedules and reports described in this Section.

B. Related work:

1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications.

2. Requirements for progress schedule: General Conditions.

3. Construction period: Form of Agreement.

C. Definitions:

1. "Day," as used throughout the Contract unless otherwise stated, means "calendar day."

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Employ a scheduler who is thoroughly trained and experienced in compiling construction schedule data, and in preparing and issuing periodic reports as required below.

B. Perform data preparation, analysis, charting, and updating in accordance with standards approved by the Architect.

C. Reliance upon the approved schedule:

1. The construction schedule as reviewed by the Architect will be an integral part of the Contract and will establish interim completion dates for the various -activities under the Contract. ECOPY2. Should any activity not be completed within 15 days after the stated scheduled date, the Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to expedite completion of the activity by whatever means the Owner deems appropriate and necessary, without additional compensation to the Contractor.

PROJECT PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01-3200 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Should any activity be 30 days or more behind schedule, the Owner shall have the right to perform the activity or have the activity performed by whatever method the Owner deems appropriate.

4. Costs incurred by the Owner and by the Architect in connection with expediting construction activity under this Article shall be reimbursed by the Contractor.

5. It is expressly understood and agreed that failure by the Owner to exercise the option either to order the Contractor to expedite an activity or to expedite the activity by other means shall not be considered to set a precedent for any other activities.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340.

B. 'As-planned' Construction Schedule: Within 15 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit one reproducible copy and four prints of a preliminary construction schedule prepared in accordance with Part 3 of this Section.

C. Construction schedule: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit one reproducible copy and three prints of a construction schedule prepared in accordance with Part 3 of this Section.

D. Periodic reports: On the first working day of each month following the submittal described in Paragraph 1.3-C above, submit three prints of the construction schedule updated as described in Part 3 of this Section. Monthly Pay Request processing by the Architect is contingent upon receipt and approval of the updated construction schedule.

1.4 SCHEDULE

A. The schedule for construction shall be as indicated in the contract for construction.

1.5 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. AllECOPY work, storage of materials, and vehicle parking shall take place only within the fenced in areas designated by the District Representative.

B. Workmen may not park outside the designated building construction area.]

01-3200 - 2 PROJECT PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.6 SITE ACCESS

A. All ingress and egress to the work area shall be as designated by the Owners Representative.

1.7 MEETINGS

A. Weekly job site meetings attended by Contractor, related subcontractors, Architect, Project Inspector, and Owner's Representative will be held. Meeting agenda will review progress, schedule and address all Project-related issues. A reduced schedule of meetings may be instituted at certain project phases upon mutual agreement of the Architect, Project Inspector and Owner.

1.8 CONTRACTOR'S CONDUCT DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD

A. The Project site may be occupied by City staff or patrons during the construction period. At the beginning of the project for each construction site, a meeting will be held between the City's representative and the construction superintendent to discuss the District's policies regarding smoking, dress, construction parking, contact between staff, students and workman and other issues affecting the educational/ construction interface.

1.9 ADVERSE WEATHER EXTENSIONS.

A. As described in the General Conditions extensions of time for adverse weather conditions may be granted for days which are in excess of the average number of days considered normal for the project location. The following chart lists the normal number of adverse weather days for the job location. Adverse weather is defined as weather conditions resulting in a cessation of the progress of the work which will delay the time of completion of the contract.

AVERAGE NUMBER OF ADVERSE WEATHER DAYS: FOR HEALDSBURG, CALIFORNIA

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 10 8 7 4 2 1 0 0 1 2 6 8 Source: http://www.wrcc.dri.edu/cgi-bin/cliMAIN.pl?ca3875

PART 2 - PRODUCTSECOPY 2.1 CONSTRUCTION ANALYSIS

A. Graphically show by bar-chart the order and interdependence of all activities necessary to complete the Work, and the sequence in which each activity is to be accomplished, as planned by the Contractor and his project field

PROJECT PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01-3200 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

superintendent in coordination with all subcontractors whose work is shown on the diagram.

B. Include, but do not necessarily limit indicated activities to:

1. Project mobilization;

2. Submittal and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples;

3. Procurement of equipment and critical materials:

4. Fabrication of special material and equipment, and its installation and testing.

5. Final cleanup;

6. Final inspecting and testing; and

7. All activities by the Architect that affect progress, required dates for completion, or both, for all and each part of the Work.

8. Account for 'Normal' number of rain days per month as recorded in a 10-year average by the local water agency or other pubic agency {Mendocino County Water Agency) keeping records for at least 10 years, or otherwise stated in the above table. These days are not eligible for weather delay claims

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 'AS-PLANNED' SCHEDULE

A. Contents:

1. Show all activities of the Contractor under this Work for the period between receipt of Notice to Proceed and submittal of construction schedule required under Paragraph 1.3-C above;

2. Show the Contractor's general approach to remainder of the Work;

3. Show cost of all activities scheduled for performance before submittal ECOPYand approval of the construction schedule. B. Submit in accordance with Paragraph 1.3-B above.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

01-3200 - 4 PROJECT PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. The Contractor shall provide a construction schedule in accordance with the General Conditions, Section 20. The Contractor shall include in this schedule the average rain days in accordance with 2.1B (8) above.

B. The original construction schedule shall include, in addition to the Contractor's normal categories, the following:

1. Milestones for submittals, shop drawings and substitution requests;

2. DSA deferred approvals;

3. Rain days indicated in Paragraph (3.2-A) above;

4. Milestones for connections to utilities;

5. Milestone for completion of the vehicular paved areas and drainage system;

6. Milestone for completion of each individual building;

7. Milestones for initial punch list walk through;

8. Schedule for geotechnical consultant to be on site for observation and testing;

9. Milestones for testing lab to obtain material samples and observe required fabrications;

10. Project Record Document completion.

C. The original construction schedule shall be termed the "As-Planned" schedule and shall not be modified. Required updates to the schedule shall be termed "As-Built" schedules and shall be done on a separate line on the schedule, adjacent to the " As- Planned" schedule for comparison. Schedule modifications due to approved change orders or delay claims shall be indicated on the " As- Built" schedule as they occur.

D. Schedules shall be comprehensive enough to determine daily activities, trade responsible for the activity, and individual area or building the activity will occur at, on any given day. E. ECOPYEach trade listed on the Designation of Subcontractors form and the Schedule of Values form shall be identified in the construction schedule.

F. Submit in accordance with Paragraph 1.3-C above.

PROJECT PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01-3200 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.3 PERIODIC REPORTS

A. As required under Paragraph 1.3-D above, update the approved construction schedule.

1. Indicate " actual" progress in percentage of completion for each activity;

2. Provide written narrative summary of revisions causing delay in the program, and an explanation of corrective actions taken or proposed.

3.4 REVISIONS

A. Make only those revisions to approved construction schedule as indicated by the Architect.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

01-3200 - 6 PROJECT PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-3300 - SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including:

1. Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Submittal schedule.

3. Shop Drawings.

4. Product Data.

5. Samples.

6. Daily Construction Report.

B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division-1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to:

1. Applications for payment.

2. Performance and payment bonds.

3. Insurance certificates.

4. List of Subcontractors.

1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. ECOPYCoordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.

SUBMITTALS 01-3300 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

3. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time for resubmits.

a. Allow Fourteen days for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will promptly advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

b. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal.

c. Allow fourteen days for reprocessing each submittal.

d. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing.

B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block.

1. Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken.

2. Include the following information on the label for processing and ECOPYrecording action taken. a. Project name.

b. Date.

01-3300 - 2 SUBMITTALS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

c. Name and address of Architect.

d. Name and address of Contractor.

e. Name and address of subcontractor.

f. Name and address of supplier/manufacturer.

g. Submittal number (Descending). Identify secondary submittals by letter suffix.

h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.

i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to City representative using a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action.

1. On the transmittal Record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements.

1.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Within 15 calendar days after Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to School District Representative for approval 3 copies of his construction schedule showing in detail the proposed sequence of activities.

B. The construction schedule shall consist of a critical path (CPM) network, a computer printout, and an analysis showing the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry out the Work, and the dates on which he will start and complete the salient features thereof, including procurement of materials, plant, and equipment.

C. The CPM Schedule shall use an activity on arrow or precedence method of network diagramming and shall conform to the following requirements of the ECOPYConditions of the Contract: 1. The specified Time for the completion of the Work.

2. Show a reasonable and orderly work sequence that will preclude excessive or inadequate times for completion of any part thereof.

SUBMITTALS 01-3300 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Show and be in accordance with the order, fabrication, and delivery dates for equipment and materials.

4. Show submittal of shop drawing and review by City as specified herein.

5. Show construction milestones, including inspections, and critical path events.

6. The CPM Schedule shall be subject to the approval of, and modification by, the Architect or School District Project Manager.

D. The CPM Schedule shall be updated monthly to represent the actual history of accomplishment of all activities as well as the Contractor's current projected plan for orderly completion of the Work. The Contractor shall submit a monthly evaluation of the critical path analysis including the following:

1. Percentage of activity completed.

2. Anticipated completion time of entire work.

3. Description of problem areas.

4. Current and anticipated delaying factors and their impact.

5. Explanation of corrective action taken or proposed.

E. Cost Correlation: At the head of the schedule, provide a two item cost correlation line, indicating "precalculated" and "actual" costs. On the line show dollar-volume of Work performed as of the dates used for preparation of payment requests.

1. Refer to Section "Applications for Payment" for cost reporting and payment procedures.

F. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, School District Project Manager, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the Project meeting room and temporary field office.

1. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the ECOPYsame locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities.

G. A revised schedule shall be submitted when one or more of the following conditions occur:

01-3300 - 4 SUBMITTALS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Progress falls significantly behind schedule and the School District Project Manager requests a revised schedule.

2. A Change Order affects the Contract Time or the sequence of activities.

3. The Contractor elects to change any sequence of activities affecting the critical path.

4. Delay of a non critical activity changes the course of the critical path.

H. The submission of a revised schedule will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to provide notice of delay.

1.5 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE

A. After development and acceptance of the Contractor's construction schedule, prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit the schedule within 10 days of the date required for establishment of the Contractor's construction schedule.

1. Coordinate submittal schedule with the list of subcontracts, schedule of values and the list of products as well as the Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Prepare the schedule in chronological order; include submittals required during the first 90 days of construction. Provide the following information:

a. Scheduled date for the first submittal.

b. Related Specification Section number.

c. Submittal category.

d. Name of subcontractor.

e. Description of the part of the Work covered.

f. Scheduled date for resubmittal. ECOPYg. Scheduled date the Architect's final release or approval. B. Distribution: Following response to initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, School District Project Manager, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with submittal dates indicated. Post copies in the Project meeting room and field office.

SUBMITTALS 01-3300 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities.

C. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.

1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings.

B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include the following information:

1. Dimensions.

2. Identification of products and materials included.

3. Compliance with specified standards.

4. Notation of coordination requirements.

5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

6. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2" x 11" but no larger than 30" x 42".

7. Initial Submittal: Submit one correctable translucent reproducible print and three blue- or black-line print for the Architect's review; the reproducible print and two paper prints will be returned.

8. Re Submittal: Submit prints as stated above.

9. ECOPYThe contractor shall keep one of the returned stamped prints at the site to be maintained and marked-up as a Record Document.

10. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction.

01-3300 - 6 SUBMITTALS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.7 PRODUCT DATA

A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. Where Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit as "Shop Drawings."

1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information:

a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.

b. Compliance with recognized trade association standards.

c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.

d. Application of testing agency labels and seals.

e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.

f. Notation of coordination requirements.

2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed.

3. Submittals: Submit Six (6) copies of each required submittal. The Architect will retain two, and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required.

a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.

4. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

ECOPYa. Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of Product Data applicable is in the installer's possession.

b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction.

SUBMITTALS 01-3300 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.8 SAMPLES

A. Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern.

1. Mount, display, or package Samples in the manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match the Architect's Sample. Include the following:

a. Generic description of the Sample.

b. Sample source.

c. Product name or name of manufacturer.

d. Compliance with recognized standards.

e. Availability and delivery time.

2. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed.

a. Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are inherent in the material or product represented, submit multiple units (not less than 3), that show approximate limits of the variations.

b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation and similar construction characteristics.

3. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets; one will be returned marked with ECOPYthe action taken. 4. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction.

01-3300 - 8 SUBMITTALS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.

b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set.

1.9 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS

A. Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information concerning events at the site; and submit duplicate copies to the Architect at weekly intervals:

1. List of subcontractors at the site.

2. Approximate count of personnel at the site.

3. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions.

4. Accidents and unusual events.

5. Meetings and significant decisions.

6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses.

7. Meter readings and similar recordings.

8. Emergency procedures.

9. Orders and requests of governing authorities.

10. Change orders received, implemented.

11. Services connected, disconnected.

12. Equipment or system tests and start-ups.

13. Partial Completions, occupancies.

14. Substantial Completions authorized. PART 2 - PRODUCTSECOPY (NOT APPLICABLE). PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 ARCHITECT’S REVIEW

A. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where no action is taken and return is not required or requested, the Architect and their

SUBMITTALS 01-3300 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

consultants, will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly.

1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.

B. Action Stamp: The Architect, and appropriate consultants, will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, as follows, to indicate the action taken:

1. No Exceptions Taken: Where submittals are marked "No Exceptions Taken," that part of the work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance.

2. Make Corrections Noted: When submittals are marked "Make Corrections Noted," that part of the work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend on that compliance.

3. When other notation is indicated, do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain a different action mark. Do not permit submittals marked "Resubmit" to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress.

C. Revisions:

1. Make revisions required by the Architect.

2. If the Contractor considers any required revision to be a change, he shall so notify the Architect as provided for in the Contract Documents.

3. Make only those revisions directed by the Architect 3.2 PROJECTECOPY INSPECTOR A. The Architect will provide the Project Inspector with reviewed copies of all shop Drawings and Manufactures brochures for use on the job site.

END OF SECTION

01-3300 - 10 SUBMITTALS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-3370 - SCHEDULE OF VALUES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included:

1. Provide a detailed breakdown of the agreed Contract Price showing values allocated to each of the various parts of the Work, as specified herein and in other provisions of the Contract Documents.

B. Related work:

1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications.

2. Schedule of values is required in the General Conditions.

3. Schedule of values is required to be compatible with the "continuation sheet" accompanying applications for payment.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Use required means to assure arithmetical accuracy of the sums described.

B. When so required by the Architect, provide copies of the subcontracts or other data acceptable to the Architect, substantiating the sums described.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. 15 calendar days after Notice to Proceed, submit a proposed schedule of values to the Architect.

1. Schedule of Values shall be itemized separately per site cost and each individual buildings and subtotaled by the 16 C.S.I. Divisions. General conditions, profit and overhead shall be distributed on a per sq. foot basis, unless contractor has specific costs documented exclusive to one or more building subtotal. ECOPY2. The Architect will review the schedule of values prior to submitting first application for payment.

END OF SECTION

SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01-3370 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-3510 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED:

A. Coordinate work of trades and schedule elements of alteration and renovation work by procedures and methods to expedite completion of the Work.

B. In addition to demolition specified in Section 02-4116 and 02-4119, and that specifically shown, cut, move, or remove items as necessary to provide access to or allow alterations and new work to proceed. Include such items as:

1. Investigation, identifying and permanent labeling of above ground utilities and services to remain and those to be removed.

2. Repair or removal of hazardous or unsanitary condition.

3. Removal of abandoned items or items serving no useful purpose, such as abandoned piping, conduit, wiring, and ducting which conflict directly with the construction of new work.

4. Removal of unsuitable or extraneous materials not marked for salvage, such as abandoned furnishings, equipment, pumps, boiler, walkways, and debris etc. such as rotted wood, rusted metals and deteriorated concrete which are uncovered during the construction work

5. Cleaning of surfaces, and removal of surface finished as needed to install new work and finishes as noted and called for in the plans and specifications.

C. Patch, repair, and refinish existing items to remain, to the specified condition for each material, with a workmanlike transition to adjacent new items of construction.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 02-4116 - Structure Demolition

B. Section 02-4119 - Selective Demolition 1.3 ALTERATIONS,ECOPY CUTTING, AND PROTECTION A. Assign the work of moving, removal, cutting and patching, to trades qualified to perform the work in a manner to cause least damage to each type of work, and provide means of returning surfaces to appearance of new work.

ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01-3510 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Perform cutting and removal work to remove minimum necessary, and in a manner to avoid damage to adjacent work.

1. Cut finish surfaces such as roofing and , by methods to terminate surfaces in straight line at a natural point of division. Shingle in, patch and stagger joints so as to provide a final finished appearance that is water tight in every way.

C. Perform cutting and patching as specified in Section 02-4119 Selective Demolition.

D. Protect existing finishes, equipment, and adjacent work scheduled to remain, from damage.

1. Protect existing and new work from weather and extremes of temperature.

a. Maintain existing interior work above 60 degrees F.

b. Provide weather protection, waterproofing, heat and humidity control as needed to prevent damage to remaining existing work and to new work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCTS FOR PATCHING, EXTENDING, AND MATCHING

A. General requirements that work be completed:

1. Provide same products or types of construction as that in existing items as needed to patch, extend or match existing work.

a. Generally, contract documents will not define products or standards of workmanship present in existing construction; Contractor shall determine products by inspection and any necessary testing, and workmanship by use of the existing as a sample of comparison. Existing construction shall be verified on site prior to the beginning of demolition or remodel work.

2. Presence of a product, finish, or type of construction, requires that ECOPYpatching, extending or matching shall be performed as necessary to make the work complete and consistent to identical standards of quality.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PERFORMANCE

01-3510 - 2 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Patch and extend existing work using skilled mechanics who are capable of matching existing quality of workmanship. Quality of patched or extended work shall be not less than that specified for new work.

3.2 DAMAGED SURFACES

A. Patch and replace any damaged portion of an existing finish surface adjacent to new work with matching material.

1. Provide adequate support of prior to patching the finish.

2. Refinish patched portions of painted or coated surfaces in a manner to produce uniform color and texture over entire surface.

3.3 TRANSITION FROM EXISTING TO NEW WORK

A. When new work abuts or finished flush with existing work, make a smooth and workmanlike transition. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance so that the patch or transition is invisible and final approval shall be as per the Architect's judgment.

1. When finished surfaces are cut in such a way that smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface in a neat manner along a straight line at a natural line of division, and provide trim appropriate to finished surface. Consult Architect for instruction to proceed if a smooth transition is not possible.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Perform periodic cleaning as required to maintain a safe workmanship environment during construction duration. See Section 01700 for final cleaning.

1. Clean spillage, over-spray, and collection of other foreign materials. Contractor shall not allow dust caused from work to penetrate into areas occupied by the Owner.

B. At completion of work of each trade, clean area and make surfaces ready for work of successive trades. C. ECOPYAt completion of alteration work in each area, provide final cleaning and return space to a condition suitable for use by Owner, and as approved by the Architect.

END OF SECTION 01-3510

ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01-3510 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-4000 - REQULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND REFERENCE STANDARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DOCUMENTS

A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and applicable portions of Division 1 of the specifications are part of this section.

1.2 CODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS

A. The contractor shall be knowledgeable of and comply with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations having jurisdiction over the work of this project.

B. California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 9, 2013 editions.

C. California Building Code 2013 edition

D. California Mechanical Code 2013 edition

E. California Plumbing Code 2013 edition

F. California Electrical Code 2013 edition

G. California Fire Code 2013 edition

H. California Green Code 2013 edition

I. American with Disabilities Act Accessibilities Guidelines

J. Applicable Safety Standards: References herein to "CAL/OSHA" shall mean State of California, Department of Industrial Relations, Construction Safety Orders, as amended to date, and all change and amendments thereto

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTIONECOPY (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION

REQULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 4000 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01 4200 -QUALITY CONTROL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED:

A. Installation Control and Coordination.

B. Tolerances

C. Standards by Reference

D. Mock-ups

E. Testing and Inspection Services

F. Manufacturer’s field services and reports

1.2 RELATED WORK:

A. Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, or approvals of public authorities. Requirements for testing may be described in various sections of these specifications.

B. Respective Sections of Specifications: Certification of products.

C. Where no testing requirements are described, but the Owner decides that testing is required, the Owner may require such testing be performed under pertinent standards for testing. Payment for such special testing will be made by the Owner to reimburse the general contractor for extra services.

1.3 WORK NOT INCLUDED:

A. Selection of Testing Laboratory: The Owner will select a pre-qualified independent testing laboratory for use on the project.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. The testing laboratory Employed by the District will be qualified in accordance with ASTM E329. B. ECOPYTesting, when required, will be in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials.

QUALITY CONTROL 01 4200 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. General Contractor to monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, site conditions and workmanship to produce the Work at the specified quality.

1. Correct work that does not meet specified standards of workmanship or quality.

D. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions for installation of products in the sequence stipulated by the manufacturer.

1. Where Manufacturer’s instructions conflict with the Contract Documents, request clarification in writing from Architect prior to proceeding.

E. When products or construction is in place secure with positive anchorage to prevent vibration or physical distortion

1.5 TOLERANCES:

A. Where Contract documents do not stipulate tolerances comply with manufacturer’s tolerances.

1. Where Manufacturer’s tolerances conflict with the Contract Documents, request clarification in writing from Architect prior to proceeding.

B. Monitor tolerances of installed assemblies to assure tolerances do not accumulate or compound.

1.6 REFERNCES:

A. For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.

B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by code.

C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections.

D. The contractual relationships, duties, and responsibilities of the parties in ContractECOPY or those of the Architect/Engineer shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document

01-4200 - 2 QUALITY CONTROL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.7 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES:

A. Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for specified services of an independent Testing and Inspection Agency to perform inspecting and testing as specified in Section 01410, related sections of other divisions referencing this section, and the General Conditions.

B. Contractor to request Owner's Representative to schedule inspections a minimum of 48 hours in advance of desired inspection.

1.8 MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES:

A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, and to initiate instructions when necessary.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

REFER TO SECTION 1410 – TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICES

PART 3 - EXECUTION

REFER TO SECTION 1410 – TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICES

END OF SECTION ECOPY

QUALITY CONTROL 01 4200 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-4523 - TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included:

1. Cooperate with the Owner's selected testing agency and all others responsible for testing and inspecting the Work.

2. Provide such other testing and inspecting as are specified to be furnished by the Contractor in this Section and/ or elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

B. Related work:

1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division I of these Specifications.

2. Requirements for testing may be described in various Sections of these Specifications.

3. Where no testing requirements are described, but the Owner decides that testing is required, the Owner may require such testing to be performed under current pertinent standards for testing. Payment for such testing will be made as described in this Section.

C. Work not included:

1. Selection of testing laboratory: The Owner will select a pre-qualified independent testing laboratory.

2. Payment for initial testing: The Owner will pay for all initial services of the testing laboratory as further described in Article 2.1 of this Section.

1.2 REFERNCES:

A. ASTM C802 - Practice for Conducting an Interlaboratory Test Program to ECOPYDetermine the Precision of Test Methods for Construction. B. ASTM C1021 - Practice for Laboratories Engaged in the Testing of Building Sealants.

TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICE 01-4523 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. ASTM C1077 - Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation.

D. ASTM C1093 - Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry. ASTM 0290 - Recommended Practice for Bituminous Mixing Plant Inspection.

E. ASTM 03740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction.

F. ASTM 04561 - Practice for Quality Control Systems for an Inspection and Testing Agency for Bituminous Paving Materials.

G. ASTM E329 - Practice for Use in the Evaluation of Inspection and Testing Agencies as Used in Construction.

H. ASTM E543 - Practice for Determining the Qualification of Nondestructive Testing Agencies.

I. ASTM E548 - Practice for Preparation of Criteria for Use in the Evaluation of Testing Laboratories and Inspection Bodies.

J. ASTM E699 - Practice for Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating Building Components in Accordance with Test Methods Promulgated by ASTM Committee E6.

1.3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT

A. Owner's independent testing laboratory shall perform inspections, tests, and other services as specified by various specification sections.

1. Owner will employ and pay for testing laboratory to provide initial testing indicated under specific specification sections and specifically noted to be paid by the Owner.

2. Contractor shall pay for testing when:

3. Additional tests and inspections by Owner's testing agency where initial tests and inspections reveal failure to meet Contract requirements.

4. ECOPYExcessive inspection time by Owner's testing agency is required by Contractor's failure to provide sufficient workman or to properly pursue the progress of work.

5. Test(s) deemed necessary by the Owner/Architect to evaluate any substitution proposed by the Contractor.

01-4523 - 2 TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICE CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

6. Testing and inspection for the Contractor's convenience.

7. Testing and inspection overtime necessitated by the Contractor's schedule.

B. Employment of inspection firm in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.

C. Employment of any testing laboratory by Contractor shall be subject to Owner approval; laboratory shall be under direct supervision of a registered Engineer and shall conform to ASTM 329. Laboratory of concrete producer shall not be acceptable for concrete mix designs.

D. Owner reserves the right to test any material or work of Project at any time, whether or not tests are indicated in Contract Documents.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The testing laboratory will be qualified to the Owner's approval in accordance with ASTM E329.

B. Testing, when required, will be in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials.

1.5 TESTING AGENCY RESPONSIBILITIES:

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640.

B. Promptly process and distribute required copies of test reports and related instructions to assure necessary retesting and replacement of materials with the least possible delay in progress of the Work.

C. Promptly notify Architect/Engineer the Inspector of Record and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or Products

D. After each test, observation or inspection, promptly prepare a Report to include the following:

1. Date issued. ECOPY2. Project title and number. 3. Name of inspector.

4. Date and time of sampling or inspection.

TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICE 01-4523 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

5. Identification of product and specifications section.

6. Location in the Project.

7. Type of inspection or test.

8. Date of test.

9. Results of tests.

10. Conformance with Contract Documents.

E. Unless noted otherwise, copies of test results shall be distributed to the following :

1. Owner

2. Contractor

3. Architect

4. Structural Engineer

5. DSA

6. Inspector of Record

1.6 LIMITS OF TESTING AND INSPECTION AUTHORITY

A. Agency or laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.

B. Agency or laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.

C. Agency or laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D. Agency or laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.

1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES:

A. Provide information regarding activities requiring special inspection and tests to ECOPYDistrict's inspection and testing laboratory upon request. B. Deliver to agency or laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs.

C. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work.

01-4523 - 4 TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICE CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Provide incidental labor and facilities:

1. To provide access to Work to be tested.

2. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested.

3. To facilitate tests.

4. To provide storage and curing of test samples.

E. Request the Inspector of Record, in writing, forty-eight (48) hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing services. Become familiar with time constraints of tests required. Schedule work to allow time for performance of required tests.

F. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required by Contractor beyond specified requirements.

1.8 ARCHITECT’S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Architect is not responsible for notification of the Testing Agency or scheduling its work.

B. Architect will not be responsible for the actions of the Testing Agency.

1.9 RE-TESTING

A. When initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents, subsequent re-testing shall be performed by the same testing laboratory and the costs thereof shall be paid by the Owner and deducted from the Contract Sums owed to the Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY

A. Representatives of the testing laboratory shall have access to the Work at all ECOPYtimes and at all locations where the Work is in progress. Provide facilities for such access to enable the laboratory to perform its functions properly.

3.2 TAKING SPECIMENS

TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICE 01-4523 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. All specimens and samples for testing, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, shall be taken by the testing personnel. All sampling equipment and personnel will be provided by the testing laboratory. All deliveries of specimens and samples to the testing laboratory will be performed by the testing laboratory.

3.3 SCHEDULES FOR TESTING

A. Establishing schedule:

1. By advance discussion with the testing laboratory selected by the Owner, determine the time required for the laboratory to perform its tests and to issue each of its findings.

2. Provide all required time within the construction schedule.

B. Revising schedule: When changes of construction schedule are necessary during construction, coordinate all such changes with the testing laboratory as required.

C. Adherence to schedule: When the testing laboratory is ready to test according to the established schedule, but is prevented from testing or taking specimens due to incompleteness of the Work, all extra charges for testing attributable to the delay may be back-charged to the Contractor and shall not be borne by the Owner.

3.4 TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT

A. The initial scope of the testing services required shall be as indicated on the T & I Form which follows this section.

END OF SECTION ECOPY

01-4523 - 6 TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICE CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-4525 - TESTING CONCRETE FLOOR FOR MOISTURE AND PH

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. A. Section Includes:

1. Concrete moisture content testing using relative humidity method.

2. Concrete pH testing.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Division 09 flooring sections specifying flooring and accessories requiring moisture and pH testing.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11 California Green Building Standards Code, "CAL-Green".

B. California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, California Building Code (CBC), International Building Code 2012, with 2013 California Amendments.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination.'

B. Scheduling: Schedule work to permit concrete moisture testing to be completed minimum one week and maximum 3 weeks before floor coverings are installed.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Submit data indicating model, manufacturer, and calibration record for relative humidity measuring equipment. ECOPY2. Submit data for floor slab treatment products. B. Shop Drawings:

1. Indicate test locations shown on building floor plan,

TESTING CONCRETE FLOOR FOR MOISTURE AND PH 01-4525 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Informational Submittals

1. Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for concrete moisture acceptable limits. Report test results in chart form.

a. Relative Humidity Test Method: Indicate test dates, time, depth of test well, in-situ temperature, relative humidity and pH levels.

b. Submit record of ambient air temperature, ambient relative humidity, and floor slab surface temperature when test sites are prepared, start of test, and end of test.

c. Indicate condition of building enclosure including position of operable windows and exterior doors when test sites are prepared, start of test, and end of test.

d. Submit transcript of datalogger.

e. Indicate operational status of HVAC systems maintaining environmental condition of spaces where tests are conducted when test sites are prepared, start of test, and end of test.

1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Ambient Conditions:

1. Do not perform concrete moisture testing until building is enclosed and the HVAC system is operational.

2. Maintain building test areas at design operating conditions for minimum 48 hours before, during, and continuously after conducting testing.

3. When permanent HVAC system is not operational at start of tests, A temporary system may be utilized to maintain ambient conditions within test areas at 65 to 85 degrees F and 40 to 60 percent relative humidity for minimum 48 hours before, during, and continuously after conducting testing until building HVAC system is capable of ECOPYmaintaining design operating conditions.

01-4525 - 2 TESTING CONCRETE FLOOR FOR MOISTURE AND PH CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 2 - PRODUCES

2.1 RELATIVE HUMIDITY TEST EQUIPMENT

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Vaisala www.vaisala.com.

2. Wagner Moisture Meters, Rapid RH, www.wagnermeters.com.

3. Substitutions: Section 01-6000.

B. Humidity and Temperature Probe and Meter: Comply with ASTM F2170.

2.2 PH TEST MATERIALS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Micro Essential Laboratory www.microessentiallab.com.

2. Substitutions: Section 01-6000.

B. pH Test Paper: Capable of indicating minimum 7.0 to 13 pH range.

C. pH Color Gage: Furnish pH test paper manufacturer's visual color gage to identify measured pH.

D. Water: Distilled or de-ionized.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify new concrete floors have cured minimum 28 days.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. When a building HVAC system is not operational and maintaining test areas at design operational conditions, install recording hygrometer or data logger ECOPYin each separate test area to record ambient temperature and relative humidity beginning 48 hours before start of tests until completion of tests within each area.

TESTING CONCRETE FLOOR FOR MOISTURE AND PH 01-4525 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Identify three moisture test sites for first 1,000 sf and one moisture test site for each additional 1,000 sf of floor area receiving floor covering on each separate floor slab.

1. Layout test site locations uniformly distributed throughout each test area.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform concrete moisture tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

B. Acceptance Criteria:

1. Concrete floor slabs will be considered acceptable for installation of floor finishes when the following results are obtained at HVAC design operating conditions:

a. Relative Humidity Test Result 75 percent maximum relative humidity.

b. pH Test Result Within alkalinity range of 7.0 to 9.0.

2. When concrete floors do not meet acceptance criteria, apply coating per related Section "Water Vapor Emission Control System".

C. Concrete Moisture Testing - General

1. Conduct relative humidity test at each test site.

2. Conduct one pH test at each test site.

D. Relative Humidity Testing:

1. Perform tests in accordance with ASTM F2170.

2. Conduct relative humidity testing at the following depths:

a. Slabs-On-Grade: Measure temperature and relative humidity at 40 percent of slab thickness measured from top surface. ECOPYb. Elevated Slabs: Measure temperature and relative humidity at 20 percent of slab thickness measured from top surface.

3. Drill test hole at each test site to accommodate test sleeve.

01-4525 - 4 TESTING CONCRETE FLOOR FOR MOISTURE AND PH CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. Hole Diameter: In accordance with test equipment manufacturer's instructions.

b. Drilling Fluids: Not permitted.

4. Vacuum dust and debris from test hole.

5. Insert sleeve, to the full depth of test hole. Cap or plug sleeve to prevent test hole contamination.

6. Permit the test site to acclimate for minimum 72 hours before measuring relative humidity.

7. Remove sleeve plug and insert probe to bottom of test hole. Allow test probe to reach temperature equilibration with concrete slab.

8. Measure and record temperature and relative humidity at the test site.

E. pH Testing-

1. Place several drops of water onto the concrete surface to form a puddle approximately 1 inch in diameter.

2. Allow the water to set for approximately 60 seconds

3. After 60 seconds, dip the pH paper into the water and remove immediately, compare color to chart provided by paper supplier to determine pH reading.

4. Record and report results.

END OF SECTION ECOPY

TESTING CONCRETE FLOOR FOR MOISTURE AND PH 01-4525 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies requirements for temporary services and facilities, including utilities, construction and support facilities, security and protection.

B. Temporary construction and support facilities required include but are not limited to:

1. Sanitary facilities, including drinking water.

2. Temporary enclosures.

3. Waste disposal services.

4. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.

C. Security and protection facilities required include but are not limited to:

1. Temporary fire protection.

2. Barricades, warning signs, lights.

3. Enclosure fence for the site necessary for a safe and secure site.

4. Environmental protection.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Temporary Utilities: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities. 1.4 QUALITYECOPY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations if authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to:

1. Building Code requirements.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01-5000 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Health and safety regulations.

3. Utility company regulations.

4. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules.

5. Environmental protection regulations.

B. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations", ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library, "Temporary Electrical Facilities."

1. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry recommendations.

2. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with National Electric Code (NFPA 70).

C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of the permanent service.

B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALSECOPY

A. General: Provide new materials; if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials suitable for the use intended.

01-5000 – 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities.

C. Open-Mesh Fencing: Provide 11-gage, galvanized 2-inch, chain link fabric fencing 6-feet high with galvanized barbed wire top strand and galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-1/2" I.D. for line posts and 2-1/2" I.D. for corner posts.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. General: Provide new equipment; if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide equipment suitable for use intended.

B. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110-120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, for connection of power tools and equipment.

C. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard- service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress.

D. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture.

E. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained single-occupant toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.

F. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations.

G. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable UL-rated, class "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA recommended classes for the exposures. ECOPY1. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and size required by location and class of fire exposure.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01-5000 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed, or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where the company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment; comply with the company's recommendations.

1. Arrange with the company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, where necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to temporary utility availability, provide trucked-in services.

3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to the site, where the Owner's easements cannot be used for that purpose.

4. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or Architect, and will not be accepted as a basis of claims for a Change Order.

3.3 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds, sized, furnished and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility service. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within the building or elsewhere on the site.

B. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where facilitiesECOPY will best service the Project's needs. 1. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material.

01-5000 – 4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion, or longer as requested by the Architect.

B. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers," and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations and Demolition Operations."

1. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell.

2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.

3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas.

4. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition.

C. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project, complete installation of the permanent fire protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. D. ECOPYBarricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01-5000 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. Enclosure Fence: When construction activities warrant install an enclosure fence with lockable entrance gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose the entire site or the portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs and other animals from easily entering the site, except by the entrance gates.

1. Provide open-mesh, chain-link fencing with posts set in a compacted mixture of gravel and earth.

F. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of security.

1. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism.

G. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site.

3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation and similar facilities on a 24-hour day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid ECOPYpossibility of damage. 2. Protection: Prevent water filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations.

01-5000 – 6 TEMPORARY FACILITIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requires that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor.

2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities that have been used during the construction period, including but not limited to:

a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings.

b. Replace significantly worn parts and parts that have been subject to unusual operating conditions.

c. Replace lamps that are burned out or noticeably dimmed by substantial hours of use.

END OF SECTION 01-5000

ECOPY

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01-5000 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-6000 - PRODUCT HANDLING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included:

1. Protect products scheduled for use in the Work by means including, but not necessarily limited to, those described in this Section.

B. Related work:

1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications.

2. Additional procedures also may be prescribed in other Sections of these Specifications.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Include within the Contractor's quality assurance program such procedures as are required to assure full protection of work and materials.

1.3 MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS

A. Determine and comply with manufacturers' recommendations on product handling, storage, and protection.

1.4 PACKAGING

A. Deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels intact and legible.

1. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use.

2. Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified ECOPYrequirements, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. The Architect may reject as noncomplying such material and products that do not bear identification as to manufacturer, grade, quality, and other pertinent information.

PRODUCT HANDLING 01-6000-1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways, through which equipment and materials are handled.

B. Provide protection for finished floor surfaces in traffic areas prior to allowing equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces.

C. Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred, and suitably protected until accepted by the Owner.

D. All finish material shall be properly covered for weather protection.

1.6 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS

A. In event of damage, promptly make replacements and repairs required to provide the proper item and quality specified and at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered to justify an extension in the Contract Time of Completion.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

01-6000-2 PRODUCT HANDLING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-6100 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents.

B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions. The following are not considered to be requests for substitutions:

1. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the School District.

2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract Documents.

3. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 35 days after award of the Contract. Requests received more than 35 days after award of the Contract may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect.

1. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. ECOPYSubmit requests in the form and according to procedures required for change-order proposals.

2. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers.

PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01-6100 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate:

a. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the City and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution.

b. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements, such as performance, weight, size, durability, and visual effect.

c. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures of the specified product and the proposed substitution.

d. Samples of both the specified product and the proposed substitution where applicable or requested.

e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time.

f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net deduct, if any in the Contract Sum.

g. The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to requirements in the Contract Documents in every respect and is appropriate for the applications indicated.

h. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately.

4. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within 10 days of receipt ECOPYof a request for substitution. The Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the substitution within 21 days of receipt of the request, or 10 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the form of a change order.

01-6100 - 2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. Use the product specified if the Architect cannot make a decision on the use of a proposed substitute within the time allocated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider the Contractor's request for substitution when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect. If the following conditions are not satisfied, the Architect will return the requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements.

1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required.

2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents.

3. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted.

4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The Architect will not consider the request if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly.

5. The request is directly related to an "or-equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents.

6. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities the Owner must assume.

7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved.

8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the ECOPYincompatibility. 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated.

PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01-6100 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty.

B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples for construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents do not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval.

C. The Contractor requesting the substitution will be responsible for compensating the Architect for any redesign and evaluation services at the Architect’s standard billing rate, be responsible for any increased cost of related construction , and similar considerations.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)

END OF SECTION 01-6100

ECOPY

01-6100 - 4 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

MANDATORY SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM To: Alameida Architecture, 555 South Main Street, Sebastopol CA 95472 Email: [email protected]

PROJECT NAME:

CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

We hereby submit for your consideration the following product in substitution for the product specified in the Documents: Section/Paragraph Item ______

MANDATORY INFORMATION ATTACHMENTS

† Attach complete information or changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation including dimensions. † Attach currently dated Manufacturer's literature. Highlight items selected for this review. (NOTE: This preprinted information MUST SHOW ALL aspects of equality that of the item(s) specified.) † Attach letter(s) from Manufacturer's Representative indicating compliance or variance from specification qualities if available and/or applicable.

A. Describe the principle differences between the proposed product and that specified:

B.Names of this and other subcontractors affected by this substitution: ECOPY C.Describe any differences in the manufacturer's certified guarantees/ warranties of the proposed and specified items:

PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01-6100 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D.Describe time-table for delivery of item substituted if relevant:

E.Will maintenance and service parts be locally available?

F.

G.What is the cost difference between the specified item and the substituted item? Specified Item: $ ______

Substituted Item: $ ______

Cost Difference: $ ______

Signature: FOR USE BY ARCHITECT Name: Accepted Address: Accepted as Noted Date: Received Too Late Telephone: By:

Name of Manufacturer's Remark: ______Representative: ______Telephone: ______

ECOPY

01-6100 - 6 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-6110 - CALGREEN SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11 California Green Building Standards Code, "CAL-Green".

1. Chapter 5-Non-Residential Mandatory Measures.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01-7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal.

B. Section 01-6116 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Restrictions.

C. Section 01-9113 - General Commissioning.

D. Section 01-700 - Contract Closeout.

E. Section 31-0165 - Construction Site Best Management Practices Plan.

F. Section 32-8400 - Irrigation.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. CAL-Green Definitions: Certain terms are defined by CAL-Green in Chapter 5 of the Code. Words and terms used in this section shall have the meanings shown therein.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit CAL-GREEN submittals required by code and in other Specification Sections.

B. CAL-GREEN submittals are in addition to other submittals. If submitted item is identical to that submitted to comply with other requirements, submit duplicate copies as a separate submittal to verify compliance with indicated ECOPYCAL-GREEN requirements. C. Acceptable verification submittals are specified in the related sections.

CALGREEN SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS 01-6110 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REQUIREMENTS - GENERAL

A. Provide products and procedures necessary to confirm CAL-GREEN compliance required in this Section. Although other Sections may specify some CAL-GREEN requirements, the Contractor shall determine additional materials, techniques, means, methods and procedures necessary to comply with CAL-GREEN requirements.

2.2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN

A. Section 5.106.1: Comply with requirements of this code section, local ordinances, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and related sections specifying erosion control.

2.3 OUTDOOR WATER USE

A. Section 5.304.3.1: Irrigation Controllers: Comply with requirements of this code section, local ordinances and pertinent irrigation sections.

2.4 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION

A. Section 5.408 Construction Waste Management, Diversion and Recycling: Comply with requirements of this code section, local ordinances and Section 01801.

2.5 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION

A. Section 5410.2.3, 4. Commissioning and Functional Performance Testing: Participate in Commissioning and provide functional performance testing as required by these code sections and as specified in Section 01660 and Section 01810.

B. Section 5.410.2.5. Documentation and Training: Provide Operations Training as required by these code sections and as specified in Section 01660 and Systems Manual as specified in Section 01810.

2.6 POLLUTANT CONTROL

A. Section 5504.3 Indoor Air Quality: Comply with requirements of this code section,ECOPY local ordinances.

1. During storage, rough installation and until final start-up of HVAC equipment, securely cover all ducts and air distribution component openings with plastic tape, sheet metal or other methods acceptable to enforcing agency to reduce dust or debris collected in the system.

01-6110 - 2 CALGREEN SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Section 5.504.4 Finish Material Pollutant Control: All Finish materials shall comply with requirements of this code section, local ordinances and Section 016116.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Comply with Section 01801 -Construction Waste Management and Disposal.

B. Comply with execution requirements of related sections and applicable local codes and ordinances.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

CALGREEN SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS 01-6110 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-6116 - VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) RESTRICTIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. VOC restrictions for product categories listed below under 'DEFINITIONS."

1. California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11 California Green Building Standards Code, "CAL-Green".

B. All products of each category that are installed in the project must comply; applicable laws and ordinances do not allow for partial compliance.

C. Listing of a product in these specifications shall not be construed as a solicitation or requirement to use any product or combination of products in violation of the requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168, as described in Rule 1168(g).

1. If a listed product does not meet the requirements of this rule, request approval for use of an alternate product by the same or another manufacturer meeting the requirements of this rule.

2. Do not use products which do not meet the requirements of this rule.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Divisions 01 through 33 contain related requirements specific to the work of each of these Sections. Requirements may or may not include reference to this section.

B. Section 01600 "CalGreen Sustainability Requirements ".

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. VOC-Restricted Products: All products of each of the following categories when installed or applied on-site:

1. Adhesives, sealants, and sealer coatings, regardless of specification section or division. ECOPY2. Paints and coatings. 3. Carpet and resilient flooring.

4. Composite wood products; plywood, particleboard, wood fiberboard.

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) RESTRICTIONS 01-6116 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Adhesives: All gunnable, trowelable, liquid-applied, and aerosol adhesives, whether specified or not; including flooring adhesives, resilient base adhesives, and pipe jointing adhesives.

C. Sealants: All gunnable, trowelable, and liquid-applied joint sealants and sealant primers, whether specified or not; including firestopping sealants and duct joint sealers.

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11 California Green Building Standards Code, "CAL-Green".

B. Low-Emitting Materials Product List; California Collaborative for High Performance Schools (ClIPS); current edition at www.chps.net.

C. CR1 (GLCC) - Green Label Testing Program .. Approved Product Categories for Carpet Cushion; Carpet and Rug Institute; Current Edition.

D. CRT (GLP) - Green Label Plus Carpet Testing Program- Approved Products; Carpet and Rug Institute; Current Edition.

E. GET (SCH) - GREENGUARD 'Children and Schools" Certified Products; GREENGUARD Environmental Institute; current listings at www.grcenguard.org.

F. GreenSeal GS-36 - Commercial Adhesives; Green Seal, Inc.

G. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition; wwwaqmd. gov.

H. SCS (CPD) - SCS Certified Products; Scientific Certification Systems; current listings at www.scscertified.com.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 013300 -Submittals Procedures.

B. Evidence of Compliance: Submit for each different product in each applicable category. 1. ECOPYIdentify evidence submittals with the words "CAL-Green VOC Compliance Report".

C. Product Data: For each VOC-restricted product used in the project, submit product data showing compliance, except when another type of evidence of compliance is required.

01-6116 - 2 VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) RESTRICTIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Installer shall to certify that either 1) no adhesives, joint sealants, paints, coatings, or composite wood or agri-fiber products have been used in the installation of his products, or 2) that such products used comply with these requirements.

E. Provide to Enforcing agency further documentation as requested including

1. Additional Manufacture's documentation.

2. On site product containers

3. Chain of Custody Certification

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent firm specializing in performing testing and inspections of the type specified in this section.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Provide only products having volatile organic compound (VOC) content not greater than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168 and less where required by code.

1. These products may be specified in multiple sections throughout these specifications.

B. Adhesives, including carpet: Comply with Title 24, Part 11, Table 5.504.4.1.

1. Evidence of Compliance: Acceptable types of evidence are:

a. Report of laboratory testing performed in accordance with requirements.

b. Published product data showing compliance with requirements.

c. Certification by manufacturer that product complies with requirements. C. ECOPYJoint Sealants: Comply with Title 24, Part 11, Table 5.504.4.2. 1. Evidence of Compliance: Acceptable types of evidence are:

a. Report of laboratory testing performed in accordance with requirements.

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) RESTRICTIONS 01-6116 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

b. Published product data showing compliance with requirements

c. Certification by manufacturer that product complies with requirements.

D. Aerosol Adhesives: Comply with Title 24, Part 11, Table 5.504.4.1. and California Code of Regulations Title 17, Section 94507.

1. Evidence of Compliance: Acceptable types of evidence are:

a. Current GreenSeal Certification.

b. Report of laboratory testing performed in accordance with GreenSeal CS-36 requirements.

c. Published product data showing compliance with requirements.

E. Paints and Coatings: Comply with Title 24, Part 11, Table 5.504.4.3; California Air Resources Board, Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, February 1, 2008.

1. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CER 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

a. Evidence of Compliance: Acceptable types of evidence are:

1) Report of laboratory testing performed in accordance with requirements.

2) Published product data showing compliance with requirements.

3) Certification by manufacturer that product complies with requirements.

b. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following:

1) 40 CFR 59, Subpart D--National Volatile Organic ECOPYCompound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings.

2) South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168.

01-6116 - 4 VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) RESTRICTIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

F. Carpet: Comply with Title 24, Part 11, 5.504.4.4; meet testing and product requirements of one of the following:

1. Carpet & Rug Institute "Green Label Plus".

2. California Department of Public Health Standard Practice for testing of VOC's (Specification 01350).

3. NSF/ ANSI 140 at Gold Level.

4. Scientific Certification Systems Sustainable Choice

5. All carpet cushion installed shall meet requirements of Carpet & Rug Institute "Green Label Program".

6. All carpet cushion installed shall meet requirements of Title 24, Part 11, Table 5.504.4.1.

G. Resilient Flooring Products: Comply with Title 24, Part 11, 5.504.4.6. Fifty percent of floor area receiving resilient flooring shall have flooring complying with VOC emission limits in CHPS 2009 criteria and listed on the Low Emitting Materials List or Product Registry or certified under the Resilient Floor Covering Institute (RFCI) FloorScore program.

1. Provide documentation verifying that finish materials are certified to meet pollutant limits. Acceptable types of evidence are:

a. Published product data showing compliance with requirements.

b. Inclusion on one of the following lists:

1) www.chps.net/dev/drupal/node/381

2) www.rfci.com/int F&ProdCerthtm

3) wwwgreenguard.org/defaulLaspx?tabid=135

4) Other method acceptable to enforcing agency.

H. ECOPYComposite Wood Products: Comply with Title 24, Part 11, Table 5.504.4.5 formaldehyde limits for hardwood plywood, particleboard, and medium density fiberboard composite wood products.

1. Title 24, Part 11, Table 5.504.4.5 Composite Wood Products Maximum Formaldehyde Emissions in Parts per Million.

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) RESTRICTIONS 01-6116 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT (Effective July 1, 2022) Hardwood Plywood veneer core 0.05 Hardwood Plywood composite core 0.05 Particleboard 0.09 Medium Density Fiberboard 0.11 Thin Medium Density Fiberboard 0.13 2. Evidence of Compliance: Acceptable types of evidence are;

a. Chain of custody certifications

b. Published product data showing compliance with requirements.

c. Certification by manufacturer that product complies with requirements.

d. Other method acceptable to enforcing agency.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner reserves the right to reject non-compliant products, whether installed or not, and require their removal and replacement with compliant products at no extra cost to Owner.

B. All additional costs to restore indoor air quality, including fines by authorities, due to installation of non-compliant products will be borne by Contractor.

3.2 RESTRICTED COMPONENTS

A. Restricted Components:

1. Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following;

a. Acrolein. k. Formaldehyde. b. Acrylonifrile. l. 1-lexavalent chromium. c. Antimony. m. Isophorone. d. Benzene. n. Lead. e. Butyl benzyl phthalate. o. Mercury. f. Cadmium. p. Methyl ethyl ketone. g. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. q. Methyl isobutyl ketone. ECOPYh. Di-n-butyl phthalate. r. Methylene chloride. i. Di-n-octyl phthalate. s. Naphthalene. j. 1,2-dichlorobenzene. t. Toluene (methylbenzene). h. Diethyl phthalate. u. 1,1,1-trichloroethane i. Dimethyl phthalate. v. Vinyl chloride.

01-6116 - 6 VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) RESTRICTIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

j. Ethylbenzene.

2. Table 5.504.4.1 ADHESIVE VOC LIMIT

Architectural Applications - Current VOC Limit Indoor Carpet Adhesives 50 Carpet Pad Adhesives 50 Outdoor Carpet Adhesives 150 Wood Flooring Adhesives 100 Rubber Floor Adhesives 60 Subfloor Adhesives 50 Ceramic Tile Adhesives 65 VCT and Asphalt Tile Adhesives 50 Dry Wall and Panel Adhesives 50 Cove Base Adhesives 50 Multipurpose Construction Adhesives 70 Structural Glazing Adhesives 100 Single Ply Roof Membrane Adhesives 250 Specialty Applications - Current VOC Limit PVC welding 510 CPVC welding 490 Abs welding 325 Plastic cement welding 250 Adhesive primer for plastic 550 Contact Adfhesive 80 Special purpose contact adhesive 250 Structural wood member adhesive 140 Top and trim adhesive 250 Substrate Specific Applications Metal to metal 30 Plastic Foams 50 Porous materials (except wood) 50 Wood 30 Fiberglass 80

3. TABLE 5.5o4.4.2 SEALANT VOC Limit Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter

SEALANTS j CURRENT VOC LIMIT Architectural 250 ECOPYMarine deck 760 Non-membrane roof 300 Roadway 250 Single-ply roof membrane 450 Other 420

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) RESTRICTIONS 01-6116 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SEALANT PRIMERS Architectural Nonporous 250 Porous 775 Modified bituminous 500 Marine deck 760 Other 750 Note: For additional information regarding methods to measure the VOC content specified in these tables, see South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1168.

4. TABLE 5.504.4.3 VOC CONTENT LIMITS FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS Grams of VOC Per Liter of Coating, Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds

COATING CATEGORY CURRENT LIMIT Flat coatings 50 Nonflat coatings 100 Nonflat high gloss coatings 150 Specialty Coatings Aluminum roof coatings 400 Basement specialty coatings 400 Bituminous roof coatings 50 Bituminous roof primers 350 Bond breakers 330 Concrete curing compounds 350 Concrete/masonry sealers 100 Driveway sealers 50 Dry fog coatings 150 Faux finishing coatings 350 Fire resistive coatings 350 Floor coatings 100 Form-release compounds 250 Graphic arts coatings (sign paints) 500 High-temperature coatings 420 Industrial maintenance coatings 250- Low solids coatings1 120 Magnesite cement coatings 450 ECOPYMastic texture coating 100 Metallic pigmented coatings 500 Multicolor coatings 250 Pretreatment wash primers 420 Primers, sealers and undecoaters 100 Reactive penetrating sealers 350

01-6116 - 8 VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) RESTRICTIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

Recycled coatings 250 Roof coatings 50 Rust preventative coatings 250 Shellacs: Clear 730 Opaque 550 Specialty primers, sealers and undercoaters 100 Stains 250 Stone consolidants 450 Swimming pool coatings 340 Traffic marking coatings 100 Tub and tile refinish coating; 420 Waterproofing membranes 250 Wood coatings Wood preservatives 350 Zinc-rich primers Grams of VOC per liter if coating, including water and including exempt compounds. The specified Emits remain in effect unless revised limns are listed in subsequent columns in the table. Values in this table are derived from those specified by the California Air Resources Board, Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, February 1, 2008. More information is available from the Air Resources Board.

5. TABLE5O4.4.5 FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS1 Maximum Formaldehyde Emissions in Parts per Million.

PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT Hardwood plywood veneer core 0.05 Hardwood plywood composite core 0.05 Particle board 0.09 Medium density fiberboard 0.11 Thin medium density fiberboard 0.13 1. Values in this table are derived frc'ir those specified by the Califoria Air Resources Board, Air Toxics Conntrol Measure for Composite Wood as tested in accordance with ASTM E 1333. For additional information, see California code of Regulations, Title17, Sections 93120 through 93.10.12. 2. Thin medium density fiberboard has a maximum thickness of 5/16" (8 mm).

PART 4 - EXECUTIONECOPY (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION 01502

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) RESTRICTIONS 01-6116 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout, including but not limited to:

1. Inspection procedures.

2. Project record document submittal.

3. Operating and maintenance manual submittal.

4. Submittal of warranties.

5. Final cleaning.

B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions-2 through - 32.

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.

1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include supporting documents for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. ECOPYa. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete.

2. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements.

PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01-7000 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents.

4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases.

5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement survey, property survey, and similar final record information.

6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.

B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued.

1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed.

2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance.

1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.

1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required.

2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum.

3. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items ECOPYto be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the Architect.

4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion, or

01-7000 - 2 PROJECT CLOSEOUT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

when the Owner took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.

5. Submit consent of surety to final payment.

6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement.

7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

B. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Architect.

1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance, or advice the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.

2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated.

1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS

A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours.

B. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda, and one copy of other written construction documents such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar information on elements that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.

1. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the ECOPYArchitect for the Owner's records. C. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark these documents to show significant variations in the actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site, and from the manufacturer's installation

PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01-7000 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Upon completion of mark-up, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records.

D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record-keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)

END OF SECTION 01-7000

ECOPY

01-7000 - 4 PROJECT CLOSEOUT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 01-7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of each prime Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Contractor shall implement procedures to divert 75% of construction waste. As many of the waste materials as economically feasible shall be reused, salvaged, or recycled. Waste disposal in landfills shall be minimized.

B. The Contractor shall develop a Waste Management Plan as defined in this Section and submit for review by the Owner and Architect.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Waste Materials: construction materials that are excess to the contract requirements and which cannot be effectively used in the Work.

B. Salvage Materials: waste materials or materials that exist on the site that can be reused, either on site or by another entity.

C. Recyclable Waste: waste materials that exist on site or are generated during the construction process that can be recycled/remanufactured into another material.

D. Categories of salvageable or recyclable waste include the following:

1. Concrete, Masonry, and Other Inert Fill Material: concrete, brick, rock, broken up asphalt pavement, day, and other inert (non-organic) materials.

2. Metals: metal scrap including iron, steel, copper, brass, and aluminum; includes beverage containers, packaging materials (such as metal banding), fencing, reinforcing bar, wiring, plumbing, etc. ECOPY3. Untreated Wood: unpainted, untreated dimensional lumber, wood edging, wood shipping pallets, etc. Does not include pressure treated or creosote treated wood.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01-7419 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. Engineered Wood Products: plywood, oriented strand board, "", particleboard, manufactured trusses and beams, and glue- laminated timbers.

5. Gypsum Wallboard: excess drywall construction materials including cuttings, other scrap, and excess materials.

6. : clean, corrugated cardboard such as used for packaging, etc.

7. Paper Goods:

a. Office paper: includes any paper, such as manufacturer instruction, specification sheets, files, correspondence, packaging, stiffeners, etc.

b. shredded or whole newspaper goods.

8. Plastic: beverage containers, packaging materials (such as polystyrene "peanuts" and expanded polystyrene), containers (other than those used for hazardous materials), vinyl products, etc.

9. Class: includes glass beverage containers, and recyclable glass building materials.

10. Insulation: rigid foam, halt, and loose fill insulation materials.

11. Carpet: face fiber, backing, padding, and carpet cushion scrap.

12. Paints: unused portions of paints and coatings applied on-site.

13. Fabric: uncontaminated fabric scraps.

14. Rubber: uncontaminated rubber scraps, including but not limited to recycled-content rubber flooring, rubber edging, tires that are no longer serviceable, etc.

15. Other: any additional materials identified on-site to be valued for salvage, reuse, or recycling by the Contractor, Owner, or Architect

E. Non-Recyclable Waste: All waste materials that are notable to be recycled, dueECOPY to contamination, lack of recycling facilities or salvage options, or high cost

F. Source Separated: Materials that are separated on-site by category

01-7419 - 2 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

G. Co-Mingled: Several types of construction waste that are combined in a single container. Co-mingling of recycling waste must be approved by the identified recycling facility.

H. Hazardous Waste: Any substance whose handling and/or disposal is regulated as hazardous waste by local, state, or federal authorities.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with all applicable federal, state, and local ordinance and regulation requirements for recycling and waste management.

B. Disposal Sites, Recyclers. and Waste Materials Processors: Use only facilities properly permitted by state and local authorities.

C. Preconstruction Waste Management Conference: Prior to beginning work at the site, schedule and conduct a conference to review the Construction Waste Management Plan and discuss procedures, schedules and specific requirements for waste materials recycling and disposal. Discuss coordination and interface between the Contractor and other construction activities. Identify and resolve problems with compliance with requirements. Record minutes of the meeting, identifying all conclusions reached and matters requiring further resolution. 1. Plan Revision: Make any revisions to the Construction Waste Management Plan agreed upon during the meeting and incorporate resolutions agreed to be made subsequent to the meeting. Submit the revised plan to the Contracting Officer's Representative for approval.

D. Implementation:

1. Designate an on-site party responsible for instructing workers and implementing the Construction Waste Management Plan.

2. Distribute copies of the Construction Waste Management Plan to the job site foreman and each subcontractor.

3. Include waste management and recycling in worker orientation.

4. Provide on-site instruction on appropriate separation, handling, recycling, and salvaging methods to be used by all parties at the ECOPYappropriate stages of the work at the site. 5. Prominently display Waste Management Plan and clearly mark all containers and areas on site dedicated to source separation.

6. Include waste management and recycling discussion in pre-fabrication meetings with subcontractors and fabricators.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01-7419 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

7. Also include discussion of waste management and recycling in regular job meetings and job safety meetings conducted during the course of work at the site.

1.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Salvage Materials: Provide protective handling and storage as required for all items identified for salvage and reuse by the Owner or Architect.

B. Recyclable Waste: Remove all recyclable materials, as identified in the Waste Management Plan, from the work location to approved containers daily. Failure to remove waste materials will be considered cause for withholding payment and/or termination of Contract.

C. Provide separate collection containers as required by recycling haulers and to prevent contamination of materials, including protection from rain as applicable.

D. Replace loaded containers with empty ones as demand requires but not less than weekly.

E. Handling: Deposit all indicated recyclable materials in the containers in a clean (no mud, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination), debris-free condition. Do not deposit contaminated materials into the containers until such time as such materials have been cleaned.

F. If contamination chemically combines with the material so that it cannot be cleaned, do not deposit into the recycle containers.

1.6 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Requirements: Transport recyclable waste materials from the Work Area to the recycle containers and carefully deposit in the containers in a manner to minimize noise and dust Close container covers immediately after materials are deposited. Do not place recyclable waste materials on the ground adjacent to a container.

B. Existing Conditions: Coordinate with "Instructions to Bidders" and "Supplementary Conditions'. 1.7 SUBMITTALSECOPY A. Construction Waste Management Plan: Contractor must submit complete Construction Waste Management Plan for review within 30 days from the Notice to Proceed.

01-7419 - 4 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. Construction Waste Management Plan: Contractor shall develop a construction waste management plan indicating proposed methods for collection, segregation, and removal of all construction wastes and debris produced by the work of this Contract, including all costs associated with this plan. Those waste materials produced during the course of this Contract that can be recycled cost-effectively, shall be. The Waste Management Plan shall include, at a minimum, the following:

1. Provide an analysis of jobsite waste to be generated, including types and quantities.

2. Provide strategies for salvage, reuse, or recycling for a minimum of all materials listed below. Include additional waste materials that are deemed cost-effective to salvage, reuse, or recycle. See "Definitions" above for material categories.

3. Provide documentation to justify decision not to recycle any items listed below.

4. Show compliance with applicable state and local ordinances and regulations.

5. Include a list of recycling facilities to which indicated recyclable materials will be distributed for disposal.

6. Identify materials that are not recyclable or otherwise conservable that must be disposed of in a landfill or other means acceptable under governing State and local regulations.

7. List permitted landfills and/or other disposal means to be employed.

8. Indicate any instances where compliance with requirements of this Section does not appear to be possible and request resolution from the Architect.

B. Waste Materials: The following materials shall be salvaged or recycled according to this specification. Strategies for salvage and recycling shall be ECOPYidentified in the Waste Management Plan as required above. 1. Salvage Materials: Identify materials existing on site that are candidates for salvage and reuse, either on this Project or through sale or donation to local organizations.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01-7419 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Recyclable Materials: The following materials, at a minimum, shall be salvaged or recycled. Applies to all such listed waste materials produced during the course of this Contract.

a. Concrete, Masonry, and Other Inert Fill Material

b. Metals

c. Untreated Wood

d. Gypsum Wallboard Scrap

e. Cardboard

f. Paper Goods

g. Beverage Containers

h. Plastic

i. Glass

j. Carpet

C. Delivery Receipts: Maintain copies of delivery receipts for waste materials salvaged and sent to permitted waste materials processors or recyclers that indicate the location and name of firm accepting recyclable waste materials, types of materials, net weights of each type, date of delivery and value of materials.

D. Maintain working copy of Construction Waste Management Plan at site for review by Owner, Architect, and all Trades involved in Project.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. General: Implement waste management procedures in accordance with approved construction waste management plan. Maintain procedure throughout the life of this Contract. B. SourceECOPY Separation: Separate, store, protect, and handle at the project site all identified recyclable and salvageable waste products to prevent contamination of materials and maximize recyclability and salvageability of materials.

C. Collection: Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to approved recycling facilities of designated waste materials to keep construction site

01-7419 - 6 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

clear and prevent contamination of recyclable materials. Maintain records accessible to the Contracting Officers Representative for verification of construction waste materials recycling.

D. Delivery Receipts: Keep and maintain records of all deliveries to recycling facilities and all pickups of waste materials at the site by others as specified above.

E. Salvage and Reuse: Identify salvage and reuse options for all materials that are deemed to be reusable, but will not be reused on this Project.

F. Non-Recyclable Was: Collect and segregate non-recyclable waste for delivery to a permitted landfill site.

G. Hazardous Waste: Control and dispose of hazardous waste in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations.

END OF SECTION 01501

ECOPY

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01-7419 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 02-4119 - DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Provide Demolition, Cutting, and Patching as specified and shown on Drawings.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Demolition: Includes disconnecting and removing from the premises items shown on plans to be removed, or items which are not required in the finished installation.

B. Cutting: Includes cutting into existing construction to permit completion of contract work.

C. Patching: Includes restoration of surfaces disturbed by demolition, cutting, or other contract operations.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Employ skilled workmen with experience in type of work required.

B. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner that would result in a reduction of load-carrying capacity or load- deflections ratio.

C. Before cutting and patching the following categories of work, obtain architect's approval to proceed.

1. Structural steel.

2. Structural concrete.

3. Piping, ductwork, vessels and equipment.

4. Electrical systems.

D. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operational ECOPYelements or safety related components in a manner that would result in a reduction of their capacity to perform in the manner intended, including energy performance, or that would result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life of decreased safety.

DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING 02-4119 - 1 H CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch work exposed on the building's exterior or in occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the architect's opinion, result in lessening the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch work in a manner that would result in substantial visual evidence of cut and patch work. Remove and replace work judged by the architect to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Carefully remove, store, and protect materials designated to be re-used in contract work.

B. Materials designated for demolition shall become Contractor's property and removed from the Site.

C. Materials designated to be salvaged for the Owner shall be removed with care, protected, and stored in a location specified by the Owner.

D. Comply with minimum requirements in Section 01600.

1.5 SCHEDULING

A. Schedule Demolition, Cutting, and Patching to precede construction and be completed without delay.

B. Schedule work in ceiling spaces above occupied rooms in advance of other work and on overtime.

C. Do not permit demolition work or noisy activities during scheduled time for removal of debris.

D. Comply with requirements in Section 01300.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Use materials for patching that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available, or cannot be used, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials for patching that will result in equal or better performanceECOPY characteristics.

B. Plaster (where applicable) Comply with requirements of Section 09200, or comply with requirements in Part - 3 of this Section.

C. Concrete: Contractor designed mixes to produce following:

02-4119 - 2 DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Concrete, Typical: Compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days.

D. Bonding Agent: "Weldcrete" of Larson Products, "Hornweld" of A.C. Horn, "Sonocrete" of Sonneborn-Contech, or equal.

E. Grout for patching holes in existing concrete surfaces: Nonshrink type, factory pre-mixed grout, "Vibrofoil" of A.C. Horn, "Ferrolith" of Sonneborn Contech, or equal.

F. Patching of Holes in Fire-Rated Surfaces: Comply with requirements of Section 07270.

G. Weather Exposed Or Moisture Resistant Surfaces Or Elements:

1. Where specifications are not included for items requiring patching comply with requirements of Article titled “Materials”, sub-Article titled “General” in this Section and manufacturer’s specifications and standards for each product involved.

2. Such products are as follows:

a. EPDM single-ply membrane roofing.

b. APP – Modified Bituminous sheet roofing

c. Cement Plaster.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Before beginning demolition work, examine site and verify the following:

1. Existing utility lines to be removed have been disconnected.

2. Utility lines serving occupied portions of building will remain in operation during demolition.

3. Dust barriers are in place, and conditions specified in Sections 01010, ECOPY01011, and 01012 are met. B. Before Cutting Operations: Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which work is to be performed. If unsafe, or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding with the work.

DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING 02-4119 - 3 H CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. If any hazardous material are encountered, notify Architect immediately and obtain instructions for safe handling and removal. See Division 0 – Hazardous Material Emergency Response Act.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Temporary Support: To prevent structural failures, provide temporary support of work to be cut.

B. Protection:

1. Protect adjacent work from damage during demolition, cutting and patching.

2. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for that part of the project that may be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.

D. Take precautions not to cut existing pipe, conduit, or ducts serving the building but scheduled to be relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.

E. Rooms adjacent to contract work may be occupied during the construction period. Maintain a tight barrier at openings into those rooms and remove debris in covered containers.

3.3 CUTTING

A. General:

1. Use methods least likely to damage existing construction to remain and materials to be re-established.

2. Ensure by-pass of utility services, such as pipe and conduit, has been completed before cutting, where such utility services are shown or required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned.

3. After cutting, cap, valve, or plug and seal tight remaining portions of pipe and conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign ECOPYmatter.

3.4 PATCHING

A. General:

02-4119 - 4 DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for the work. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the work.

2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas. Where necessary, extend finish restoration into retained adjoining work in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.

3. Where patch occurs in a smooth painted surface, and after patched area has received prime and base coat, extend final paint coat over entire un-broken surface containing the patch.

4. Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane of surface of uniform appearance. Where partitions or portions of existing ceilings have been removed, reinforce edges of remaining ceiling.

5. Where existing plaster surfaces have been removed and remaining edges are to mate with gypsum board, carefully cut board to closely approximate the plaster profile. Carefully shim, furr, or otherwise provide backing for gypsum board in order to bring it to the face of existing plaster. Remove paint from existing plaster edges, apply tape and joint compound and feather out to existing plaster surfaces.

B. Plaster Installation:

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide 3-coat work in accordance with the California Lathing and Plastering Contractors Association, Inc. (CLPC) recommendations.

2. Finish plaster with surface to closely match adjacent surface.

3. Cut, patch, point-up, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to restore cracks, dents, and imperfections.

4. Comply with specifications in Section 09200.

C. Hangers and Supports:

1. Provide new hangers and supports for existing piping, conduit, or ECOPYductwork to remain after removal of existing partitions or ceilings. Conform to support details specified or shown for new work. Refer to specifications in Divisions 15 and 16.

D. Holes in Existing Concrete Floor Slabs, with a diameter not over the depth of the slab: Ream to a conical shape not less than 0.25:1 with the smallest

DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING 02-4119 - 5 H CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.5 PATCHING EXISTING DAMAGE

A. Floor Openings Around Pipe, Duct, and Conduit Penetrations:

1. Remove non-rated or loose filler material and fill with approved 2- hour fire resistive packing.

2. Comply with specifications in Section 07270 and Divisions 15 and 16.

B. Piping: Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

3.6 LEVELING EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS

A. Patch depressions and level existing concrete floor slab to a surface plane tolerance of maximum 1/8-inch in 10-feet. Test with a 10-foot long straight edge.

B. Apply underlayment over entire work area in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, before any partition framing is placed.

C. Keep traffic off the floor during curing period in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations, but in any case not less than 4-days.

3.7 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION

A. Do not shut down electrical service without approval of owner's Representative.

B. Do not begin demolition until all conduits have been traced by Contractor and services have been disconnected, as specified in Division 16.

C. Provide additional wiring and work as required to maintain service to adjacent spaces during demolition, as specified in Division 16.

D. Remove electrical service in demolition area including items in existing walls andECOPY ceilings to remain. E. Demolition of electrical Services:

1. Remove device and wiring to panel without disturbing existing service to remain.

02-4119 - 6 DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Remove empty conduit back to boundary of Project area.

F. Relocate or re-hang existing conduit when existing supports have been demolished or where there is interference with new light fixtures, in accordance with specifications in Division 16.

G. Electrical demolition work shall be performed by certified journeyman electrician.

3.8 CLEANING

A. Thoroughly clean spaces where work has been performed or used for access to work. B. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and materials of similar nature. C. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar items, before painting or other finishing is applied. D. Remove debris daily. Remove debris which must be transported through public corridors during non-occupied hours. E. Debris Containers: 1. Transport removal of debris in tightly sealed, covered, rubber tired containers. 2. Fit containers with clean polyethylene covers completely sealed at perimeters by taping or tying with wire. 3. Wipe containers clean before leaving construction area to prevent tracking of dust. F. Place covers over debris boxes between periods when they are being filled.

END OF SECTION ECOPY

DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING 02-4119 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This section includes the following metal fabrications:

1. Rough hardware.

2. Loose bearing and leveling plates.

3. Loose steel lintels.

4. Miscellaneous framing and supports for the following:

a. Applications where framing and supports are not specified in other sections.

5. Miscellaneous steel trim.

6. Shelf and relieving angles.

7. Metal bar gratings.

8. Steel pipe railings.

9. Pipe bollards.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Definitions in ASTM E 985 for railing-related terms apply to this section.

1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. ECOPYStructural Performance of Handrails and Railing Systems: Design, engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to comply with requirements of ASTM E 985 for structural performance based on testing performed in accordance with ASTM E 894 and E 935.

METAL FABRICATIONS 05-5000 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Top Rail of Guardrail Systems: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated:

a. Concentrated load of 300 lbf applied at any point nonconcurrently, vertically downward, or horizontally.

b. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently.

2. Handrails Not Serving as Top Rails: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated:

a. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied at any point nonconcurrently, vertically downward or horizontally.

b. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently.

3. Infill Area of Guardrail Systems: Capable of withstanding a horizontal concentrated load of 200 lbf applied to one sq. ft. at any point in the system including panels, intermediate rails balusters, or other elements composing the infill area.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data for products used in miscellaneous metal fabrications, including paint products and grout.

C. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other sections.

D. Samples representative of materials and finished products as may be requested by Architect.

E. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirementsECOPY specified under "Quality Assurance" article. F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project name, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified.

05-5000 - 2 METAL FABRICATIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firms experienced in successfully producing metal fabrications similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work.

B. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of metal fabrications specified in this section by same firm that fabricated them.

C. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel," D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel", and D1.2 "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."

1. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which metal fabrications must fit, by accurate field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work.

1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Sequence and coordinate installation of wall handrails as follows:

1. Mount handrails only on completed walls. Do not support handrails temporarily by any means not satisfying structural performance requirements.

2. Mount handrails only on gypsum board assemblies reinforced to receive anchors, and where the location of concealed anchor plates has been clearly marked for benefit of Installer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FERROUS METALS

A. ECOPYMetal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view upon completion of the Work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials whose exposed surfaces exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade

METAL FABRICATIONS 05-5000 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

names, roughness, and, for steel sheet, variations in flatness exceeding those permitted by reference standards for stretcher-leveled sheet.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36.

C. Steel Bars for Gratings: ASTM A 569 or ASTM A 36.

D. Steel Tubing: Product type (manufacturing method) and as follows:

1. Hot-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501.

a. For exterior installations and where indicated, provide tubing with hot-dip galvanized coating per ASTM A 53.

E. Uncoated Structural Steel Sheet: Product type (manufacturing method), quality, and grade, as follows:

1. Cold-Rolled Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 611, grade as follows:

a. Grade A, unless otherwise indicated or required by design loading.

F. Uncoated Steel Sheet: Commercial quality, product type (method of manufacture) as follows:

1. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366.

G. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Quality as follows:

1. Structural Quality: ASTM A 446; Grade A, unless another grade required for design loading, and G90 coating designation unless otherwise indicated.

H. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; finish, type, and weight class as follows:

1. Galvanized finish.

2. Type F, standard weight (schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated, or another weight, type, and grade required by structural loads. 3. ECOPYPipe to be used for handrails is required to be 1½” O.D. I. Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 10.

J. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, grade 32510.

05-5000 - 4 METAL FABRICATIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

K. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same type material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated.

L. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron, ASTM A 47, or cast steel, ASTM A 27. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as required, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153.

M. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select in accordance with AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be welded.

2.2 STAINLESS STEEL

A. Bar Stock: ASTM A 276, Type 304.

B. Plate: ASTM A 167, Type 304.

2.3 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT

A. Nonshrink Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with CE CRD-C 621. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications of type specified in this section.

B. Erosion-Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory-prepackaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without need for protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and is recommended for exterior use by manufacturer.

C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include but are not limited to the following:

1. Nonshrink Nonmetallic Grouts:

a. "Bonsal Construction Grout"; W.R. Bonsal Co.

b. "Diamond-Crete Grout"; Concrete Service Materials Co.

c. "Sonogrout"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord ECOPYChemical Products, Inc.or Approved Equal 2. Erosion-Resistant Anchoring Cement:

a. "Super Por-Rok"; Minwax Construction Products Division.

2.4 FASTENERS

METAL FABRICATIONS 05-5000 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. General: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required.

B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A.

C. Lag Bolts: Square head type, FS FF-B-561.

D. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-92.

E. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF-S-111.

F. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF-W-92.

G. Drilled-In Expansion Anchors: Expansion anchors complying with FS FF-S- 325, Group VIII (anchors, expansion, [nondrilling]), Type I (internally threaded tubular expansion anchor); and machine bolts complying with FS FF-B-575, Grade 5.

H. Toggle Bolts: Tumble-wing type, FS FF-B-588, type, class, and style as required.

B. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84.

2.5 PAINT

A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Manufacturer's or fabricator's standard, fast- curing, lead-free, universal modified alkyd primer selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, for compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and for capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P-645.

B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035 or SSPC-Paint-20.

C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12 except containing no asbestos fibers.

2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. FormECOPY metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of each metal fabrication.

05-5000 - 6 METAL FABRICATIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges.

C. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient temperature in the design, fabrication, and installation of installed metal assemblies to prevent buckling, opening up of joints, and overstressing of welds and fasteners. Base design calculations on actual surface temperatures of metals due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 100 deg F (55.5 deg C).

D. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.

E. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.

F. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces.

G. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with AWS recommendations and the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

3. Remove welding flux immediately.

4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent.

H. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. ECOPYFabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use.

J. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain

METAL FABRICATIONS 05-5000 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

K. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.

L. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

2.7 ROUGH HARDWARE

A. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware items are specified in Division 6 sections.

B. Fabricate items to sizes, shapes, and dimensions required. Furnish malleable- iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere, furnish steel washers.

2.8 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES

A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of required thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting as required. Galvanize after fabrication.

2.9 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS

A. Provide loose structural steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in concrete walls and partitions at locations indicated.

B. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated.

C. Galvanize loose steel lintels, unless otherwise noted.

2.10 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Provide steel framing and supports for applications indicated or whichECOPY are not a part of structural steel framework, as required to complete work.

B. Fabricate units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required to receive adjacent other construction retained by framing and supports. Fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars of welded construction using

05-5000 - 8 METAL FABRICATIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.

1. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed.

a. Except as otherwise indicated, space anchors 24 inches o.c. and provide minimum anchor units in the form of steel straps 1-1/4 inches wide x 1/4 inch x 8 inches long.

C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports in the following locations:

1. Exterior locations.

D. Stainless steel miscellaneous framing and supports in the following locations:

1. Exposed supports within lavatories

2.11 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM

A. Provide shapes and sizes indicated for profiles shown. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars, with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as required for coordination of assembly and installation with other work.

B. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports in the following locations:

1. Exterior locations.

2. Interior locations where indicated.

2.12 STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS

A. General: Fabricate pipe railings and handrails to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of pipe, post spacings, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. All Handrail pipes to be fabricated from 1-1/2” O.D. pipe. B. ECOPYInterconnect railing and handrail members by butt-welding or welding with internal connectors, at fabricator's option, unless otherwise indicated.

1. At tee and cross intersections, notch ends of intersecting members to fit contour of pipe to which end is joined and weld all around.

METAL FABRICATIONS 05-5000 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Form changes in direction of railing members as follows:

1. By radius bends of radius tightest radius without crimping or deforming pipe.

D. Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross-section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe.

E. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Close exposed ends of pipe by welding 3/16 inch thick steel plate in place or by use of prefabricated fittings, except where clearance of end of pipe and adjoining wall surface is 1/4 inch or less.

G. Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at the edge of open-sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated, or if not indicated, use 4 inches high x 1/8 inch steel plate welded to, and centered between, each railing post.

H. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnections of pipe and attachment of railings and handrails to other work. Furnish inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings and handrails to concrete or masonry work.

1. For railing posts set in concrete fabricate sleeves from steel pipe not less than 6 inches long and with an inside diameter not less than 1/2 inch greater than the outside diameter of post, with steel plate closure welded to bottom of sleeve.

2. For removable railing posts, fabricate slip-fit sockets from steel pipe whose inside diameter is sized for a close fit with posts and to limit deflection of post without lateral load, measured at top, to not more than 1/12 of post height. Provide socket covers designed and fabricated to resist accidental dislodgement.

I. Fillers: Provide steel sheet or plate fillers of thickness and size indicated or requiredECOPY to support structural loads of handrails where needed to transfer wall bracket loads through wall finishes to structural supports. Size fillers to suit wall finish thicknesses. Size fillers to produce adequate bearing to prevent bracket rotation and overstressing of substrate.

05-5000 - 10 METAL FABRICATIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

J. For exterior steel railings and handrails formed from steel pipe with galvanized finish, galvanize fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components.

K. For interior steel railings and handrails formed from steel pipe with galvanized finish, galvanize fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components.

2.13 PIPE BOLLARDS

A. Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 80 steel pipe. Cap bollards with 1/4 inch minimum thickness steel base plate.

B. Fabricate sleeves for bollard anchorage from steel pipe with 1/4 inch thick steel plate welded to bottom of sleeve.

2.14 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes.

B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

2.15 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanizing: For those items indicated for galvanizing, apply zinc-coating by the hot-dip process compliance with the following requirements:

1. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.

2. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing both fabricated and unfabricated iron and steel products made of uncoated rolled, pressed, and forged shapes, plates, bars, and strip 0.0299 inch thick and heavier.

B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications:

1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning." ECOPY2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP3 "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications that will be concealed in other construction, except those with galvanized finish or to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of SSPC-PA1 "Paint Application

METAL FABRICATIONS 05-5000 - 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

Specification No. 1" for shop painting. Stripe paint all edges, corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.

D. Apply TNEMEC primer or approved equal to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications that will be exposed in exterior or interior locations, except those with galvanized finish or to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of Special Coatings manufacturer.

1. Stripe paint all edges, corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.

2.16 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.

B. As Fabricated Finish: AA-M10 (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, unspecified).

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, including concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site.

B. Center nosings on tread widths with noses flush with riser faces and tread surfaces.

C. Set sleeves in concrete with tops flush with finish surface elevations; protect sleeves from water and concrete entry.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction; include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggleECOPY bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required.

B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces

05-5000 - 12 METAL FABRICATIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction.

D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections.

E. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, methods used in correcting welding work, and the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

3. Remove welding flux immediately.

4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent.

F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint or zinc chromate primer.

3.3 SETTING LOOSE PLATES

A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates.

B. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush ECOPYwith the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout. 1. Use metallic nonshrink grout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use nonmetallic nonshrink grout in exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated.

METAL FABRICATIONS 05-5000 - 13 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS FOR TOILET PARTITIONS

A. Anchor supports securely to, and rigidly brace from, overhead building structure.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS

A. Adjust railings prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at spacing indicated, or if not indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and railing ends to building construction by one of the following:

1. Anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve solid with the following anchoring material, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's directions.

2. Anchor posts in concrete by core drilling holes not less than 5 inches deep and 3/4 inch greater than outside diameter of post. Clean holes of all loose material, insert posts and fill annular space between post and concrete with the following anchoring material, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's directions.

a. Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.

b. Leave anchorage joint exposed, wipe off surplus anchoring material, and leave 1/8 inch build-up, sloped away from post. For installations exposed on exterior, or to flow of water, seal anchoring material to comply with grout manufacturer's directions.

3. Anchor posts to steel with steel oval flanges, angle type or floor type as required by conditions, welded to posts and bolted to steel supporting members.

4. Anchor rail ends into concrete and masonry with steel round flanges ECOPYwelded to rail ends and anchored into wall construction with lead expansion shields and bolts.

5. Anchor rail ends to steel with steel oval or round flanges welded to rail ends and bolted to structural steel members, unless otherwise indicated.

05-5000 - 14 METAL FABRICATIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

6. Install removable railing/gate sections where indicated in slip-fit metal sockets cast into concrete. Accurately locate sockets to match post spacing.

B. Secure handrails to wall with wall brackets and end fittings. Provide bracket with exactly 1-1/2 inch clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. Locate brackets as indicated, or if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. Secure wall brackets and wall return fittings to building construction as follows:

1. Use type of bracket with pre-drilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage.

2. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shield and either concealed hanger bolt or exposed lag bolt, as applicable.

3. For wood stud partitions, use lag bolts set into wood backing between studs. Coordinate with stud installations for accurate location of backing members.

C. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints at locations indicated, or if not indicated, at intervals not to exceed 40 feet. Provide slip joint with internal sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side; fasten internal sleeve securely to one side; locate joint within 6 inches of post.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF BOLLARDS

A. Anchor bollards in concrete by means of pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. After bollards have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between bollard and sleeve solid with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's directions.

3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements or Special Coating Manufacturer for touch-up of field painted surfaces. ECOPY1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.

B. For galvanized surfaces clean welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.

METAL FABRICATIONS 05-5000 - 15 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

END OF SECTION 05500

ECOPY

05-5000 - 16 METAL FABRICATIONS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 06-1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Section Includes: Provision of all lumber framing, rough hardware and blocking as indicated in the contract drawings.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Requirements of GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION NO. 1 apply to all Work in this Section.

B. Published Specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to Work in this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below (latest editions apply).

1. California Code of Regulations. Title 24, 2013 edition, also known as California Building Code (CBC), with amendments.

2. (APA) - American Plywood Association, "Guide to Plywood Grades".

3. (PS) - United States Product Standard, PS-1 "Construction and Industrial Plywood".

4. (UL) - Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., "Fire Hazard Classification, FR-S".

5. (WCLIB) - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, "Standard Grading Rules No. 16".

6. (WWPA) - Western Wood Products Association, "Grading Rules for Lumber".

7. (AWPA) - American Wood Preservers Association Standards.

8. (ASTM) - American Society of Testing and Materials.

1.3 SUBMITTALS A. ECOPYShop Drawings of all specially fabricated rough hardware. B. Certificates of compliance with standards specified.

1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06-1000 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of materials to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces.

B. Keep materials dry. Where necessary, stack materials off ground on level flat forms, fully protected from weather.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Requirements: Maintain uniform moisture content of lumber at not more than 19-percent before, during, and after installation.

B. Sequencing, Scheduling: Coordinate details with other Work supporting, adjoining or fastening to rough carpentry Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIAL

A. Rough Carpentry:

1. Sills on Concrete: Pressure treated Douglas Fir.

2. Lumber (Wood Framing): Meet requirements of Section 06-1600.

3. Plywood Sheathing: Meet requirements of Section 06-1600. Provide thickness shown on drawings.

B. Rough Hardware: All exterior hardware shall be hot-dipped galvanized.

1. Nails: Common wire, typical.

2. Powder Driven Fasteners: Tempered steel pins with special corrosion- resistant finish. Provide guide washers to accurately control penetration, maximum 3/4-inch. Accomplish fastening by low- velocity piston-driven powder-actuated tool. Pins and tool: Hilti Fastening Systems, Impex Tool Corporation, or equal product.

3. Expansion Bolts: Reverse cone, self-wedging, expansion type, Tightening of nut or increased tension on bolt shank shall act to force wedges outward to create positive increased resistance to withdrawal, ECOPYRamset/Read Head "Tru-Bolt", Hilti Kwik - Bolt TZ or better product. 4. Metal Timber Framing Connectors: Fabricate from hot-dipped galvanized steel. Connectors shall be at least 16-gauge material, 1/8- inch plate materials where welded, unless otherwise shown or specified, punched for nailing. Nails and nailing shall conform to the manufacturer's instructions, with a nail provided for each punched

06-1000 - 2 ROUGH CARPENTRY CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

hole. Manufactured by Simpson Strong-Tie Company or equal product.

5. Miscellaneous Hardware: Provide all common screws, bolts, fastenings, washers and nuts required to complete rough carpentry Work.

2.2 TREATMENTS

A. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Same as Koppers Co., Inc.'s "Non-Com" J.H. Baxter and Co.'s "Baco-Pyresote"; or equal product substituted.

B. Preservative Treatment: Furnish in accordance with AWPA.

2.3 FABRICATION

A. Preparation (Finish Carpentry):

1. Verify measurements at job site.

2. Verify details and dimensions of equipment and fixtures integral with finish carpentry for proper fit and accurate alignment.

3. Coordinate details with other work supporting, adjoining, or fastening to casework.

B. Lumber:

1. Air- or kiln-dry to maximum 19-percent moisture content prior to shipment. Stack and air-dry to maximum 15 percent in field prior to installation.

2. Furnish surfaced four sides, S4S, unless otherwise noted.

3. Size to conform with rules of governing standard. Sizes shown are nominal unless otherwise noted.

C. Wood Treatments:

1. Fire-Retardant Treatment: ECOPYa. Fire-retardant treat only wood blocking supporting truss joists on steel beams.

b. Treat in accordance with AWPA C20 and approved manufacturer's recommendations.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06-1000 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Preservative Treatment:

a. Treat lumber and plywood sheathing exposed to weather.

b. Lumber: Treat in accordance with AWPA C2.

c. Plywood: Treat in accordance with AWPA C9.

d. After treatment and prior to shipping, air- or kiln-dry lumber to maximum 19 percent moisture content. Air dry in field to maximum 15 percent prior to installation.

2.4 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Lumber shall bear grade-trademark or be accompanied by certificate of compliance of appropriate grading agency.

B. Plywood shall bear APA grade-trademark.

C. Air-dry all framing lumber to a maximum of 15 percent moisture content prior to installing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas to receive rough carpentry Work and verify following:

1. Completion of installation of building components to receive rough carpentry Work.

2. That surfaces are satisfactory to receive Work.

3. That spacing, direction, and details of supports are correct to accommodate installation of blocking, backing, stripping, furring and nailers.

4. That all anchor bolts and holddown bolts are properly installed.

3.2 INSTALLATION A. Cutting:ECOPY Perform all cutting, boring, and similar Work required. B. Studs, Joists, Beams, and Posts: Install all members true to line. No wood shingle shims are permitted. Place joists with crown up; maximum 1/4-inch crown permitted.

06-1000 - 4 ROUGH CARPENTRY CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Nail joints in accordance with applicable requirements of the CBC unless otherwise shown or specified. Predrill where nails tend to split wood.

D. Bolt holes to be 1/16-inch oversize. Threads shall not bear on wood. Use standard malleable iron washers against wood. Carriage bolts require washers under the nut only.

E. Provide blocking, grounds, nailers, stripping, and backing as shown and as required to secure other Work.

F. Maintain 1/8-inch gap between all plywood panel edges.

G. Do not utilize plywood sheets having a width smaller than 2-feet 0-inches.

H. Plywood flooring shall be field glued with adhesives meeting APA specification AFG-01 applied in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations. Apply continuous line of glue on joists and in groove of tongue and groove panels.

I. Where wood is cut, sawed, planed, bored or marred after preservative or fire- retardant treatment, apply two heavy brush coats of same material used in treatment.

J. Nail heads shall be driven flush with plywood surface. Overdriven nails (nails which fracture the outer ply layer) shall be replaced one for one.

K. Screws (Wood or Lag): Screws shall be screwed and not driven into place. Screw holes shall be predrilled to the same diameter and depth of shank. Holes for threaded portion shall be predrilled less than or equal to the diameter of the root of the thread. Provide standard cut washers under head of lag screws.

L. Sills under bearing, exterior and shear walls shall be bedded on 1/2-inch minimum drypack or grout to obtain continuous bearing.

3.3 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING (FINISH CARPENTRY)

A. Remove damaged or otherwise disfigured portions and replace with new prior to the Owner's acceptance. B. ECOPYWash finished Work in strict accordance with product manufacturer's directions and ensure that washed surfaces do not differ from clean unwashed surfaces. Any difference will be considered unsatisfactory work.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. The Owner's Testing Agency shall:

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06-1000 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Inspect erected timber framing as required to establish conformity of work with Drawings.

2. Inspect all bolted connections.

3. Inspect all timber connectors per CBC Section 2337A.2.

4. Inspect roof diaphragm nailing for nail size, spacing and penetration at plywood panel edges, and special nailing at collector and drag members.

5. Inspect anchor tiedown system and shear wall nailing for nail size, spacing and penetration at plywood panel edges, and nailing at tiedown posts.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

06-1000 - 6 ROUGH CARPENTRY CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 06-1600 - FRAMING AND SHEATHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Structural wall and roof framing.

B. Framing modifications as required for alterations.

C. Wall and roof sheathing, where indicated.

D. Wood furring, backing, and grounds.

E. Preservative treatment of wood.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. CBC – 2013 California Building Code.

B. CCR - California Code of Regulations Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 23A.

C. ALSC - American Lumber Standards Committee: Softwood Lumber Standards.

D. ANSI/NFPA NDS-91 - National Design Specifications for Wood Construction.

E. APA - The Engineered Wood Association.

F. AWPA - American Wood Preservers' Association: Book of Standards.

G. AWPB - American Wood Preservers' Bureau.

H. NFPA - National Forest Products Association.

I. National Bureau of Standards - Product Standard PS-1-83 for Construction and Industrial Plywood.

J. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau: Standard Grading Rules for ECOPYWest Coast Lumber. K. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.

FRAMING AND SHEATHING 06-1600 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC.

B. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA.

1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to CBC and California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2.

B. Allowable stress design values shall be in compliance with the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Section 2316A and ANSI/AF&PA NDS-2012 National Design Specification (NDS) for Wood Construction.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01-1300.

B. Provide technical data on wood preservative materials and application instructions.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01-1640.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LUMBER MATERIALS

A. Lumber Grading Rules: NFPA, WCLIB and WWPA. Lumber shall bear WCLIB grade stamp.

B. Beam Framing: Douglas Fir species, Dense No. 1 grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content (S-DRY).

C. Joist Framing: Douglas Fir species, No. 1 grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content (S-DRY).

D. Rafter Framing: Douglas Fir species, No. 1 grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content (S-DRY). E. StructuralECOPY Framing, Studs, Plate and Blocking: Douglas Fir Species, No. 1 grade, 19 percent moisture content (S-Dry).

F. Non-structural Light Framing Studs, Plate, and Blocking: Douglas Fir species, construction grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content (S-DRY).

06-1600 - 2 FRAMING AND SHEATHING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

G. Furring Strips: Redwood foundation grade.

2.2 PLYWOOD MATERIALS

A. Roof Sheathing: exterior Grade C-D, Exposure 1 minimum 5-ply construction, meeting product Doc PS 1 or Doc PS 2.

B. Wall Sheathing: APA, exterior Grade C-D Structural I, Exposure 1 minimum 5-ply construction, meeting product Doc PS 1 or Doc PS 2.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners: Hot-dipped galvanized steel for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish elsewhere; size and type to suit condition.

B. Connectors: As indicated.

C. Joist Hangers: Galvanized steel, sized to suit joists and framing conditions; manufactured by Simpson, Silver Teco or KC Metals.

D. Anchors: Thru bolt or anchor bolt to concrete or masonry unless otherwise noted. Bolt for anchorage to steel unless otherwise noted.

E. Building Paper: No. 15 asphalt felt. Plain untreated cellulosic building paper.

2.4 WOOD TREATMENT

A. Preservative Treatment: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as treated or is specified herein to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood) and of AWPB Standards listed below. Mark each treated item with the AWPB Quality Mark Requirements.

B. Pressure treat all lumber in contact with ground with water-borne preservatives to comply with AWPB LP-22. After treatment kiln-dry lumber to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent.

C. Pressure treat above ground items with water-borne preservatives to comply with AWPB LP-2. After treatment, kiln-dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content, respectively, of 19 percent and 15 percent. Treat ECOPYindicated items and the following:

1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers and waterproofing.

FRAMING AND SHEATHING 06-1600 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Horizontal wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete.

3. Horizontal wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade.

4. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth.

5. Ends of wood girders entering masonry or concrete walls.

6. Framing members used in exterior door, window, or louver openings.

D. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. If cut or drilled after treatment, coat cut or drilled surfaces with heavy brush coat of same chemical used for treatment and to comply with AWPA M4-99. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FRAMING

A. Apply preservative to wood in contact or close proximity with concrete.

B. Erect wood framing members level and plumb.

C. Place horizontal members laid flat, crown side-up.

D. Construct framing members full length without splices.

E. Double members at openings over 1 sq ft. Space short studs over and under opening to stud spacing.

F. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings. Frame rigidly into joists.

G. Construct double joists under wall studding.

H. Bridge joists in excess of 8 feet span at mid-span members. Fit solid blocking at ends of members. 3.2 FURRING,ECOPY BLOCKING AND GROUNDS A. Provide wherever shown and where required for attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved.

06-1600 - 4 FRAMING AND SHEATHING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement.

C. Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finished work.

D. Firestop all concealed spaces of wood stud walls, ceilings and floor levels at 10 foot intervals both vertically and horizontally.

E. Firestop all concealed vertical and horizontal spaces as occur at soffits, vents, stair stringers, pipes and similar openings in compliance with Title 24, Part 2, Section 708.

F. Firestopping shall consist of closely fitted wood blocks of 2 inch nominal thickness lumber of same width as framing members.

3.3 SHEATHING

A. Secure wall sheathing perpendicular to wall studs, with ends staggered, over firm bearing.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01- 4523.

3.5 TOLERANCES

A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch maximum from true position.

B. Surface Flatness of Floor: 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum. ECOPYEND OF SECTION

FRAMING AND SHEATHING 06-1600 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 06-4100 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section 06-6119 Quartz Surfacing Countertops

C. Sectiion 06-6200 Paper Composite Sheetgoods (Bid Alternate - Drawers, Doors and exposed sefaces)

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Interior standing and running trim and rails.

2. Wood cabinets (casework).

3. Cabinet tops (countertops).

4. Interior miscellaneous ornamental items.

5. Interior door frames (jambs).

B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:

1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work that is not exposed to view.

2. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for carpentry exposed to view that is not specified in this section.

3. Division 8 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for doors specified by reference to architectural woodwork standards. ECOPY4. Division 9 Section "Painting" for final finishing of installed architectural woodwork.

INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06-4100 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data for each type of product and process specified in this section and incorporated into items of architectural woodwork during fabrication, finishing, and installation.

C. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components.

1. Apply WIC Certified Compliance Label to first page of shop drawings.

D. Samples for initial selection purposes of the following in form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of material indicated.

1. Plastic laminate.

E. Samples for verification purposes of the following:

1. Lumber with or for transparent finish, 50 square inches, for each species and cut, finished on one side and one edge.

2. Lumber Veneer leaves representative of and selected from flitches to be used for transparent finished woodwork.

3. Wood veneer faced panel products;, with or for transparent finish, 8- 1/2 inches by 11 inches, for each species and cut with one half of exposed surface finished, with separate samples of unfaced panel product used for core.

4. Corner pieces as follows:

a. Cabinet front frame joints between stiles and rail as well as exposed end pieces, 18 inches high by 18 inches wide by 6 ECOPYinches deep. b. Miter joints for standing trim.

5. Exposed cabinet hardware, one unit of each type and finish.

06-4100 - 2 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

F. Product certificates signed by woodwork manufacturer certifying that products comply with Woodworkers Institute of California (WIC) standards.

G. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work.

B. Single-Source Responsibility: Arrange for production by a single firm of architectural woodwork with sequence matched wood veneers.

C. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of architectural woodwork by a firm that can demonstrate successful experience in installing architectural woodwork items similar in type and quality to those required for this project.

D. WIC Quality Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of "Manual of Millwork" published by Woodwork Institute (WI) unless otherwise indicated.

1. WI Quality Marking: Mark each unit of the following types of architectural woodwork with WIC Certified Compliance Label indicating quality grade required.

a. Casework.

b. Plastic laminate countertops.

E. Hardware Coordination: Distribute copies of approved scheduled for cabinet hardware specified in Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware" to manufacturer of architectural woodwork; coordinate ECOPYcabinet shop drawings and fabrication with hardware requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soilage, and deterioration.

INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06-4100 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Do not deliver woodwork until painting, wet work, grinding, and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements specified in "Project Conditions."

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Conditions: Obtain and comply with Woodwork Manufacturer's and Installer's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for woodwork during its storage and installation. Do not install woodwork until these conditions have been attained and stabilized so that woodwork is within plus or minus 1.0 percent of optimum moisture content from date of installation through remainder of construction period.

B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before manufacturing woodwork; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate manufacturing schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering high pressure decorative laminates which may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following:

1. Formica Corp.

2. American Laminates.

3. Nevamar Corp. 4. ECOPYor Approved Equal B. See Section 12 12 3621 PAPER COMPOSITE panels for alternate material.

2.2 MATERIALS

06-4100 - 4 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the WIC woodworking standard for each type of woodwork and WIC quality grade indicated, unless otherwise indicated.

A. Formaldehyde Emission Levels: Comply with formaldehyde emission requirements of each voluntary standard referenced below:

a. Medium Density Fiberboard: NPA 9.

b. Hardwood Plywood: HPMA FE.

2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for moisture content of lumber in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas.

B. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following:

1. Corners of cabinets and edges of solid wood (lumber) members less than 1 inch in nominal thickness: 1/16 inch.

2. Edges of rails and similar members more than 1 inch in nominal thickness: 1/8 inch.

C. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before shipment to project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.

D. Factory-cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped ECOPYopenings. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges of cutouts with a water-resistant coating.

2.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM AND RAILS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH

INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06-4100 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 10 "Interior Trim."

B. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work.

C. Assemble casings in plant except where limitations of access to place of installation require field assembly.

D. Grade: Custom.

E. Lumber Species:

1. American Cherry at Cabinet trim.

2.5 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM AND RAILS FOR OPAQUE FINISH

A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 10 "Interior Trim."

B. Grade: Custom.

C. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work.

D. Assemble casings in plant except where limitations of access to place of installation require field assembly.

E. Lumber Species: American Cherry at window stools and tackwall trim.

2.6 LAMINATE CLAD CABINETS (PLASTIC-COVERED CASEWORK)

A. Quality Standard: Comply with Woodwork Institutes Section 15 "Casework - laminated Plastic."

B. Grade: Custom.

C. WI Construction Style: 3/4" thick Style A Frameless.

D. WI Construction Type: Type I multiple self-supporting units ECOPYrigidly joined together. E. WI Door and Drawer Front Style: 3/4" thick - Flush overlay.

F. Laminate Cladding: High pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements:

06-4100 - 6 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements:

a. Provide selections made by Architect from laminate manufacturer's full range of standard colors and finishes in the following categories:

1) Solid colors.

2) Patterns.

2. Laminate Grade for Exposed Surfaces: Provide laminate cladding complying with the following requirements for type of surface and grade.

a. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: GP-50 (0.050-inch nominal thickness).

b. Vertical Surfaces: GP-50 (0.050-inch nominal thickness).

c. Edges: 3mm. PVC matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish.

3. Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below:

a. High pressure laminate, CL-20.

2.7 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, except for items specified in Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware." ECOPYB. Cabinet Hardware Schedule: C. Acceptable Manufacturer: Salice, Knapp & Vogt, Builders Brass Works, Stanley, Grant or approved equal.

D. Hinges: Pair Stanley “F” series, 2 ½” full mortise - 5 barrel hinge with hospital tips, satin chrome.

INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06-4100 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. Drawer Slides:

1. Drawer depth 8” or less: Accuride #3832, 100 lb. full extension , steel ball bearing

2. Drawer depth over 8”: Accuride # 3025, 125 ld. full extension, steel ball bearing

F. Door & Drawer Pulls: Hafele Catalog # 109.80.401

G. Catches: Recessed magnetic catches – Hafele # 24643.758

H. Elbow catches – Hafele # 245.74.200

I. Rim locks: Haffel # 232.04.211 and 232.04.266

J. Shelf Standards: Grant #120 with #21 shelf support

K. All cabinets and drawers to have rim lock, satin Chrome plated, keyed different for each room.

L. Hardware Standard: Comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.9 "American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware" for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard.

M. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with ANSI/BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated.

1. Satin Chromium Plated, Brass or Bronze Base: BHMA 626.

N. For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of ANSI/BHMA A156.9.

2.8 ARCHITECTURAL CABINET TOPS (COUNTERTOPS)

A. Quality Standard: Comply with manufactures recommneded installation manual and instructions. ECOPYB. Type of Top: Engineered Quartz Stone See specifications 06-6119 2.9 INTERIOR MISCELLANEOUS ORNAMENTAL ITEMS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH

06-4100 - 8 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 11 "Miscellaneous Interior Millwork."

B. Grade: Custom.

C. Lumber Species: Match species and cut indicated for other types of transparent finished architectural woodwork located in same areas of building unless otherwise indicated.

2.10 INTERIOR MISCELLANEOUS ORNAMENTAL ITEMS FOR OPAQUE FINISH

A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 11 "Miscellaneous Interior Millwork."

B. Grade: Custom.

C. Lumber Species: Eastern white pine, sugar pine, or Idaho white pine.

2.11 INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES FOR OPAQUE FINISH

A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 12 "Interior Jambs."

B. Grade: Custom.

C. Lumber Species: Eastern white pine, sugar pine, or Idaho white pine.

2.12 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS

A. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-S-111 for applicable requirements.

B. Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-N-105 for applicable requirements.

C. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required by each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot- dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place ECOPYanchors. Furnish inserts and anchors, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work for subsequent woodwork anchorage.

2.13 FACTORY FINISHING OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK

INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06-4100 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 25, "Factory Finishing of Architectural Woodwork," unless otherwise indicated.

B. General: The entire finish of interior architectural woodwork is specified in this section, regardless of whether factory applied or applied after installation.

1. Factory Finishing: To the greatest extent possible, finish architectural woodwork at factory. Defer only final touch-up, cleaning, and polishing until after installation.

C. Preparations for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces and similar preparations for finishing of architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work.

D. Transparent Finish for Open-Grain Woods: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system, staining, effect, and sheen, with sheen measured on 60 deg gloss meter per ASTM D 523.

1. Grade: Custom.

2. WIC Finish System #2: Water Reducible Acrylic Lacquer.

3. Staining: To be selected by architect.

4. Sheen: Dull satin 15-20 deg.

E. Transparent Finish for Closed-Grain Woods: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system, staining, effect, and sheen.

1. Grade: Custom.

2. WIC Finish System #2: Water Reducible Acrylic Lacquer.

3. Staining: to be selected by architect.

4. Sheen: Dull satin 15-20 deg. PART 3 - EXECUTIONECOPY 3.1 PREPARATION

A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing.

06-4100 - 10 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Deliver concrete inserts and similar anchoring devices to be built into substrates well in advance of time substrates are to be built.

C. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for same grade specified in Part 2 of this section for type of woodwork involved.

B. Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8'-0" for plumb and level (including tops) and with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces.

C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts.

D. Anchor woodwork as indicated on drawings.

E. Standing and Running Trim and Rails: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at returns and miter at corners.

F. Cabinets: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. Maintain veneer sequence matching (if any) of cabinets with transparent finish.

G. Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated.

H. Complete the finishing work specified in this section to whatever ECOPYextent not completed at shop or before installation of woodwork. 3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING

INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06-4100 - 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.

B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware.

C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensures that woodwork is being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

06-4100 - 12 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 06-6119 ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Quartz surfacing for:

1. Countertops

2. Backsplashes

B. Related Sections

1. Division 1 -Administrative, Procedural and Temporary Work Requirements

2. Division 6 - Section Rough Carpentry for Blocking

3. Division 7 - Section Joint Sealers

4. Division 15- Plumbing Fixtures

5. Division 16 - Wiring Devices

6. Coordinate sink cutouts and other penetrations with other trades.

1.3 REFERENCES:

A. ASTM International

1. ASTM C97 - Absorption and Bulk Specific Gravity of Dimension Stone ECOPY2. ASTM C99 - Modulus of Rupture of Dimension Stone 3. ASTM C170 - Compressive Strength of Dimension Stone

4. ASTM C217 - Weather Resistance of Slate

5. ASTM C482 - Bond Strength of Ceramic Tile to Portland Cement

ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 06-6119 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

6. ASTM C484 - Thermal Shock Resistance of Glazed Ceramic Tile

7. ASTM C501 - Relative Resistance to Wear of Unglazed Ceramic Tile by the Taber Abraser

8. ASTM C531 - Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacing, and Polymer Concretes

9. ASTM C880 - Flexural Strength of Dimension Stone

10. ASTM C1026 - Resistance of Ceramic Tile to Freeze-Thaw Cycling

11. ASTM C1028 - Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull-Meter Method

12. ASTM C 1243- Relative Resistance to Deep Abrasive Wear of Unglazed Ceramic Tile by Rotating Disc

13. ASTM D256 - Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics

14. ASTM D2047 - Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish-Coated Floor Surfaces by the James Machine

15. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

1. ANSI Z124.6 - Stain Resistance

2. ANSI/N 42.14- Radiation

C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)

1. NEMA LD3-3.5 - Boiling Water Resistance

2. NEMA LD 3-3.6 - High Temperature Resistance

D. Others 1. ECOPYNSF - ANSI/NSF Standard 51 2. OHSAS - 18001- Occupational Health & Safety System

3. GREENGUARD - "Children and Schools"

06-6119 - 2 ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. SCS - Certified recycled content

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data

1. Quartz Surfacing: Submit manufacturer's product data, sample warranty form,] and fabrication and installation instructions.

2. Accessories: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions.

B. Shop Drawings: Identify color and finish, and show the following:

1. Field-verified dimensions

2. Quartz surfacing dimensions

3. Locations and dimensions of cutouts

4. Required locations of support and blocking members

5. Edge profiles

6. Installation details and methods

C. Samples

1. Cut sample and seam together for representation of seaming techniques.

2. Indicate full range of color and pattern variation.

3. Samples for Color Approval: Submit two samples, 10 x 5 inches, of each color and finish of proposed manufacturer matching design standard referenced by architect under products.

4. Stone Adhesive: Submit two samples of an adhesive joint for each color quartz surfacing selected. Show color match of adhesive. D. ECOPYFabricator Qualifications: Submit evidence of fabricator's qualifications. E. Closeout Submittals: Submit completed warranty form.

F. Product Certificates: For each type of product, provide product certificates signed by product manufacturer.

ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 06-6119 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

G. Maintenance Data

1. Submit manufacturer's care and maintenance data.

2. Include in project closeout documents.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Applicable Standards

1. Standards of the following, as referenced herein:

a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

c. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)

d. NSF International

2. Fire Test response characteristics

a. Provide with the following Class A (Class 1) surface burning characteristics as evidenced by testing identical products against ASTM E84 (UL 723) or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

b. Flame Spread Index: 25 or less

c. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less

B. Allowable Tolerances

1. Variation in component size ± 1/8" (3mm) over a ten (10) foot length

2. Location of openings: ± 1/8" (3mm) from indicated location

3. Maximum 1/8" (3mm) clearance between quartz surfaces and each wall 1.6 DELIVERY,ECOPY STORAGE. AND HANDLING A. Packaging, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading

1. Observe manufacturer's recommendations and handle accordingly in order to prevent breakage or damage.

2. Brace parts if necessary.

06-6119 - 4 ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Transport in the near-vertical position with finished face turned toward finished face.

4. Do not allow finished surfaces to rub during shipping or handling.

B. Storage and Protection

1. Store in racks in near-vertical position.

2. Prevent warpage and breakage.

3. Store inside away from direct exposure to sun.

4. Store between 25°F and 130°F (-4 °C and 540C).

5. Store with finished face turned toward finished face.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Provide manufacturer's Limited Commercial 10-Year Warranty against product defects when fabricated and installed by manufacture's certified fabricator.

PART 2 - PRODUCT

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable Manufacturer:

1. Radianz by Samsung, Local supplier Arizona Tile, Livermore CA contact Cynthea Szeredy, Cynthea [email protected]. (Project Design Standard)

2. Caesarstone Quartz Surfacing distributed by U.S. Quartz Products Inc. (Caesarstone U.S.A., Inc.); Van Nuys, CA; phone 877-9-QUARTZ (978.2789); www.caesarstoneus.com.

3. Zodiaq manufactured by DuPont

4. Approved Equal, See Section 01-6100 Product Substitutions 2.2 QUARTZECOPY SURFACING A. Composition: 93 percent crushed quartz aggregate combined with and pigments and fabricated into slabs using a vacuum vibro-compaction process.

B. Dimensions

ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 06-6119 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Thickness: Nominal: 3/4 inch (20 mm).

2. Edge Lamination: 1 1/2" thick

3. Size: Slabs shall be not less than 56.5 x 120 inches to minimize the number of joints used in installation.

C. Identification: Material shall be labeled with a batch number and imprinted with a manufacturer's identifying mark on the back.

D. Performance - Quartz Surfaces Technical Data

Test Performed Test SIa,idiid Results Water Absorption ASIM C97 < 0.05% Density ASIM C97 2 2.24 gr/cm Flexural Strength ASTM C880 6,500-10,770 psi, 44. 8-74 3 MPa Dimension Stability EN 1461 7-ti Class A Impact Resistance ASTM D1709 26 3 lbs Compressive Strength ASTM C170 11312- 27.133 psi Abrasion ASTM C501 216-696 ASTM C1243 Volume of chord V=132-244 mm Freeze-Thaw Resistance ASTM C1026 No defects after 15 freeze-thaw cycles Mohs Hardness Scale 6.5-7 Stain Resistance ANSI Z124.6 Pass Wear and Cleariability ANSI Z124.6 Pass Chemical Resistance ANSI Z124.6 Pass Linear Thermal ASTM D696 -30 to +30 C 1.3-1.9 x 105 Expansion cm/cm/ Co Thermal Conductivity EN 12664/ISO 8301 1.75W/m) / K (mean I of 10 C) Thermal Shock EN 14617-6 No visual defects after 10 cycles Loss in mass= 0 02%-0.05% Loss in flexural strength = 07% - 1.1% Boiling Water NEMA 103-3.5 Pass ResistanceECOPY High Temperature NEMA 103-3.6 Pass Resistance Cigarette Test ANSI Z124.6 Pass Surface Burning ASTM E84 Class 1 and Class A

06-6119 - 6 ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

Static Coefficient of ASTM C1028 As received Dry 0.8. Wet 0.6 Friction As renovated - Dry 0.9. Wet 0.6 Radiation ANSI/N 42 14 Ra = 1.4 - 6.8 Th = 1.4-3 K = <3-30.3 (Bq/kg dry weight)

E. Certifications and Approvals

1. OHSAS 18001 Health and Safety Systems

2. GREENGUARO Certified for indoor Air Quality" and "Children and Schools"

3. Scientific Certification Systems (SOS) Recycled Content

F. Color and Finish

1. Provide color and finish selected by architect from manufacture's selection that matches one of the following Project Design Standard Colors (Samsung Radianz).

a. Bristol Beige - BB227

b. Cascade Pebble - CP350

c. Cumberland Flax - CF350

d. Rocky Mountain Brown - RB470

2. Finish

a. Polished surface shall have gloss greater than or equal to 35% at 500.

G. Exposed Edges and Corners ECOPY1. Countertops a. Edges: Square with eased edge.

b. Outside Corners: 3/4 inch radius]

2. Backsplash

ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 06-6119 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. Edges: Square

b. Outside Corners: Square butt joints

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Mounting Adhesives

1. Provide structural-grade silicone or epoxy adhesives as recommended by manufacturer for application and per conditions of use.

2. Acceptable Silicone Manufacturers

a. Dow Corning

b. GE Sealants and Adhesives

3. Acceptable Epoxy Manufacturers

a. Akemi North America

b. Bonstone Materials Corporation

c. Tenax U.S.A.

4. Provide spacers, if required, of type recommended by adhesive manufacturer.

B. Stone Adhesive

1. Provide epoxy or polyester adhesive of type recommend by manufacturer for application and conditions of use.

2. Acceptable Manufacturers

a. Akemi North America

b. Bonstone Materials Corporation

c. Tenax U.S.A. 3. ECOPYColor: Adhesive that will be visible in finished work should be tinted to match quartz surfacing.

C. Joint Sealants

1. Clear silicone sealant as recommended by manufacturer for application and per conditions of use.

06-6119 - 8 ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Provide anti-bacterial type in food preparation areas

3. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. Dow Corning

b. GE Sealants and Adhesives.

D. Solvent: Product recommended by adhesive manufacturer to clean surface of quartz surfacing to assure adhesion of adhesives and sealants.

E. Cleaning Agents: Non-abrasive, low pH cleansers. Include manufacturer authorization if manufacturer's warranty is specified.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. Fabricator: Firm shall have five years' experience fabricating architectural stone and shall have water-cooled cutting tools.

B. Shop Assembly: Observe proper safety procedures and comply with manufacturer's instructions.

C. Layout: Layout joints to minimize joints and to avoid L-shaped pieces of quartz surfacing.

D. Inspect Material

1. Inspect material for defects prior to fabrication.

2. Color Match

a. Materials used throughout the project shall be from the same batch and bear labels with the same batch numbers.

b. Visually inspect materials to be used for adjacent pieces to ensure acceptable color match.

c. Inspect in lighting conditions similar to those existing at the jobsite.

3. Variation in distribution of aggregates in quartz surfacing that is ECOPYwithin manufacturer's tolerances is not a defect. E. Tools: Cut and polish with water-cooled power tools.

F. Cutouts

ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 06-6119 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Cutouts shall have 3/8 inches (10 mm) minimum inside corner radius. Inside corners shall be reinforced in an acceptable manner to prevent cracking.

2. Polish edges where they will be exposed in finished work.

3. If the remaining material outside a cutout is less than three inches wide, reinforce area by laminating it with a strip of quartz surfacing.

G. Laminations: Laminate layers of quartz surfacing as required to create built- up edges and other areas requiring additional thickness.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLER

A. Installer: Firm shall have five years' experience installing architectural stone.

3.2 EXAMINATION

A. Site Verification

1. Verify dimensions by field measurements prior to fabrication.

2. Verify that substrates supporting quartz surfaces are plumb, level, and flat to within 1/16 inch in ten feet (1.6 mm in 3000 mm), and that necessary supports and blocking are in place.

3. Base Cabinets: Cabinet units shall be securely fixed to adjoining units and back wall.

B. Materials Review

1. Inspect finished surfaces for damage.

2. Do not install until damaged materials have been repaired or replaced in an acceptable manner.

3.3 PREPARATION A. GeneralECOPY 1. Protect finished surfaces against scratches.

2. Apply masking where necessary.

3. Guard against grit, dust, and other potentially abrasive dirt or residue.

06-6119 - 10 ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. General

1. Install materials in accordance to manufacturer's recommendations.

2. Lift and place carefully to avoid breakage.

B. Preliminary Installation and Adjustment

1. Position materials to verify correct and preparation.

2. Make necessary adjustments.

3. If cutting, grinding, or polishing is required at the jobsite, use water- cooled tools.

4. Protect jobsite and surfaces against dust and water.

5. Perform work away from installation site, if possible.

6. Allow gaps for expansion of not less than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) per five feet when installed between walls or other fixed conditions.

7. Drainage: Adjacent to sinks andwhere drainage is required, shim countertops slightly to ensure positive drainage.

C. Permanent Installation

1. After verifying fit:

a. Remove quartz surfacing from position.

b. Clean substrates of dust and contamination.

c. Clean quartz surfacing back side and joints with solvent.

2. Apply sufficient quantity of mounting adhesive in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's recommendations to provide permanent, secure installation. ECOPY3. Spacing of mounting adhesive shall not exceed: a. Horizontal surfaces: 12 inches on center

b. Vertical surfaces: 6 inches on center; provide temporary shims until adhesive cures

ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 06-6119 - 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. Install surfacing plumb, level, and square and flat to within 1/16 inch in ten feet (1.6mm in 3000 mm).

D. Joints

1. Joints between adjacent pieces of quartz surfacing

a. Joints shall be flush, tight fitting, level, and neat.

b. Securely join with stone adhesive.

c. Fill joints level with quartz surfacing.

d. Clamp or brace quartz surfacing in position until adhesive sets.

2. 2. Joints between backsplashes and countertops. Seal joints with anti- bacterial silicone sealant.

3.5 REPAIR

1. Repair or replace damaged materials in a satisfactory to the architect and owner.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Remove masking and excess adhesives and sealants. Clean exposed surfaces.

3.7 PROTECTION

A. Protect surfacing from damage by other Trades.

3.8 SCHEDULE

A. Kitchen countertops

1. Color / Pattern: To be selected by Architect.

2. Thickness: 3/4 inch.

3. Edge Thickness: 1 1/2" laminated built up, see drawings. 4. ECOPYEdge: Square with eased edges, see drawings

END OF SECTION

06-6119 - 12 ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 06-6200 PAPER COMPOSITE SHEETGOODS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Paper composite sheet goods comprised of wood and phenolic .

1. Project use: Bid alternate for all Kitchen casework doors, drawer sand other exposed surfaces.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section

B. Section 06-4100 Interior Architectural Woodwork

C. Section 01-2300 Bid Alternates.

1.3 REFERENCES:

A. ANSI A208.1 - American National Standard for Particleboard; 1999.

B. ANSI A208.2 - American National Standard for Medium Density Fiberboard for Interior Use; 2002.

C. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2004.

D. AWI/AWMAC (QSI) - Quality Standard Illustrated; Architectural Woodwork Institute and Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; 2003.

E. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood; 1995.

F. WI (MAN) - Manual of Millwork; Woodwork Institute; 2003.

G. Forest Stewardship Council (FSC-US), Information regarding FSC in LEED ECOPYProjects H. LEED® US Green Building Council, Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design Green Building Rating System™

PAPER COMPOSITE SHEETGOODS 06-6200 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:

1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.

2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.

3. Specimen warranty.

4. MSDS for finish sealer.

C. Shop Drawings: Complete details of materials and installation; combine with shop drawings of cabinets and casework specified in other sections.

D. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors.

E. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, minimum size 6 inches (150 mm) square, representing actual product, color, patterns, and edge profile.

F. Installation Instructions: Manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations.

G. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for maintenance and repair of countertop surfaces.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricator Qualifications: Authorized or approved fabricator by material manufacturer.

B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING A. StoreECOPY products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.

B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent- based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.

06-6200 - 2 PAPER COMPOSITE SHEETGOODS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Provide 2 Year installation warranty against product defects when fabricated and installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCT

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable Manufacturer:

1. Richlite Company. 624 East 15th Street, Tachoma WA98421. Tel: 888-383-5533

2. No known equal.

3. Product Substitutions: See section 01-6100 Product Substitutions

2.2 MATERIAL

A. Paper Composite Sheets: or hemp-fiber paper heat pressed with phenolic resin; color consistent throughout thickness.

1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread 30, maximum; smoke developed 30, maximum; when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.

2. Density: 75.84 pounds per cu ft (1215 kg per cu m).

3. Water Absorption: 0.36 percent for 1 inch (25 mm) thickness, unsealed material, 24 hour fully submerged test. ECOPY4. Specific Gravity: 1.213. 5. Thermal Properties:

a. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, X Direction: 5.2 microinches per inch degree F (9.4 microns per mm degree C).

PAPER COMPOSITE SHEETGOODS 06-6200 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

b. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, Y Direction: 12.8 microinches per inch degree F (23.0 microns per mm degree C).

c. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, Z Direction: 45.9 microinches per inch degree F (82.7 microns per mm degree C), for span of 73.5 inches (1.87 m).

d. Thermal Conductivity: 0.00051 Cal cm/sq cm sec degree C.

6. Tensile Strength:

a. X Direction: 19,200 psi (132.4 MPa).

b. Y Direction: 13,100 psi (90.3 MPa).

7. Compressive Strength:

a. X Direction: 18,400 psi (126.9 MPa); 7.09 percent strain at failure.

b. Y Direction: 15,900 psi (109.6 MPa); 7.15 percent strain at failure.

c. Z Direction: 30,000 psi (206.8 MPa); 20 percent strain at failure.

8. Flexural Strength, Face in Tension:

a. X Direction: 22,000 psi (151.7 MPa).

b. Y Direction: 17,300 psi (119.3 MPa).

9. Flexural Strength, Edge in Tension:

a. X Direction: 20,400 psi (140.6 MPa).

b. Y Direction: 16,100 psi (111.0 MPa).

10. Izod Impact, Face Impact: ECOPYa. X Direction: 2.48 ft lb per inch of width (0.046 J/m of width). b. Y Direction: 1.46 ft lb per inch of width (0.027 J/m of width).

11. Izod Impact, Edge Impact:

06-6200 - 4 PAPER COMPOSITE SHEETGOODS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. X Direction: 0.68 ft lb per inch of width (0.013 J/m of width).

b. Y Direction: 0.62 ft lb per inch of width (0.012 J/m of width).

B. Adhesives: Chemical resistant two-part epoxy waterproof adhesive as recommended by manufacturer.

C. Joint Sealant:

1. Sealant Type: Mildew-resistant silicone.

2. Color: to match selected surface finish

D.

2.3 SHEET GOODS

A. Use: Doors, Drawers and other exposed casework surfaces.

B. Dimensions

1. Thickness: Nominal 3/4 inch (20 mm).

2. Doors and drawers:

a. Made from one piece, no joints.

C. Certifications and Approvals

1. GREENGUARD Certified for indoor Air Quality" and "Children and Schools"

2. Forest Stewardship Council (FSC-US).

D. Color and Finish

1. Provide color and finish selected by architect from manufacture's selection that matches one of the following: Project Design Standard Colors (RICHLITE CASCADE). ECOPYa. Brown Point b. Chocolate Glacier

c. Green Mountain

d. r100

PAPER COMPOSITE SHEETGOODS 06-6200 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. Exposed Edges and Corners

1. Doors, Drawers and other exposed corners

a. Edges: Square with eased edge.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate in accordance with standards governing fabrication quality in accordance with WI’s Manual of Millwork. Face Frame Style A.

B. Fabricate exposed casework frame / components in the largest sections practicable, with exposed surface of joints flush.

C. Join lengths using best method recommended by manufacturer.

D. Fabricate to doors and drawer panels from one piece, no joints.

E. Prepare all cutouts accurately to size; replace sheetgoods having improperly dimensioned or unnecessary cutouts or holes.

F. Reinforce casework at hinges where necessary to support weight of doors.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.

B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

C. Verify that wall surfaces have been finished and mechanical and electrical services and outlets are installed in proper locations.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achievingECOPY the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Assemble exposed face frames, doors and drawers per WI standards, frame style A and contract drawings.

06-6200 - 6 PAPER COMPOSITE SHEETGOODS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean countertops surfaces thoroughly.

B. Protect installed products until completion of project.

C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

PAPER COMPOSITE SHEETGOODS 06-6200 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 07 0150– RE-ROOFING PREPARATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Removal of existing roofing assembly in preparation for a new membrane or roofing repairs as specified in related section(s).

B. Remove and re-install existing skylights, roof hatches and other roof accessories as indicated.

C. Fill-in indicated existing openings with wood framing and sheathing of type and size to match existing construction.

D. Salvaging, storing, and protecting existing work to remain or to be removed and re-installed.

1. Refer to items as indicated.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01010 - Summary: Work

B. Section 01030 - Alteration project procedures

C. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities: and Control

D. Section 02050 - Demolition, Cutting and Patching

E. Section 07600 - Misc. Sheet Metal and Flashing

F. Section 07610 - Metal Roofing

1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered.

B. Schedule work to coincide with commencement of installation of new roofing system. C. ECOPYRemove only existing roofing materials that can be replaced with new materials the same day.

D. Coordinate the work with other affected mechanical and electrical work associated with roof penetrations.

RE-ROOFING PREPARATION 07-0150- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without 10 (ten) days' prior written notice to Owner.

F. Do not close or obstruct egress from any building exit or site exit.

G. Conduct roof removal to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas.

H. Use all means necessary to protect existing objects, construction and plantings designated to remain. In the event of damage, make all repairs and replacements necessary for approval of Architect at no additional cost to the Owner.

I. Protective measures: Provide all necessary safeguards, including warning signs and lights, barricades, and the like, for protection of the public, Contractor's employees and existing improvements during demolition. Prevent access of unauthorized persons to area of work

J. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work, be thoroughly familiar with the type of work being performed and the best methods for its execution and who shall direct all work performed under this Section.

K. Control the use of water to prevent damage to the existing facilities to remain. Provide wet vacuum equipment where water, such as waste cooling water from concrete sawing or water used as dust emollient, is used adjacent to and in existing buildings.

L. Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger and notify Architect. Do not resume operations until directed.

1.4 SCHEDULING

A. Schedule work under the provisions of Section 01120.

B. Schedule work to coincide with new construction.

C. Coordinate preparation for roofing with other trades to assure the proper sequence, limits, methods and time of performance. Schedule work so as to impose a minimum of hardship on the present operation of facilities andECOPY the performance of the work of other trades or contracts. D. Describe removal procedures and schedule.

E. Perform noisy, malodorous, or dusty work:

1. Between the hours of 7:00 am and 5:00 pm.

07-0150 - 2 RE-ROOFING PREPARATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Notify local Agency with regulatory authority and obtain necessary approval or permits prior to commencing with work

B. Do not remove existing roofing membrane when weather conditions threaten the integrity of the building contents or intended continued occupancy.

C. Maintain continuous temporary protection prior to and during installation of new roofing system.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIAL

A. Temporary Protection: Sheet polyethylene; provide weights and temporary fasteners to retain sheeting in position.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that existing roof surface is clear and ready for work of this section.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers at locations required to prevent unauthorized access to area of work.

B. Inspect the area of work and verify locations of all items designated to be removed or preserved.

C. Do not begin work until temporary barricades, warning signs and other forms of protection are installed.

D. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures for exterior openings.

E. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, odors, ECOPYand noise to permit continued occupancy of adjacent buildings. F. Protect existing equipment, materials and features that are not to be demolished or removed for re-installation.

G. Prevent movement of structure; provide bracing and shoring.

RE-ROOFING PREPARATION 07-0150- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Be responsible for the adequacy and design of all temporary shoring and bracing systems.

H. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements.

1. Mark location and termination of utilities.

2. Provide appropriate temporary signage including signage for exit or building egress.

I. Sweep roof surface clean of loose matter.

J. Remove loose refuse and dispose off site.

3.3 MATERIAL REMOVAL

A. Disconnect, cap, and identify designated utilities within removal areas.

B. Remove skylights, hatches, exhaust fans, hoods and similar items. Store and protect elements identified for re-installation.

C. Securely cover roof penetration openings where items have been removed. Prevent intrusion of water, weather, foreign objects, or roofing materials into building.

D. Remove metal counter flashings.

E. Remove existing shingle roof system down to the deck surface:

1. Remove shingles, perimeter flashings, flashings around roof protrusions, and other elements.

2. Remove underlayment.

3. Existing gutters: Where new gutters are indicated, remove existing. Protect existing gutters noted to remain.

F. Remove existing membrane roof system down to the deck surface:

1. Scrape roofing gravel from membrane surface.

2. ECOPYRemove roofing membrane, perimeter base flashings, flashings around roof protrusions, pitch pans and pockets and roof drains.

3. Remove insulation and fasteners, cant strips, blocking, and other elements.

07-0150 - 4 RE-ROOFING PREPARATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

G. Repair existing wood deck surface to provide smooth working surface for new roof system, clean and dry.

H. Work not mentioned to be removed that interferes with new construction shall be cut to clean cut lines to provide for proper interface with new construction, or patching and repair, as required for scope of work indicated.

3.4 TEMPORARY PROTECTION

A. Provide temporary protective sheeting over uncovered deck surfaces.

B. Turn sheeting up and over parapets and curbing. Retain sheeting in position with temporary fasteners.

C. Provide for surface drainage from sheeting to existing drainage facilities.

D. Do not permit traffic over unprotected or repaired deck surface.

3.5 SALVAGE

A. Items indicated to be re-installed shall be removed carefully, cleaned and stored in a protected location on or off the site until re-installed.

B. Owner may take possession of any items of salvage for his use if he desires. Provide incidental labor to relocate designated salvage for Owner's storage.

3.6 PATCHING

A. Patch materials to remain when damaged by this work. Finish materials and appearance of the patch or repair work shall match the existing contiguous materials and finishes in all respects and shall be approved by Architect.

B. Where materials are removed oversize or in improper location, replace the excess removed material as instructed by Architect at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.7 REINSTALLATION A. ECOPYRe-Install removed items that are not being replaced or abandoned securely attaching with a watertight, weatherproof installation.

RE-ROOFING PREPARATION 07-0150- 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.8 CLEAN UP AND DISPOSAL

A. Debris, waste, and removed materials, other than items to be salvaged, are Contractor's property for legal disposal off the site, as required by applicable Federal and State regulations. Continuously clean up and remove these items. Do not allow removed items to accumulate.

B. Leave the site in a neat and orderly condition prepared for the work of other trades.

3.9 SCHEDULES

A. All Roof Areas: Remove existing roofing gravel, perimeter flashings, base flashings, counter flashings, vent stack flashings, roofing membrane, and composition shingles and underlayment. Remove existing gutters where noted to be replaced.

B. Remove all roof mounted hatches, smoke vents, attic vents, and mechanical equipment and electrical equipment as necessary to allow access to roof surfaces for re- roofing. Re-install indicated following completion of re-roofing activities. Confirm water-tight installation and all required functional and operational characteristics upon completion.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

07-0150 - 6 RE-ROOFING PREPARATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 07 1416.1 - RESTORATION COATING FOR METAL ROOF

PART 1 - PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Installation of restoration coating at existing metal roofing sy modular buildings.

B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for metal counter flashings.

2. Division 7 Section "Roof Specialties and Accessories" for prefabricated curb units.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections.

B. Product data, including manufacturer's technical product information, installation instructions, and recommendations for each type of roofing product required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer (Roofer) to perform roof preservation work who has ECOPYspecialized in installingroof coating systems similar to that required for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer of primary roofing materials.

1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain a full-time supervisor/foreman who is on job site during times that built-up

RESTORATION COATING FOR METAL ROOF 07-1416.1 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

asphalt roofing work is in progress and who is experienced in installing roofing systems similar to type and scope required for this Project.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Obtain primary products, Elastomeric roofing, membrane, flashing grade, fabric etc. from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary products as recommended by manufacturer of primary products to use with roofing system specified.

C. Installer Qualifications" Installer shall possess written authorization from the manufacturer, whcih certifies they are approved for installation of their product.

D. UL Listing: Provide built-up roofing system and component materials that have been tested for application and slopes indicated and that are listed by UL for Class A or B external fire exposure.

1. Provide roof-covering materials bearing UL Classification Marking on bundle, package, or container indicating that materials have been produced under UL's Classification and Follow-up Service.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. FM Listing: Provide Roofing System and component materials which have been evaluated by Factory Mutual System for flame-spread and are listed in "Factory Mutual Approval Guide" for Class I construction over existing metal roofing (flame spread must be in accordance with ASTM #E-108). Provide roof covering materials bearing FM approval marking on package or container, which indicates that material has been subjected to FM's examination, test procedures, follow-up inspection services and approval.

B. UL Listing: Provide Roofing System and component materials which have been evaluated by Underwriters Laboratories for flame-spread, and are listed in "Underwriters Laboratory Roofing Materials and Systems ECOPYDirectory" for Class A construction over existing metal or other non-combustible roofing (unlimited slope). Provide roof-covering materials bearing UL approval marking on container, which indicates that material, has been subjected to UL's examination, test procedures and follow-up inspection service.

07-1416.1 - 2 RESTORATION COATING FORMETAL ROOF CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.6 PREAPPLICATION ROOFING CONFERENCE:

A. Approximately 2 weeks prior to scheduled commencement of built-up roofing installation and associated work, meet at Project site with Installer, installer of each component of associated work, installers of deck or substrate construction to receive roofing work, installers of rooftop units and other work in and around roofing that must precede or follow roofing work-- including mechanical work, Architect, Owner, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly concerned with work performance, including Owner's insurers, test agencies, and governing authorities, where applicable.

1. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to roofing work, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:

a. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to roofing work, including but not necessarily limited to the following:

b. Tour representative areas of roofing substrates (decks), inspect and discuss condition of substrate, roof drains, curbs, penetrations, and other preparatory work performed by other trades.

c. Review roofing system requirements (drawings, specifications, and other contract documents).

d. Review required submittals, both completed and yet to be completed.

e. Review and finalize construction schedule related to roofing work and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

f. Review required inspection, testing, certifying, and material ECOPYusage accounting procedures. g. Review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions, including possibility of temporary roofing (if not a mandatory requirement).

RESTORATION COATING FOR METAL ROOF 07-1416.1 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Record (Contractor) discussions of conference, including decisions and agreements or disagreements reached, and furnish a copy for each attendee. If substantial disagreements exist at the conclusion of the conference, determine how disagreements will be resolved and set a date for reconvening the conference.

B. Contractor to provide a moisture test (scan) of the existing roof by an independent testing agency accepted by product supplier and Owner.

1. Moisture test must be less than 20% prior to proceeding with work.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Store and handle materials in a manner that shall ensure there is no possibility of contamination. Store in a dry, well ventilated, weathertight place at temperatures between 50°F and 80°F until product is ready to be applied. Do not allow product to freeze. Do not stack material pallets more than two high. Do not subject existing roof to unnecessary loading of stockpiled materials.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

A. Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacture's recommendations and guarantee requirements, as follows:

1. Do not begin work if rain is expected within 24 hours of application or if temperatures are expected to fall below 42°F during the duration of the job.

2. Upper temperature restriction (both air and substrate) for application of products is 120°F. If this is not practical, the substrate can be cooled with water, and then products applied just after the water has flashed off. No moisture can be present when applying products.

3. Allow for sufficient daylight hours necessary for curing of materials, ECOPYtaking into consideration the UV curing properties of Elastomeric Roofing Membrane and Flashing Grade.

4. Other weather and environmental conditions to consider are mist, dew, condensation and relative humidity. These factors can lengthen drying

07-1416.1 - 4 RESTORATION COATING FORMETAL ROOF CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

times. If products are exposed to rain before they are completely dry, product may “wash off” the roof.

1.9 SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS

A. If any questions arise regarding the compatibility of products with an existing substrate, Installer shall prepare test patches to check adhesion (addressed in Part 3 of this specification). Always contact manufacture's Contractor Services Department concerning questionable substrates, required additional information and recommended test patch materials

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Provide: 10 year NDL Guarantee.

PART 2 - MANUFACTURER

A. GAF Materials Corporation

B. or approved Equal

2.2 MATERIALS - GENERAL

A. TOPCOAT® MB Plus TOPCOAT® MB Plus to prime any residual asphalt.

1. Color: white

2. Non-flammable

3. Do not apply at temperatures below 42°F. Substrate temperatures must be below 120°F when applying product.

4. Application Rate: 1.0 to 3.0 gallons/100 sq.ft. total

5. Application Method: Airless sprayer or roller Application Temp (air, surface): 42° - 120°F Drying Time (75°F, 50% RH): Approximately 24 hours per coat ECOPY6. Wet Mil Thickness: (1.0 Gallon/100SF) - 16 wet mils 7. Dry Mil Thickness: (1.0 Gallon/100SF) - 9 dry mils

8. Total Solids (by weight): 65% ± 2%

RESTORATION COATING FOR METAL ROOF 07-1416.1 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

9. Total Solids (by volume): 54% ± 2%

10. Specific Gravity: 1.32 ± 0.1

11. Weight per Gallon: 11.0 ± 0.5 lbs.

12. Viscosity (75°F): 15,000 ± 2,000 cps

13. Tensile Strength: 150 psi

14. Elongation: 275%

B. TOPCOAT® MP-300 Rust Inhibitor (TOPCOAT® MP- 300 identified by light blue color), must be applied to any areas of rust before TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or TOPCOAT® Elastomeric Roofing Membrane can be applied. Heavy, flaking rust and scale must be removed by scraping, wire brushing or grit blasting, followed by power washing with water. MP-300 may be used to brush- treat small-scattered areas of rust or it can be sprayed over areas of widespread rust.

1. non-flammable,

2. VOC compliant

3. Do not apply at temperatures below 42°F.

4. Substrate temperatures must be below 120°F when applying product. Application Rate: 1 gallon/100 sq.ft.

5. Application Method: Brush or airless sprayer

6. Application Temp (air, surface): 42° - 120°F

7. Drying Time (75°F, 50% RH): Approximately 2 hours

8. Wet Mil Thickness: (1.0 Gallon/100SF) - 16 wet mils

9. Dry Mil Thickness: (1.0 Gallon/100SF) - 6 dry mils 10.ECOPY Total Solids (by weight): 50% ± 1% 11. Total Solids (by volume): 40% ± 2%

12. Specific Gravity: 1.19 ± 0.1

07-1416.1 - 6 RESTORATION COATING FORMETAL ROOF CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

13. Weight per Gallon: 9.9 ± 0.5 lbs

14. Viscosity (75°F): 5,000 ± 1,000 cps

C. TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade (Regular and Spray Formula) TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade is a light gray, water-based 100% acrylic synthetic rubber sealant which is applied to seams, fasteners, flashings, and penetrations prior to the application of the TOPCOAT® Elastomeric Roofing Membrane.

1. Do not apply at temperatures below 42°F. Substrate temperatures must be below 120°F when applying product.

2. Application Rate (seams): 5 gallons/125 ft. (6” width)

3. Application Method: Brush or caulking gun

4. Application Method - Spray Formula: Airless sprayer

5. Application Temp (air, surface): 42° - 120°F

6. Drying Time (75°F, 50% RH): Approximately 24 hours

7. Wet Mil Thickness: 105 wet mils

8. Dry Mil Thickness: 60 dry mils Total Solids (by weight): 68% ± 1%

9. Total Solids (by volume): 56% ± 2%

10. Specific Gravity: 1.44 ± 0.1 Tensile: 225 psi ± 10% Weight per Gallon: 12.0 ± 0.5 lbs

11. Viscosity (75°F): 225,000 ± 22,500 cps

D. TOPESTER Reinforcing Fabric TOPESTER to be used in conjunction with TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade, SB-900 and FlexSeal at all penetrations, joints, or changes in plane that are subjected to high shear or stress.

1. Average Weight (Ounces per square yard) per ASTM D1117: 1.5 ECOPYAverage Tensile Strength per ASTM D1628: 44 psi 2. Average Elongation at break per ASTM 1628: 53%

3. Trapezoidal Tear Strength per ASTM D2263: 18.5 lbs

RESTORATION COATING FOR METAL ROOF 07-1416.1 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. TOPCOAT® Elastomeric Roofing Membrane

1. Colorwhite, Energy Star Rated

2. Do not apply at temperatures below 42°F. Substrate temperatures must be below 120°F when applying product.

3. Application Rate: 1.0 to 3.0 gallons/100 sq.ft. total

4. Application Method: Airless sprayer Application Temp (air, surface): 42° - 120°F

5. Drying Time (75°F, 50% RH): Approximately 24 hours per coat

6. Wet Mil Thickness: (1.0 Gallon/100SF) - 16 wet mils

7. Dry Mil Thickness: (1.0 Gallon/100SF) - 9 - 10 dry mils

8. Total Solids (by weight): 71% ± 3%

9. Total Solids (by volume): 58% ± 2%

10. Specific Gravity: 1.48 ± 0.06

11. Weight per Gallon: 12.3 ± 0.5 lbs

12. Viscosity (75°F): 19,000 ± 3,000 cps pH: 10.0 ± 1.0

13. Elongation: 375% ± 25% Tensile Strength: 275 ± 25 psi

14. Water Permeability: 5.28 perm inch (ASTM D-1653)

15. Freeze-Thaw Stability: Passes five (5) cycles Low Temp Flexibility: 35 mil dry film will bend 180° @ -30°F without fracturing

16. Weatherability : 1,000 hours Atlas Weather-o-meter® exposure per ASTM D-412, ASTM G-26.

17. Tensile Strength: 150% of original Elongation: 85% of original 1,500 hours Atlas Weather-o-meter® exposure per ASTM D-412, ASTM G- 26. No cracking, embrittlement, loss of adhesion or discoloration ECOPY2,000 hours UV exposure, type UV bulb, per ASTM G-53. No cracking, embrittlement, loss of adhesion, or discoloration

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE

07-1416.1 - 8 RESTORATION COATING FORMETAL ROOF CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Examine substrate to receive new coating. Do not proceed with new roofing until adhesion has been verified by test patches, other preparatory work has been completed and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Product Manufacturer.

B. Preparation of the roof substrate is the responsibility of the Installer. Installer shall be responsible for the following:

1. Treatment of excessive gaps

2. Treatment of ponding water areas

3. Repair of dented/damaged panels

4. Re-tightening and replacement of fasteners

5. Thorough cleaning/removal of existing paints and coatings

6. Treatment of residual asphalt

7. Treatment of rust areas

8. Priming of pre-finished metal panels

C. Treatment of Excessive Gaps: All large or excessive gaps existing between roof panels must be closed or made flush with EverTite™ self-drilling fasteners. Closed-celled foam strips or polyurethane foam may be used to pre-fill voids larger than 1/4 inch before applying TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade. Foam shall be shaped with a utility knife or other method to create a cant strip which facilitates both adhesion and water drainage, as well as preventing shearing of TOPESTER Fabric on metal edges.

D. Treatment of Ponding Water Areas: Installer shall make every effort to eliminate all ponding water areas on the roof prior to application of TOPCOAT® products ("ponding water" is defined as water which does not ECOPYproperly drain and remains for more than 48 hours after precipitation stops). Ponding water areas, which cannot be eliminated, shall be treated with FlexSeal LV prior to application of other TOPCOAT® products.

RESTORATION COATING FOR METAL ROOF 07-1416.1 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. Repair of Dented/Damaged Panels: Installer shall repair dented and/or damaged metal roof panels. Dents shall be mechanically removed to the maximum extent possible. If ribs are broken, Installer shall cover the broken rib area with a sheet metal cap. Sheet metal rib caps must be "sealed" to the roof by applying TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade over the entire broken rib area to be capped prior to attaching the cap with EverTite™ fasteners. TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade shall then be used to seal all the newly created rib cap seams and fasteners. Installer shall remove and replace severely damaged roof panels prior to application of TOPCOAT® products.

F. Re-tightening and Replacement of Fasteners: All fasteners must be re-tightened, secured or replaced, as necessary. All stripped fasteners must be replaced with larger diameter fasteners, and the area re-secured by adding a new fastener next to the one that was stripped. All missing fasteners must be replaced.

G. Thorough Cleaning/Removal of Existing Paints and Coatings: Metal substrate must be pressure washed with water. Use minimum working pressure of 3,000 psi to remove all dirt, dust, previous paints/coatings that are delaminating and waste products (oil, oil-based roof cements, solvents, grease, animal fats, etc.). Roto-spray tip is required to expedite metal panel cleaning. All existing silicone-based sealants must be completely removed from roof substrate prior to application of TOPCOAT® products. In some cases, a sand injection system may be required during the pressure washing to obtain proper adhesion for TOPCOAT® products. When encountering roof substrates that have living organisms such as algae, mold or fungus, a bleach solution shall be used to kill/remove these organisms during the roof cleaning, before the pressure wash.

H. Treatment of Residual Asphalt: Installer shall make every effort to remove asphaltic roofing elements. Removal ECOPYefforts must include use of methods such as pressure washing, scrappers, wire brushes, electrical drill wire- wheels, or other similar tools. Residual asphalt is defined as asphaltic material remaining after the exercise of all required removal efforts, and exists when there is asphaltic material greater in thickness than 3 mils over an

07-1416.1 - 10 RESTORATION COATING FORMETAL ROOF CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

area greater than 1 square foot. Residual asphaltic areas are to be addressed with TOPCOAT® MB Plus. Apply TOPCOAT® MB Plus as a primer to the entire asphaltic area to be treated.

I. Treatment of Rust Areas: All rust areas must be treated with TOPCOAT® MP-300 to prevent further deterioration of the metal roof panels. Roof panels that are corroded to the point where they have holes must be replaced. Prior to TOPCOAT® MP-300 application, remove all loose, flaking or powdery rust by wire brushing if it has not been removed during the pressure washing. All rust shall be completely covered by the TOPCOAT® MP-300. Only rusted areas shall be treated with the product. Installer must exercise special care when applying TOPCOAT® MP-300 in high temperature conditions (substrate approaching 120°F). Substrate temperatures must be kept below 120°F when applying TOPCOAT® MP-300. Areas where rust is very heavy on roof panels shall be treated with two applications of TOPCOAT® MP-300 Rust Inhibitor. The second application of TOPCOAT® MP-300 is only required on heavily rusted areas.

J. Preparation of Test Patches: Installer shall prepare no less than three test patches for all questionable roof substrates to verify adhesion of TOPCOAT® products. Minimum test patch size shall be one square foot. After the test patches have been applied, allow at least 7 days of drying time before checking adhesion. Check adhesion by slicing an "X" (approx. 6" in size) near the center of the test patch. Then try to remove the TOPCOAT® material at the center of the "X" with a spatula. Test patches shall be labeled and photographed to document adhesion test results. Installer shall consult with the manufacturers Contractor Services Department concerning all adhesion test results.

K. Priming of Pre-Finished Metal Panels: Where roof panel ECOPYsurfaces are known or suspected to contain Kynar®-500, other fluoropolymers or silicone, test patches shall be prepared both with and without the use of TOPCOAT® XR-2000. Based on test patch adhesion results, Installer shall apply TOPCOAT® XR-2000 on pre-finished metal panels per specifications. Note: Since TOPCOAT® XR-

RESTORATION COATING FOR METAL ROOF 07-1416.1 - 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2000 has rust inhibiting properties, TOPCOAT® MP-300 is not required where XR-2000 has been used.

L. Miscellaneous Items:

1. Neoprene Pipe Boots: Installation of neoprene boots to occur prior to flashing work at pipe penetrations. Neoprene boots must first be sealed to the roof using a bead of TOPCOAT® FlexSeal prior to mechanical attachment with EverTite™ fasteners. Contact manufacturer's Contractor Services Department for specific requirements.

2.

3.2 APPLICATION AND INSPECTION

Preliminary Work/Flashing Details: Preliminary work consists of substrate preparation and all flashing details. After completion of substrate preparation, all flashing details, horizontal seams, penetrations and curbs must be flashed with either 6" or 12" TOPESTER Fabric and TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade in accordance with Manufacture's standard detail drawings. TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade must be feathered at the edges so that water can easily flow over the various flashing details. Additional flashing requirements are as follows:

1. Fasteners: All fasteners must be totally encapsulated in TOPCOAT® Fastener Grade, Flashing Grade or FlexSeal. In some cases, brushing may be required to obtain the proper feathering around fasteners. For fasteners found in the field of the roof (i.e., not at seams or roof penetrations),use TOPCOAT® Fastener Grade.

2. Gutter Straps: All gutter straps that are fastened above roof panels must be totally encapsulated with TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal, including the fasteners.

3. Vertical Seams:

a. All standing vertical seams must be sealed with a 1/2” bead of TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal. Feather Flashing Grade until seam is no longer visible while brushing in the direction parallel to the seam. Consult with manufacturer's ECOPYContractor Services Department for details on specific standing seam panels.

b. Batten: Both vertical seams of the batten must be flashed with a 1/2” bead of TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal.

07-1416.1 - 12 RESTORATION COATING FORMETAL ROOF CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

Feather Flashing Grade until seam is no longer visible while brushing in the direction parallel to the seam.

4. Horizontal Seams: All horizontal seams must be reinforced with at least a 6" wide layer of TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade, one layer of TOPESTER Fabric and then a final layer of TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade to completely encapsulate the Fabric. TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade must be feathered at least 1" beyond each side of the 6" width to allow water to flow over the seam. TOPESTER Fabric must be cut around all fasteners so it lies flat.. A minimum 2" overlap is required for all splices in TOPESTER Fabric.

5. Cinch Straps at Panel End laps: Re-tighten cinch straps, as necessary. Surround each strap and fastener head with a bead of TOPCOAT® FlexSeal. Fully inject FlexSeal into the cinch strap water channel to displace all air and moisture within the channel. Then seal the entire lap, strap and fastener heads with a minimum 6" width of FlexSeal. Feather the FlexSeal to prevent ponding water at the high side of the lap. Use of TOPESTER Fabric is not required for cinch straps at panel end laps.

6. Ridge Caps: Except as noted, all ridge caps must be flashed with a 6" or 12" width of TOPESTER Fabric and TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal. All voids and open areas in ridge cap must be filled with polyurethane foam prior to application of TOPESTER Fabric and TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal. (NOTE: In the case of metal "Z" closures which are located within 2" of the ridge cap edge, remove all exposed existing sealant and apply a liberal bead of TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade to all sides of the "Z" closure where they intersect with both the roof panel and ridge cap.)

7. Rakes: All fixed rake details for the roof must be secured and sealed with a 6" minimum width of TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal and TOPESTER Fabric. If fixed rake metal is fastened to top of roof panel rib and extends back onto roof, trim off excess metal and follow horizontal seam flashing procedures. All voids and open areas must be filled with polyurethane foam prior to application of TOPESTER Fabric or FlexSeal and Flashing Grade. For standing seam roof panels, contactMaufacture's Contractor Services Department prior to ECOPYPreInstallation conference. 8. Curb Flashings: All curb flashings, including cricket details, must be flashed with at least a 6" width of TOPESTER Fabric and TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal. Encapsulate all fasteners using TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal. Do not bridge

RESTORATION COATING FOR METAL ROOF 07-1416.1 - 13 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

fasteners. TOPESTER must be cut around all fasteners so Fabric lies flat.

9. Penetrations: TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal shall be applied around base of unit extending at least 4" on vertical and 4" on base. Embed 6" width of TOPESTER Fabric using additional TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal, as necessary. Cut TOPESTER Fabric to accommodate the shape of the penetration. Both the top and bottom of neoprene pipe boots shall be flashed using TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal and TOPESTER Fabric as described above.

10. Gutters: Trowel/brush apply FlexSeal to the interior or exterior gutter incorporating 6" TOPESTER Fabric at all gutter seams. Ensure gutter is completely clean and dry before applying TOPCOAT® FlexSeal.

B. Inspect Preliminary Work/Flashing Details for problem areas (e.g., gaps, cracks, fish mouths, air pockets, etc.) to ensure that work is complete and satisfactory.

1. Inform Project Architect and Manufacture's Guarantee Services Department when all preliminary work and flashing details will be complete and the Installer is ready to proceed with application of TOPCOAT® Roofing Membrane.

a. Allow a minimum of two weeks for the interim inspection to be made by manufacture's Contractor Services Department. Any final roofing installation prior to this interim inspection is subject to rejection by the Project Architect and/or Manufacturer's Contractor Services Department.

C. Membrane Application:

1. Spray-apply base coat (white) of TOPCOAT® Elastomeric Roofing Membrane at a rate of 1.0 gallon per 100 sq.ft. Base coat shall be applied parallel to the ribs of roof panels. Allow at least 24 hours drying time, then inspect the base coat for defects, flaws, or holidays. Correct any unsatisfactory conditions.

2. Spray-apply finish coat (white – must be same color as used for base ECOPYcoat) of TOPCOAT® Elastomeric Roofing Membrane at a rate of 1.0 gallon per 100 sq.ft. Finish coat shall be applied parallel to the ribs of the roof panels. It should not be applied unless the base coat is clean and dry and will provide proper adhesion. Allow a minimum of 24 hours drying time prior to allowing foot traffic or inspection of roof surface.

07-1416.1 - 14 RESTORATION COATING FORMETAL ROOF CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. After at least 24 hours has elapsed, inspect the final roof surface for flaws, holidays, insufficient thickness, etc.

a. Specified 10 Year Labor, 10 Year Material Diamond Pledge NDL Guarantee dry membrane thicknesses are 18 mils field and 78 mils on seams and flashing details.

4. At completion of all work, seams should not be visible on the roof. All unsatisfactory areas must be repaired.

3.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Installer shall take photographs of representative roof areas, including detail work, at the following intervals:

1. Before work commences

2. After roof has been thoroughly cleaned and prepared for application of TOPCOAT® Roofing System products

3. After all flashing and detail work has been performed 4. After spray application of TOPCOAT® Elastomeric Roofing Membrane

B. Installer shall provide the following support for on-site inspections by a representative fromManufactur'rs Contractor Services Department:

a. Representative from Installer's company who has authority to make binding decisions

b. Required means to access all areas of the treated roof (e.g., various ladders)

c. Previous photographs of the roof including test patch results, as applicable

d. TOPCOAT® products and application equipment required to repair roof areas where destructive tests are performed by Manufacturer's Contractor Services Department

C. Installer shall take special care when moving spray hoses ECOPYand other equipment on the roof so that flashing work and encapsulated fastener heads are not damaged. All spray equipment shall remain on the ground for the duration of the job.

RESTORATION COATING FOR METAL ROOF 07-1416.1 - 15 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Repairs to TOPCOAT® Elastomeric Roofing Membrane: In the event that the TOPCOAT® Membrane is damaged or punctured make repairs using TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade and TOPESTER Fabric (where necessary) as follows:

1. Damaged areas are to be cut, cleaned, and dried.

2. Apply Flashing Grade and feather out onto the existing TOPCOAT® Elastomeric Roofing Membrane.

3. If new penetration area has been cut, embed TOPESTER Fabric into TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade according to standard GAFMC specifications.

4. Once Flashing Grade has cured, TOPCOAT® white or appropriate TOPCOAT® color may be applied for aesthetic uniformity.

5. For required repairs during cold weather conditions (i.e., below 42ºF), TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade or FlexSeal must be used in lieu of water-based Flashing Grade.

3.4 PROTECTING ROOFING COATING

A. Upon completing roofing, including associated work, institute appropriate procedures for surveillance and protection of roofing during remainder of construction period. At end of construction period, or at a time when remaining construction will in no way affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing and prepare a written report with copies to Architect and Owner describing nature and extent of deterioration or damage found.

B. Repair or replace, as required, deteriorated or defective work found at time of above inspection to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to requirements of specified warranty.

ECOPYEND OF SECTION 07522

07-1416.1 - 16 RESTORATION COATING FORMETAL ROOF CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 07 1416.2 - RESTORATION COATING FOR BUILT UP ROOF

PART 1 - PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Installation of restoration coating at existing Built up roofing.

2. Installation at new builtup roof patched areas and curbs.

B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 7 Section Built Up asphalt roofing.

2. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for metal counter flashings.

3. Division 7 Section "Roof Specialties and Accessories" for prefabricated curb units.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections.

B. Product data, including manufacturer's technical product information, installation instructions, and recommendations for each type of roofing product required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ECOPYInstaller Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer (Roofer) to perform built-up asphalt roofing work who has specialized in installing roof coating systems similar to that required for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer of primary roofing materials.

RESTORATION COATING FOR B.U.R. 07-1416.2 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain a full-time supervisor/foreman who is on job site during times that built-up asphalt roofing work is in progress and who is experienced in installing roofing systems similar to type and scope required for this Project.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Obtain primary products from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary products as recommended by manufacturer of primary products to use with roofing system specified.

C. UL Listing: Provide roof coating system and component materials that have been tested for application and slopes indicated and that are listed by UL for Class A or B external fire exposure.

1. Provide roof-covering materials bearing UL Classification Marking on bundle, package, or container indicating that materials have been produced under UL's Classification and Follow-up Service.

D. Preapplication Roofing Conference: Approximately 2 weeks prior to scheduled commencement of built-up roofing installation and associated work, meet at Project site with Installer, installer of each component of associated work, installers of deck or substrate construction to receive roofing work, installers of rooftop units and other work in and around roofing that must precede or follow roofing work--including mechanical work, Architect, Owner, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly concerned with work performance, including Owner's insurers, test agencies, and governing authorities, where applicable.

1. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to roofing work, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:

a. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to roofing work, including but not necessarily limited to the following:

b. Tour representative areas of roofing substrates (decks), inspect and discuss condition of substrate, roof drains, curbs, penetrations, and other preparatory work performed by other trades.

c. Review roofing system requirements (drawings, specifications, ECOPYand other contract documents). d. Review required submittals, both completed and yet to be completed.

07-1416.2 - 2 RESTORATION COATING FOR B.U.R. CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

e. Review and finalize construction schedule related to roofing work and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

f. Review required inspection, testing, certifying, and material usage accounting procedures.

g. Review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions, including possibility of temporary roofing (if not a mandatory requirement).

2. Record (Contractor) discussions of conference, including decisions and agreements or disagreements reached, and furnish a copy for each attendee. If substantial disagreements exist at the conclusion of the conference, determine how disagreements will be resolved and set a date for reconvening the conference.

E. Contractor to provide a moisture test (scan) of the existing roof by an independent testing agency accepted by product supplier and Owner.

1. Moisture test must be less than 20% prior to proceeding with work.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Weather Condition Limitations: Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed according to manufacturers' recommendations and warranty requirements.

1.6 SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS

A. The Roofing System is to be applied over dry, sound asphaltic fiberglass or modified bitumen granule cap sheets only. Verify roof has a positive drainage.

1. Fiberglass or modified bitumen granule cap sheets must be older than 30 days.

2. Do not apply products over friable and/or brittle roofing. ECOPY3. Substrate should not pond water for a period longer than 48 hours after precipitation stops.

B. Test patches shall be prepared in representative roof areas to check adhesion of coating products before application on any roofs having fiberglass or modified bitumen granule cap sheets.

RESTORATION COATING FOR B.U.R. 07-1416.2 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Products will not adhere to any existing silicone-based coatings.

C. The bonding surface must be free of ponding water, ice, snow, splits, oils, grease and debris.

D. If the moisture scan reveals more than 20% of the roof area is wet, Notify Architect.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Provide: 5 year Manufacturers Product warranty to Owner.

1. Submit a copy of Moisture test results to manufacturer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. GAF Materials Corporation

B. or approved Equal

2.2 MATERIALS - GENERAL

A. TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade (light gray), water-based 100% acrylic synthetic rubber sealant which to be applied to seams, fasteners, flashings, and penetrations prior to the application of the TOPCOAT® Elastomeric Roofing Membrane.

1. Do not apply at temperatures below 42°F. Substrate temperatures must be below 120°F when applying product

a. Application Rate (seams): 5 gallons/125 ft. (6” width) Application Method: Brush or caulking gun

b. Application Temp (air, surface): 42° - 120°F

c. Drying Time (75°F, 50% RH): Approximately 24 hours

d. Wet Mil Thickness: 105 wet mils ECOPYe. Dry Mil Thickness: 60 dry mils f. Total Solids (by weight): 68% ± 1%

g. Total Solids (by volume): 56% ± 2%

07-1416.2 - 4 RESTORATION COATING FOR B.U.R. CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

h. Specific Gravity: 1.44 ± 0.1

i. Tensile: 225 psi ± 10%

j. Weight per Gallon: 12.0 ± 0.5 lbs

k. Viscosity (75°F): 225,000 ± 22,500 cps

l. Clean-up: Water before curing

B. TOPCOAT® FlexSeal TOPCOAT® FlexSeal is a solvent-based, synthetic rubber sealant designed for use in a wider range of temperatures.

1. Application temperatures above 32°F.

2. Substrate temperatures must be below 120°F.

3. Application Rate (seams): 5 gallons total/100 ft.

4. Application Method: Trowel or stiff bristle brush Application Temperature (air, surface): 32° - 120°F

5. Drying Time (75°F, 50% RH): Approximately 24 hours

6. Wet Mil Thickness: 85 wet mils

7. Dry Mil Thickness: 50 dry mils

8. Total Solids (by weight): 77% ± 2%

9. Total Solids (by volume): 66% ± 2%

10. Specific Gravity: 1.24 ± 0.1 Weight per Gallon: 10.3 ± 0.5lbs Viscosity (75°F): 600,000 ± 100,000 cps LV-Viscosity (75°F): 150,000 ± 15,000 cps

11. Tensile: 485 psi ± 10% Storage:

C. TOPESTER Reinforcing Fabric

1. TOPESTER Fabric is a non-woven, spun bonded 100% polyester web ECOPYthat must be used in conjunction with TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade at all penetrations, joints, or changes in plane that are subjected to high shear or stress.

a. Average Weight (Ounces per square yard) per ASTM D1117: 1.5

RESTORATION COATING FOR B.U.R. 07-1416.2 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

b. Average Tensile Strength per ASTM D1628: 44 psi

c. Average Elongation at break per ASTM 1628: 53%

d. Trapezoidal Tear Strength per ASTM D2263: 18.5 lbs

D. TOPCOAT® MB Plus

1. TOPCOAT® MB Plus is a water-based acrylic low VOC, sprayable polymeric liquid, which cures to form a seamless rubber membrane. Meeting the stringent standards set by the Cool Roof Rating CouncilSM for solar reflectance and thermal emittance.

a. Color: white

b. Application Rate: 1.0 to 3.0 gallons/100 sq.ft. total Application Method: Airless sprayer or roller Application Temp (air, surface): 42° - 120°F Drying Time (75°F, 50% RH): Approximately 24 hours per coat

c. Wet Mil Thickness: (1.0 Gallon/100SF) - 16 wet mils

d. Dry Mil Thickness: (1.0 Gallon/100SF) - 9 dry mils

e. Total Solids (by weight): 65% ± 2%

f. Total Solids (by volume): 54% ± 2%

g. Specific Gravity: 1.32 ± 0.1

h. Weight per Gallon: 11.0 ± 0.5 lbs.

i. Viscosity (75°F): 15,000 ± 2,000 cps

j. Tensile Strength: 150 psi

k. Elongation: 275%

l. Clean-up: Water before curing PART 3 - PART ECOPY3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE

A. Examine substrate to receive new coating. Do not proceed with new roofing until adhesion has been verified by test patches, other preparatory work has

07-1416.2 - 6 RESTORATION COATING FOR B.U.R. CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

been completed and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Product Manufacturer.

B. Treatment of Damaged/Deteriorated BUR or MB: Any areas where BUR or MB has blistered, buckled and/or become wet must be removed and repaired using similar products manufactured by GAF Materials Corporation

1. New BUR or MB repair materials must be allowed to weather at least 30 days before applying TOPCOAT® products to these repaired areas).

2. All areas where the fiberglass or modified granule cap sheet has significantly cracked and/or crazed (i.e., gaps in width and/or depth greater than 1/16”) must be repaired using TOPCOAT® FlexSeal to bring the substrate to a smooth, workable surface.

3. TOPCOAT® FlexSeal can be applied by either squeegee or brush when repairing cracks and/or crazing. Allow at least 24 hours drying time before application of other TOPCOAT® products.

C. Substrate Cleaning: Roof substrate must be carefully swept to remove debris and loose granules. Then lightly pressure wash the roof with water. Use an approximate working pressure of 1,500 - 2,000 psi (depending on condition of roof) to remove remaining dirt, dust, chalking, loose materials, etc. Take care not to damage the roof surface or force water into the roof system. Use hot water and mild detergent to remove grease and/or oils from the roof substrate. If mildew or algae are present, use bleach to treat these areas.

D. Substrate must be clean, completely dry and free of any debris before application of coating products.

3.2 APPLICATION OF SURFACE SEAL SB SYSTEM

A. All roof penetration areas, splits, drains, and scuppers must be treated with a 6” wide area of TOPCOAT® FlexSeal, one layer of 6” TOPESTER Fabric and a final layer of SB-900 Flashing Grade to completely embed the Fabric. Feather the FlexSeal onto the existing fiberglass or modified bitumen granule cap sheet substrate.

B. After at least 24 hours drying time, inspect preparatory/flashing work for ECOPYproblem areas (i.e., gaps, cracks, fishmouths, air pockets, etc.) to ensure that work is complete and satisfactory. Repair any deficiencies using TOPCOAT® FlexSeal and TOPESTER Fabric, as required.

C. Coating Application:

RESTORATION COATING FOR B.U.R. 07-1416.2 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Spray-apply base coat of TOPCOAT® Surface Seal SB at a rate of 1.25 gallons per 100 sq.ft. Allow at least 24 hours drying time and inspect the base coat for defects, flaws, or holidays. Correct any unsatisfactory conditions prior to proceeding.

2. Spray-apply finish coat (same color as base coat) of TOPCOAT® Surface Seal SB at a rate of 1.75 gallons per 100 sq.ft. Finish coat should not be applied unless the base coat is clean and will provide proper adhesion.

3. Allow at least 24 hours drying time prior to allowing foot traffic or inspection of the roof. After 24 hours has elapsed, inspect the final roof surface for flaws, holidays, insufficient thickness, etc., and repair any unsatisfactory conditions. Specified membrane thicknesses are minimum 24 mils field and 80 mils on roof penetration details.

3.3 APPLICATION OF MB PLUS SYSTEM

A. All roof penetration areas, splits, drains, and scuppers must be treated with a 6” wide area of TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade, one layer of 6” TOPESTER Fabric and a final layer of Flashing Grade to completely embed the Fabric. Feather the Flashing Grade onto the existing fiberglass or modified bitumen granule cap sheet substrate.

B. After at least 24 hours drying time, inspect preparatory/flashing work for problem areas (i.e., gaps, cracks, fishmouths, air pockets, etc.) to ensure that work is complete and satisfactory. Repair any deficiencies using TOPCOAT® Flashing Grade and TOPESTER Fabric, as required.

C. Coating Application

1. Spray-apply base coat of TOPCOAT® MB Plus at a rate of 1.25 gallons per 100 sq.ft. Allow at least 24 hours drying time and inspect the base coat for defects, flaws, or holidays. Correct any unsatisfactory conditions prior to proceeding.

2. Spray-apply finish coat (same color as base coat) of TOPCOAT® MB Plus at a rate of 1.75 gallons per 100 sq.ft. Finish coat should not be applied unless the base coat is clean and dry and will provide proper adhesion. Allow at least 24 hours drying time prior to allowing foot ECOPYtraffic or inspection of the roof. After the 24 hours has elapsed, inspect the final roof surface for flaws, holidays, insufficient thickness, etc., and repair any unsatisfactory conditions. Specified membrane thicknesses are minimum 27 mils field and 82 mils on roof penetration details.

07-1416.2 - 8 RESTORATION COATING FOR B.U.R. CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Allow at least 24 hours drying time prior to allowing foot traffic or inspection of the roof. After 24 hours has elapsed, inspect the final roof surface for flaws, holidays, insufficient thickness, etc., and repair any unsatisfactory conditions. Specified membrane thicknesses are minimum 27 mils field and 80 mils on roof penetration details.

3.4 PROTECTING ROOFING COATING

A. Upon completing roofing, including associated work, institute appropriate procedures for surveillance and protection of roofing during remainder of construction period. At end of construction period, or at a time when remaining construction will in no way affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing and prepare a written report with copies to Architect and Owner describing nature and extent of deterioration or damage found.

B. Repair or replace, as required, deteriorated or defective work found at time of above inspection to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to requirements of specified warranty.

END OF SECTION 07521

ECOPY

RESTORATION COATING FOR B.U.R. 07-1416.2 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 07 5113 - BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

PART 1 - PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Installation of perilite / polyisocyannurate tapered insulation, slope to drains at minimum 1/4" per foot.

2. 3 ply - Modified bituminous roof with mineral granule cap sheet.

B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 2 Section “ Demolition, Cutting and Patching”.

2. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for treated wood nailers, curbs, and wood cants.

3. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for metal counter flashings.

4. Division 7 Section "Roof Specialties and Accessories" for prefabricated curb units.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Thermal Resistivity (r-value) is the reciprocal of thermal conductivity (k- value) which is the rate of heat flow through a homogenous material exactly 1 inch thick. Thermal resistivity (r-value) is expressed by the temperature difference in degrees F between two parallel surfaces required to cause 1 Btu to flow through 1 sq. ft. of a homogenous material exactly 1 inch thick per ECOPYhour at the mean temperature indicated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections.

BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07-5113 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Product data, including manufacturer's technical product information, installation instructions, and recommendations for each type of roofing product required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements.

1. For asphalt bitumen, provide a label on each container or certification with each load of bulk bitumen, indicating flash point (FP), softening point (SP), and equiviscous temperature (EVT).

C. Samples of the following:

1. 12-by-12-inch square samples of each color mineral surface cap sheets to be exposed as finished roof surface.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer (Roofer) to perform built-up asphalt roofing work who has specialized in installing built-up asphalt roofing systems similar to that required for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer of primary roofing materials.

1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain a full-time supervisor/foreman who is on job site during times that built-up asphalt roofing work is in progress and who is experienced in installing roofing systems similar to type and scope required for this Project.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Obtain primary products, including each type of roofing sheet (felt), bitumen, composition flashings, and any vapor retarder, from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary products as recommended by manufacturer of primary products to use with roofing system specified.

C. UL Listing: Provide built-up roofing system and component materials that have been tested for application and slopes indicated and that are listed by UL for Class A or B external fire exposure.

1. Provide roof-covering materials bearing UL Classification Marking on bundle, package, or container indicating that materials have been produced under UL's Classification and Follow-up Service. D. PreapplicationECOPY Roofing Conference: Approximately 2 weeks prior to scheduled commencement of built-up roofing installation and associated work, meet at Project site with Installer, installer of each component of associated work, installers of deck or substrate construction to receive roofing work, installers of rooftop units and other work in and around roofing that must precede or follow roofing work--including mechanical work, Architect,

07-5113 - 2 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

Owner, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly concerned with work performance, including Owner's insurers, test agencies, and governing authorities, where applicable.

1. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to roofing work, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:

a. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to roofing work, including but not necessarily limited to the following:

b. Tour representative areas of roofing substrates (decks), inspect and discuss condition of substrate, roof drains, curbs, penetrations, and other preparatory work performed by other trades.

c. Review roofing system requirements (drawings, specifications, and other contract documents).

d. Review required submittals, both completed and yet to be completed.

e. Review and finalize construction schedule related to roofing work and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

f. Review required inspection, testing, certifying, and material usage accounting procedures.

g. Review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions, including possibility of temporary roofing (if not a mandatory requirement).

2. Record (Contractor) discussions of conference, including decisions and agreements or disagreements reached, and furnish a copy for each attendee. If substantial disagreements exist at the conclusion of the conference, determine how disagreements will be resolved and set a date for reconvening the conference. 1.6 PROJECTECOPY CONDITIONS A. Weather Condition Limitations: Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed according to manufacturers' recommendations and warranty requirements.

BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07-5113 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Temporary Roofing: When adverse job conditions or weather conditions prevent permanent roofing and associated work from being installed according to requirements and Contractor determines that roofing cannot be delayed because of need for job progress or protection of other work, install temporary roofing. Engage roofing Installer to provide temporary roofing and to remove it prior to proceeding with permanent roofing work.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store and handle roofing materials to ensure dryness. Store in a dry, well- ventilated, weather-tight place. Unless protected from weather or other moisture sources, do not leave unused felts on the roof overnight or when roofing work is not in progress. Store rolls of felt and other sheet materials on end on pallets or another raised surface. Handle and store materials or equipment in a manner to avoid significant or permanent deck deflection.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Special Project Warranty: Submit two executed copies of standard 2-year Roofing Warranty covering work of this Section per the terms of the Supplemental Conditions of these specifications, including roofing membrane, composition flashing, roof insulation, any vapor retarders, and roofing accessories, signed and countersigned by Installer (Roofer) and Contractor. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit executed copy of roofing manufacturer's 20 year “no dollar limit” (NDL) Service Guarentee agreement, including flashing endorsement, signed by an authorized representative of built-up roofing system manufacturer, on form that was published with product literature as of date of Contract Documents.

C. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. D. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TAPERED INSULATION / PERILITE SUBSTRATE

A. Polyisocyannurate tapered insulation with thickness required to achieve 1/4" perECOPY foot slope to roof drains from furthest point of drain.

B. 1/2" Perilite insulation board.

1. John Mansfield Duraboard

07-5113 - 4 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. or Approved equal

Note: Gypsum based underlayment will not be accepted as a substitution.

2.2 BUILT-UP ROOF MEMBRANE SYSTEM

A. Nailable-Deck, Asphalt, Glass-Fiber, Mineral Roofing (NAGM-BUR): Provide built-up asphalt roof system with glass-fiber felts and mineral-surface cap sheet as follows:

1. Sheathing Paper: Single ply of 5-lb, rosin-sized sheathing paper.

2. Base Ply: Single ply of asphalt glass-fiber felt complying with ASTM D 2178, Type IV.

3. Ply Sheets: Two plies of asphalt, glass-fiber felt, complying with ASTM D 2178, Type IV.

4. Mineral-Surface Cap Sheet: Single ply of heavyweight, glass-fiber felt with asphalt coating and factory-applied surfacing of opaque mineral granules, complying with ASTM D 3909. Provide white granules, unless otherwise indicated.

5. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, built- up asphalt roofing systems that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. GAF Corp.; Specification N-B-4-MEC/P6.

b. Garland Roofing Company.

c. or approved equal

2.3 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM EDGE/PENETRATION MATERIALS

A. Roofing Cement: Asphaltic cement, asbestos-free, complying with ASTM D 4586.

B. Glass-Fiber Fabric: Minimum 1.5-lb woven glass-fiber sheet impregnated with asphalt, complying with ASTM D 1668. C. ECOPYPreformed Edge Strips: Rigid insulation units matching roof insulation, or asphalt-impregnated organic-fiber insulation units, molded to form 3-1/2-by- 3-1/2-inch by 45-degree cant strips and 1-5/8-by-18-inch tapered-edge strips to receive roofing ply-sheet courses and lift edges above main roofing surface.

2.4 REFLECTIVE "ENERGY STAR" COATING

BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07-5113 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. GAF "TopCoat MB Plus (white)" reflective coating, or approved equal, over specified cap sheet to meet Title-24 cool roof requirements. Apply two coats of 1 1/2" gallon (3 gal. total) per square. Installation required at roof, not required at parapet walls.

2.5 SHEET METAL ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. Coordinate below with Section 07600, "Flashing and Sheet Metal."

B. Zinc-Coated Steel: ASTM A 526, with 0.20 percent copper, G90 hot-dip galvanized, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting; 0.0359 inch thick (20 gage), unless indicated otherwise.

C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167, AISI type 302/304, No. 2D finish, temper as required for forming and performance; 0.015 inch thick (28 gage), unless indicated otherwise.

D. Aluminum: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper H 14, unless harder temper required for forming and performance, AA-C22A41 clear-anodized finish; 0.032 inch thick (20 gage), unless indicated otherwise.

E. Solder for Sheet Metal: Unless indicated otherwise or recommended by metal manufacturer, provide 50:50 tin/lead type (ASTM B 32) for tinning and soldering joints; use rosin flux.

1. Solder stainless steel joints with 60:40 tin/lead type solder.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Wood Members, Units: Comply with requirements of "Rough Carpentry" Section for nailers, walkway units, and other wood members indicated as roofing system work. Provide wood pressure treated with waterborne preservatives for above-ground use (AWPB LP-2).

B. Substrate Joint Tape: 6-inch- or 8-inch-wide, coated, glass-fiber joint tape.

C. Asphaltic Primer: Comply with ASTM D 41.

D. Fasteners: Provide industry-standard types of mechanical fasteners for built- up asphalt roofing system work, tested by manufacturer for required pull-out strengthECOPY where applicable and compatible with deck type and roofing products used. Provide either 1-inch-diameter nail heads or 1-3/8-inch-diameter by 30- gage sheet metal caps for nails used to secure base sheets, felts, or insulation boards of roofing system.

2.7 FABRICATING SHEET METAL ACCESSORIES

07-5113 - 6 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. SMACNA and NRCA Details: Conform metal work with details shown and with applicable fabrication requirements of Architectural Sheet Metal Manual by SMACNA. Comply with installation details of NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual.

B. Prefabricate units as indicated or provide standard manufactured units complying with requirements; fabricate from zinc coated sheet metal. or, if not otherwise indicated, from lead-coated copper.

C. Provide 4-inch-wide flanges set in roofing cement for applying built-up asphalt roofing system membrane concealed by composition stripping.

D. Fabricate work with flat-lock soldered joints and seams; except where joint movement is necessary, provide 1-inch-deep interlocking hooked flanges filled with mastic sealant.

E. Fabricate roof insulation vents with 4-inch-diameter stack, 12 inches high, filled with glass-fiber insulation. Equip stack with 6-inch-diameter by 3-inch- high weatherproof vent cap.

F. Fabricate gravel rings and aggregate divider strips with 1-inch-high standing leg of folded sheet metal, notched from top with 5/8-inch-deep V notches. Space notches 3 inches o.c. where strip intersects flow of water on roof, 6 inches o.c. elsewhere. Fabricate rings to sizes and shapes indicated (but not less than 36 inches square), and fabricate running strips (as shown) in maximum 4-foot lengths for butt-joint installation (with 1/4-inch gaps).

G. Fabricate penetration sleeves with minimum 8-inch-high stack of diameter 1 inch larger than penetrating element. Counterflashing is specified as work of another section of these specifications.

PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTING SUBSTRATE

A. Demolition and remove all existing roof membrane(s) complete to existing roof substrate. Examine substrate surfaces to receive built-up roofing system and associated work and conditions under which roofing will be installed. Do not proceed with roofing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected ECOPYin a manner acceptable to Installer. 1. Verify that deck is securely fastened with no projecting fasteners and with no adjacent units in excess of 1/16 inch out of plane. Check for proper spacing between adjacent wood panels.

3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07-5113 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Cooperate with Project Inspector of Record, inspection and test agencies engaged or required to perform services in connection with installing built-up roofing system.

B. Protect other work from spillage of built-up roofing materials, and prevent liquid materials from entering or clogging drains and conductors. Replace/restore other work damaged when installing built-up roofing system work.

C. Insurance/Code Compliance: Install and test, where required, built-up roofing system to comply with governing regulations and the following insurance requirements:

1. UL Fire Classified and Class 60 uplift resistance.

D. Coordinate installing roofing sheets, flashings, stripping, coatings, and surfacings so that insulation and felts are not exposed to precipitation or exposed overnight. Provide cutoffs at end of each day's work to cover exposed felts and insulation with a course of coated felt with joints and edges sealed with roofing cement. Remove cutoffs immediately before resuming work.

E. Asphalt Bitumen Heating: Heat and apply bitumen according to EVT Method as recommended by NRCA. Do not raise temperature above minimum normal fluid-holding temperature necessary to attain EVT more than 1 hour prior to application. Discard bitumen that has been held at a temperature exceeding finished blowing temperature (FBT) for more than 3 hours. Determine flash point, FBT and EVT of bitumen, either by information from bitumen producer or by suitable tests. Determine maximum fire-safe handling temperature and do not exceed that temperature in heating bitumen. In no case heat bitumen to a temperature higher than 25 deg F (minus 4 deg C) below flash point. For aggregate-surfaced pour coats of bitumen, limit application temperature to minimum required for proper aggregate embedment and maximum that will permit retaining a coating of weight required (depends on slope of surface). Keep kettle lid closed except when adding bitumen.

F. Bitumen Mopping Weights: For interply mopping, and for other moppings except as otherwise indicated, apply bitumen between plies at the rate of 25 lb of asphalt per roof square (plus or minus 20 percent on a total-job average basis).ECOPY

G. Substrate Joint Penetrations: Do not allow bitumen to penetrate substrate joints and enter building or damage insulation, vapor retarders, or other construction. Where mopping is applied directly to a substrate, tape joints or,

07-5113 - 8 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

in the case of steep asphalt, hold mopping back 2 inches from both sides of each joint.

H. Cutoffs: At the end of each day's roofing installation, protect exposed edge of incomplete work, including ply sheets and insulation. Provide temporary covering of two plies of No. 15 roofing felt set in full moppings of hot bitumen; remove at beginning of the next day's work. Glaze-coat areas of completed organic ply sheets that cannot be flood-coated and aggregate- surfaced before the end of each day's work.

3.3 ROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLATION

A. Install single ply of 5-lb, rosin-sized, sheathing paper to substrate per manufacturer’s recommended anchoring method and spacing.

B. Shingling Plies: Except as otherwise indicated, install membrane with ply sheets shingled uniformly to achieve required amount of membrane thickness throughout. Shingle in proper direction to shed water on each large area of roofing where slope is significant (over 1/2 inch per foot).

C. Nailing, General: Comply with governing regulations, insurance requirements, prime roofing manufacturer's recommendations, and recognized industry standards, but not less than one nail per 1.5 sq. ft. of built-up roofing. Where possible, nail simultaneously through two ply sheets by nailing at laps as second sheet is installed. Where nailing is to prevent slippage, nail each sheet of built-up roofing membrane. On non-nailable substrates, nail membrane to each nailer in substrate. Conceal nailing within ply-sheet makeup of roofing membrane, with no exposed nails before applying roof coatings or aggregate surfacing.

D. Cant Strips/Tapered-Edge Strips: Except as otherwise shown, install preformed 45-degree insulation cant strips at junctures of built-up asphalt roofing system membrane with vertical surface. Provide preformed, tapered- edge strips at perimeter edges of roof that do not terminate at vertical surfaces.

E. Base Ply: Install one lapped course of base ply. Nail to nailable substrates and elsewhere as indicated. Mop to non-nailable substrate with steep asphalt, except use special adhesive where indicated.

F. Interply Sheets: Install the number and type(s) of ply sheets (felts) indicated, ECOPYlapped (shingled) amount specified to form a continuous, uniform membrane with continuous bitumen moppings between sheets so that ply sheet does not touch ply sheet. As ply-sheet membrane is laid up, glaze-coat top surface with a 20-lb mopping per square of same bitumen.

1. Nail base of membrane to substrate without mopping.

BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07-5113 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Extend built-up roofing membrane to 8 inches (nominal) above top edge of cant strip. Shingle built-up roofing full extend of parapet interior wall and over top of wall.

3. Provide a folded-back envelope at edges and penetrations of built-up roofing membrane where it is not turned up on a tapered strip to provide positive protection against flow of bitumen into building or off the edge. Extend base sheet to form envelope or, where no base sheet is provided, install one ply of coated felt set in steep asphalt with joints sealed. Seal corners and other interruptions of envelope with large beads of roofing cement to protect against bitumen flow.

4. Nail edges of roofing membrane to wood blocking at perimeter edges of roof prior to installing metal gravel stops/fascias. Space nails at minimum 8 inches o.c.

3.4 COMPOSITION FLASHING AND STRIPPING

A. Install composition flashing at cant strips and other sloping and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof. Install one ply of No. 15 asphalt-impregnated organic fabric and one ply of glass-fiber- reinforced flashing, each set in a continuous coating of roofing cement and extended onto deck 4 inches and 6 inches, respectively. Nail or provide other forms of mechanical anchorage of composition flashing to vertical surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of primary roofing materials. Except where concealed by elastic flashing, apply a heavy coating of roofing cement over composition flashing.

B. Install composition stripping where metal flanges are set on roofing. Provide not less than one ply of glass-fiber fabric and one ply of reinforced glass-fiber flashing; set each in a continuous coating of roofing cement and extended onto the deck 4 inches and 6 inches, respectively. Except where concealed by aggregate surfacing or elastic flashing, apply a heavy coating of roofing cement over composition stripping.

C. Allow for expansion of running metal flashing and edge trim that adjoins roofing. D. Counter-Flashings:ECOPY Counter-flashings, cap flashings, expansion joints, and similar work to be coordinated with built-up roofing work are specified in other sections of these specifications.

E. Roof Accessories: Miscellaneous sheet metal accessory items, including insulation vents and other devices, and any major items of roof accessories to

07-5113 - 10 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

be coordinated with built-up roofing system work are specified in other sections of these specifications.

F. Cap Sheet Surfacing: Promptly after completion of ply-sheet membrane (same day where possible), apply one lapped course of cap sheet-type indicated. Set cap sheet in uniform mopping of same hot bitumen used in ply- sheet courses, at average rate of 15 lb per square. Lap ends 6 inches minimum.

3.5 PROTECTING ROOFING

A. Upon completing roofing, including associated work, institute appropriate procedures for surveillance and protection of roofing during remainder of construction period. At end of construction period, or at a time when remaining construction will in no way affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing and prepare a written report with copies to Architect and Owner describing nature and extent of deterioration or damage found.

B. Repair or replace, as required, deteriorated or defective work found at time of above inspection to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to requirements of specified warranty.

END OF SECTION 07511

ECOPY

BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07-5113 - 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 07 6200 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Metal counter flashing and base flashing.

2. Metal wall flashing and expansion joints.

3. Gutters and downspouts (rain drainage).

4. Exposed metal trim/fascia units.

5. Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories.

B. Roofing accessories installed integral with roofing membrane are specified in roofing system sections as roofing work.

C. Roof accessory units of premanufactured, set-on type are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories."

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data, Flashing, Sheet Metal, and Accessories: Manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions and general recommendations for each specified sheet material and fabricated product.

C. Samples of the following flashing, sheet metal, and accessory items: ECOPY1. 8-inch-square samples of specified sheet materials to be exposed as finished surfaces.

2. 12-inch-long samples of factory-fabricated products exposed as finished work. Provide complete with specified factory finish.

FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07-6200 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Shop drawings showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorages details, including major counterflashings, trim/fascia units, gutters, downspouts, scuppers, and expansion joint systems. Provide layouts at 1/4- inch scale and details at 3-inch scale.

1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of work and protection of materials and finishes.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM MATERIALS

A. Zinc-Coated Steel: Commercial quality with 0.20 percent copper, ASTM A 526 except ASTM A 527 for lock-forming, G90 hot-dip galvanized, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting; 0.0359-inch thick (20 gage) except as otherwise indicated.

B. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, complying with ASTM A 167, 2D annealed finish, soft, except where harder temper required for forming or performance; 0.0156-inch thick (28 gage) except as otherwise indicated.

C. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper H14, AA-C22A41 clear anodized finish; 0.032-inch thick (20 gage) except as otherwise indicated.

D. Extruded Aluminum: Manufacturer's standard extrusions of sizes and profiles indicated, 60063-T52, AA-C22A41 clear anodized finish; 0.080-inch minimum thickness for primary legs of extrusions.

2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES:

A. Solder: For use with steel or copper, provide 50 - 50 tin/lead solder (ASTM B 32), with rosin flux.

B. Solder: For use with stainless steel, provide 60 - 40 tin/lead solder (ASTM B 32), with acid-chloride type flux, except use rosin flux over tinned surfaces.

C. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or other non-corrosive metal as recommendedECOPY by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened.

D. Bituminous Coating: SSPC - Paint 12, solvent-type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat.

07-6200 - 2 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, non-drying, nonmigrating sealant.

F. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components being sealed and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers."

G. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof/weather-resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet.

H. Paper Slip Sheet: 5-lb. rosin-sized building paper.

I. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance.

J. Gutter and Conductor-Head Guards: 20-gage bronze or nonmagnetic stainless steel mesh or fabricated units, with selvaged edges and noncorrosive fasteners. Select materials for compatibility with gutters and downspouts.

2.3 FABRICATED UNITS

A. General Metal Fabrication: Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance, with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage, or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations for forming material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

B. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. For metal other than aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for additional strength where required. C. ECOPYExpansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).

FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07-6200 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with SMACNA standards.

E. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator.

F. Aluminum Extrusion Units: Fabricate extruded aluminum running units with formed or extruded aluminum joint covers for installation behind main members where possible. Fabricate mitered and welded corner units.

G. Shop Finish, Rain Drainage: Provide shop finish on sheet metal rain drainage units (gutters, downspouts, and similar exposed units); with primer compatible with special coating (Tnemec or approved equal), Finish coat of Special Coating (Tnemec or approved equal) may be shop or field applied.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof.

B. Underlayment: Where stainless steel or aluminum is to be installed directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a slip sheet of red rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment.

C. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance.

D. Install counterflashing in reglets, either by snap-in seal arrangement or by welding in place for anchorage and filling reglet with mastic or elastomeric sealant,ECOPY as indicated and depending on degree of sealant exposure. E. Nail flanges of expansion joint units to curb nailers, at maximum spacing of 6 inches o.c. Fabricate seams at joints between units with minimum 3-inch overlap, to form a continuous, waterproof system.

07-6200 - 4 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

F. Install continuous gutter guards on gutters, arranged as hinged units to swing open for cleaning gutters. Install "beehive"-type strainer-guard at conductor heads, removable for cleaning downspouts.

3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes.

B. Protection: Advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 07600

ECOPY

FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07-6200 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 07 7200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Prefabricated curb.

2. Equipment platforms.

3. Equipment support units

4. Preformed roofing accessories

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for roof deck and nailers.

2. Division 7 Section for roofing types and roofing accessories included as part of roofing Work.

3. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for metal flashing, valleys, gutters, and downspouts.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data for each type of product specified. Submit manufacturer's detailed technical product data, installation instructions and recommendations, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of ECOPYindividual components, profiles, and finishes. C. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of each roof accessory specified including fully dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other units of Work. Also show layout,

ROOF ACCESSORIES 07-7200 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

anchorage details, rough-in requirements, and conditions on the roof or for other accessories.

D. Samples for verification purposes in full-size units or representative section of each type of roof accessory indicated for each color, texture, shape, and sizes specified.

E. Coordination Drawings: Submit coordination drawings for items interfacing with or supporting mechanical or electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, or conduit. Indicate dimensions and locations of items provided under this Section, together with relationships and methods of attachment to adjacent construction and to mechanical or electrical items.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standards: Comply with the following:

1. SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units, including flanges and cap-flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated.

2. NRCA "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" details for installation of units.

3. NFPA 204M for smoke-and-heat vent design constraints, operation, and location.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Prefabricated Curb, curb adaptors and equipment support units:

a. Cannon Fabrication Inc.

b. Custom Curb, Inc. ECOPYc. Or Approved Equal. 2. Preformed accessories:

a. G.A.F Inc.

07-7200 - 2 ROOF ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

b. Firestone Inc.

c. or approved equal

2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Aluminum Sheets: ASTM B 209 for Alclad alloy 3005H25 or alloy and temper required to suit forming operations with mill finish, unless indicated otherwise.

B. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 alloy 6063-T52 or alloy and temper required to suit structural and finish requirements. Mill finish, unless indicated otherwise.

C. Structural-Quality Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446 with G90 coating complying with ASTM A 525, Grade C, or to suit manufacturer's standards.

D. Commercial-Quality Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526 with G90 coating complying with ASTM A 525.

E. Galvalume-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792 with class AZ-50 coating, Grade 40, or to suit manufacturer's standards.

F. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard rigid or semirigid glass-fiber board of thickness indicated.

G. Wood Nailers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with water-borne preservatives for above-ground use, complying with AWPA C2; not less than 1-1/2 inch thick.

H. Fasteners: Same metal as metals being fastened, or nonmagnetic stainless steel or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by manufacturer. Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened.

1. Where removal of exterior exposed fasteners affords access to building, provide nonremovable fastener heads.

I. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene or polyvinyl chloride, or block design of sponge neoprene.

J. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type bituminous mastic, ECOPYnominally free of sulfur and containing no asbestos fibers, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coating.

K. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant.

ROOF ACCESSORIES 07-7200 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

L. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by unit manufacturer that is compatible with joint surfaces; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and Uses NT, G, and, A.

M. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, nonasbestos, fibrated asphalt cement designed for trowel application or other adhesive compatible with roofing system.

N. Preformed T.P.O. 45 mil square tube wrap and 75 mil vent boots with stainless steel clamps.

2.3 FINISHES

A. General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations on applying and designating finishes.

B. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system for designating aluminum finishes established by the Aluminum Association.

C. Class I, Clear-Anodized Finish: AA-C22A41 (Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Class I Architectural, clear film thicker than 0.7 mil) complying with AAMA 607.1.

D. Fluoropolymer Two-Coat Coating System: Manufacturer's standard two-coat thermocured system, complying with AAMA 605.2, composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene resin by weight; complying with AAMA 605.2.

1. Color and Gloss: As indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard color and sheen designations.

2.4 PREFABRICATED CURBS, CURB ADAPTORS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

A. General: Comply with loading and strength requirements as indicated where units support other work. Coordinate dimensions with rough-in information or shop drawings of equipment to be supported.

1. Fabricate of structural-quality, hot-dip galvanized or galvalume sheet steel, factory-primed and prepared for painting with welded or sealed ECOPYmechanical corner joints. 2. Provide complete with cant strips and base profile coordinated with roof insulation thickness. Provide preservative-treated wood nailers at tops of curbs, coordinate with thickness of insulation and roof flashing

07-7200 - 4 ROOF ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

as indicated, tapered as necessary to compensate for roof deck slopes of 1/4 inch per foot and less.

3. Unless otherwise indicated or required for strength, fabricate units of minimum 14-gage (0.0747-inch-thick) metal, and to minimum height of 12 inches.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Coordinate with installation of roof deck and other substrates to receive accessory units, vapor barriers, roof insulation, roofing and flashing, as required, to ensure that each element of the Work performs properly and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight. Anchor units securely to supporting structural substrates, adequate to withstand lateral and thermal stresses, as well as inward and outward loading pressures.

1. Except as otherwise indicated, install roof accessory items according to construction details of NRCA "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."

B. Isolation: Where metal surfaces of units are to be installed in contact with incompatible metal or corrosive substrates, including wood, apply bituminous coating on concealed metal surfaces, or provide other permanent separation.

C. Flange Seals: Unless otherwise indicated, set flanges of accessory units in a thick bed of roofing cement to form a seal.

D. Cap Flashing: Where cap flashing is required as component of accessory, install to provide adequate waterproof overlap with roofing or roof flashing (as counterflashing). Seal with thick bead of mastic sealant, except where overlap is indicated to be left open for ventilation.

E. Operational Units: Test operate units with operable components. Clean and lubricate joints and hardware. Adjust for proper operation.

F. Heat-and-Smoke Vents: Locate, install, and test according to NFPA 204M. 3.2 CLEANINGECOPY AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal and plastic surfaces according to manufacturer's instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings.

END OF SECTION 07720

ROOF ACCESSORIES 07-7200 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following locations:

1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below:

a. Control and expansion joints in cast-in-place concrete.

b. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows.

c. To make building watertight.

d. To fill an exposed joint between materials which do not fit tightly together

2. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below:

a. Control, expansion, and isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.

b. Tile control and expansion joints.

c. Joints between different materials listed above.

d. Other joints as indicated.

3. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces as indicated below: ECOPYa. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. b. Tile control and expansion joints.

c. For sound isolation in partitions and ceilings

JOINT SEALANTS 07-9200 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

d. Other joints as indicated.

4. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below:

a. Control and expansion joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.

b. Other joints as indicated.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for sealing joints related to flashing and sheet metal for roofing.

2. Division 8 "Glass and Glazing" for sealants used in glazing.

3. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Drywall" for sealing concealed perimeter joints of gypsum board partitions to reduce sound transmission.

4. Division 9 Section "Tile" for sealing tile joints.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Manufacturer's recommendations and specifications.

B. ASTM C 834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants.

C. ASTM C 920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.

D. ASTM C 1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants.

E. ASTM D 1667 - Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials--Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Closed-Cell Foam).

F. BAAQMD 8-51 - Bay Area Air Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 51, Adhesive and Sealant Products; www.baaqmd.gov.

1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causingECOPY staining or deterioration of joint substrates. B. Design Requirements

1. Sealing building envelope

07-9200 - 2 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. Seal typical building joints with non-sag type sealant.

b. Seal indicated floor joints with self-leveling or slope grade self leveling type sealant.

C. Performance Requirements

1. Building envelope:

a. Make watertight and weathertight.

b. Exterior work that does not remain watertight and all work which does not retain all properties inherent in the product as stipulated by the manufacturer will be considered faulty

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required.

1. Certification by joint sealant manufacturer that sealants plus the primers and cleaners required for sealant installation comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds.

C. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view.

D. Samples for verification purposes of each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealant samples in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.

E. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed ECOPYjoint sealant applications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required.

JOINT SEALANTS 07-9200 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Product Testing: Provide comprehensive test data for each type of joint sealant based on tests conducted by a qualified independent testing laboratory on current product formulations within a 24-month period preceding date of Contractor's submittal of test results to Architect.

1. Test elastomeric sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920. Include test results for hardness, stain resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement (per ASTM C 719), low-temperature flexibility, modulus of elasticity at 100 percent strain, effects of heat aging, and effects of accelerated weathering.

D. Field-Constructed Mock-Ups: Prior to installation of joint sealants, apply elastomeric sealants as follows to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution:

1. Joints in field-constructed mock-ups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive elastomeric joint sealants specified in this Section.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.

B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:

1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 2. ECOPYWhen ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C).

3. When joint substrates are wet.

07-9200 - 4 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated.

C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates.

1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Sequence installation of joint sealants to occur not less than 21 nor more than 30 days after completion of waterproofing, unless otherwise indicated.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. See Section 01700 - Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements.

B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion.

C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve airtight seal and watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.

D. Provide manufacturer's 5 year standard material warranty.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURES

A. Polyurethane Sealants:

1. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.

2. Oegussa Building Systems/Sonneborn: www.chemrex.com.

3. Sika AG: www.sika.com.

4. Tremco, A BFGoodrich Specialty Chemicals Company B. ECOPYAcrylic Emulsion Latex Sealants: 1. OAP, www.dap.com.

2. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.

JOINT SEALANTS 07-9200 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Oegussa Building Systems/Sonneborn: www.chemrex.com.

C. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements.

2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following:

1. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated.

C. Sealants and Primers - General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by the more stringent of the South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule NO.1168.

2.3 GENERAL PURPOSE EXTERIOR SEALANT:

A. Polyurethane; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, G, and A; multi- component.

1. Product:

a. "NP-2" manufactured by Sonneborn.

b. "Sikaflex 2C" manufactured by Sika.

c. Dymeric 240 FC" manufactured by Tremco

2. Applications: Use for:

a. Control, expansion, and soft joints in masonry.

b. Joints between concrete and other materials.

c. Joints between metal frames and other materials. ECOPYd. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is indicated. 3. Color: Standard colors matching finished surfaces. Provide minimum of 40 standard selection choices, when custom color to match is noted, use Sonneborn Sealant Color Matching System. Allow for minimum

07-9200 - 6 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

of five color selections at exterior, and five more at interior, including custom matches.

a.

B. General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, G, and A; single component.

1. Product:

a. "NP-1" manufactured by Sonneborn.

b. "Sikaflex 1 A" manufactured by Sika.

c. “Dymonic FC" manufactured by Tremco.

2. Applications: Use for:

a. Joints between metal frames and other materials.

b. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is indicated.

3. Color: Provide standard sealant color choices for seelction by architect. Allow for a minimum of five color selections total.

C. Exterior Metal Lap Joint Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, G, and A;

1. Product:

a. "NP-1" manufactured by Sonneborn. 2. Product: "Sikaflex 1A" manufactured by Sika.

b. "Dymeric 240 FC" manufactured by Tremco.

2. Applications: Use for:

a. Concealed sealant bead in sheet metal work.

b. Concealed sealant bead in siding overlaps. D. ECOPYGeneral Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF single component, paintable.

1. Products

a. "Sonolac" manufactured by Sonneborn.

JOINT SEALANTS 07-9200 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

b. "DAP 230" by DAP.

c. "Pecora AC20" by Pecora.

2. Applications: Use for:

a. Interior wall and ceiling control joints.

b. Interior joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces.

c. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated.

3. Color: Provide standard sealant color choices for seelction by architect. Allow for a minimum of five color selections total.

E. Tile Sealant: White silicone; ASTM C 920, Uses I, M and A; single component, mildew resistant.

1. Applications: Use for:

a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces.

b. Joints between kitchen and bath countertops and wall surfaces.

F. Acoustical Sealant: Synthetic rubber, single component.

1. Product

a. Tremco "Acoustical Sealant"

G. Exterior or Interior Horizontal Expansion Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self- leveling; ASTM C 920, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T, M and A; single component.

1. Products

a. SL-2 Slope Grade or Self Leveling Sealant" manufactured by Sonneborn. ECOPYb. "Sikaflex 2C SL" manufactured by Sika. c. "Vulkem 245" manufactured by Tremco.

07-9200 - 8 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Applications: Use for:

a. Expansion joints in floors.

b. Joints in sidewalks and vehicular paving.

3. Color

a. Standard colors matching finished surfaces.

H. Foam Sealant:

1. Product

a. "Touch'n Seal RX" as manufactured by Convenience Products, Fenton, MO.

I. Sealer Tape:

1. Product

a. Inmont "Presstite #579.6"

b. 3M "Seam Sealer Tape"

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates.

C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1667, ECOPYclosed cell PVC; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.

JOINT SEALANTS 07-9200 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer and the following requirements:

1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.

2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air.

3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete.

4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant-substrate testsECOPY or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or

07-9200 - 10 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply.

B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

C. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed.

E. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated.

F. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 of the joint width.

G. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used.

H. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. I. ECOPYApply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.

J. Provide flush joint configuration, per Figure 5B in ASTM C 1193, where indicated.

JOINT SEALANTS 07-9200 - 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of recessed tooled joints.

K. Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each length of sealant immediately after removing protective wrapping, taking care not to pull or stretch material, and to comply with sealant manufacturer's directions for installation methods, materials, and tools that produce seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersections of joints. For applications at low ambient temperatures where expansion of sealant requires acceleration to produce seal, apply heat to sealant in conformance with sealant manufacturer's recommendations.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.

END OF SECTION 07901 ECOPY

07-9200 - 12 JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 08-3113 - ACCESS DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes access doors for installation in the following types of construction:

1. Gypsum drywall.

2. Ceramic tile.

B. Provide fire-rated access doors where indicated or scheduled.

C. Provide painted steel access doors where access required at Gypsum Board or similar contruction.

D. Provide Stainless steel perforated frames and recessed faced doors to receive thin-set tile face finish at ceramic tile walls.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

1. Product data in form of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of access door assembly, including setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage, devices.

a. Include complete schedule, including types, general locations, sizes, wall and ceiling construction details, finishes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. ECOPY2. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of customized access doors and frames, including details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, anchorage and accessory items.

3. Samples, 3 inches by 5 inches minimum size, of each panel face material showing factory-finished color and texture.

ACCESS DOORS 08 3113 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain access doors for entire project from one source from a single manufacturer.

B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Wherever a fire-resistance classification is indicated, provide access door assembly with panel door, frame, hinge, and latch from manufacturer listed in Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.'s "Building Materials Directory" for rating shown.

1. Provide UL label on each fire-rated access door.

C. Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard size units, which may vary slightly from sizes indicated.

D. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices that must be built into other work for installation of access doors. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Verification: Obtain specific locations and sizes for required access doors from trades requiring access to concealed equipment, and indicate on submittal schedule.

B. Special-Size Access Doors: Use where required or requested; indicate on schedule.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering access doors that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Karp Associates, Inc.

2. Milcor, Inc. 3. ECOPYNystrom, Inc. 4. or approved Equal

2.2 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION

08-3113 - 2 ACCESS DOORS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. General: Furnish each access door assembly manufactured as an integral unit, complete with all parts, and ready for installation.

B. Steel Access Doors and Frames: Fabricate units of continuous welded steel construction unless otherwise indicated. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of support shown.

C. Frames: Fabricate from 16-gage steel.

1. Fabricate frame with exposed flange nominal 1-inch wide around perimeter of frame for units installed in the following construction:

a. Exposed concrete.

b. Drywall finish.

2. Fabricate frame with concealed flange frame for units installed in the following construction:

a. Ceramic Tile.

3. For gypsum drywall or gypsum veneer plaster, furnish perforated frames with drywall bead.

4. For ceramic tile, furnish perforated frames and recessed faced doors to receive thin-set tile face finish.

D. Flush Panel Doors: Fabricate from not less than 14-gage sheet steel, with concealed spring hinges or concealed continuous piano hinge set to open 175 degrees. Finish with manufacturer's factory-applied prime paint and Field Paint to match adjacent surface.

1. For fire-rated units, provide manufacturer's standard insulated flush panel/doors, with continuous piano hinge and self-closing mechanism.

E. Recessed Panel Doors: Fabricate from not less than 18-gage sheet steel with face of panel formed to provide recess below surface of applied finish. Reinforce panel as required to prevent buckling. Finish with manufacturer's factory-applied prime paint

ECOPY1. Furnish recessed panels for concealed installation where access is required in ceamic tile wainscots or walls.

F. Locking Devices: Furnish flush, screwdriver-operated cam locks of number required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed.

ACCESS DOORS 08 3113 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Provide one cylinder lock per access door. Furnish 2 keys per lock. Key all locks alike, unless otherwise scheduled.

2. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic grommets and install in holes cut through finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of access doors.

B. Coordinate installation with work of other trades.

C. Where access panels are required at ceramic tile walls, coordinate location of access doors and adjacent wall grout layout so ceramic faced door grout line align with adjacent surface layout.

D. Set frames accurately in position and securely attach to supports with face panels plumb or level in relation to adjacent finish surfaces.

3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN

A. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation.

B. Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged.

END OF SECTION ECOPY

08-3113 - 4 ACCESS DOORS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 08 6200 – ALUMINUM SKYLIGHTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Unit skylights mounted on site-erected curbs.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 084513 "Structured-Polycarbonate-Panel Assemblies" for metal-framed skylights glazed with structured-polycarbonate panels.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of unit skylight.

1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for unit skylights.

B. Shop Drawings: For unit skylight work.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and connections to supporting structure and other adjoining work.

C. Aluminum Finish Samples: For each type of exposed finish required, in a representative section of each unit skylight in manufacturer's standard size.

D. Glazing Samples: For each color and finish of glazing indicated, 12 inches square and of same thickness indicated for the final Work.

E. Product Test Reports: For each type and size of unit skylight, for tests ECOPYperformed within the last four years by a qualified testing agency. F. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For unit skylights to include in maintenance manuals.

ALUMINUM SKYLIGHT 08600 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating unit skylights that meet or exceed performance requirements indicated and of documenting this performance by inclusion in lists and by labels, test reports, and calculations.

B. Installer Qualifications: An installer acceptable to unit skylight manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of unit skylights that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Uncontrolled water leakage.

b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.

c. Yellowing of acrylic glazing.

d. Breakage of polycarbonate glazing.

e. Deterioration of insulating-glass hermetic seal.

2. Warranty Period:5 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Bristolite Daylighting Systems, Inc.; Model 2222 AL-CM-2-P (desing standard) or comparable product by one of the following:

1. CPI Daylighting Inc. 2. KalwallECOPY Corporation.

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Unit Skylight Standard: Comply with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 for definitions and minimum standards of performance, materials,

08600 - 2 ALUMINUM SKYLIGHTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

components, accessories, and fabrication unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

1. Performance Class and Grade: Class CW-PG 150.

B. Thermal Transmittance: NFRC 100 maximum U-factor of .70 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F

C. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient (SHGC): NFRC 200 maximum SHGC of .90.

D. Outside-Inside Transmission Class (OITC): Rated for not less than 22 OITC when tested for laboratory sound transmission loss according to ASTM E 90 and determined by ASTM E 1332.

E. Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance: Provide unit skylights that pass basic] protection testing requirements in ASTM E 1996 for Wind Zone 1 when tested according to ASTM E 1886. Test specimens shall be no smaller in width and length than unit skylights indicated for use on Project and shall be installed in same manner as unit skylights indicated for use on Project.

1. Large-Missile Test: For unit skylights located within 30 feet of grade.

2. Small-Missile Test: For unit skylights located more than 30 feet above grade.

2.3 UNIT SKYLIGHTS

A. General: Provide factory-assembled unit skylights that include glazing, extruded-aluminum glazing retainers, gaskets, and inner frames and that are capable of withstanding performance requirements indicated.

B. Basis-of Design Product: Bristolite Daylighting Systems, Inc. Model 2222 AL-CM-2-P.

C. Performance Requirements: .

D. Unit Shape and Size: [As indicated] [Square, ,insert value> inside curb] [Rectangular, inside curb] [Circular, diameter inside curb] .

E. Polycarbonate Glazing: Thermoformable, extruded monolithic sheets, UV ECOPYresistant, burglar-resistance rated according to UL 972, and with average impact strength of 12 to 16 ft-lb/in. of width when tested according to ASTM D 256, Test Method A (Izod).

1. Double-Glazing Profile: Pyramid, 30-degree slope

ALUMINUM SKYLIGHT 08600 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. Thicknesses: 0.118 inch.

b. Inner Glazing Color: White.

c. Outer Glazing Color: Clear.

2. Self-Ignition Temperature: 650 deg F or more for plastic sheets in thickness indicated when tested according to ASTM D 1929.

3. Smoke-Production Characteristics: Smoke-developed index of 450 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and smoke density of 75 or less when tested according to ASTM D 2843

4. Burning Characteristics: Tested according to ASTM D 635. Class CC1, burning extent of 1 inch (25 mm) or less for nominal thickness of 0.060 inch (1.5 mm) or thickness indicated for use.

F. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard.

2.4 ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. Fasteners: Same metal as metal being fastened, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by manufacturer. Finish exposed fasteners to match material being fastened.

1. Where removal of exterior exposed fasteners might allow access to building, provide nonremovable fastener heads.

2.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. Mill Finish: Manufacturer's standard.

B. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker.

C. Color: Match existing

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATIONECOPY A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

08600 - 4 ALUMINUM SKYLIGHTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate installation of unit skylight with installation of substrates, vapor retarders, roof insulation, roofing membrane, and flashing as required to ensure that each element of the Work performs properly and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight.

B. Comply with recommendations in AAMA 1607 and with manufacturer's written instructions for installing unit skylights.

C. Install unit skylights level, plumb, and true to line, without distortion.

D. Anchor unit skylights securely to supporting substrates.

E. Where aluminum surfaces of unit skylights will contact another metal or corrosive substrates, such as preservative-treated wood, apply bituminous coating on concealed metal surfaces or provide other approved permanent separation recommended in writing by unit skylight manufacturer.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. After completion of installation and nominal curing of sealant and glazing compounds but before installation of interior finishes, test for water leaks according to AAMA 501.2.

B. Additional testing and inspections, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Clean exposed unit skylight surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings and finishes.

B. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances.

C. Remove and replace glazing that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, ECOPYor damaged during construction period. D. Protect unit skylight surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations.

END OF SECTION

ALUMINUM SKYLIGHT 08600 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 09-0511 - PREPARATION OF CONCRETE FOR FINISH FLOORING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Mechanical cleaning of new concrete floor surfaces for application of the following finishes:

a. Sealers.

b. Coatings.

1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01-6116 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions.

B. Section 01-6110 - CalGreen Design Requirements.

C. Section 03-3000 - Cast-In-Place Concrete for concrete floor slabs.

D. Section 07-2633 - Water Vapor Emission Barrier for Flooring.

E. Division 9 Sections for applied floor finishes.

1.4 REFERENCES

A. California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11 California Green Building Standards Code, "CAL-Green".

B. California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, California Building Code (CBC), International Building Code 2012, with 2013 California Amendments. 1.5 ADMINSTRATIVEECOPY REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."

1. Review conditions affecting substrate preparation.

PREPARATION OF CONCRETE FOR FINISH FLOORING 09-0511 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Review procedures that will be used for substrate preparation.

3. Require attendance by Water Vapor Emission Control and Finish Flooring installers to review preparation requirements of floor finish product and flooring adhesive manufacturers

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of mechanical cleaning equipment used on the project.

B. Informational Submittals

1. Qualification Data: For Installer performing surface preparation.

2. Field quality-control reports.

a. Submit report of observations.

b. Certify installation is complete in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

c. Indicate supplementary instructions provided for Project specific conditions.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained in the use of the equipment and techniques required to produce the specified results.

B. Mockups: Provide field mockups to set quality standards for surface preparation execution and for preconstruction testing.

1. Provide mockup of typical surface preparation, minimum 100 sq. ft. area. Coordinate required size with requirements for preconstruction testing.

2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect ECOPYspecifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work when undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

09-0511 - 2 PREPARATION OF CONCRETE FOR FINISH FLOORING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify new concrete floors have cured minimum 28 days.

B. Examine substrates, with Installer (s) present, for compliance with requirements for surface contamination, damage, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

C. Examine substrate to determine repairs required to restore substrate surface to be within tolerances required for floor finishes specified in other sections, prior to completing Work of this section.

D. Examine substrate to verify surfaces prepared in accordance with this section will be suitable for application of finishes specified in other sections.

E. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance with recommendations for methods and materials required to correct conditions before proceeding with work of this section.

F. Proceed with surface preparation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Proceeding with surface preparations indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions of substrate.

3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION EQUIPMENT

A. Mechanical Cleaning Equipment Automatic, dry shot blast type, self contained capable of recycling blast materials and collecting surface abrasions.

3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Mechanically clean concrete substrate and create surface profile in existing concrete substrate in accordance with ASTM D 4259.

1. Mechanically clean concrete substrate to remove surface and penetrating contaminates to produce a surface profile of ICRI CSP 3 minimum, and greater as required by coating manufacturer in related ECOPYsections, all in accordance with ICRI Technical Bulletin No. 03732.

2. Acceptable substrate surfaces will be free of laitance, oil, grease, flooring adhesive, paint, and other surface contaminates capable of affecting bond of specified floor finishes to concrete substrate.

PREPARATION OF CONCRETE FOR FINISH FLOORING 09-0511 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Repair surface irregularities after cleaning.

1. Fill bugholes, spalls, cracks, deteriorated joints and other surface damage exposed or created as a result of substrate cleaning operations flush with adjacent surfaces to provide sound substrate for specified floor finish.

C. Dry broom or vacuum clean concrete substrates immediately before application of specified floor finishes in accordance with ASTM D 4258 to remove loose materials on substrate surface.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following filed tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1. Visual inspection of completed substrate preparation to verify contamination is removed.

2. Visual inspection of completed substrate preparation to verify surface profile matches ICifi profile required for specified coating or finish, using ICRI standard rubber mold for visual comparison.

3. Prepare field quality control report Clearly indicate the locations, extents, and conditions of areas where surface preparation does not conform to specified profile and cleanliness. Document observed conditions with digital photographs.

4. Repeat inspections when additional surface preparation for unsatisfactory conditions indicated in the previous field quality control report

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect prepared concrete substrates from contamination. Reclean substrates that are contaminated by construction operations prior to installation of specified floor finishes.

ECOPYEND OF SECTION

09-0511 - 4 PREPARATION OF CONCRETE FOR FINISH FLOORING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 09-2900 - GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included: Provide gypsum drywall and accessories where shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation.

1. Related work: Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of -these Specifications.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340.

1. Product data: Within 75 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section;

2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with , the specified requirements;

B. Mock-ups:

1. At the site, provide a mock-up gypsum wallboard panel.

a. Make the panel approximately 4'-0" square.

b. Provide one mock-up panel for each gypsum wallboard finish used on the Work. ECOPYc. The mock-ups may not be used as part of the Work. d. Revise as necessary.

GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09-2900 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. The mock-up panels will be used as the standard of comparison with the remainder of the work of this Section for the purpose of acceptance or rejection.

3. Completely demolish and remove mock-up from the job site upon completion and acceptance of the work of this Section.

1.4 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Areas to receive gypsum board shall be examined for defects and irregularities and no gypsum board shall be applied to defective or irregular surfaces until after suitable corrections have been made. Gypsum board shall not be installed until the building is closed in, weatherproofed, and permanent or temporary heat is available.

1.5 STANDARDS

A. All materials and installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions and insofar as any portion is applicable, the manufacturer's printed instructions are hereby made a direct part of this specification.

B. All materials of each gypsum wallboard system shall be from the same manufacturer, i.e., gypsum wallboard, adhesive, accessories, joint compound, etc., and shall have manufacturer's recommendation for use in the system.

1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640.

B. Gypsum board materials shall be delivered and stored in a dry, covered space and protected from moisture. Material shall be covered with plastic sheets until ready for installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GYPSUM WALLBOARD

1. General: Provide gypsum wallboard complying with ASTM Standard C 36-87 (Fed Spec SS-L-30D), in 48" widths and in such lengths as will result in a minimum of joints.

2. ECOPYRegular wallboard: Provide type III, grade R, class 1, (ASTM C 36- 87), 5/8" thick except as may be shown otherwise on the Drawings.

3. Fire-retardant wallboard: Provide type III, grade X, class 1, (ASTM C 36-87), 5/8" thick.

09-2900 - 2 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. Hi-impact - Mold Resistant wallboard: Abuse Resistance Level 2 or better, except level 1 for indentation, (ASTM C1629) Mold resistance (ASTMD3273) ; 5/8” thick.

B. Acceptable manufacturer:

1. U.S.G. Gypsum Wallboard

2. Georgia Pacific Gypsum

3. National Gypsum Company

4. Or equal approved by architect.

2.2 METAL TRIM

A. Form from zinc-coated steel not lighter than 26 gage, complying with Fed Spec QQ- S-775, type I, class D or E.

1. Casing beads: Provide channel-shapes with an exposed wing, and with a concealed wing not less than 7/8" wide.

2. The exposed wing may be covered with paper cemented to the metal, but shall -be suitable for joint treatment.

B. Comer beads: Provide angle shapes with wings not less than 1-1/8" wide and perforated for nailing and joint treatment.

1. Edge beads for use at perimeter of ceilings: Provide angle shapes with wings not less than 3/4 " wide .

2. Provide concealed wing perforated for nailing, and exposed wing edge folded flat.

3. Exposed wing may be factory finished in white color.

2.3 JOINTING SYSTEM

A. Provide a jointing system, including reinforcing tape and compound, designed as a system to be used together and as recommended for this use by the ECOPYmanufacturer of the gypsum wallboard approved for use on this Work. B. Jointing compound may be used for finishing if so recommended by its manufacturer.

GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09-2900 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2.4 FASTENING DEVICES

A. For fastening gypsum wallboard in place on metal studs and metal channels, use flat-head screws, shouldered, specially designed for use with power- driven tools, not less than 1-5/8" long, with self-tapping threads and self- drilling points.

B. For fastening gypsum wallboard in place on wood, use not less than 1-5/8" long type G bugle-head screws.

2.5 ACCESS DOORS

A. In partitions and ceilings installed under this Section, provide doors where required for access to mechanical installations and electrical installations.

B. Types:

1. see Section 8-3113 – Access Doors

2.6 TACK BOARD SUBSTRATE

A. Acceptable products:

1. FlameSpec manufucatured by Celotex Blue Ridge fiber board, subsidary of WR Meadows

2. Microe Mineral Fiber board 300 manufactured by USG.

3. Equal products of other manufacturers when approved by the Architect.

B. Provide tack board base where tackable wall surfaces are indicated. Tack board –substrate shall be 1/2" x 4' x 8'. Tape all joints. One side shall have a smooth, laminated quality surface.

1. Substrate Characteristics:

a. Thickness 1/2”

b. Flame Spread: 20, per ASTM E 84 ECOPYc. Smoked Developed: 30, per ASTM E 84 d. Classification: Class A, per NFPA

2.7 OTHER MATERIALS

09-2900 - 4 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the review of the Architect.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS

A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General

1. Install the gypsum wallboard in accordance with the Drawings and with the separate boards in moderate contact but not forced into place.

2. At internal and external corners, conceal the cut edges of the boards by the overlapping covered edges of the abutting boards.

3. Stagger the boards so that corners of any four boards will not meet at a common point except in vertical corners.

4. Ceilings: Install the gypsum wallboard to ceilings with the long dimension of the wallboard at right angles to the supporting members.

5. Wallboard may be installed with the long dimension parallel to supporting members that are spaced 16" on centers when attachment members are provided at end joints.

B. Walls and Ceilings

1. Install the gypsum wallboard to studs at right angles to the furring or framing members.

2. Make end joints, where required, over framing or furring members.

3. Attaching: Drive the specified screws with clutch-controlled power screwdrivers, spacing the screws 12" on centers at ceilings and 16" on ECOPYcenters at walls. 4. Where framing members are spaced 24" apart on walls space screws 12" on centers.

GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09-2900 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

5. Attach double layers in accordance with the pertinent codes and the manufacturer's recommendations.

6. Attach to wood as required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

7. Access doors: By careful coordination with the Drawings and with the trades involved, install the specified access doors where required.

8. Anchor firmly into position, and align properly to achieve an installation flush with the finished surface.

3.3 JOINT TREATMENT

1. General: Inspect areas to be joint treated, verifying that the gypsum wallboard fits snugly against supporting framework.

2. In areas where joint treatment and compound finishing will be performed, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 degrees for 24 hours prior to commencing the treatment, and until joint and finishing compounds have dried.

3. Apply the joint treatment and finishing compound by machine or hand tool.

4. Provide a minimum drying time of 24 hours between coats, with additional drying time in poorly ventilated areas.

5. Embedding compounds: Apply to gypsum wallboard joints and fastener heads in a thin uniform layer.

6. Spread the compound not less than 3" wide at joints, center the reinforcing tape in the joint, and embed the tape in the compound. Then spread a thin layer of compound over the tape.

7. After this treatment has dried, apply a second coat of embedding compound to joints and fastener heads, spreading in a thin uniform coat to not less than 6” wide at joints, and feather edged.

8. Sandpaper between coats as required.

9. ECOPYWhen thoroughly dry, sandpaper to eliminate ridges and high points.

10. Finishing compounds: After embedding compound is thoroughly dry and has been completely sanded, apply a coat of finishing compound to joints and fastener heads.

09-2900 - 6 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

11. Feather the finishing compound to not less than 12" wide.

12. When thoroughly dry, sandpaper to obtain a uniformly smooth surface, taking care to not scuff the paper surface of the wallboard.

3.4 CORNER TREATMENT

A. Internal corners: Treat as specified for joints, except fold the reinforcing tape; lengthwise through the middle and fit neatly into the corner.

1. External corners: Install the specified corner bead, fitting neatly over the comer and securing with the same type fasteners used for installing the wallboard.

2. Space the fasteners approximately 6" on centers, and drive through the wallboard into the framing or furring member.

3. After the corner bead has been secured into position, treat the corner with joint compound and reinforcing tape as specified for joints, feathering the joint compound out from 8" to 10" on each side of the corner.

3.5 OTHER METAL TRIM

1. General: The Drawings do not purport to show all locations and requirements for metal trim.

2. Carefully study the Drawings and the installation, and provide all metal trim normally recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard approved for use in this Work.

3.6 WALL AND CEILING FINISH

A. At concealed areas, plenums provide a Level 1 finish; all joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable.

B. At surfaces where moisture resistant gypsum board is to be used as a backing board for tile provide a Level 2 finish; all joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and one separate coat of joint compound ECOPYapplied over all joints, angles, fasteners heads, and accessories. surface shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable.

C. At surfaces where light textures and flat paint are scheduled provide a Level 4 finish; all joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and three separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints,

GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09-2900 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

angles, fasteners heads, and accessories. All joint compound sha11 be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. Prepare the surface to be coated with a primer/sealer prior to the application of final finishes. Do not use gloss or semi-gloss paint over this assembly.

D. At surfaces where gloss or semi-gloss paint or wall covering are scheduled or where severe lighting conditions occur provide a Level 5 finish; all joints and interior angles , shall have tape embedded in joint compound and three separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints, angles, fasteners heads, and accessories. A thin skim coat of joint compound, or a material manufactured especially for this purpose, shall be applied to the entire surface. The surface shall be smooth and free from tool marks and ridges. Prepare the surface to be coated with a primer / sealer prior to the application of final finishes. Provide a smooth texture free surface for areas scheduled to receive wall covering. For areas to receive gloss or semi-gloss paint smooth walls or a light texture may be scheduled.

E. For all areas required to receive a textured finish; Submit samples to Architect for approval. Do not begin work until the wall texture sample has been approved by the Architect. Samples shall not be done on the finished walls.

3.7 WALL AND CEILING FINISH SCHEDULE

AREA FINISH

Concealed spaces Fire tape

Flat Painted areas “Orange Peel” light spray

Gloss or Semi-gloss painted areas “Orange Peel” light spray

Acoustical Tile – Non rated condition No Finish necessary

Acoustical Tile – rated condition Fire Tape

3.8 CLEANING UP

A. In addition to other requirements for cleaning, use necessary care to prevent scattering gypsum wallboard scraps and dust, and to prevent tracking gypsum andECOPY joint finishing compound onto floor surfaces. B. At completion of each segment of installation in a room or space, promptly pick up and remove from the working area all scrap, debris, and surplus material of this Section.

END OF SECTION

09-2900 - 8 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 09-3013 - TILE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Glazed wall tile.

2. Cementitious backer units.

B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 3 Section "Concrete Work" for monolithic slab finishes specified for tile substrates.

2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces.

3. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Drywall" for cementitious backer units installed as part of gypsum wallboard systems.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data for each type of product specified.

C. Shop drawings indicating tile patterns and locations and widths of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. ECOPY1. Locate precisely each joint and crack in tile substrates by measuring, record measurements on shop drawings, and coordinate them with tile joint locations, in consultation with Architect.

TILE 09-3013 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Samples for verification purposes of each item listed below, prepared on samples of size and construction indicated, products involve color and texture variations, in sets showing full range of variations expected.

1. Each type and composition of tile and for each color and texture required, at least 12 inches square, mounted on plywood or hardboard backing and grouted.

2. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color required.

3. Metal edge strips in 6-inch lengths.

E. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, plus other information specified.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Single-Source Responsibility for Tile: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, composition, and variety of tile from a single source for each installation area with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work.

B. Single-Source Responsibility for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality from one manufacturer for each cementitious and admixture component and from one source or producer for each aggregate.

C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed tile installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project.

D. Field-Constructed Mock-Up: Before installing tile, erect mock-ups for each form of construction and finish required to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build mock-ups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of Work. 1. ECOPYLocate mock-ups on site in location and size indicated or, if not indicated, directed by Architect.

2. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

TILE 09-3013 - 2 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Obtain Architect's acceptance of mock-ups before start of final unit of Work.

4. Retain and maintain mock-ups during construction in undisturbed condition as a standard for judging completed unit of Work.

a. Accepted mock-ups in undisturbed condition at time of Substantial Completion may become part of completed unit of Work.

E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings".

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages.

B. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter, and other causes.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations.

B. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide buildup.

C. Maintain temperatures at 50 deg F (10 deg C) or more in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer's instructions.

1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials that match products installed as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents.

ECOPY1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size.

TILE 09-3013 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Ceramic Mosaic Tile:

a. Dal-Tile Corp.

b. Or approved equal

2. Dry-Set Mortars and Grouts:

a. Custom Building Products

b. Mapei Corp.

c. Or approved Equal

3. Commercial Portland Cement Grouts:

a. Custom Building Products

b. L & M Mfg. Inc.

c. Or Approved Equal

2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. ANSI Standard for Ceramic Tile: Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile" for types, compositions, and grades of tile indicated.

1. Furnish tile complying with "Standard Grade" requirements unless otherwise indicated.

B. ANSI Standard for Tile Installation Materials: Comply with ANSI standard referencedECOPY with products and materials indicated for setting and grouting. C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials compling with the following requirements:

TILE 09-3013 - 4 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Match Existing Tile.

2. Provide tile trim and accessories that match color and finish of adjoining flat tile.

D. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, blend tile in factory and package accordingly so that tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples.

E. Mounting: Where factory-mounted tile is required, provide back- or edge- mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless another mounting method is indicated.

1. Where tile is indicated for installation on exteriors or in wet areas, do not use back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies that this type of mounting is suitable for these kinds of uses and has been successfully used on other projects.

F. All Floor tiles to have a min. Coefficient of friction of 0.6.

2.3 TILE PRODUCTS

A. Products include Ceramic Wall Tiles of the manufacturer, size, color to match existing tile, or approved aubstitute if existing can not be matched.

B. The Architect will consider substitutions that meet the specific requirements of each tile chosen for there intended purposes. See section 1300 of these specifications for time restrictions for submitting substitutions. Some products selected have a extended lead time requirements.

C. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match characteristics of adjoining flat tile and to comply with following requirements:

1. Size: As indicated, coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable.

2. Shapes: As follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes:

a. Base for Portland Cement Mortar Installations: Coved.

ECOPYb. Wainscot Cap for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose.

c. External Corners for Portland Cement Mortar Installations: Bullnose shape with a radius of at least 3/4 inch unless otherwise indicated.

TILE 09-3013 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

d. External Corners for Thinset Installations: Surface bullnose.

e. Internal Corners: Field-butted square corners, except use coved base and cap angle pieces designed to member with stretcher shapes.

f. Tapered Transition Tile: Shape designed to effect transition between thickness of tile floor and adjoining floor finishes of different thickness, tapered to provide a reduction in thickness from 1/2 inch to 1/4 inch across nominal 4 INCH dimension.

2.4 WATERPROOFING FOR THINSET TILE INSTALLATIONS

A. Latex Rubber Waterproofing: Manufacturer's standard factory-prepackaged, job-mixed, proprietary two-part formulation consisting of liquid latex rubber and powder for trowel application and glass fiber fabric reinforcing.

B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Latex Rubber Waterproofing:

a. "Laticrete 9240 Waterproof Membrane"; Laticrete International Inc.

b. or approved equal

2.5 SETTING MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement Mortar Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.1 and as specified below.

1. Cleavage Membrane: Asphalt felt, ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15), or polyethylene sheeting ASTM D 4397, 4.0 mils thick.

2. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized welded wire fabric, 2 inches by 2 inches - WO.3 by WO.3 (16 ASW gage or 0.0625 inch diameter); comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size.

3. Latex additive (water emulsion) described below, serving as ECOPYreplacement for part or all of gauging water, of type specifically recommended by latex additive manufacturer for use with job-mixed portland cement and aggregate mortar bed.

a. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard.

TILE 09-3013 - 6 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.1.

C. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.4, composition as follows:

1. Latex additive (water emulsion) of type described below, serving as replacement for part or all of gauging water, combined at job site with prepackaged dry mortar mix supplied or specified by latex additive manufacturer.

a. Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard.

D. Water-Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive: ANSI A118.3.

2.6 GROUTING MATERIALS

A. Commercial Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, colors to be selected by Architect from manufacturers standard colors.

2.7 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers," including ASTM C 920 as referenced by Type, Grade, Class, and Uses.

B. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealed joints unless otherwise indicated.

C. One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated with fungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates that are subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and temperature extremes.

D. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

E. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: ECOPY1. One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: a. "Dow Corning 786"; Dow Corning Corp.

b. "or approved equal

2.8 CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS (GLASS MESH MORTAR UNITS)

TILE 09-3013 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Proprietary backing units with glass fiber mesh reinforcing and water-resistant coating on both faces, complying with the following requirements:

1. Cement-Coated Portland Cement Panels: High-density portland cement surface coating on both faces and lightweight concrete core composed of portland cement and expanded ceramic aggregate; fabricated in panels 7/16-inch thick by 36 inches wide by 36, 48, 60, 64, or 72 inches long and weighing 3.2 to 3.8 psf.

B. Mortar Unit Finishing Materials: Tape and joint compounds as recommended by manufacturer of cementitious backer units.

C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, cementitious backer units which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. "Wonder-Board"; Modulars Inc.

2. "Durock Tile Backer Board"; Durabond Div., USG Industries, Inc.

3. or approved equal

2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Metal Edge Strips: Zinc alloy or stainless steel terrazzo strips, 1/8-inch wide at top edge with integral provision for anchorage to mortar bed or substrate unless otherwise indicated.

2.10 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT

A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and manufacturers including those for accurate proportioning of materials, water, or additive content; type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATIONECOPY

A. Examine substrates and areas where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile.

TILE 09-3013 - 8 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, and free from oil or waxy films and curing compounds.

2. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile.

B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, verify that tile has been blended in factory and packaged accordingly so that tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing.

3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. ANSI Tile Installation Standard: Comply with parts of ANSI 108 series of tile installation standards included under "American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to type of setting and grouting materials and methods indicated.

B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"; comply with TCA installation methods indicated.

C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.

D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. E. ECOPYJointing Pattern: Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise shown.

TILE 09-3013 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

F. Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated.

G. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw cut joints after installation of tiles.

1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates.

2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers."

H. Grout tile to comply with the requirements of the following installation standards:

1. For ceramic tile grouts (sand-portland cement, dry-set, commercial portland cement, and latex-portland cement grouts), comply with ANSI A108.10.

I. At showers, tubs and similar wet areas, install cementitious backer units and treat joints to comply with manufacturer's instructions for type of application indicated.

3.4 WATERPROOFING FOR THINSET TILE INSTALLATIONS

A. Install waterproofing in compliance with waterproofing manufacturer's instructions to produce a waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate.

B. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight.

3.5 WALL TILE INSTALLATION METHODS

A. Install types of tile designated for wall tile per Tile Council of North America (TCNA) Method: W244 3.6 CLEANINGECOPY AND PROTECTION A. Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter.

1. Remove latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible.

TILE 09-3013 - 10 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer's printed instructions, but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron, and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning.

B. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, and otherwise defective tile work.

C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer that ensures that tile is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

1. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear.

2. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least 7 days after grouting is completed.

D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces.

END OF SECTION 09300

ECOPY

TILE 09-3013 - 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 09-6543 - RESILIENT FLOORING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section 01-4525 Testing Concrete Floor for Moisture and PH

C. Section 07-2633 Water Emmisions Control for Flooring

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Homogenous (solid) Linoleum floor tile with coved base.

B. Resilient reducer strips, and other accessories installed with resilient floor tiles are specified in Division 9 Section "Resilient Wall Base and Accessories."

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data for each type of product specified.

1. Certification by tile manufacturer that products supplied for tile installation comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOC's).

C. Samples for verification purposes in full-size tiles of each different color and pattern of resilient floor sheet or tile specified, showing full range of variations expected in these characteristics.

D. Product certificates, in lieu of laboratory test reports when permitted by Architect, signed by manufacturer certifying that each product complies with ECOPYrequirements. E. Maintenance data for resilient floor sheet goods and tile, to include in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09-6543 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Single-Source Responsibility for Floor sheet goods and Tile: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of tile from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work.

B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide resilient floor tile with the following fire performance characteristics as determined by testing products per ASTM test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per sq. cm or more per ASTM E 648.

2. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E 662.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver tiles and installation accessories to Project site in original manufacturer's unopened and containers each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions.

B. Store flooring materials in dry spaces protected from the weather with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C).

C. Store tiles on flat surfaces. Move tiles and installation accessories into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Maintain a minimum temperature of 70 deg F (21 deg C) in spaces to receive sheet goods or tiles for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. After this period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C).

B. Do not install shet good or tiles until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. C. CloseECOPY spaces to traffic during tile installation. 1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Install tiles and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed.

B. Do not install tiles over concrete slabs until the slabs have cured and are

09-6543 - 2 RESILIENT FLOORING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive as determined by tile manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test.

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents.

1. Furnish not less than 10% of sheet goods for each type specified.

2. Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each class, wearing surface, color, pattern and size of resilient floor tile installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Forbo Industries, Inc. (Basis of Design Standard)

2. or approved equal, see Section 01-6100 for Product Substitution

2.2 RESILIENT FLOORING

A. General: All resilient flooring to have a minimum Coefficient of friction of no less than 0.5.

B. Resilient Sheet Flooring:

1. Where sheet goods are indicated on the finish schedule product Shall be Forbo Marmoleum “Dual”, "Real,", “Vivace,", or equal product of Comparable quality, utility , and appearance, and as approved by the Architect. Vinyl flooring shall be 2.5mm thick x 2 meters (79") wide. Design elements shall extend throughout the thickness of the wear layer. ECOPYa. Flammability Class I in accordance with test procedure ASTM E-648 /NFP A 253

b. Less than 450 in Flaming Mode as per AS1M E-662/NFP A 258.

RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09-6543 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

c. Residual Indentation: Static load limit 150 psi.

d. Patterns shall be as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.3 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES

A. Fluid-applied water vapor retarder necessary to achieve slab moisture content required by flooring manufacturer and product recommnended by manufacturer.

B. Concrete Slab Primer: Nonstaining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer.

C. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based formulation provided or approved by tile manufacturer for applications indicated.

D. Adhesives (Cements): Water-resistant type recommended by tile manufacturer to suit resilient floor tile products and substrate conditions indicated.

E. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General: Examine areas where installation of resilient flooring will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for tile installation and comply with tile manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section.

B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following:

1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials whose presence would interfere with ECOPYbonding of adhesive. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by tile manufacturer.

2. Finishes of subfloors comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" for slabs

09-6543 - 4 RESILIENT FLOORING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits of any kind.

C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. General: Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates indicated to receive tile or sheet goods

B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tile manufacturer's directions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.

C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, by using a terrazzo or concrete grinder, a drum sander, or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy-duty wire brush.

D. Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered by tiles immediately before tile installation. Following cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust.

E. Apply concrete slab water sealer or primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to applying adhesive. Apply according to manufacturer's directions.

3.3 TESTING FOR MOISTURE

A. See procedures in Section 01-4523.

3.4 INSTALLATION- SHEET LINOLEUM

A. General: Comply with sheet linoleum manufacturer's installation directions and other requirements indicated that are applicable to each type of installation specified.

B. Cut required length of linoleum flooring from roll, allow enough material to extend up the wall, or beyond intended area, 4 to 6 inches at either end. ECOPYLayout and position seams so they fall at least 6 inches from underlayment joints or saw cuts in concrete substrate. Apply adhesive and lay sheet flooring into wet adhesive and roll with a 100 pound roller. Install sheet square with room axis.

RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09-6543 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Adhesive, Sewamless flooring installation: Rout out seams and heat weld together with complementary colored heat rod of complimentary composition in accordance with resilient flooring manufacturer’s recommendations.

D. Adhesive flooring and flash coved base installation. Extend flooring up the wall in a flash-coved method to a height of 6 inches. Heat weld mitred corners.

E. Adhesive Material Installation Use trowel as recommended by flooring Manufacturer for specific adhesive. Spread adhesive at a rate as specified by the flooring manufacturer with recommended trowel notching, adhesive mixing and adhesive open working time.

F. Adhere resilient flooring to substrate without producing open cracks, voids, raising and puckering of joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks or other surface imperfections in completed installation.

G. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installing on top of finished floor, install sheet linoleum before these items are installed.

H. Scribe, cut, and fit sheets to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing tile installation:

1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by tile manufacturers.

2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly.

3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by resilient floor tile manufacturer.

4. Damp-mop tile to remove black marks and soil.

B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from constructionECOPY operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended by tile manufacturer.

1. Apply protective floor polish or coating to tile surfaces that are free from soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes recommended by

09-6543 - 6 RESILIENT FLOORING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. Coordinate manufacturers recommended product with Owner's maintenance service.

2. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over tiles. Place plywood or hardboard panels over tiles and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels.

C. Clean tiles not more than 4 days prior to dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean tiles using method recommended by manufacturer.

1. Reapply floor polish after cleaning.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09-6543 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 09-9000 - PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. See Section 09-9600 Speacial Coatings for exterior ferrous metal and metal roofing coating.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces.

1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop-priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections.

B. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in schedules, except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available.

1. Painting includes field-painting exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment.

C. Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels.

1. Prefinished items not to be painted include the following factory- finished components:

a. Metal toilet enclosures.

ECOPYb. Acoustic materials, (except ceiling or wall tiles specified to be refinished)

c. Architectural woodwork and casework.

d. Light fixtures.

PAINTING 09-9000 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

e. Switchgear.

f. Distribution cabinets.

2. Concealed surfaces not to be painted include wall or ceiling surfaces in the following generally inaccessible areas:

a. Foundation spaces.

b. Furred areas.

c. Pipe spaces.

d. Duct shafts.

3. Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include:

a. Anodized aluminum.

b. Stainless steel.

c. Chromium plate.

d. Copper.

e. Bronze.

f. Brass.

4. Operating parts not to be painted include moving parts of operating equipment, such as the following:

a. Valve and damper operators.

b. Linkages.

c. Sensing devices.

d. Motor and fan shafts.

5. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual ECOPYor other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

D. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for shop-priming structural steel.

09-9000 - 2 PAINTING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for shop-priming ferrous metal.

3. Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for shop- priming interior architectural woodwork.

4. Division 9 Section "Special Coatings" for special coatings to be applied to all Exterior Ferrous Metal.

5. Division 9 Section "Exterior Wood Stains" for exterior wood stains.

6. Division 9 Section "Wall Coverings" for substrate sealer under wall coverings.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data for each paint system specified, including block fillers and primers.

1. Provide the manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions for handling, storage, and application of each material proposed for use.

2. List each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.

3. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).

C. Samples for initial color selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts.

1. After color selection, the Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.

D. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on ECOPYrepresentative samples of the actual substrate.

1. Provide stepped samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved.

PAINTING 09-9000 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Provide a list of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to location and application.

3. Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only:

a. Concrete: Provide two 4-inch-square samples for each color and finish.

b. Painted Wood: Provide two 12-inch-square samples of each color and material on hardboard.

c. Stained or Natural Wood: Provide two 4-by-8-inch samples of natural and stained wood finish on actual wood surfaces.

d. Ferrous Metal: Provide two 4-inch-square samples of flat metal and two 8-inch-long samples of solid metal for each color and finish.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for the Project that have resulted in a construction record of successful in-service performance.

B. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats.

C. Field Samples: On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components, duplicate finishes of prepared samples. Provide full-coat finish samples on at least 100 sq. ft. of surface until required sheen, color, and texture are obtained; simulate finished lighting conditions for review of in-place work.

1. Final acceptance of colors will be from job-applied samples.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the followingECOPY information: 1. Product name or title of material.

2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).

3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.

09-9000 - 4 PAINTING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.

5. Thinning instructions.

6. Application instructions.

7. Color name and number.

B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application.

1.6 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C).

B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C).

C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, ECOPYmanufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

B. EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR PAINT:

1. Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore).

PAINTING 09-9000 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Dunn Edwards

3. or approved equal.

2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

B. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable.

1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish the manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions.

C. Colors: Provide color selections made by the Architect from the manufacturer's full range of standard colors.

2.3 PRIMERS

A. Primers: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory-formulated primers that are compatible with the substrate and finish coats indicated.

B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, prime coat materials that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

1. Exterior Primer Coating: Exterior, alkyd wood primer.

a. Moore: Moorwhite Primer #100. ECOPYb. PPG: Not Required. c. P & L: Permalize Exterior Primer.

2. Concrete and Masonry Primers: Interior, flat, latex-based paint.

a. Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal #201.

09-9000 - 6 PAINTING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

b. P & L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish.

3. New Plaster Primers: Interior, flat, latex-based paint.

a. Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal #201.

b. P & L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish.

4. Gypsum Drywall Primer: White, interior, latex-based primer.

a. Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal #201.

b. P & L: Latex Wall Primer Z30001.

5. Exterior Primer Coating: Exterior, alkyd wood primer.

a. Moore: Moorwhite Primer #100.

b. P & L: Permalize Exterior Primer.

6. Ferrous Metal Primers: Synthetic, quick-drying, rust-inhibiting primers.

a. Moore: IronClad Retardo Rust-Inhibitive Paint #163.

b. P & L: Effecto Rust-Inhibiting Primer.

2.4 UNDERCOAT MATERIALS

A. Undercoat Materials: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory- formulated undercoat materials that are compatible with the substrate and finish coats indicated.

B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, undercoat materials that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: ECOPY1. Interior Enamel Undercoat: Ready-mixed enamel. a. Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody #217.

b. P & L: Interior Trim Primer.

c. Or approved equal

PAINTING 09-9000 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2.5 EXTERIOR FINISH PAINT MATERIAL

A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, finish coat materials that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

1. Exterior, Polyvinyl Acetate Emulsion: Quick-drying, flat, polyvinyl acetate (PVA) paint.

a. Moore: Moore's Flat Exterior Latex Masonry & House Paint #105.

b. P & L: Pro-Hide Plus Interior/Exterior Vinyl-Acrylic Flat Paint Z3400 Series.

c. Or approved Equal

2. Deep-Color, Exterior Alkyd Resin Trim Paint: Deep-color, ready- mixed alkyd paint.

a. Moore: Moore's House Paint #110.

b. P & L: Effecto Enamel.

c. Or approved equal.

2.6 INTERIOR FINISH PAINT MATERIAL

A. Finish Paint: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory-formulated finish-coat materials that are compatible with the substrate and undercoats indicated.

B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, finish coat materials that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Interior, Flat, Odorless, Alkyd Paint: Ready-mixed, interior, flat, low- ECOPYodor, alkyd enamel. a. Moore: Moore's Alkyd Sani-Flat #204.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

09-9000 - 8 PAINTING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Surfaces receiving paint must be thoroughly dry before paint is applied.

1. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area.

B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.

1. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely paint the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved.

B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.

C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.

1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in writing about anticipated problems using ECOPYthe specified finish-coat material with substrates primed by others. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster, and mineral-fiber-reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen, as required, to remove glaze. If hardeners or

PAINTING 09-9000 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation.

a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer.

b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions.

3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off.

a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.

b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling.

c. When transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish.

d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside.

e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery.

4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop-coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting ECOPYCouncil (SSPC). a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by the paint system manufacturer and according to requirements of SSPC specification SSPC-SP 10.

09-9000 - 10 PAINTING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

b. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat.

5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum- based solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.

D. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions.

1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using.

3. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.

B. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.

1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules.

2. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.

3. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the ECOPYmanufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce a smooth even surface according to the manufacturer's directions.

4. Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color,

PAINTING 09-9000 - 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.

5. The term exposed surfaces includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection.

6. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.

7. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, nonspecular black paint.

8. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces.

9. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces.

10. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.

11. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed and touch- up painted.

C. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.

1. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.

D. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or otherECOPY applicators according to the manufacturer's directions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied.

09-9000 - 12 PAINTING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

E. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials no thinner than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer.

F. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in mechanical equipment rooms and in occupied spaces.

G. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Piping, pipe hangers, and supports.

2. Heat exchangers.

3. Tanks.

4. Ductwork.

5. Insulation.

6. Supports.

7. Motors and mechanical equipment.

8. Accessory items.

H. Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Conduit and fittings.

I. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. J. ECOPYPrime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime-coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.

PAINTING 09-9000 - 13 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

K. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections.

L. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.

M. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections.

1. Provide satin finish for final coats.

N. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with specified requirements.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Owner deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied:

1. The Owner will engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor.

2. The testing agency will perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as required by the Owner:

a. Quantitative materials analysis.

b. Abrasion resistance.

c. Dry opacity.

d. Color retention.

ECOPYe. Alkali and mildew resistance.

3. If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor may be directed to stop painting, remove noncomplying paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint from previously painted

09-9000 - 14 PAINTING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

surfaces if, upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are incompatible.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site.

1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect.

B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations.

1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

3.7 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE

A. General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates indicated.

B. Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry (other than concrete masonry units):

1. Lusterless (Flat) Acrylic Finish: Two coats with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils.

a. First and Second Coats: Exterior acrylic emulsion.

1) Moore: Moore's Flat Exterior Latex Masonry & House Paint #105. ECOPY2) P & L: Vapex Latex Flat House Paint. 3) Or approved equal

C. Wood Trim:

1. Deep-Color, High-Gloss Alkyd Finish: Two finish coats over primer.

PAINTING 09-9000 - 15 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. Primer: Exterior primer coating.

1) Moore: Moorwhite Deep Color Base #100-04.

2) P & L: Permalize Exterior Primer.

b. First and Second Coats: Deep-color, exterior, alkyd resin trim paint.

1) Moore: Moore's House Paint #110.

2) P & L: Effecto Enamel.

3) Or approved equal

D. Ferrous Metal: (See section 09960 for exterior ferrous metal).

3.8 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE

A. General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates, as indicated.

B. Concrete and Masonry (other than concrete masonry units):

1. Lusterless (Flat) Latex Finish: Two coats.

a. First and Second Coats: Interior, flat, latex-based paint.

1) Moore: Regal Wall Satin #215.

2) P & L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish.

3) Or approved equal

C. Gypsum Drywall Systems:

1. Lusterless (Flat) Emulsion Finish: Two coats.

a. Primer: White, interior, latex-based primer.

1) Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal #201.

ECOPY2) P & L: Latex Wall Primer Z30001.

3) Or approved equal

b. Finish Coat: Interior, flat, latex-based paint.

09-9000 - 16 PAINTING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1) Moore: Regal Wall Satin #215.

2) P & L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish.

3) Or approved equal

2. Odorless Semigloss Alkyd Enamel Finish: Three coats with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils.

a. Primer: White, interior, latex-based primer.

1) Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal #201.

2) P & L: Latex Wall Primer Z30001.

3) Or approved equal

b. First and Second Coats: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel.

1) Moore: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel #235.

2) P & L: Cellu-Tone Alkyd Satin Enamel.

3) Or approved equal

D. Woodwork and Hardboard:

1. Semigloss Enamel Finish: Three coats.

a. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat.

1) Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody #217.

2) P & L: Interior Trim Primer.

3) Or approved equal

b. First and Second Coats: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel. ECOPY1) Moore: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel #235. 2) P & L: Cellu-Tone Alkyd Satin Enamel.

3) Or approved equal.

PAINTING 09-9000 - 17 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. Ferrous Metal: (see Section 09 9600 Special Coatings for coating for metal roof)

1. Semigloss Enamel Finish: Two coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils.

a. Primer: Synthetic, quick-drying, rust-inhibiting primer.

1) Moore: Ironclad Retardo Rust-Inhibitive Paint #163.

2) P & L: Effecto Rust-Inhibiting Primer.

3) Or approved equal.

b. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat.

1) Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody #217.

2) P & L: Interior Trim Primer.

3) Or approved equal

c. Finish Coat: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel.

1) Moore: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel #235.

2) P & L: Cellu-Tone Alkyd Satin Enamel.

3) Or approved Equal

END OF SECTION ECOPY

09-9000 - 18 PAINTING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 09-9600-COATING SYSTEMS FOR STEEL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. See Section 09 9000 Painting for interior non-ferrous metal

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed exterior ferrous metal items and surfaces .

1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop-priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASTM D 16 - Terminology Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products.

B. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning.

C. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning.

D. SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning.

E. SSPC-SP 6/NACE 3 - Commercial Blast Cleaning.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Definitions of Painting Terms: ASTM D 16, unless otherwise specified.

B. Dry Film Thickness (DFT): Thickness of a coat of paint in fully cured state measured in mils (1/1000 inch). 1.5 SUBMITTALSECOPY A. Comply with Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for each coating, including generic description, complete technical data, surface preparation, and

COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL 09-9600 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

application instructions.

C. Color Samples: Submit manufacturer’s color samples showing full range of standard colors.

D. Manufacturer’s Quality Assurance: Submit manufacturer’s certification that coatings comply with specified requirements and are suitable for intended application.

E. Warranty: Submit manufacturer’s standard warranty.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications:

1. Specialize in manufacture of coatings with a minimum of 10 years successful experience.

2. Able to demonstrate successful performance on comparable projects.

3. Single Source Responsibility: Coatings and coating application accessories shall be products of a single manufacturer.

B. Applicator’s Qualifications:

1. Experienced in application of specified coatings for a minimum of 5 years on projects of similar size and complexity to this Work.

2. Applicator's Personnel: Employ persons trained for application of specified coatings.

C. Preapplication Meeting: Convene a preapplication meeting 3 weeks before start of application of coating systems. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this section, including Contractor, Architect, applicator, and manufacturer’s representative. Review the following:

1. Environmental requirements.

2. Protection of surfaces not scheduled to be coated. 3. ECOPYSurface preparation. 4. Application.

5. Repair.

6. Field quality control.

09-9600 - 2 COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

7. Cleaning.

8. Protection of coating systems.

9. One-year inspection.

10. Coordination with other work.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly identifying:

1. Coating or material name.

2. Manufacturer.

3. Color name and number.

4. Batch or lot number.

5. Date of manufacture.

6. Mixing and thinning instructions.

B. Storage:

1. Store materials in a clean dry area and within temperature range in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

2. Keep containers sealed until ready for use.

3. Do not use materials beyond manufacturer’s shelf life limits.

C. Handling: Protect materials during handling and application to prevent damage or contamination.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Weather: ECOPY1. Air and Surface Temperatures: Prepare surfaces and apply and cure coatings within air and surface temperature range in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

2. Surface Temperature: Minimum of 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above dew point.

COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL 09-9600 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Relative Humidity: Prepare surfaces and apply and cure coatings within relative humidity range in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

4. Precipitation: Do not prepare surfaces or apply coatings in rain, snow, fog, or mist.

5. Wind: Do not spray coatings if wind velocity is above manufacturer’s limit.

B. Ventilation: Provide ventilation during coating evaporation stage in confined or enclosed areas in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

C. Dust and Contaminants:

1. Schedule coating work to avoid excessive dust and airborne contaminants.

2. Protect work areas from excessive dust and airborne contaminants during coating application and curing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Tnemec Company Incorporated, (800) 863-6321 (design standard)

2. or approved Equal

B. Product described are for Tnemec Company Incorporated product is to establish product requirements and standards to meet if submitting product substitutions.

2.2 COATING SYSTEMS FOR EXTERIOR STEEL

A. Standing Seam Roof Panels and components 1. ECOPYSystem: Metal Roof - Fluoropolymer Finish 2. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP7/NACE No. 4 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning, 1.0 mils profile

3. Primer: Chembuild Series 135-Color; 2.0 to 3.0 mils DFT.

09-9600 - 4 COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. Finish: Fluoronar Series V107X-Color; 2.0 to 3.0 mils DFT

5. Total: DFT: 4.0 to 6.0 mils.

6. Finish Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors.

B. Grilles, louvers, roof top accessories, and miscellaneous exposed steel:

1. System Type: Acrylic Coating System.

2. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP1 Solvent Clean both before and after mechanically cleaning all surfaces by whatever means practical to roughen the surfaces. All surfaces shall be clean, dry and uniformly roughened to exhibit an anchor profile..

3. Primer / Tie Coat: Series 115 | Uni-Bond DF-Color; 2.0 to 4.0 mils DFT.

4. Field Finish Coat: Series 1029 | Enduratone-Color; 2.0 to 3.0 mils DF

5. Total DFT: 4.0 to 7.0 mils.

6. Finish Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors.

C. Steel Columns, Exterior Beams, Outriggers and Rain Water Leaders.

1. System Type: Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane.

2. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP1 Solvent Clean both before and after mechanically cleaning all surfaces per SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Clean. All surfaces shall be clean, dry and uniformly roughened to exhibit an anchor profile.

3. Primer Tie-coat: Series 27WB | Typoxy-Color; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT.

4. Field Finish Coat: Series 1095 | Endura-Shield-Color; 3.0 to 5.0 mils DFT. ECOPY5. Total DFT: 7.0 to 11.0 mils. 6. Finish Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors.

COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL 09-9600 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Coating Application Accessories:

B. Accessories required for application of specified coatings in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, including thinners.

C. Products of coating manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and conditions under which coating systems are to be applied. Notify Architect of areas or conditions not acceptable. Do not begin surface preparation or application until unacceptable areas or conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT SCHEDULED TO BE COATED

A. A. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces not scheduled to be coated from damage during surface preparation and application of coatings.

B. B. Immediately remove coatings that fall on surrounding areas and surfaces not scheduled to be coated.

3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION OF STEEL

A. Prepare steel surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Fabrication Defects:

1. Correct steel and fabrication defects revealed by surface preparation.

2. Remove weld spatter and slag.

3. Round sharp edges and corners of welds to a smooth contour.

4. Smooth weld undercuts and recesses. 5. ECOPYGrind down porous welds to pinhole-free metal. 6. Remove weld flux from surface.

C. Ensure surfaces are dry.

D. Exterior Steel Surfaces: Remove visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust,

09-9600 - 6 COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter in accordance with SSPC-SP 6/NACE 3.

3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION OF GALVANIZED STEEL AND NONFERROUS METAL

A. Prepare galvanized steel and nonferrous metal surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Surface preparation recommendations will vary depending on substrate and exposure conditions. Consult with Manufacture's Technical Services for recommendations.

3.5 APPLICATION

A. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Mix and thin coatings, including multi-component materials, in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

C. Keep containers closed when not in use to avoid contamination.

D. Do not use mixed coatings beyond pot life limits.

E. Use application equipment, tools, pressure settings, and techniques in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

F. Uniformly apply coatings at spreading rate required to achieve specified DFT.

G. Apply coatings to be free of film characteristics or defects that would adversely affect performance or appearance of coating systems.

H. Stripe paint with brush critical locations on steel such as welds, corners, and edges using specified primer.

3.6 REPAIR

A. Materials and Surfaces Not Scheduled To Be Coated: Repair or replace damaged materials and surfaces not scheduled to be coated.

B. Damaged Coatings: Touch-up or repair damaged coatings. Touch-up of minor damage shall be acceptable where result is not visibly different from adjacent surfaces. Recoat entire surface where touch-up result is visibly ECOPYdifferent, either in sheen, texture, or color. C. Coating Defects: Repair in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions coatings that exhibit film characteristics or defects that would adversely affect performance or appearance of coating systems.

COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL 09-9600 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspector’s Services:

1. Verify coatings and other materials are as specified.

2. Verify surface preparation and application are as specified.

3. Verify DFT of each coat and total DFT of each coating system are as specified using wet film and dry film gauges.

4. Coating Defects: Check coatings for film characteristics or defects that would adversely affect performance or appearance of coating systems.

a. Check for holidays on interior steel immersion surfaces using holiday detector.

5. Report:

a. Submit written reports describing inspections made and actions taken to correct nonconforming work.

b. Report nonconforming work not corrected.

c. Submit copies of report to Architect and Contractor.

B. Manufacturer’s Field Services: Manufacturer’s representative shall provide technical assistance and guidance for surface preparation and application of coating systems.

3.8 CLEANING

A. Remove temporary coverings and protection of surrounding areas and surfaces.

3.9 PROTECTION OF COATING SYSTEMS

A. Protect surfaces of coating systems from damage during construction.

ECOPYEND OF SECTION

09-9600 - 8 COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 10-1400 - SIGNS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included: Provide identifying devices where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation including, but not necessarily limited to:

1. Building identification

2. Room identification

3. Door signs.

4. Accessible directional

5. Accessible restroom

6. Accessible parking stall signs

B. Related work:

1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data: Within 75 calendar days after the Contractor has received the ECOPYOwner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section;

2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements;

SIGNS 10-1400 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Details of installation and anchorage sufficient to enable proper interface of the work of this Section with the work of other trades.

4. Samples of manufacturer's full range of standard color options.

1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTUER

A. Advance Corporation / Braille-Tac Division; Product Braille- TacEtched Magnesium (Chemsast): 8200 - 97th Street South, Cottage Grove, Minnesota 55016: Telephone 800-328-9451; www.advancecorp.com/brailletac

B. or approved equal by architect.

1. See section 01630 for product substitutions.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Plaque Signs: One piece magnesium metal construction with raised copy and braille and thermal-set, polyurethane finish.

1. Exterior durability rating: 3 years minimum.

2. Painted Finish:

a. Weatherability: When tested in acordance with ASTM G 53, after 500 hours in a Weatherometer (equivilent to 3 years of exterior exposure) gloss retention of not less than 88.0 determined in accordance with ASTM D 523 as a 60 degree angle .

b. Color Fade Resistance: Color shall not change more than 1.68 units determined in accordance with ASTM D 2244 and measured with a Hunter colormeter, Model D25. ECOPYc. Durability: Sign finish shall show no effect after requested use of cleaners such as Graffiti Remover #1120 manufactured by Fine Organics Corp., Lodi, NJ.

3. Colors: Custom, as selected by Architect.

4. Characer Font As Indicated.

10-1400 - 2 SIGNS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

5. Total Thickness: 0.153 inches.

6. Edges: Eased Square.

B. All signage shall comply with all current local, state, and federal codes and ordinances, including but not limited to: California Title-24 and the Federal Americans with Disabilities Act.

C. All permanent signs shall have contracted both California Grade 2 Braille messages and raised letters. Dots shall be 1/10 inch (2.25 mm) on centers in each cell with 2/10 inch. (5.08mm) space between cells. Dots shall be raised a minimum of 1/40 (.025) inch (0.635 mm) above background. Letters shall be raised 1/32 inch (0.794 mm). Engraved letters will not be acceptable. Letters shall have sans-serif uppercase characters.

D. Visual characters can be serif or sans serif and upper and lower case characters may be used for visual characters. Letter style shall be Helvetica medium unless otherwise noted on drawings or schedule. Minimum size shall be 5/8" (15.9 mm) and maximum size shall be 2" (51 mm). Characters on signs shall have a width to height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke width to height ratio of 1:5 to 1:10.

E. All signs shall have raised letters and Braille, as mentioned in Paragraph B above, in contrasting colors and a solid background. Sizes and form shall. be as indicated on the Drawmgs. Background matenal shall be 1/4 acrylIc plastic with an mtegral permanent color. Color as selected by the Architect. Signs shall be installed on the wall adjacent to the latch outside of the door. Where there is no wall space on the I latch side, including at double leaf doors, signs shall be placed on the nearest adjacent wall. Mounting height shall be 60 inches above the finished floor to the centerline of the sign. Mounting locations shall be determined so that a person may, approach within 3 inches of the sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of the door.

F. Signs shall be secured in place with pressure sensitive adhesive and vandal proof screws, one at each corner of the sign, minimum of 4 screws per sign.

G. Signs adhered to glass are to have a corresponding opaque vinyl decal that matches the sign in shape and field color to be applied to opposide side of glass then the sign. Adhesive method shall bond sign to glass to prevent ECOPYremoval. H. In addition to the permanent signage required above, provide signs at restroom doors accessible to the physically disabled in the shape and size required by California Title 24 of CCR and as follows.

SIGNS 10-1400 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Doorways leading to men's sanitary facilities, shall be identified by an equilateral triangle 1/4 inch thick with edges 12 inches long and a vertex pointing upward. Women ' s sanitary facilities shall be identified by a circle, 1 /4 inch thick and 12 inches in diameter. Unisex sanitary facilities shall be identified by a circle, 1/4 inch thick, 12 inches in diameter with a 1/4 inch thick triangle superimposed on the circle and within the 12 inch diameter. These geometric symbols shall be centered on the door at a height of 60 inches and their color and contrast shall be distinctly different from the color and contrast of the door.

2.3 ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOLS

A. Where called for accessibility symbol shall be the International Symbol of Accessibility The symbol shall be a white figure on a blue background.

B. Install International Symbol of Accessibility at building entrances and additional directional signs as indicated.

C. Occupancy signs posting maximum occupancy , if required, shall be in compliance with the State Fire Marshal and the local fire authority and shall be located in a conspicuous location near entry and exit locations.

2.4 SIGN SCHEDULE

A. Refer to the schedule on drawings for location type and text.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS

A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be - performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the

B. Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION A. InstallECOPY the work of this Section in strict accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations, using only the approved mounting materials, and locating all components firmly into position, level and plumb.

END OF SECTION

10-1400 - 4 SIGNS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 12-9300 - SITE FURNISHINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Backed benches with cast aluminum frame and formed stainless steel seat.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

B. Product data:

1. Manufacturer’s standard product literature.

2. Shop drawings.

3. Installation instructions.

4. Maintenance instructions.

C. Submit powdercoat finish samples for approval.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications:

1. Minimum 5 years experience in the manufacture of site seating.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Handle products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Store products in manufacturer’s original packaging until ready for installation. C. ECOPYProtect products from impacts and abrasion during storage. 1.5 WARRANTY

A. Provide manufacturer’s standard warranty.

SITE FURNISHINGS 12-9300 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Warranty terms: one year from date of invoice against defects in materials and workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Basis-of-design product: Provide backed benches based on the product named:

1. Balance Bench by Forms+Surfaces.

2. Manufacturer Contact:Forms+Surfaces 30 Pine Street Pittsburgh, PA 15223 phone: 800-451-0410 fax: 412-781-7840 email: [email protected] website: www.forms-surfaces.com

B. Substitutions: See Section 01-6100 Substitutions

2.2 BACKED BENCHES

A. Materials

1. Bench frames: cast aluminum cantilever type with integral armrests.

2. Seats: formed stainless steel, 2mm (nom. 14 gauge) thickness with 1" hexagonal perforations.

3. Fasteners: stainless steel.

B. Finishes

1. Bench frames: polyester powdercoat

a. Standard Texture from Forms+Surfaces Powdercoat Chart.

C. Seats:

1. Powdercoat color:

a. Standard Texture from Forms+Surfaces Powdercoat Chart.

D. DimensionsECOPY:

1. Backed bench: 75" long x 23" deep x 32.9" high. Seat height 17.3", seat depth 18", armrest height 24.7".

12-9300 - 2 SITE FURNISHHINGS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Mounting: Surface mount. Provide anchors and stainless steel mounting screws.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that substrates are stable and capable of supporting the weight of items covered under this section.

B. Verify that substrates have been adequately prepared to securely anchor those items that will be surface mounted.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install according to the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

B. Install in conformance to applicable ADA guidelines and End User’s established Accessibility policies.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

SITE FURNISHINGS 12-9300 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 22-0000 - GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Consult all other Sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete and operable installation. This Section is provided to assist Contractor in coordination of work scope but shall not be construed to limit Contractor's scope of work encompassed by the contract documents.

C. Related work specified elsewhere:

1. Utilities five feet beyond building line unless noted otherwise.

2. Structural steel (except as specified herein). Support of plumbing materials and equipment.

3. Painting (except as specifically indicated).

4. Sleeves, inserts and plumbing equipment installed under other Sections.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Work included: Materials, equipment, fabrication, installation, starting, testing and commissioning in conformance with applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction for Plumbing Work covered by all sections within this Division including, but not limited to:

1. Plumbing.

2. Sealants and firestopping.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ECOPYReference to codes, standards, specifications and recommendations of technical societies, trade organizations and governmental agencies shall mean that latest edition of such publications adopted and published prior to submittal of the bid. Such codes or standards shall be considered a part of this Specification as though fully repeated herein.

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable requirements of the latest edition of all governing codes, rules and regulations including but not limited to the following minimum standards, whether statutory or not

C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:

1. In accordance with the requirement of Division 1 - General Requirements.

2. Nothing in contract documents shall be construed to permit work not conforming to current and applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations.

3. When contract documents exceed requirements of applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, comply with documents establishing the more stringent requirement.

4. It is not the intent of contract documents to repeat requirements of codes except where necessary for completeness or clarity.

5. Seismic construction and restraints: In accordance with requirements of CBC 2013 and ASCE 7-10.

6. Comply with the Safety Orders issued by California Occupational Safety and Health Act, COSHA and any other safety, health or environmental regulations of the State of California and any districts having jurisdictional authority. Where an omission or conflict appears between COSHA requirements and the Drawings and Specifications, COSHA requirements shall take precedence.

7. Applicable codes and standards as listed below, in addition to others specified in individual sections:

a. CEC - California Electrical Code - 2013.

b. CBC - California Building Code - 2013.

c. CMC - California Mechanical Code - 2013.

d. CPC - California Plumbing Code - 2013.

ECOPYe. CALGreen - California Green Code - 2013.

f. California Code of Regulations, including Titles 8, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22 and the California Building Standards Code Part 2, Basic Building Regulations.

22 0000 - 2 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

g. CHPS (Collaborative for High Performance Schools).

D. Published specifications, standards, tests or recommended method of trade, industry or governmental organizations as listed below apply to all work in Divisions 22, in addition to other standards which may be specified in individual sections.

E. All base material shall meet ASTM and ANSI standards.

F. All Gas Fired Devices: Comply with standards and bear label of AGA.

G. All Pressure Vessels, Relief Valves, Safety Relief Valves and Safety Valves: Comply with standards, ASME stamped.

H. All Electrical Devices and Wiring.

1. Conform to standards of CEC/NEC.

2. All devices UL or EU listed and identified.

I. Guidelines and Standards: The latest edition of guidelines and standards published by the following groups will govern the Plumbing Systems and associated support system design. The systems shall be designed to meet or exceed these guidelines and standards.

1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council

2. ADC - Air Diffuser Balance Council

3. AGA - American Gas Association

4. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association, Inc.

5. 5. ANSI - American National Standards Institute

6. ARI - Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute

7. ASC - Adhesive and Sealant Council

8. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air ECOPYConditioning Engineers 9. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers

10. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials

11. AWWA - American Water Works Association

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

12. AWS - American Welding Society

13. COSHA - California Occupational Safety and Health Act

14. ETL - Intertek Semko (Formerly Electrical Testing Laboratories)

15. GISO - General Industry Safety Orders

16. HI - Hydraulic Institute

17. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers

18. NBS - National Bureau of Standards

19. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau

20. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturer's Association

21. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association

22. OSHPD - Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development

23. SFA - California State and Local Fire Marshall

24. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.

25. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Supply all equipment and accessories in compliance with the applicable standards listed and with all applicable national, state and local codes.

B. All equipment and accessories shall be new and the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in its manufacture.

C. All items of a given type shall be the products of same manufacturer.

D. Conform to DSA Bulletin BU-09-10 regarding installation of "LEAD FREE" plumbingECOPY fixtures, fittings and piping. 1.5 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340.

22 0000 - 4 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Product data: Within 75 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section;

2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements.

B. No work may begin on any part of this Project until the related submittals have been reviewed for conformity with the design intent and the Contractor has responded to all comments to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative.

C. Submit drawings, product data, samples and certificates of compliance required as hereinafter specified. See also Division I for additional requirements.

D. Submit Product Data and material safety data sheets (MSDSs) for adhesives and sealants used on the interior of the building indicating VOC content of each product used. Indicate VOC content in g/L calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA method 24).

1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Prepare and submit Shop Drawings for all Work, Minimum 1/4" per foot scale. Clearly indicate any proposed deviations from contract documents.

1. Shop fabrication, coordination and installation drawings by the Contractor, are for the Contractor's use and shall be the Contractor's responsibility. These Drawings indicate where the Contractor intends to install the material and equipment as required by the Contract Documents.

a. Contractor's reliance of contract documents or electronic files of contract documents for shop drawings is not acceptable.

B. Layout drawings, as a requirement of Division 22, shall indicate superimposed Work of all Sections involved including ductwork, piping, electrical work, ceiling work, etc. Include all mechanical rooms.

1. Individual coordinated trade layout drawings are to be prepared for all ECOPYdeviations from design documents. C. Contractor is to assure that each trade has coordinated work with other trades, prior to submittal.

1. Identify any coordination or trade conflicts with proposed resolution.

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. Include stamp on each submittal indicating that layout shop drawing has been coordinated.

b. No layout shop drawing will be reviewed without stamped and signed coordinated assurance by Contractor.

2. All changes shall be clearly marked on each submitted layout drawing.

D. Review is not intended to verify dimensions or quantities, or to coordinate items shown on these Drawings, Review is for general conformance with design concept of the Project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for dimensions, which shall be confirmed and correlated at the Jobsite, for fabrication processes and techniques or construction, for coordination of Work with that of all other trades and the satisfactory performance of Work.

E. Shop drawings shall show work of all trades including but not limited to:

1. Ductwork.

2. Piping: All trades.

3. Fire and smoke dampers, tag each damper with a unique tag number.

4. Electrical equipment.

5. Main electrical conduits and bus ducts.

6. Equipment supports and suspension devices.

7. Structural and architectural constraints.

8. Show location of:

a. Valves: Manual and automatic.

b. Piping specialties.

c. Dampers: Fire/ smoke, automatic and manual volume, etc. ECOPYd. Access doors. e. Control and electrical panels.

f. Others as required for clear coordination.

22 0000 - 6 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

F. Drawings shall indicate coordination with work specified in other Divisions which must be coordinated with work specified under Division 22, including (where applicable), but not limited to:

1. Site utilities and irrigation equipment and piping.

2. Cable trays.

3. Computer equipment.

4. Others as required.

1.7 CLOSE-OUT REQUIREMENTS

A. Procedure:

1. Until the documents required in this Section are submitted and approved, the system will not be considered "accepted".

2. Before requesting acceptance of work, submit one set of Completion Documents for review and approval of Owner's Representative.

3. After review, furnish quantity of sets indicated below to Owner.

4. Format

a. Paper copies; assemble in chronological order following alpha- numeric system used in specification, in heavy three-ring binder.

B. Operating and Maintenance (O&M) Manual:

1. In accordance with requirements of Division 1 - General Requirements.

2. O&M Manual shall include but is not limited to the following:

a. Complete Product Data Submittals so that the details of the device are known.

b. Manufacturer's name, model number, service manual, spare- ECOPYparts list and descriptive literature for all components. c. Operating instructions.

d. Maintenance and repair requirements.

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

e. Wiring diagrams.

f. Requirements for special tools, test kits and calibration instructions.

g. Replacement parts list.

h. Valve tag directory.

i. Name, address and phone number of contractor's equipment suppliers and service agencies.

C. Record Drawings:

1. Keep up-to-date during progress of job, one set of reproducible of Plumbing Drawings indicating the Record installation. In addition to changes made during course of Work, show following by dimension from readily obtained base lines:

a. Fully illustrate all revisions made by all trades in the course of work.

b. Include all field changes, adjustments, variances, substitutions and deletions, including all Change Orders.

c. Exact location, type and function of concealed valves, controllers, piping, air vents and piping drains.

d. Exact size, invert elevations and location of underground and under floor piping.

2. Progress drawing set shall be available for inspection by Owner's Representative weekly.

3. Update shop drawings and record drawings to reflect revisions and additional data listed above at completion of Project:

a. Original engineering design drawings will be provided to Contractor in electronic format compatible with AutoCAD version 2011 or later. ECOPYb. Both shop and engineering design drawings shall be in format compatible with AutoCAD version 2011 or later.

c. Drawings required to be updated if revisions were made:

1) Floor plans.

22 0000 - 8 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2) Shop drawings.

3) Sections.

4) Riser diagrams.

D. Commissioning Reports:

1. Coordinate with Owner's Representative.

E. Miscellaneous Certificates:

1. Pressure and Leakage Test documentation/ certificates.

2. Training/Instruction completion certificates.

3. Fire Marshal and Fire Department approvals of system, as required.

4. Final inspection certificate signed by governing authorities.

5. Warranty period, including start and end period.

6. Field test report, including as applicable:

a. Startup documents with date and name of technician.

b. Piping pressure tests.

c. Drain pan drainage tests.

d. Letters from manufacturers certifying their supervision of equipment installation and start-up procedures.

e. Machinery vibration test reports.

1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. Contractor's Options:

1. For products specified only by reference standard, select product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer.

ECOPY2. For products specified by naming one product or manufacturer, submit request for substitutions for any product or manufacturer which is not specifically named in accordance with substitutions clause. Refer to Division I Specification for substitution procedures.

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Wherever catalog numbers and specific brands or trade names are used, they are used to establish standards of quality, utility and appearance required.

1.9 DESCRIPTION OF BID DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings:

1. Drawings in general are diagrammatic. Intention is to show size, capacity, approximate location, direction and general relationship of one work phase to another, but not exact detail or arrangement

2. Scaled and figured dimensions are approximate and are for estimating purposes only. Indicated dimensions are limiting dimensions where noted. Piping elevation requirements shall be determined by the Contractor after final coordination with other trades.

3. Before proceeding with work check and verify all dimensions in field.

4. Assume all responsibility for fitting of materials and equipment to other parts of equipment and structure.

5. Make adjustments that may be necessary or requested in order to resolve space problems, preserve headroom and avoid architectural openings, structural members and work of other trades.

6. For exact locations of building elements, refer to dimensional Architectural and Structural drawings.

B. Do not use equipment exceeding dimensions indicated on drawings or equipment or arrangements that reduce required clearances or exceed specified maximum dimensions.

C. If any part of Specifications or Drawings appears unclear or contradictory, apply to Owner's Representative for an interpretation and decision as early as possible.

1. Do not proceed with work without the decision of the Owner's Representative. 1.10 PROJECTECOPY CONDITIONS A. Examine site related work and surfaces before starting work of any Section:

1. In case of conflict, the most stringent takes precedence.

22 0000 - 10 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. For purposes of clarity and legibility, Drawings are essentially diagrammatic to extent that many piping offsets, bends, unions, special fittings, exact locations of items are not indicated, unless specifically dimensioned. Especially note a number of required pipe offsets to coordinate with structure are not shown. Coordinate dimensioned conditions, including invert elevations, with other trades prior to installation by any trade.

3. Exact routing of piping, etc. shall be governed by structural conditions, obstructions. Not all offsets in piping are shown on the plumbing drawings. Determine which item to offset or relocate. Maintain required slope in piping. Make use of data in Contract Documents. In addition, Owner's Representative reserves right, at no additional cost to the Owner, to make any reasonable change in location of mechanical items, exposed at ceiling or on walls, to group them into orderly relationships or increase their utility. Verify Owner's Representative's requirements in this regard prior to rough-in.

4. Take dimensions, location of doors, partitions, similar physical features from Architectural Drawings. Verify at Site under this Division. Consult Architectural Drawings for exact location of outlets to center with Architectural features, panels, etc., at the approximate location shown on plumbing drawings.

5. Mounting heights of brackets, outlets, etc., as required.

6. Report to Owner's Representative, in writing, conditions which will prevent proper provision of this work.

7. Beginning work of any Section without reporting unsuitable conditions to Owner's Representative constitutes acceptance of conditions by Contractor and any adjustments after the beginning of work shall be performed at no cost to the Owner.

8. Perform any required removal, repair or replacement of this work caused by unsuitable conditions at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Coordination:

1. Work out all congested conditions involving Work specified under this ECOPYDivision and Work in other Divisions in advance of installation. If necessary, and before Work proceeds in these areas, prepare supplementary Drawings under this Division for review showing all Work in congested area. Provide supplementary Drawings, additional Work necessary to overcome congested conditions, at no additional cost to the Owner.

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Conflicts: Difference or disputes concerning coordination, interference or extent of Work between sections shall be decided as follows:

a. Install plumbing and electrical systems in the following order of preference (those trades listed below another must reroute to resolve the conflict):

1) Drain piping required by code to be sloped.

2) Electrical conduit 4 inches and larger.

3) Domestic water piping.

4) Fire sprinkler piping.

5) Electrical conduit smaller than 4 inches.

6) Control system piping and wiring.

b. Continued disputes shall be decided by Contractor and Contractor's decision, if consistent with Contract Document requirements, shall be final.

3. Supervision: An authorized and competent representative shall constantly supervise the work from beginning to completion.

4. Provide templates, information and instructions to other Divisions to properly locate holes and openings to be cut or provided.

5. The drawings govern in matters of quantity, and the specifications govern in matters of quality. In the event of conflict within the drawings involving quantities, or within the specifications involving quantities, or within the specifications involving quality, the greater quantity and higher quality shall apply. Such discrepancies shall be noted and clarified in the Bid. No additional allowances will be made because of errors, ambiguities, or omissions that reasonably should have been discovered during the preparation of the Bid.

C. Equipment Rough-In:

1. Rough-in locations shown on plumbing drawings for equipment ECOPYfurnished by the Owner and for equipment furnished under other Divisions are approximate only. Obtain exact rough-in locations from following sources.

a. From Shop Drawings for equipment provided under this contract

22 0000 - 12 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

b. From Owner's Representative for Owner furnished-Contractor installed equipment

c. From existing equipment where such equipment is relocated under this Contract.

2. Verify plumbing characteristics of equipment before starting rough-in. Where conflict exists between equipment and rough-in shown on Drawings obtain clarification from Owner's Representative and provide as directed by the Owner's Representative at no additional cost to the Owner.

3. Make final connections.

1.11 CLEARANCE FROM ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

A. Piping:

a. Prohibited, except as noted, in Electric rooms and closets over equipment, as restricted by CEC.

b. Telephone rooms and closets.

c. Elevator machine rooms.

d. Electric switchboard room.

2. Prohibited, except as noted, over or within 5 feet of:

a. Transformers.

b. Substations.

c. Switchboards.

d. Motor control centers.

e. Standby power plant

f. Bus ducts. ECOPYg. Electrical panels. B. Drip pans under piping:

1. Where piping is located over any electrical equipment listed above, reroute piping if possible rather than use drip pan.

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 13 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. 18 gage galvanized steel.

3. 18 gage copper.

4. Reinforced and supported.

5. Watertight

6. With 1-1/4 inch drain outlet piped to floor drain or service sink.

1.12 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE

A. See Division I - General Requirements.

B. Deliver equipment in its original package to prevent damage or entrance of foreign matter. Provide materials on factory provided shipping skids and lilting lugs if required for handling, provide protective coverings during construction.

C. Handle and ship in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

D. Identify materials and equipment delivered to Site to permit check against approved materials list, reviewed with no exceptions taken Shop Drawings.

E. Protect from loss or damage. Replace lost or damaged materials and equipment with new at no additional cost to the Owner.

F. Where necessary, ship in crated sections of size to permit passing through available space.

1.13 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SERVICES

A. See Division I - General Requirements.

B. Overview: Provide a project manager/ engineer for the duration of the Project to coordinate the Division 22 work with all other trades. Coordination services, procedures and documentation responsibility shall include, but shall not be limited to the items listed in this Section.

C. Review of submittals and shop drawings prepared by other subcontractors. 1. ECOPYObtain copies of all submittals and shop drawings for equipment provided by others that require electrical service connections or interface with Division 22. Provide the electrical contractor a complete list of all required electrical connections.

22 0000 - 14 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Perform a thorough review of the submittals and shop drawings to confirm compliance with the service requirements contained in the Division 22 contract documents. Document any discrepancy or deviation as follows:

a. Prepare report summarizing the discrepancy.

b. Provide a copy of the specific submittal or shop drawing, indicating via cloud, the discrepancy.

3. Prepare and maintain a submittal and shop drawing review log indicating the following information:

a. Shop drawing or specification number and brief description of the system/ material.

b. Date of your review.

c. Indication if follow-up coordination is required.

D. Request for information (RFI):

1. See Division I - General Requirements.

1.14 REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION

A. Work may be reviewed at any time by the Owner's Representative

B. Advise Owner's Representative that work is ready for review at following times:

1. Prior to backfilling buried work.

2. Prior to concealment of work in walls and above ceilings.

3. When all requirements of Contract have been complete.

C. Neither backfill nor conceal work without Owner's Representative's consent

D. Maintain on job set of Specifications and Drawings for use by Owner's ECOPYRepresentative's: 1. Include all change orders. E. Contractor is responsible for construction methods, sequences and safety precautions.

1.15 SCHEDULE OF WORK

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 15 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. In accordance with Division 1:

1. Arrange work to conform to schedule of construction established or required to comply with Contract Documents.

2. In scheduling, anticipate means of installing equipment through available openings in structure.

1.16 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. See Division I - General Requirements.

1.17 UTILITY CONNECTIONS

A. Connect to on-site piping mains.

1.18 WARRANTY

A. In accordance with Division 1.

B. Warranty all materials, equipment, apparatus and workmanship to be free of defective materials and faulty workmanship for period of two year from date of filing of Notice of Completion or upon beneficial use, at the direction of the Owner's Representative.

C. Provide new materials, equipment, apparatus and labor to replace that determined by Owner's Representative to be defective or faulty.

D. This guarantee also applies to services including instructions, adjusting, testing, noise, balancing, etc.

E. Furnish Manufacturers' standard Warranties in excess of one year.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Alternate manufacturers as identified in each section will be considered under conditions specified in Paragraph 1,9 of this Section.

B. Identify materials, equipment by manufacturer's name, nameplate data. RemoveECOPY unidentified materials, equipment from Site. C. Equipment specified by manufacturer's number shall include all accessories, controls, etc., listed in catalog as standard with equipment. Furnish optional or additional accessories as specified.

22 0000 - 16 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Where no specific make of material or equipment is mentioned, any first class product of reputable manufacturer may be used, provided it conforms to requirements of system and meets with acceptance.

E. Provide an authorized representative to constantly supervise work of this Division, check all materials prior to installation for conformance with Drawings, Specifications, reviewed Submittals and reviewed Shop Drawings.

F. Conform to conditions shown and specified. Coordinate with other trades for best possible assembly of combined Work. Relocate equipment when necessitated by failures to coordinate Work or to advise Owner's Representative of conflicts in writing.

G. Material and Equipment-General Requirements:

1. New.

2. Approved for use by State Fire Marshal.

3. Testing agency labeled or with other identification wherever standards have been established.

4. Owner's Representative reserves right to reject items not in accordance with Specification either before or after installation.

5. Comprised to render complete and operable systems; provide additional items needed to complete installation to conform with design intent.

6. Compatible with space allocated; modifications necessary to adjust items to space limitations at Contractor's expense.

7. Installed fully operating and without objectionable noise or vibration.

8. Design of plumbing systems is generally based on product of the first named manufacturers cited. Where systems for product installed necessitate modification of systems shown on drawings, Contractor is responsible for installation of systems appropriate to product installed.

9. For interior applications use paints and coatings that comply with ECOPYrequirements of Division 1, CalGreen Standards and VOC limitations. H. Electrical Requirements

1. Electrical Work performed under Divisions 22 shall conform to requirements of Division 26- Electrical.

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 17 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Provide weatherproof devices and installation for out-of-doors work.

PART 3 - PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of materials and equipment. Make field measurements to ensure that items will fit in the space available. Verify that penetrations and blocking have been installed properly and located correctly. Notify Owner's Representative if conditions are not satisfactory and do not commence work until conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install materials and equipment in compliance with governing codes.

B. Use printed descriptions, specifications and recommendations of manufacturers as a guide for installation of Work, Follow in all cases where manufacturers' of articles used furnish directions covering points not specified or shown.

C. Equipment

1. See Division I - General Requirements.

2. Assemble equipment which is required to be field assembled under the direct supervision of the manufacturers' agent.

3. Prior to the final acceptance submit letters from the manufacturers that equipment has been assembled under the direct supervision of the manufacturers' agent

4. Accurately set and level equipment with supports neatly placed and properly fastened.

5. Properly fasten equipment in place with bolts to prevent movement during a seismic event 6. ECOPYCoordinate the installation of equipment with openings in structure. 7. Arrange piping and equipment for ready access to valves, unions and adequate clearances for maintenance and service.

8. Coordinate and fully dimension steel or wood supports for plumbing equipment where shown on drawings with installing contractor.

22 0000 - 18 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

9. Provide all roof and piping penetrations, etc.

10. Concrete:

a. Concrete work, include forming, steel bar reinforcing, cast-in- place concrete, finishing and grouting is specified under Division 3- Concrete.

b. Coordinate and fully dimension concrete housekeeping pads and curbs with installing contractor; dimensions shall be as required for structural and seismic requirements.

D. Electrical:

1. See Division 26 - Electrical.

2. Install electrical devices with code required clearances and access.

3. Assist the electrical contractor in the proper connecting of all electrical wiring and equipment required for plumbing equipment

E. Sleeves, Chases and Concrete Inserts:

1. Provide all required sleeves, chases, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, etc.

2. Sleeves, chases are prohibited in structural members, except where shown or as approved by SEOR or directed by Owner's Representative in writing.

3. Do not embed piping in concrete.

F. Escutheons: Provide spring clamp plates where pipes run through walls, floors or ceilings and are exposed in finish locations of the building. Plates shall be chrome plaated heavy brass of plain pattern and shall be set tight to pipe and building surface.

G. Waterproof Construction:

4. Include membrane clamps, sheet metal flashing, counter flashing, caulking and sealant as required for waterproofing of piping penetrations and sealing penetrations in or through fire walls, floors, ECOPYceiling slabs and foundation walls. 5. All penetrations through vapor barriers at slabs on grade shall be taped and made vapor tight.

H. Restoration of Damage:

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 19 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

6. Repair or replace, as directed by Owners Representative, materials and parts of premises which become damaged.

7. Remove replaced parts from premises at no additional cost to the Owner.

I. Review architectural drawings and coordinate with Architect and other contractors to be sure that all architectural shafts, plenums, rated duct enclosures etc. required for plumbing systems are properly located and dimensioned.

3.3 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS

A. See Division 1- General Requirements.

B. Completely cover motors and other moving machinery to protect from dirt and water during construction.

C. Cap all openings in pipe daily to protect against entry by foreign matter.

D. Material, equipment or apparatus damaged because of improper storage or protection will be rejected.

1. Remove from site and provide new, duplicate, material, equipment or apparatus in replacement of that rejected.

E. Perform Work in manner precluding unnecessary fire hazard.

3.4 ADJUSTMENT

A. Preliminary Operation:

1. Operate any portion of installation for Owner's convenience if so requested by Owner's Representative. Such operation does not constitute acceptance of Work as complete but does constitute beneficial use. Cost of utilities, such as gas and electrical power, will be borne by the Owner if operation is requested by Owner's Representative.

B. Startup Service: 1. ECOPYPrior to startup, ensure that systems are ready, including checking the following: proper equipment rotation, proper wiring, auxiliary connections, lubrications, controls and properly set relief and safety valves.

2. Start and operate all systems.

22 0000 - 20 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Provide services of factory trained technicians for startup of major equipment and systems including EMS, etc.

4. Life Safety Testing,

a. Correct any problems related to equipment supplied under Divisions 22.

b. Provide all tests required to start and commissioning the system and for assisting the design/ construct team in demonstrating system compliance to DSA inspector.

C. Noise:

1. Cooperate in reducing any objectionable noise or vibration caused by plumbing systems to the extent of adjustments to specified and installed equipment and appurtenances.

2. Completely correct noise problems caused by failure to make installation in accordance with Contract Documents, including labor and materials required as a result of such failure, at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.5 SPECIAL TOOLS

A. Furnish to Owner at completion of work:

1. One set of any special tools required to operate, adjust, dismantle or repair equipment furnished under any section of this Division.

2. Pressure gage and temperature sensor for piping test plug.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Cleaning 1, See Division 1.

B. Thoroughly clean equipment, fans, pumps, motors, piping and other materials under this Division free from all rust, scale and all other dirt before any covering or painting is done, or the systems put in operation; leave in condition satisfactory to Owners Representative. C. ECOPYAt all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material and debris caused by his employees. At the completion of the Project, and at other times as Owners Representative may direct, remove refuse from within and around the building. All tools, scaffolding and surplus materials shall also be removed, leaving the Site of his Work clean.

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 21 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Completely cover all motors and other moving machinery to prevent entry of dirt and water during construction.

3.7 PAINTING

A. Cleaning 1, See Division 1.

B. Painting:

1. Piping exposed to outdoors:

a. One coat primer.

b. Two coat alkyd oil paint, UV resistant for PVC piping, color as indicated.

c. Not required for copper, galvanized steel, or insulated piping.

2. Steel hangers and supports exposed to outdoors:

a. One coat primer.

b. Not required for galvanized steel.

3. Marred surfaces of factory painted equipment

a. Spot coat to match adjacent coat.

4. Insulation exposed to sunlight See Section 22 0529 - Hangers, Supports, Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls and Section 22 0700 - Piping and Equipment Insulation.

C. Execution:

1. Protect flooring and equipment with drip cloths.

2. Paint and materials stored in location where directed.

3. Oily rags and waste removed from building every night.

4. Wire brush and clean off all oil, dirt and grease areas to be painted ECOPYbefore paint if applied. 5. Workmanship:

a. No painting or finishing shall be done with:

1) Dust laden air.

22 0000 - 22 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2) Unsuitable weather conditions.

3) Space temperature below 60 degrees Fahrenheit

b. Pipes painted containing no heat and remain cold until paint is dried.

c. Paint spread with uniform and proper film thickness showing no runs, sags, crawls or other defects.

d. Finished surfaces shall be uniform in sheen, color and texture.

e. e. All coats thoroughly dry before succeeding coats are applied, minimum 24 hours between coats.

f. f. Priming undercoat of slightly different color for inspection purposes. 6. Piping continuously painted in all exposed areas.

D. Paint:

1. High gloss medium or long alkyd paint.

2. Best grade for its purpose.

3. Deliver in original sealed containers.

4. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

E. Colors:

1. Colors as directed by Architect or Owner's Representative unless specified herein.

2. Uncoated hangers, supports, rods and insets: dip in zinc chromate primer.

F. Factory Finish:

1. Ceiling and wall mounted air outlets in acoustical tile ceilings: Baked white enamel. ECOPY2. Aluminum air outlets that are not to be painted: anodized. G. Marred surfaces of prime coated equipment and piping: spot prime coat to match adjacent coat.

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 23 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

H. Properly prepare Work under this Division to be finish painted under other Division.

I. Provide moisture resistant paint for exterior painting and heat resisting paint for hot piping, equipment and materials.

J. Factory Finishes:

1. Pumps, compressors, tanks and like items.

2. Pumps, water heaters and like items were exposed.

K. For the following, provide factory prime coat. Also, provide factory finish painting on each if not specified in Division 9.

1. Other air outlets.

L. Paint all equipment out-of-doors and equipment supports with two coats of weather resistant enamel.

M. Protect all finished surfaces of fixtures with heavy paper pasted thereon, or by other means, throughout the period of construction.

N. Refinish Work supplied with final finish under this Division if damaged under this Division to satisfaction of Owner's Representative.

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. See Division I - General Requirements.

B. Tests:

1. Perform as specified in individual sections and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Duration as noted.

C. Provide required labor, material, equipment and connections for tests.

D. Furnish written report and certification that tests have been satisfactorily completed.ECOPY E. Repair or replace defective work, as directed by Owner's Representative in writing, at no additional cost to the Owner.

F. Restore or replace damaged work due to tests as directed by Owner's Representative in writing, at no additional cost to the Owner.

22 0000 - 24 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

G. Restore or replace damaged work of others, due to tests, as directed by Owner's Representative in writing, at no additional cost to the Owner.

H. Remedial work shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative, at no additional cost to the Owner.

I. Remedial work shall include performing any commissioning or other tests related to remedial work an additional time at no additional cost to the Owner.

J. Provide training to Owner’s maintenance staff and Operating and Maintenance Manuals in pdf and (2) hard copy manuals in Three Ring Binders.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22-0000- 25 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 22-0100 - BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Mechanical Sections 23

2. Electrical Sections 26

C. This Section includes the following

1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.

2. Dielectric fittings.

3. Mechanical sleeve seals.

4. Sleeves.

5. Escutcheons.

6. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.

7. Supports and anchorages.

8. Equipment nameplates, markers and signs.

9. Pipe tags.

10. Acoustical caulking.

11. Access doors and panels. ECOPY12. Pipe testing. 1.2 SUBMITALS

A. Welding certificates.

B. Product data.

BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION 22-0100 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.

B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.

C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.

E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

F. Above Grade: Not buried in ground and not embedded in concrete slab or ground.

G. Below Grade: Buried in ground or embedded in concrete slab on ground.

H. Furnish: Supply and deliver complete.

I. Install: Place, secure, and connect as required to make fully operational.

J. Provide: Furnish and install as defined above; perform work.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The California State Health and Safety Code, Section 116875, effective January 1, 2010, states in part and requires that, no person shall use any pipe, pipe or plumbing fitting or fixture, or solder or flux that is not lead ECOPYfree in the installation or repair of any public water system or any plumbing in a facility providing for human consumption except when necessary for the repair of leaded joint of cast iron pipe. Plumbing fixtures, fittings and pipes that are installed where the water is not intended for human consumption through drinking or cooking are not subject to the requirements of this law.

22-0100- 2 BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D 1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

C. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

1. Comply with provisions in ASME B 31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."

2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current

D. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME A 13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems," for letter size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices for piping or required by these Specifications.

E. Electrical Characteristics for Plumbing Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.

F. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified products of types, materials, and sizes required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.

G. By accepting to work, the Contractor agrees that he has reviewed all drawings and specifications as they relate directly or indirectly to his trade, that he has understood the intent of the design and the specifications requirements and is reasonably sure that they can be accomplished by proceeding in accordance with these drawings and specifications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS

A. Refer to individual Division 22 Piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting ECOPYmaterials and joining methods.

B. Pipe Threads: ASME B 1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.

BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION 22-0100 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2.2 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Refer to individual Division 22 Piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.

B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B 16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos- free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated.

C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASMB 813.

D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A 5.8, B-CuP Series or Bag-1, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D 10.12.

2.3 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.

B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180°F.

D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225°F.

F. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225°F. 2.4 MECHANICALECOPY SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve.

B. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.

C. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element 22-0100- 4 BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.

2.5 SLEEVES

A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint

B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.

C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.

1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.

E. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.

F. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.

G. Molded FE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.

2.6 ESCUTCHEONS

A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening.

B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish.

C. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With setscrew. 1. Finish: Polished chrome- plated. D. ECOPYSplit-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated.

2.7 GROUT

A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout.

BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION 22-0100 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.

2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

2.8 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IDENTIFICATION DEVICES

A. Equipment Nameplates: Metal, with data engraved or stamped, for permanent attachment on equipment

1. Data:

a. Manufacturer, product name, model number, and serial number.

b. Capacity, operating and power characteristics, and essential data.

c. Labels of tested compliances.

d. Location: Accessible and visible.

2. Fasteners: As required to mount on equipment

B. Use color labels on ceilings to identify main equipment, shut-off valves and all other devices requiring maintenance and access. Coordinate with Architect and District Facilities Department

2.9 VALVE TAGS

A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch numbers, with numbering scheme. Provide 5/32- inch hole for fastener.

1. Material: 0.032-inch thick brass.

2. Valve-Tag Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook. 2.10 ACOUSTICALECOPY CAULKING A. Acoustical caulking shall be applied in continuous beads. The material shall be resilient and non-setting.

B. The following are acceptable:

1. Acoustical Sealant, U.S. Gypsum.

22-0100- 6 BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Acoustical Sealant, The Tremco Manufacturing Company.

3. AS-1 0 Acoustical Sealant, Macco Adhesives.

4. BA-97, BA-98 Acoustical Sealant, Pecora Chemical Corp.

5. #313 Sound Control Sealant, The W.W. Henry Company or approved equal.

2.11 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS

A. Where required. Wherever a piece of equipment or valve, and operator, etc. is inaccessible and requires access for maintenance, repair, testing or adjustments.

B. Access panels installed in walls shall be a minimum of 14" x 14" painted steel. If indicated on the drawings or if the accessed equipment, valve, etc. requires it, provide larger access door and panels to provide convenient access for the maintenance department. Where located in custodial or mechanical rooms they shall be painted steel.

C. Access panels installed in ceilings shall be a minimum of 14" x 14" steel painted to match ceiling color. If indicated on the drawings or if the accessed equipment, valve, etc. requires it, provide larger access door and panels to provide convenient access for the maintenance department

D. Refer to drawings for location and sizes and coordinate with Architect and District for exact locations and color (where painted).

E. Manufacturers:

1. Inryco/Milcor

2. Bilco

3. Cesco

4. Karp

F. Openings: ECOPY1. Coordinate and fully dimension all openings in walls, floors, roofs and structural elements required for plumbing work.

2. Provide all required fire-stopping around pipe and other penetrations required for plumbing work in rated partitions where required by code.

BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION 22-0100 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems.

B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

F. Install piping to permit valve servicing.

G. Install piping at indicated slopes.

H. Install piping free of sags and bends.

I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

J. Install piping to allow application of insulation.

K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.

M. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. N. ECOPYAboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.

22-0100- 8 BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.

3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

O. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

P. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 7 for materials.

Q. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

R. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements.

3.2 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems.

B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless ECOPYotherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.

E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A 5.8.

BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION 22-0100 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B 1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified.

2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D 10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Parti "Quality Assurance" Article.

H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.

3.3 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

A. Refer to Division 2 for additional excavation and backfill requirements.

B. Install underground piping with a minimum of 24" cover from finish grade, or as noted on drawings.

C. Cut excavation for pipes a minimum of 6" below the required grade. Provide a 6" bed of sand or other approved material properly compacted to provide an accurate grade and uniform bearing throughout the length of the pipe.

D. Backfill with a 6" layer of sand or other approved material over top of the pipe or pipes. Provide compaction to 90 percent at 6" layer increments, unless otherwise specified.

E. Use sand certified to a resistance of not less than the surrounding soil when wet with distilled water and consisting of clean, natural washed sand with particles of size which will pass through a 3/8" screen, 90% will pass through a 1/4" screen, and 25% will pass through a No. 50 screen. F. ECOPYBackfilling will not be placed until the work has been inspected, tested and approved.

G. Clods or lumps 2" in size or larger will not be permitted in the backfilL If excavated material is not suitable, provide adequate material by hauling from other locations.

22-0100- 10 BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

H. Remove surplus earth or material remaining after backfilling from the site.

I. Provide concrete cover. Concrete shall match existing concrete in thickness, color and finish. Provide wire mesh steel reinforcement Provide a minimum of three days curing time. Keep concrete continuously moist during curing time.

3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS

A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment

2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment

3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are indicated.

B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations.

D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.

3.6 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. ECOPYRefer to Division 5 for structural steel. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor plumbing materials and equipment

C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1

BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION 22-0100 - 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.7 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES

A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor plumbing materials and equipment.

B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members.

C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads.

3.8 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

A. Install and permanently fasten equipment nameplates on each major item of plumbing equipment that does not have nameplate or has nameplate that is damaged or located where not easily visible. Locate nameplates where accessible and visible. Include nameplates for the following general categories of equipment

1. Pumps and water heaters.

2. Identify on ceilings, main shut-off valves, etc.

3.9 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION

A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; plumbing fixture supply stops; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule.

B. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following (use same for piping):

1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape:

a. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches round.

b. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches round. ECOPYc. Gas: 1-1/2 inches round. 2. Valve-Tag Color:

a. Cold Water: Green.

b. Hot Water: Yellow.

22-0100- 12 BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

c. Gas: Black.

d. Compressed Air: Green

3. Letter Color:

a. Cold Water: Black.

b. Hot Water: Black

c. Gas: Black.

3.10 PIPING IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify all pipelines with adhesive markers, indicating the contents and direction of flow. Marker spacing shall be 20 feet maximum and markers shall be installed where piping changes direction or passes through walls or floors. All piping at all equipment such as water heaters shall be marked. Markers to be Brady or Perma-Color, with the background color coding as follows. Coat with clear lacquer after installation.

1. Piping System Color

a. Domestic Cold Water Yellow

b. Domestic Hot Water and Return Yellow

c. Waste and Vent Green

d. Interior Rainwater Leaders Green

e. Natural Gas Yellow

f. Condensate Green

3.11 PENETRATIONS OF DRYWALL CONSTRUCTIONS

A. The Contractor shall ensure that the sound control performance of structures be maintained in accordance with the drawings and specifications. All penetrations shall be installed in a manner that results in complete air tightness through structure. If a condition occurs where ECOPYpenetration of the structure by a pipe, conduit, etc., is not shown clearly on the drawings (or described in the specifications), the Contractor shall ask immediately for clarification of the method necessary to install the particular item.

B. The following shall apply to all penetrations in walls requiring a minimum Sound Transmission Class STC 49 performance. For penetrations of pipes, conduit, etc., with minimum dimension or diameter exceeding 311, the BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION 22-0100 - 13 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

gypsum board layers shall be framed around the penetration allowing for a 1" annular gap. The length of the pipe or conduit that penetrates the construction shall be wrapped with lit thick, 3 1b/ft3 density glass or mineral fiber. This shall be held in place at either end by a 1-1/4' diameter or 1-1/4" square polyethylene or neoprene closed cell sponge backing rod. A total of 4 beads of acoustical caulking (2 at each end) shall be applied continuously around the penetration as shown in the drawings.

C. For penetrations of pipes, conduit, etc., with maximum dimension or diameter not exceeding 3, the hole in the wall need not be framed out Pipes/conduits sized in the range 1" to 3" diameter shall be packed with glass or mineral fiber, held in place with backing rod and caulked as indicated above for larger size penetrations. Pipes/ conduits with diameters up to 1" may be fitted with 1-1/2" wide x 3/4" thick (compressed to 1/2") neoprene closed cell sponge collars as they penetrate each side of the wall.

D. Confirm requirements with Owner's Representative.

3.12 PIPE TESTING

A. Test piping as noted below with no leak or loss of pressure. Repair or replace defective piping until tests are accomplished successfully.

TEST SCHEDULE System Test Medium Test Pressure Test Time Gas Air 50 psig 1 hour Water Water 150 psig 4 hours Waste/Vent Water 15 feet 2 hours Rainwater Leaders Water 15 feet 2 hours

END OF SECTION ECOPY

22-0100- 14 BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS, METHODS AND IDENTIFICATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 22-0500 - PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section 22 0000 - General Plumbing Provisions

C. Section 22 0100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods and Identification

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following plumbing specialties:

1. Backflow preventers.

2. Balancing valves.

3. Water tempering valves.

4. Strainers.

5. Trap seal primer valves.

6. Drain valves.

7. Miscellaneous piping specialties.

8. Cleanouts.

9. Floor drains.

B. Refer to drawings for manufacturers' model numbers.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless ECOPYotherwise indicated: 1. Domestic Water Piping 125 psig.

2. Sanitary Waste, Vent Piping and Condensate Drains: 15-foot head of water.

PLUMBING SPEICALTIES 22-0500 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Storm Drainage Piping 10-foot head of water.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include rated capacities and indicate materials, finishes, dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components; and piping and wiring connections for the following

1. Backflow preventers.

2. Balancing valves and strainers.

3. Thermostatic water mixing valves and water tempering valves.

4. Water hammer arresters, air vents, and trap seal primer valves and systems.

5. Hose bibs and water hydrants.

6. Backwater valves, cleanouts, floor drains, open receptors, and trench drains.

B. Field quality-control test reports.

C. Operation and maintenance data for the following

1. Backflow preventers.

2. Trap seal primer valves and systems.

3. Water tempering valves

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Plumbing specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B 31.9, "Building Services ECOPYPiping," for piping materials and installation.

D. NSF Compliance:

1. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic domestic water piping components. Include

22-0500- 2 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

marking "NSF-pw" on plastic potable-water piping and "NSF-dwv" on plastic drain, waste, and vent piping.

2. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects, Sections 1 through 9," for potable domestic water plumbing specialties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection:

1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.

2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified.

3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified.

4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified.

2.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Wilkins.

B. General: ASSE standard, backflow preventers.

1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.

2. Ni'S 2-1/2 and Larger: Bronze, cast-iron, steel, or stainless-steel body with flanged ends. a. Interior Lb-tin. AWWA C 550 or FDA-approved, epoxy coating for backflow preventers having cast-iron or steel body. ECOPY3. Interior Components: Corrosion-resistant materials. 4. Exterior Finish: Polished chrome plate if used in chrome-plated piping system.

5. Strainer: On inlet

C. Pipe-Applied, Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001, with floating disc and atmospheric vent PLUMBING SPEICALTIES 22-0500 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011, nickel-plated, with non- removable and manual drain features, and ASME B 1.20.7, garden-hose threads on outlet. Units attached to rough-bronze-finish hose connections may be rough bronze, unless otherwise noted or shown on drawings.

E. Refer to drawings for model number.

2.3 BALANCING VALVES

A. Calibrated Balancing Valves: Adjustable, with two readout ports and memory setting indicator. Include manufacturer's standard hoses, fittings, valves, differential pressure meter, and carrying case.

B. Manufacturers:

1. Calibrated Balancing Valves:

a. Amtrol, Inc.

b. ITT Industries; Bell & Gossett Div.

c. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body with brass ball, adjustment knob, calibrated nameplate, and threaded or solder-joint ends.

3. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze, Y-pattern body with adjustment knob and threaded ends.

4. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Cast-iron, Y-pattern body with bronze disc and flanged or grooved ends.

2.4 WATER TEMPERING VALVES

A. Manufacturers: 1. Powers.

B. Refer to drawings for model number.

2.5 STRAINERS

A. Manufacturer: 1. Wilkins

B. ECOPYStrainers: Y-pattern, unless otherwise indicated, and full size of connecting piping. Include ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless-steel screens with 3/64- inch round perforations, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Pressure Rating: 125-psig minimum steam working pressure, unless otherwise indicated.

22-0500- 4 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body, with female threaded ends.

3. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Cast-iron body, with interior AWWA C 550 or FDA-approved, epoxy coating and flanged ends.

4. Y-Pattern Strainers: Screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown.

a. Drain: Pipe plug.

5. T-Pattern Strainers: Malleable-iron or ductile-iron body with grooved ends; access end cap with drain plug and access coupling with rubber gasket

6. Basket Strainers: Bolted flange or clamp cover, and basket with lift- out handle.

a. Type: Simplex with one basket

b. Drain: Pipe plug.

C. Drainage Basket Strainers: Non-pressure-rated, cast-iron or coated-steel body; with bolted flange or clamp cover and drain with plug.

1. Basket Bronze or stainless steel with 1/8- or 3/16-inch-diameter holes and lift-out handle.

2. Female threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller and flanged ends for NI'S 2-1/2 and larger.

2.6 TRAP SEAL PRIMER VALVES

A. Trap Seal Primer System: Factory-fabricated, adjustable, automatic- operation assembly for in wall mounting with the following:

1. Manufacturers:

a. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.: PR500

2. Or approved equal

2.7 DRAIN VALVES

A. ECOPYHose-End Drain Valves: MSS SP 110, NI'S 3/4 ball valve, rated for 400- psig minimum CWP. Include two-piece, copper-alloy body with standard port, chrome-plated brass ball, replaceable seats and seals, blowout-proof stem, and vinyl-covered steel handle.

1. Inlet Threaded or solder joint.

PLUMBING SPEICALTIES 22-0500 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Outlet Short-threaded nipple with ASME B 1.20.7, garden-hose threads and cap.

B. Hose-End Drain Valve: MSS SP 80, gate valve, Class 125, ASTM B 62 bronze body, with NPS 3/4 threaded or solder-joint inlet and ASME B 1.20.7, garden-hose threads on outlet and cap. Hose bibbs are prohibited for this application.

C. Stop-and-Waste Drain Valves: MSS SP 110, ball valve, rated for 200-psig minimum CWT or MSS SP 80, Class 125, gate valve; ASTM B 62 bronze body, with Ni'S 1/8 side drain outlet and cap.

2.8 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Water Hammer Arresters: ASSE 1010 or I'DI WI-I 201, metal-bellows type with pressurized metal cushioning chamber. Sizes indicated are based on ASSE 1010 or PDI WI-I 201, Sizes A through F. Lifetime guarantee.

1. Zurn Industries, Inc.: Zurn WH2950XL for less than 2” piping or Z1700 “Shoktrol” for 2” and larger. Size shock absorbers based on fixture units of each branch. Locate between the last two fixtures of each branch.

2. Or approved equal

B. Hose Bibbs: Bronze body with replaceable seat disc complying with ASME A 112.18.1M for compression-type faucets. Include NI'S 1/2 or NI'S 3/4 threaded or solder-joint inlet, of design suitable for pressure of at least 125 psig; integral, nonremovable, drainable hose-connection vacuum breaker; and garden-hose threads complying with ASME B 1.20.7 on outlet, unless noted or shown otherwise on drawings.

1. Interior Hose Bibs: Woodford MB-26-3/4” with anti siphon vacuum breaker and loose key option.

2. Exterior Hose Bibs (Wall Hydrants): Woodford MB65C-4 freezeless wall hydrant in stainless steel box with anti siphon vacuum breaker and ¾” inlet.

C. Air Vents: Float type for automatic air venting. 1. ECOPYBolted Construction: Bronze body with replaceable, corrosion- resistant metal float and stainless-steel mechanism and seat; threaded NI'S 3/8 Ni'S 1/2 minimum inlet; 125-psig minimum pressure rating at 140 deg F; and threaded vent outlet.

2. Welded Construction: Stainless-steel body with corrosion-resistant metal float, stainless-steel mechanism and seat, threaded NI'S 3/8

22-0500- 6 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

minimum inlet, 150-psig minimum pressure rating, and threaded vent outlet.

D. Open Drains: Shop or field fabricate from ASTM A 74, Service class, hub- and-spigot, cast-iron, soil-pipe fittings. Include P-trap, hub-and-spigot riser section; and where required, increaser fitting, joined with ASTM C 564, rubber gaskets.

E. Deep-Seal Traps: Cast-iron or bronze casting, with inlet and outlet matching connected piping and cleanout trap seal primer valve connection.

1. NP'S 2. 4-inch- minimum water seal.

2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 5-inch- minimum water seal.

F. Floor-Drain Inlet Fittings: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap seal primer valve connection.

G. Fixed Air-Gap Fittings: Manufactured cast-iron or bronze drainage fitting with semi-open top with threads or device to secure drainage inlet piping in top and bottom spigot or threaded outlet larger than top inlet Include design complying with ASME A 112.1.2 that will provide fixed air gap between installed inlet and outlet piping.

H. Stack Flashing Fittings: Counter-flashing-type, cast-iron fitting, with bottom recess for terminating roof membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extending vent pipe.

I. Vent Caps: Cast-iron body with threaded or hub inlet and vandal-proof design. Include vented hood and set-screws to secure to vent pipe.

J. Vent Terminals: Commercially manufactured, shop- or field-fabricated, frost-proof assembly constructed of galvanized steel, copper, or lead-coated copper. Size to provide 1-inch enclosed air space between outside of pipe and inside of flashing collar extension, with counter-flashing.

K. Downspout Boots: ASTM A 74, Service class, hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe. Refer to drawing detail.

L. Conductor Nozzles: Bronze body with threaded inlet for connected ECOPYconductor size, and bronze wall flange with mounting holes. 1. Finish: Nickel bronze.

2.9 CLEANOUTS

A. Cleanouts: Comply with ASME A 112.36.2M, ASME A 112.3.1.

PLUMBING SPEICALTIES 22-0500 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Application: Floor cleanout, wall cleanout, for installation in exposed piping.

2. Manufacturers:

a. Zurn Industries, Inc.

3. Body or Ferrule Material: Cast iron

4. Clamping Device: Required.

5. Outlet Connection: Per related piping type.

6. Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket

7. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with set-screws or other device.

8. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Nickel-bronze, copper alloy.

9. Frame and Cover Shape: Round.

B. CLEANOUTS:

1. Floor (FCO): ZURN Z1400-K floor cleanout with anchor flange and adjustable top or approved equal.

2. Wall (WCO): ZURN Z1443 Cleanout with nickel bronze access cover or approved equal.

3. Grade (COTG): Z1474 Heavy duty cleanout housing with Bronze top or approved equal.

2.10 FLOOR DRAINS

A. Floor Drains: Comply with ASME A 112.21.IM, ASME A 112.3.1.

1. Application: Area drains, floor drains, funnel floor drains, floor sinks.

2. Manufacturers: ECOPYa. Zurn Industries, Inc.: ZD-415-B b. J.R. SMITH or approved equal

3. Body Material: Cast iron.

4. Seepage Flange: Required.

22-0500- 8 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

5. Clamping Device: Required.

6. Outlet Bottom, side.

7. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze.

8. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze.

9. Inlet Fitting, Gray iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap seal primer valve connection.

10. Trap Material: Cast iron.

11. Trap Features: Trap seal primer valve drain connection.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. Refer to Section 220100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods, and Identification for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements.

B. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may he sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system.

2. Install drain for backllow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain connection with air-gap fitting, fixed air-gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate air-gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not acceptable for this application.

3. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.

C. Install strainers on supply side of each control valve and solenoid valve. D. ECOPYInstall trap seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of ipercent and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow.

E. Install expansion joints on vertical risers, stacks, and conductors if indicated.

PLUMBING SPEICALTIES 22-0500 - 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

F. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated.

2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees.

3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping.

4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.

G. Install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor, for floor cleanouts for piping below floors.

H. Install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall, for cleanouts located in concealed piping.

I. Install flashing flange and clamping device with each stack and cleanout passing through floors with waterproof membrane.

J. Install vent flashing sleeves on stacks passing through roof. Secure over stack flashing according to manufacturer's written instructions.

K. Install frost-proof vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. Maintain 1-inch clearance between vent pipe and roof substrate.

L. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with ADA requirements.

1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance.

2. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated.

3. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. M. ECOPYFasten wall-hanging plumbing specialties securely to supports attached to building substrate if supports are specified and to building wall construction if no support is indicated.

N. Fasten recessed-type plumbing specialties to reinforcement built into walls.

O. Install wood-blocking reinforcement for wall-mounting and recessed-type plumbing specialties. 22-0500- 10 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

P. Install individual shutoff valve in each water supply to plumbing specialties. Use ball, gate, or globe valve if specific valve is not indicated. Install shutoff valves in accessible locations. Refer to Section 22 0523 - Valves for general-duty ball, butterfly, check, gate, and globe valves.

Q. Install air vents at piping high points. Include ball, gate, or globe valve in inlet and drain piping from outlet to floor drain.

R. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated.

S. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings.

3.2 CONNECTIONS

A. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.

B. Connect plumbing specialties and devices that require power according to Division 26 Sections.

3.3 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each backflow preventer, thermostatic water mixing valve, water tempering valve, trap seal primer system.

1. Text: Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit.

2. Refer to Section 22 0100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods, and Identification for nameplates and signs.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction ECOPYwork. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops

END OF SECTION

PLUMBING SPEICALTIES 22-0500 - 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 22-1100 POTABLE WATER PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section 22 0000 - General Plumbing Provisions.

C. Section 22 0100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods and Identification

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes potable domestic water piping inside the building and to a point 5'-0" outside building unless otherwise indicated or shown. Connect to civil and coordinate exact locations with site contractor.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Field quality-control test reports.

B. Shop Drawings

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with NSF 61, 'Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9, for potable domestic water piping and components.

B. Conform to DSA Bulletin BU-09-10 regarding installation of "LEAD FREE" plumbing fixtures, fittings and pipes.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Refer to Part 3 "Pipe and Fitting Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials.

B. ECOPYTransition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping Coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.

C. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper.

POTABLE WATER PIPING 22-1100- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B 16.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated.

2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B 16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping.

3. Copper Unions: MSS SP 123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.

D. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, water tube, drawn temper.

1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated.

2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B 16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping.

3. Copper Unions: MSS SF 123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.

2.2 VALVES

A. Bronze and cast-iron, general-duty valves are specified in Section 22 0523 - Valves.

B. Balancing and drain valves are specified in Section 220500 - Plumbing Specialties.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXCAVATION

A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 31.

3.2 PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS

A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping ECOPYrating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Fitting Option: Extruded-tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing.

C. Under-Building-Slab and to a point 5'-0" outside of building, Domestic Water Piping, NI'S 4 and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type K; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. No fittings under slabs. 22-1100- 2 POTABLE WATER PIPING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Aboveground Domestic Water Piping Use the following piping materials for each size range:

1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

2. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

3. NPS 2: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

5. NPS 4 to NPS 6: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS

A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply:

1. Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball for piping NI'S 3 and smaller. Use cast- iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NI'S 4 and larger.

2. Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping Ni'S 2 and smaller. Use cast-iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NI'S 2-1/2 and larger.

3. Hot-Water-Piping, Balancing Duty: Memory-stop balancing valves.

4. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.

B. Install shutoff valve with unions close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 3 and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NI'S 4 and larger. C. ECOPYInstall drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping.

1. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches.

2. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated.

POTABLE WATER PIPING 22-1100- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 3 and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 4 and larger. Balancing valves are specified in Section 220500 - Plumbing Specialties.

E. Install calibrated balancing valves in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set calibrated balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Calibrated balancing valves are specified in Section 22 0500 - Plumbing Specialties.

3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Section 22 0100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods, and Identification.

B. Install under-building-slab copper tubing according to Copper Development Association's "Copper Tube Handbook."

C. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Section 22 0100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods, and Identification.

D. Install shutoff valve at each domestic water service entrance. 1. Install domestic water piping level and plumb.

3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Section 22 0100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods, and Identification.

B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; AS1'M B 32, lead-free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Extruded-Tee Connections: Form tee in copper tube according to ASTM F 2014. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. 3.6 HANGERECOPY AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Pipe hanger and support devices are specified in Section 22 0529 - Hangers, Supports, Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls - Plumbing. Install the following:

1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.

22-1100- 4 POTABLE WATER PIPING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:

a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.

b. Longer Than 100 Feet MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.

c. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls, if indicated.

3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

4. Base of Vertical Piping MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

B. Install supports according to Section 22 0529 - Hangers, Supports, Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls - Plumbing.

C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

3.7 CONNECTIONS-PIPING

A. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance.

B. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. EPCO, Plico or equal.

C. Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and connect to the following:

1. Water Heaters: Cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections.

2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code.

3. Equipment Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and ECOPYlarger. 3.8 CLEANING

A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping using purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction.

POTABLE WATER PIPING 22-1100- 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.

C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

22-1100- 6 POTABLE WATER PIPING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 22-2000 FUEL GAS PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section 22 0000 - General Plumbing Provisions

C. Section 22 0100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods and Identification

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes all fuel gas piping from the gas meter to within and including interior piping. This includes connection to gas meter with shutoff valve and earthquake valve, gas regulators, valves and boxes, etc. Verify and coordinate installation of gas meter with the utility company.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following-

1. Piping and fittings: Include pressure rating and data of selected product.

2. Regulators.

3. Shutoff valves.

4. Concrete boxes with covers.

5. Earthquake valve.

B. Shop Drawings: For fuel gas piping. Include plans and attachments to other work.

C. Welding certificates. D. ECOPYField quality-control test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Welding Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX.

GAS FUEL PIPING 22-2000- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. NFPA Standard: Comply with NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code." 1.5

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Gas System Pressure: .25 PSIG.

B. Design values of fuel gas supplied for these systems are as follows:

1. Nominal Heating Value: 1000 Btu/cu.ft.

2. Nominal Specific Gravity: 0.6.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.2 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Refer to Part 3 'Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials.

2.3 PIPES, TUBES, FITTINGS, AND JOINING MATERIALS

A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M; Type E or 5; Grade B; black Wall thickness of wrought-steel pipe shall comply with ASME B 36.10M.

1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B 16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with threaded ends according to ASME B 1.20.1.

2. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME B 16.11, forged steel with threaded ECOPYends according to ASME B 1.20.1. 3. Steel Welding Fittings: ASME B 16.9, wrought steel or ASME B 16.11, forged steel.

4. Unions: ASME B 16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends according to ASME B 1.20.1.

22-2000- 2 GAS FUEL PIPING PIPING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

5. Cast-Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B 16.1, Class 125.

6. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.

7. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B 16.5.

8. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for natural gas.

9. Polyethylene (PE) natural gas yard piping. Piping and fittings shall comply with the following standards: ASTM D 2513-96a, PE3406, PE3408, PE2306, PE2406. Tracer wire shall be an electrically continuous insulated number 18 AWG yellow 0.040" diameter copper wire. Natural gas yard piping installation shall comply with California Plumbing Code and Installation Standard IAPMO 1612-93.

2.4 PROTECTIVE COATING

A. Furnish all steel pipe and fittings with factory-applied, corrosion-resistant polyethylene coating for underground applications.

2.5 SPECIALTY VALVES

A. Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B 1.20.1 for pipe threads.

B. Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B 16.5 for steel flanges and according to ASME B 16.24 for copper and copper- alloy flanges.

C. Gas Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASME B 16.33 and CSA International- listed bronze body.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Homestead:

1) Figure 601 and 602 semi-steel, lubricated plug, lever handle, 200 lb.

2. Tamperproof Feature: Include design for locking. ECOPY3. Provide a stem extension for the homestead plug valve as indicated by the manufacturer to be used with below ground valves. A tee-handled, hollow-stemmed socket wrench with adapter can be used to operate the valve.

D. Plug Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: ASME B 16.38 and MSS SF 78 cast- iron, lubricated plug valves, with 125-psig pressure rating.

GAS FUEL PIPING 22-2000- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Manufacturers:

a. Homestead:

1) Figure 652.

2. Tamperproof Feature: Include design for locking.

3. Provide a stem extension for the homestead plug valve as indicated by the manufacturer to be used with below ground valves. A tee-handled, hollow-stemmed socket wrench with adapter can be used to operate the valve.

2.6 VALVE TAGS

A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch numbers, with numbering scheme. Provide 5/32-inch hole for fastener.

1. Material: 0.032-inch thick brass.

2. Valve-Tag Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.

2.7 FLEXIBLE APPLIANCE AND/OR HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS

A. Metraflex braided stainless steel flexible hose. AGA listed and/or approved.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine roughing-in for fuel gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation.

1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION A. ECOPY Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel gas to premises or section of piping. Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article to determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section.

22-2000- 4 GAS FUEL PIPING PIPING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.3 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings with pressure ratings same as or higher than system pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Underground (Outside Building Lines) - polyethylene pipe and fittings. Transitions to above grade shall be plastic coated steel unless otherwise noted or shown.

C. Above Grade - steel pipe and fittings. Steel gas pipe 2" and smaller - screwed pipe and fittings 2-1/2" and larger welded joints.

D. Exterior pipe shall be galvanized.

3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS

A. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve.

B. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Plug valve or general-duty valve.

3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down.

B. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.

C. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve. Unions are not required on flanged devices.

D. Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger connections.

3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction. 3.6 CONNECTIONSECOPY A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of fuel gas piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Ground equipment according to Division 26. 1. Do not use gas pipe as grounding electrode.

GAS FUEL PIPING 22-2000- 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.7 PAINTING - USE MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES IN DIVISION 9.

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Test, inspect, and purge piping according to NFPA 54 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results are obtained.

C. Verify capacities and pressure ratings of service meters, pressure regulators, valves, and specialties.

D. Verify correct pressure settings for pressure regulators.

E. Verify that specified piping tests are complete.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

22-2000- 6 GAS FUEL PIPING PIPING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 22-2200 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section 22 0000 - General Plumbing Provisions

C. Section 22 0100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods and Identification

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes soil and non-process waste, sanitary, vent, condensate, rainwater leaders and, storm drainage piping inside the buildings and to a point 5'-0" outside of buildings unless otherwise indicated or shown. Connect to civil drawings and coordinate with site contractor.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Field quality-control test reports.

B. Shop Drawings.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and include corrosion-resistant metal band on each ECOPYend. B. Transition Couplings for Underground Pressure Piping: AWWA C 219 metal, sleeve-type coupling or other manufactured fitting same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.

C. Hubless Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. Pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22-2200- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

Institution and be listed by NSF International. 1. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.

1. Aboveground Standard - Shielded, Stainless Steel Couplings: CISPI 310 with stainless steel corrugated shield; stainless steel banks and tightening devices and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve and bear the NSF Trademark.

a. Manufacturers: ANACO, Mission Rubber Co. and Tyler Pipe - Soil Pipe Div.

2. Underground Pipe - Heavy-Duty, Shielded, Stainless Steel Couplings: With stainless steel shield, stainless-steel bands and tightening devices and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.

a. Manufacturers: ANACO/Husky SD 4000 and Clamp- All Corp.-125.

D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, galvanized. Include ends matching joining method.

1. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53 or ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, galvanized, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method.

2. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B 16.39; Class 150; hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal, bronze seating surface; and female threaded ends.

3. Cast-Iron, Threaded, Drainage Fittings: ASME B 16.12, galvanized.

4. Gray-Iron, Threaded Fittings: ASME B 16.4, Class 125, galvanized, standard pattern.

5. Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME B 16.1, Class 125.

6. Cast-Iron, Flanged Fittings: ASME B 16.1, Class 125, galvanized.

E. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B-306, drainage tube, drawn temper. 1. ECOPY Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B 16.23, cast copper or ASME B 16.29, wrought copper, solder-joint fittings.

22-2200- 2 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure ratings may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Flanges may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Underground, Soil, Waste, Storm Drainage and Vent Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for each size range:

1. NPS 2 to NPS 6: Hubless, cast-iron soil piping and fittings.

2. NPS 1-1/2" and smaller: Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and lead-free soldered joints.

D. Condensate drains shall be DMV tube OR TYPE M.

3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Division 33 for project-site piping.

B. Refer to Section 22 0100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods, and Identification for basic piping installation.

C. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building drains connect to building sewers. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in storm drainage force-main piping.

D. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Refer to Section 22 0100 - Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods, and Identification for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals.

E. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's 'Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and ECOPYFittings." 1. Encase underground piping with PE film according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C 105.

2. US Pipe polyethylene encasement or approved equal.

F. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22-2200- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y- branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited.

G. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturers written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.

H. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Building Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger.

2. Horizontal Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.

3. Vent Piping: Level.

I. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

J. The contractor shall furnish and install all condensate piping with trap/vent for all heating and ventilating and/or mechanical equipment where required. Included is connection to the equipment (verified with mechanical contractor) and installation of the condensate drain to a code approved receptor. When condensate drains are installed on the roof, supports shall be MIFAB C-port CIOSS spaced every 6 feet.

1.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Refer to Section 220100 -Basic Plumbing Materials, Methods, and ECOPYIdentification for basic piping joint construction. B. Cast-Iron, Soil-Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter N, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."

1. Hubless Joints: Make with rubber gasket and sleeve or clamp.

22-2200- 4 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.

1.6 VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Section 220523 - Valves for general-duty valves.

B. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to sewage backflow.

1. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. Use normally closed type, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Floor Drains: Drain outlet backwater valves, unless drain has integral backwater valve.

3. Install backwater valves in accessible locations.

4. Refer to Section 22 0500 - Plumbing Specialties for backwater valves.

1.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Section 22 0529 - Hangers, Supports, Mechanical Vibration, and Seismic Controls - Plumbing for pipe hanger and support devices. Install the following:

1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.

2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following-

a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.

b. Longer than 100 feet MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.

c. Longer than 100 feet, if indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS ECOPYType 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

B. Install supports according to Section 22 0529 - Hangers, Supports, Mechanical Vibration, and Seismic Controls - Plumbing.

C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22-2200- 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.8 CONNECTIONS

A. Connect soil, waste, and storm drain piping to exterior sewage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

B. Connect storm drainage piping to roof drains and storm drainage specialties.

C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:

1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Section 22 4000 - Plumbing Fixtures.

2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by UPC.

3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Section 22 0500 - Plumbing Specialties.

4. Equipment Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

1.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made and/or as required by Division 1. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.

2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for ECOPYreinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction.

22-2200- 6 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained.

2. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

1.10 CLEANING

A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22-2200- 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 22-4000 PLUMBING FIXTURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section 22 0000 - General Plumbing Provisions

C. Section 22 0100 - Plumbing Materials, Methods and Identification

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide plumbing fixtures approved for water conservation and for accessibility regulations.

B. Provide complete fixture assemble, including all trim and appurtenances for proper operation and neat, finished appearance. Procure all rough-in data from manufacturer and rough-in and connect to fixtures as required.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Contractor Qualifications: All equipment and accessories to be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in its manufacture. Supply all equipment and accessories new, free from defects. All items of a given type shall be the product of the same manufacturer.

B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:

1. In all cases where CS, ANSI, NSF or other standards are indicated or required, products shall meet or exceed the standards established for material, quality, manufacture, and performance.

2. Fixtures and trim designated for accessibility shall have prior approval of the applicable sections of the California Administrative Code prior to submissions of Shop Drawings and Product Data. The submission shall contain proof of the required State approvals. ECOPY3. General Requirements: a. Coordinate height of accessible fixtures with those indicated in construction drawings.

b. Refer to drawings and fixture schedule at the end of this section for manufacturer and model numbers for plumbing fixtures. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22-4000- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

c. Covers for cold and hot water and drainpipes under accessible sinks and lavatories. (CBC 11B-309.4)

4. Conform to DSA Bulletin BU-09-10 regarding installation of "LEAD FREE" plumbing fixtures, fittings and pipes.

C. Reference Standards:

1. ANSI - American National Standards Institute.

2. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineers.

3. CS - Commercial Standards, Commodity Standards Division, U.S. Department of Commerce.

4. NSF - National Sanitation Foundation.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Drawings and Product Data: See Division I and Section 220000 - General Plumbing Provisions for requirements and include the following

1. Descriptive Data:

a. Plumbing fixtures.

b. Plumbing fixture supplies.

c. Fixture supports.

2. Shop Drawings:

a. Fixture backing.

b. Rough-in Drawings.

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Shop equipment in its original package, to prevent damage or entrance of foreign matter. Perform all handling and shipping in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Provide protective coverings during ECOPYconversation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

Manufacturers:

22-4000- 2 PLUMBING FIXTURES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Fixtures: American Standard, Kohler or Crane.

2. Fixture Trim: Refer to Plumbing Fixture Connection Schedule on drawings.

3. Flush Valves: Refer to Plumbing Fixture Connection Schedule on drawings.

4. Water Closet Seats: Church, Sperzel, or Beneke.

5. Carriers:

a. Water Closets: Zurn ZN-1203 narrow series or Smith, unless otherwise noted or shown on drawings.

b. Urinals: Zurn 1222 narrow series or Smith, unless otherwise noted or shown on drawings.

c. Lavatories: Zurn 1231 series.

B. Fixture Supplies and Stops:

1. Lavatories: Speedway CRSST-1912-A, or approved substitute.

2. Sinks: Speedway CRSST-1912-K, or approved substitute.

3. Valves: Lockshield key operated stops.

4. Wall mounted faucets: Screwdriver stops or faucets may have integral stops in lieu of separate stops.

C. Fixture Flow Controls: To comply with Title 24 at each fixture as follows:

1. Water Closet 1.28 gpm.

2. Urinals: 0.13 gpf (quart).

3. Lavatories: 0.35 gpm.

4. Sinks: 1.5gpm.

D. Lavatory and Sink Traps: 17 gauge adjustable 'P traps, tubing to wall. ECOPYPolished chrome plated. E. Fixture Color: White.

F. Trim Finish: Polished chrome plated.

PLUMBING FIXTURES 22-4000- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

G. Plumbing Fixtures: Refer to Schedule on drawings. 1. Accessibility Compliant Requirements:

a. All designated fixtures for accessibility shall be installed per California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, accessibility compliant requirements.

b. Wrap P-Trap, cold and hot water tubing and stops with TRUEBRO to protect against scalding and scraping. Refer to drawings.

H. Other Materials:

1. All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, and subject to the approval of the Architect.

1.6 MATERIALS

A. General:

1. Provide fixtures and trim complete for proper installation as described in the manufacturer's catalog with the modifications as shown on Plumbing Fixture Schedule.

2. All fixtures, specified to be of vitreous ware, shall be of a quality known commercially as "twice fired" vitreous chinaware of the best quality, nonabsorbent, burned so that the whole mass is thoroughly fused and vitrified, producing a material white in color which, when fractured, will show a homogeneous mass, close-grained and free from pores. The glazed and vitreous china fixtures shall be white, thoroughly fused and united to the body, without discoloration, chips, or flaws and shall be free from cracks. Warped or otherwise imperfect fixtures will not be acceptable.

3. Factory grind back and bases of fixtures smooth.

4. Enamel ware to be white cast iron with acid-resisting enamel.

5. Unless otherwise specified, water closets to have a waste passage to pass a 2-1/2 inch ball minimum. Bolt water closets to flanges with a 1 ECOPYinch thick rubber foam gasket. 6. Fixture trim and exposed metal items shall be polished chrome-plated unless otherwise noted, and pipes passing through walls shall have polished chrome-plated escutcheon plates. All stainless steel shall be satin brushed (US32D) finish unless noted otherwise.

22-4000- 4 PLUMBING FIXTURES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

7. Fixtures shall be free from imperfections, true as to line, angles, curves, and color; smooth, watertight and practically noiseless in operation.

8. Exposed Pipe, Trim Including Fittings, Traps, Escutcheons, Valves, Valve Handles, and Accessories; Above and below fixtures:

a. Polished chrome plated CF brass.

b. Set-screw cast brass escutcheons for piping.

c. Traps: Cast brass with cleanout plugs.

9. Supply fixtures with:

a. Renewable seats or replaceable internal units.

b. Compositional washers.

c. All metal indexed handles.

d. Screwdriver or lockshield stops.

B. Plumbing Fixtures Schedule: As shown on drawings.

1.7 ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS

A. HOT WATER HEATER: A.O. Smith ProMax compact electric hot water heater Model EJC-10 with 6kw 240V element; or approved equal. Provide seismic strapping system, Pressure and Temperature Valve and Sheet metal pan with drain.

B. POINT-OF-USE: Under Classroom Sinks: A.O. Smith EJC-2 with 1500 watt 120V element, 7 gallons per hour recovery, or approved equal.

C. Water heaters shall be U.L. listed and be equipped with an anode rod. Each element shall be controlled by an individual thermostat and contain a high ECOPYtemperature cut-off switch. Tanks shall have 5 year warranties.

PLUMBING FIXTURES 22-4000- 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

Fixture schedule

S-1 THREE COMPARTMENT SINK - Senior Center Fixture: Elkay 14" standard series 3 compartment sink model 14-3016-2- 18X with integral drainboards and back splash. (1) Chicago faucet 510-GC613AL15ABCP with pre-rinse spray. Rough-in: New floor sink Mifab FS1730-FL. Verify (E) rough-in prior to order

S-2 HANDWASH SINK - Senior Center Fixture: Just Model # . SLF-1515-A-GR, ADA Compliant single compartment stainless steel sink with integral drain. (1) Chicago faucet 201-AGN8AE35-317AB deck mount. Provide trubro inc. hand-lav guard insulation kit for cold and hot water supplies and "p" trap Rough-in: New - 1/2" Cold water, 1/2" Hot water, 2" Waist, 1 1/2" Vent

S-3 LAVATORY SINK - COUNTER MOUNT - Police Station Fixture: Just Model OLR-1619k-2861 lavatory with angle stops and P-trap. Just faucet JV-1139-A-W4, 0.5 GPM flow control, J-15-FS drain. Chicago mixing valve, grid drain. Provide trubro inc. hand-lav guard insulation kit for cold and hot water supplies and "p" trap Rough-in: Existing - Verify in Field 1/2" Cold water, 1/2" Hot water, 2" Waist, 1 1/2" Vent

WH WATER HEATER - SENIOR CENTER MODEL: RHEEM-RUDD ES85-18-G. 85 Gallon 240 VAC 18,000 Total wattage

PART 3 - EXECUTION

1.8 INSTALLATION A. ECOPYPlumbing Fixtures: 1. Install fixtures as recommended by the fixture manufacturer except as shown differently on Drawings or where required by handicap codes.

2. Set fixtures level and equally spaced when installed in bank of more than two.

22-4000- 6 PLUMBING FIXTURES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Rough-in supplies level, equally spaced and symmetrical with the fixture.

4. Rough-in wastes in alignment with the fixture drain. Install flush valves level with flush connections vertically. Offsetting and misalignment will not be acceptable.

5. Caulk all deck mounted trim at the time of assembly, including fixture and casework mounted. Caulk all self-rimming sinks installed in casework. The butted space between fixtures and the wall, counter or floor on which they are mounted shall be sealed with white acrylic plastic caulking compound.

6. Point up fixtures at joints with walls and floors with nonhardening Tile-Fix.

7. Cover exposed fixture fastening nuts and bolts with china bolt caps. Fill with putty.

8. Make-up trim with care and with the proper tools in order that no tool marks show after installation.

B. Water Supplies:

1. Provide each water supply to each fixture, equipment or faucet, with a stop in the branch connecting thereto. The stop shall be a screwdriver partition stop at finished wall locations and a rough brass globe valve at rough locations. Angle stops for deck mounted faucets shall have an IFS inlet.

2. Cover unoccupied fixture faucet holes with faucet hole covers.

3. Securely fasten screwed adapter fittings behind water supply stub-outs to the structure.

C. Waste Outlets: Caulk strainers set in sanitary waste fixtures with glazing putty.

D. Supports:

1. Support wall-hung sinks and lavatories by concealed chair carriers, ECOPYcommercial type, with block feet and thrust nuts. Securely anchor the carrier to the structure.

2. Bolt chair carrier foot anchors and rear lugs to floor.

3. Coordinate wall dimensions required.

PLUMBING FIXTURES 22-4000- 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.9 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT

A. General: Rough-in and connect to all special equipment specified in other Divisions or furnished by Owner.

B. Trim:

1. Provide pipe extension pieces, couplings, flanges, unions, cocks, valves, 'P' traps, pressure reducing valves, vents, wastes and all other trim required for proper operation which are not furnished integral with special equipment

1.10 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING

A. In accordance with the requirements of Sections 22 0000 - General Plumbing.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

22-4000- 8 PLUMBING FIXTURES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-0000 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL

A. The General Requirements are hereby a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein.

1.2 COORDINATION

A. Before submitting a bid for the mechanical work, the Contractor shall visit the site and become familiar with all work on other related Drawings and Specifications and plan the work to provide the best possible assembly of the combined work of all trades. No additional costs will be considered for work that has to be relocated due to conflicts with other trades.

1.3 BUILDING LAWS

A. Mechanical work shall conform to all requirements prescribed by governmental bodies having jurisdiction. The work shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the California Building Code, California Plumbing Code, California Mechanical Code, NBFU, NFPA and California State Code Title 8, Title 21, Title 24 Energy Conservation Standards and CALgreen and all local requirements by Mendocino County and City of Laytonville.

B. Should any part of the design fail to comply with such requirements, the discrepancy shall be called to the attention of the Engineer prior to submitting bid.

C. Should there be any direct conflict between the Drawings and/or Specifications the above rules and regulations shall take precedence. However, when the indicated material, workmanship, arrangement or construction is of a superior quality or capacity to that required by above rules and regulations, the Drawings and/or Specifications shall take precedence. Rulings and interpretations of enforcing agencies shall be considered as part of the regulations.

D. After a Contract is awarded, if minor changes or additions are required by the aforementioned authorities, even though such work is not shown on Drawings ECOPYor overtly covered in the Specifications, they must be included at the Contractor's expense.

E. The Contractor is responsible to coordinate and make adjustments in his work with the full set of Contract Drawings and Specifications.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23-0000- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

F. All piping, ducts and equipment shall be securely anchored to building structure as required herein and by the California Building Code to resist vertical and seismic forces.

G. Refer to SMACNA’s SEISMIC RESTAINT MANUAL for seismic bracing of pipes and ductwork.

1.4 PERMITS, FEES AND UTILITIES

A. The Contractor shall obtain and arrange for all required permits and inspections.

1.5 MATERIALS

A. All materials used shall be new as listed in subheadings, except existing equipment noted for reuse and indicated on Drawings. Inspect all materials and immediately remove defective materials from the site.

B. Substitutions

1. No substitute materials or equipment may be installed without the written approval of the Owner or Engineer. see Section 01-6100 product substitutions.

2. Use of substitute materials or equipment may require changes in associated materials and equipment. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs and changes in Electrical, Structural and Mechanical work caused by substitute materials and equipment.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. See section 01-3300 for submittal procedures.

B. The review of submittals and approval thereof by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the contract documents.

C. List of the items of material and equipment which the Contractor proposes to useECOPY shall be submitted with six copies or .pdf electronic document.

23-0000 - 2 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 2 - EXECUTION

A. Mechanical Drawings are Diagrammatic and are intended to show the approximate location of equipment and piping. Dimensions given on the Plans in figures shall take precedence over scaled dimensions. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and equipment in the field.

B. The exact location of apparatus, equipment and piping shall be ascertained in the field and work shall be laid out accordingly. Should the Contractor fail to ascertain such locations, the work shall be changed at Contractor's own expense when so ordered by the Owner. The Engineer reserves the right to make minor changes in the location of piping and equipment up to the time of installation without additional cost.

C. It is the intention of the Drawings and Specifications that, where certain mechanical items such as unions, expansion joints and other mechanical components are not shown, but where such items are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed.

2.2 DAMAGE

A. Repair any damage to the building, premises and/or equipment caused by the work under this Section.

B. Repair all damage to any part of the building or premises caused by leaks or breaks in pipe, or malfunctions of equipment furnished or installed under this Section, until the warranty period expiration date.

2.3 COMPLETE WORKING INSTALLATION

A. The Drawings and Specifications do not undertake to list every item that must be installed. When an item is necessary for the satisfactory operation of the equipment, or is required by the equipment manufacturer, or good practice, furnish without change in Contract cost.

2.4 QUALITY OF WORK

A. The quality of work shall be of a standard generally accepted by SMACNA, ASME and NATE in the respective trade. Use experienced, competent and properly equipped workers. Replace work falling below this standard as ECOPYdirected by the Engineer. B. Systems shall be worked into a complete and integrated arrangement with like elements arranged to make a neat appearing and finished piece of work with adequate head room and passageway free from obstructions.

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23-0000- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2.5 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS - CONTROLS AND COORDINATION WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR

A. Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate with the Electrical Contractor on furnishing and installing of controls, motors, starters, etc. Coordinate means informing Electrical Contractor of items requiring electrical connection, providing copies of submittal data, installation data, scheduling work to insure efficient progress and promptly supplying those items to be installed by Electrical Contractor.

2.6 CUTTING AND REPAIRING

A. No cutting shall be done except with Engineer's approval. Cutting of structural members or footings is prohibited without the prior written consent of the Structural Engineer.

2.7 SUPPORTS

A. All equipment, plenums, piping and ductwork shall be mounted on or suspended from foundations and supports as specified and indicated and seismically braced to structure.

2.8 TESTING

Test refrigerant piping to 300 psig for 24 hours with dry nitrogen. Notify inspection authorities prior to the test so that they may be witnessed.

2.9 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS

Materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's application and recommendations, requirements and instructions, and in accordance with Contract Documents. Where manufacturer's instructions differ from those indicated or specified, they shall be brought to Engineer's attention for resolution prior to equipment ordering and installation.

2.10 CLEAN-UP

A. During the course of work under this Section, all rubbish, debris, surplus materials, tools and the like resulting from this work shall be removed from work area and shall be disposed of off-site. All steel, cardboard and wood shallECOPY be recycled. The Owner's premises shall be left clean and in a condition acceptable to the Engineer and Owner at project completion.

B. Replace construction filters with new filters prior to project completion.

C. Cover ends of open ductwork with plastic duct wrap at the end of each work period or when local construction activities create a lot of dust to keep the inside of the ductwork and equipment clean. 23-0000 - 4 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2.11 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

A. Furnish and install plastic laminated engraved nameplates with 1/4" minimum lettering for motor control devices, Hot water heaters, Exhaust Fans, Fan coils and Condensing Units.

2.12 GUARANTEE

A. The Contractor shall guarantee the quality of all work and the quality of equipment and materials for one year in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions and Special Conditions. Should any defects occur during this period, the Contractor shall promptly repair or replace defective items as by the Engineer, without cost to the Owner.

2.13 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Two (2) complete sets of bound instructions and one electronic .pdf file containing the manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment shall be furnished to the Owner.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23-0000- 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-0100 - HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND BASIC MECHANICAL AND MATERIALS AND METHODS ARE HEREBY A PART OF THIS SECTION AS FULLY AS IF REPEATED HEREIN.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

SENIOR CENTER:

A. Demolish, recycle and dispose of the existing HVAC systems.

B. Furnish and install two complete HVAC systems consisting of two rooftop packaged Gas-Electric units. Systems to include rooftop units, curb and platform, controls, ductwork, gas piping, power, new thermostats, condensate piping, balancing and all accessories for complete, efficient and functional systems.

C. Provide system start-up, As-built drawings, maintenance manuals, warranty and instruction.

FIRE STATION

D. Demolish, recycle and dispose of the existing HVAC systems consisting of three gas-electric packaged rooftops and two natural gas unit heaters.

E. Furnish and install complete HVAC systems consisting of three gas-electric packaged rooftops and two natural gas unit heaters. Systems to include rooftop packaged units, adaptor curbs, unit heaters, controls, new thermostats, ductwork, gas piping, new flues, power, condensate piping, balancing and all accessories for complete, efficient and functional systems.

F. Provide system start-up, As-built drawings, maintenance manuals, warranty and instruction.

POLICE FACILITY

G. Demolish, recycle and dispose of the existing HVAC systems consisting of two 15 ton gas-electric packaged rooftops. Selectively demolish and remove ECOPYzone dampers and ductwork per demolition plans. Seal off ductwork not slated for reuse and unable to be removed.

H. Furnish and install two complete HVAC systems consisting of a rooftop central heat pump condenser with heat recovery, rooftop make-up air unit, branch distribution boxes and fan coils. Systems to include aforementioned items, refrigeration piping, controls, new thermostats, ductwork, gas piping,

HEATING VENTILATION AND AIRCONDITIONING 23-0100- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

power, condensate piping on the roof and insulated condensate piping at fan coils, condensate pumps, balancing and all accessories for complete, efficient and functional systems.

I. Provide system start-up, As-built drawings, maintenance manuals, warranty and instruction.

PUMP BUILDING

J. Furnish and install complete HVAC systems consisting of one variable refrigerant flow heat pump with multiple outlets for two ductless split wal fan coils. Systems to include controls, new thermostats, power, condensate piping, mounting b ase and all accessories for complete, efficient and functional system.

K. Provide system start-up, As-built drawings, maintenance manual, warranty and instruction.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for review five (5) copies of a complete list of materials proposed for installation (or pdf file), accompanied by manufacturer's data sheets giving sizes, capacities, etc. See General Conditions for requirements. Such list shall include the following:

1. Packaged Gas-Electric Units.

2. Unit Heaters.

3. Central Heat Pumps with Heat Recovery.

4. Heat Pumps with multiple fan coils

5. Fan coils.

6. Condensate Pumps.

7. Air Outlets. 8. ECOPYControl Equipment. 9. Balancing Agency

1.4 SEISMIC

A. Seismic restraints for all equipment, piping and ductwork shall be provided and installed by the Contractor per the California State Mechanical Code.

23-0100 - 2 HEATING VENTILATION AND AIRCONDITIONING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. As specified in other Sections in Division 23

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate location and routing of equipment, control equipment, ductwork, piping, wiring and conduit with other trades, prior to installation.

B. Coordinate penetrations with other trades skilled in making the necessary holes and possible reinforcing. Do not cut, drill or notch structural members unless directed by a detail specific to the areas requiring penetrations.

C. Coordinate structural requirements for mechanical equipment with other trades: Concrete bases, wood platforms, blocking. Provide submittal and installation documents and provide field layout.

D. Coordinate plumbing and electrical requirements: provide submittal and installation documents and provide field layout.

E. Request inspections in writing for any parts of the system that will covered up by backfill or other trades a minimum of 48 hours prior to close-in of that part of the system.

F. Provide access or access panels for all equipment behind walls or above hard ceilings.

G. Note all changes and discrepancies on As-built drawings.

3.2 EQUIPMENT

A. Install equipment for easy access and serviceability. Provide adequate space for service and replacement. Install equipment level and plumb and provide all necessary hardware for anchorage and seismic requirements. Use only galvanized or stainless steel hardware on exterior applications.

B. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for equipment start up. Provide ECOPYfactory start up for selected equipment, as specified. C. Check for loose bolts and screws at start up. Locate and isolate vibrational sources: balance wheels as needed for smooth rotations

HEATING VENTILATION AND AIRCONDITIONING 23-0100- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. See related sections: 23 0713 Duct Insulation 23 0900 HVAC Controls 23 2123 Condensate Pumps 23 3700 Air Terminal Units 23 8000 HVAC Equipment

3.3 DUCTWORK - see Section 23 3100

3.4 REFRIGERANT PIPING – Section 23 300 and 23 0719 Pipe Insulation

3.5 FINISH AND PAINTING A. Equipment not provided with a factory coating shall be cleaned and primed ready for painting by others, under other Sections.

B. Prime and paint louver or grille interiors where visible with flat black paint.

C. Provide factory off-white finish or mill finish as standard for air outlets. Provide prime-painted grilles, registers and louvers where required by Architect for field painting under other Sections.

END OF SECTION ECOPY

23-0100 - 4 HEATING VENTILATION AND AIRCONDITIONING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-0529 - HVAC - HANGERS SUPPORTS, MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

A. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment and perform all operations required to complete piping, equipment and ductwork hanging and supports as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.

B. Related work specified elsewhere:

1. Section 23-0000 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods

2. Section 23-0100 - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 HANGERS

A. The duct hanging system is composed of three elements, the upper attachment to the building, the hanger itself, and the lower attachment to the duct. The manufacturer’s load ratings should be followed for all devices and materials.

B. Provide hangers and attachments per SMACNA “DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS” and per the California Mechanical Code, provide the more stringent requirements.

2.2 FASTENERS

A. Concrete: Concrete anchors (Red Head) with 3” of minimum embedment. See Structural Drawings for specific requirements.

B. Wood: Lag screws with a minimum of 3” of embedment.

C. Metal: Self tapping #10 sheet metal screws or Grade 5 bolts

2.3 SUPPORTS

A. B-Line Dura-Blok rooftop supports

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATIONECOPY

A. Predrill all holes for concrete and wood anchors.

B. The upper attachment to wood members for ductwork shall be with a #12 x 2” wood screw.

HVAC - HANGERS SUPPORTS, MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 23-0529- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. The hangars shall be 1” x 20 ga sheet metal straps.

D. The lower attachment will consist of the sheet metal strap encircling the ductwork and connected with #10 sheet metal screws at 10”o.c. to the ductwork and (2) #10 sheet metal screws at the top connecting the ductwork saddle to the hanger.

E. Horizontal spacing of duct hangers shall not exceed 10 feet for rigid metal ductwork. Provide hangers at 4 ft. intervals for flexible ductwork.

F. Vertical spacing of the duct hangers shall not exceed 12 feet.

G. Provide pipe covering protection between hangers and pipe insulation.

H. Copper pipe shall be insulated from metal hangers with plastic bushings.

I. Spacings:

1. Copper Pipe: 6 ft. up to 1-1/4”, 8 ft for pipe 1-1/2” to 2”.

2. Steel Pipe: 6 ft. up to 1”, 8 ft for pipe 1-1/4” to 1-1/2”.

3. Flexible Duct: 4 ft all sizes

4. Sheet metal duct: 10 ft horizontal, within 2 ft of fittings

3.2 VIBRATION

A. Secure all equipment to avoid the transfer of rotating energy to the structure. Provide flexible connectors and isolators where indicated or needed.

3.3 SEISMIC

A. Equipment installed shall be constructed and anchored to structural supports to resist a seismic force of 100% of the equipment’s vertical weight in any other direction.

1. Equipment manufacturer’s shall construct and certify that the equipment meets seismic requirements and submit calculations prepared by a state licensed structural engineer.

ECOPYEND OF SECTION

23-0100 - 2 HVAC - HANGERS SUPPORTS, MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-0593 - TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

Air Balancing shall be performed in accordance with NEBB, SMACNA or AABC procedures. The contractor shall be independent and experienced in the balancing of air systems.

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included:

1. Air balancing of new HVAC systems installed in the building.

B. Related work:

1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division I of these Specifications.

C. Definitions are as indicated in applicable publications of AABC, ASHRAE, and ANSI.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications of personnel:

1. Obtain the services of a qualified testing agency to the approval of the Architect.

B. NEBB or AABC membership or equal certifying organization.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01-3300.

B. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit name of the proposed agency to the Architect for review.

C. Submit a balancing protocol for approval. Agency shall provide a report of ECOPYthe operation of all new equipment affected by this project. Equipment shall include the fan coils and exhaust fans. Air Balancing shall include all supply, return and exhaust air outlets.

D. Preliminary report: Review the pertinent Drawings and Specifications prior to installation of the affected systems, and submit a report to the Architect stating whether any deficiencies exist in the system which would preclude proper adjusting, balancing, and testing of the systems. TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC 23-0593- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.4 TOLERANCES

A. Balancing tolerances shall be +/- 10% for airflow.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. Report in electronic pdf format with results from tests and plan indicating location of tested devices.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS

A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

B. Progress inspections:

1. Make sufficient inspections during progress of air and hydronic systems installation to verify that essential components are installed in a manner to permit optimum balancing.

2. Make written report to the Architect following each inspection.

3.2 PROCEDURES AND INSTRUMENTS

A. Adjust systems and components to perform as required by the Drawings and Specifications.

B. Test duration:

1. Conduct operating tests of heating and cooling fans, coils, and other equipment for not less than four hours after stabilized operating conditions have been established.

2. Base the capacities on temperatures and air/water quantities measured during such tests.

C. Instrumentation calibration: 1. ECOPYUse accurate instruments for measurements, and make the calibration histories of each instrument available for examination.

2. Have each test instrument calibrated by an approved laboratory or by the manufacturer.

23-0593 - 2 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.3 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURES

A. Adjustment:

1. Adjust air handling systems to provide the required design air quantity to, or through, each component.

B. Adjust equalizing devices to provide uniform velocity across the inlets (duct side of supply) of terminals prior to measuring flow rates.

C. Balance:

1. Use only flow adjusting (volume control) devices to balance air quantities.

2. Proportion flow between various terminals comprising the system, to the extent that their adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound in excess of limits acceptable to the Mechanical Engineer.

3. Accomplish balancing between runs by use of flow regulating devices at or in the divided-flow fitting.

D. Flow restrictions:

1. Impose minimal restriction by flow regulating devices in or at terminals.

2. Make final measurements of air quantity after the air terminal has been adjusted to provide optimum air patterns of diffusion.

E. Fan adjustment:

1. Vary the total air system quantities by adjustment of fan speed.

2. Provide sheave and belt replacements as

F. Use air measuring systems, where installed, to measure the applicable air flows required therein.

G. Traverses: ECOPY1. Except as specifically indicated herein, make pitot tube traverses of each main duct to measure the total air flow therein.

H. Exceptions to traverses:

1. Pitot tube traverse may be omitted provided the duct serves only a single room or space and its design volume is less than 2000 cfm.

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC 23-0593- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. In lieu of pitot tube traverse, determine the air flow in the duct by totaling the volumes of the individual terminals served, measured as described herein.

I. Where diffuser, register, or grille design velocity and air quantity both are less than 1000 fpm/cfm, air quantity may be determined by measurement at respective diffusers, registers, or grilles served.

J. Air terminal, balancing:

1. Generally, measure flow rates by means of velocity meters applied to individual terminals, with or without cones or other adapters, only for balancing.

K. Air motion:

1. Provide air motion and distribution specified and indicated on the Drawings.

3.4 HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEM PROCEDURES

A. General:

1. Adjust heating and cooling systems to provide required quantity to, or through, each component.

2. Measure quantities and pressures with calibrated meters.

3. Use electronic flow hoods, orifices, manometers or other metering fittings and pressure gages to measure flow rates and to balance systems

B. Identify in the reports each item not complying with the Contract requirements, or obvious mal-operation or design deficiencies of equipment or controls. ECOPYEND OF SECTION

23-0593 - 4 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-0713 - DUCT INSULATIION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment and perform all operations required to complete Duct insulation or liner as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.

B. Related work specified elsewhere:

1. Section 23-0000 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods

2. 23-0100 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

3. 23-0529 HVAC -Hangers Supports Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Society for Testing of Materials (ASTM):

ASTM C1136, ASTM C1290, ASTM C1338 and ASTM E84

B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): UL723

C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 90A & 90B.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit performance criteria and installation instructions for each type of indicated product and sealants. Submit statement of VOC content of sealants.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER:

A. Owens-Corning

B. John Mansfield C. ECOPYor approved equal 2.2 DUCT INSULATION SYSTEM

A. Shall be Owens-Corning 1-1/2" Type 100 FRK, Manville R-6 Microlite Type FSK or approved equal, faced fiberglass ductwrap, 1" approximate installed thickness for interior ductwork.

DUCT INSULATIION 23-0713- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Acoustic duct liner shall be R-6 Owens-Corning, Aeroflex or DuctLiner Board, Manville Linacoustic or approved equal. Fasten with glue and pins at NAIMA recommended spacing.

C. All ducts exposed in non-conditioned space or outdoors shall be lined with 2" or R-8 minimum Mansville Linacoustic Duct Liner.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. Visually inspect all joints for proper sealing. Contact inspector a minimum of 48 hours prior to insulating duct for inspection and/or as required a duct leakage test. Verify duct is clean and dry prior to installation.

B. Install duct wrap with facing to the outside so that the tape flap overlaps the insulation and the other end of the duct wrap. Tightly butt adjacent sections of duct wrap insulation with the 2 inch stapling and taping flap overlapping. Staple seams approximately 6 inch on center with ½ inch steel outward clinching staples.

C. Seal seams of joints with pressure sensitive tape matching the insulation facing. Tightly butt adjacent sections of duct wrap with the 2 inch tape flap overlapping.

D. Install Duct Liner with with a black pigmented coating on the airstream side, to resist damage during installation and in service. Factory coat edges with the same coating, to comply with SMACNA HVAC DCS. Completely cover the duct designated to receive duct liner. Provide adequate protection for workers: disposable respirators, gloves, eye protection, etc.

E. Secure liner to duct with adhesive and weld-secured or impact driven mechanical fasteners.

F. Space mechanical fasteners in accordance with SMACNA HVAC DCS. Maximum spacing for mechanical fasteners shall be as follows:

1. Velocity = 0 to 2,500 feet per minute (0 to 12.8 m/s): a. From transverse end of liner: 3 in (75mm) b. Across width of duct: 12 in (300mm) O.C. c. From corners of duct: 4 in (100mm) d. ECOPYAlong length of duct: 18 in (450mm) O.C.

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Visually inspect duct insulation for proper installation.

23-0100 - 2 HVAC - HANGERS SUPPORTS, MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Replace damaged insulation, which cannot be satisfactorily repaired, including insulation that is saturated with moisture.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

DUCT INSULATIION 23-0713- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-0719 - REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment and perform all operations required to complete pipe insulation as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.

B. Related work specified elsewhere:

1. Section 23-0000 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods

2. 23-0100 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

3. 23-0529 HVAC -Hangers Supports Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340.

1. Product data: Within 75 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section;

2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; pipe insulation and performance, adhesives, tapes and coverings.

1.3 REFERENCES: ASTM C 534 Type 1 – Tubular grade 1

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Armacell: AC Accoflex with ½” wall thickness

B. Johns Manville or approved Equal 2.2 INSULATIONECOPY A. Suction and discharge piping shall be insulated with ½” wall thickness of closed cell foam insulation with built-in vapor retardant barrier.

B. Insulate accessories with Parker refrigeration insulation tape with an adhesive.

REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION 23-0719- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. Materials shall be installed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. Insulation at joint shall be applied until tests specified in other Sections of these Specifications are completed.

B. Clean all dirt, dust, oil and water from pipework. Tubing shall be insulated by slipping the tubular insulation section over the pipe prior to joining. Joints shall have the insulation slipped over or slit and installed after testing. Seams and butt joints shall be sealed with contact adhesive Armaflex 520. The alternative is to use pipe insulation with self adhesive strip and adhesive on the butt ends.

C. Inspect and seal any exposed piping or fittings with insulation tape.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

23-0719 - 2 REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-2300 REFRIGERANT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment and perform all operations required to complete refrigerant piping as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.

B. Related work specified elsewhere:

1. Section 23-0000 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods

2. 23-0100 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

3. 23-0719 HVAC Piping Insulation

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER:

A. Mueller

B. Honeywell

C. or approved equal

2.2 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM MATERIALS

A. Exposed and Outdoors: Copper ACR, sealed with nitrogen charge with wrought copper fittings per ANSI/ASME B16.22 (long radius type only). Provide cush clamp connections to framing channels, ½” thick Armaflex insulation and PVC sheet metal cover at exterior locations. B. Fan Coil line Sets: Manufactured line sets with ½” Armaflex closed cell foam insulation, cleaned and charged with nitrogen. Provide “Cush” Clamp connections to framing channels and PVC cover at exterior locations. C. Joints shall be Silver Brazed with Oxy-Acetylene torch and nitrogen purge. Brazing rod shall be Silvaloy 15 or equal. Joints at Ductless Heat pumps, Branch Boxes and fan coil shall be flare type. ECOPY D. Refrigerant 410A.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. Install piping in as short a run as possible with a minimum number of bends. And fittings. REFRIGERANT PIPING 23-2300- 1 LAYTONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL REPLACEMENT OF INCLINE CLASSROOM BUILDING

B. Refrigerant pipe installation shall be in conformance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15-1976 and ANSI B31.5.

C. Pitch: All refrigerant piping shall be installed with sufficient pitch in proper direction to insure adequate oil return to compressors. Provide suction traps at base of all suction risers.

D. General: Pipe shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the job site and worked into place without springing or forcing, allowing for proper head room.

E. Supports shall be attached only to structural framing members and be of materials to isolate the copper with plastic rings. Spacing shall be 6 ft on center.

F. Pipes shall have burrs removed by reaming and shall be installed to permit free expansion and contraction without damage to joints or hangers.

G. Changes in direction shall be made with fittings.

H. Open ends of pipelines or equipment shall be properly capped or plugged during installation to keep dirt and other foreign material out of the system.

I. Joints in copper tubing shall be cut square, ends shall be reamed and all filings and dust wiped from interior of pipe. Joints in refrigerant lines shall be brazed with "Silphos" brazing rod with a minimum

melting point of 800oF. A continuous flow of dry nitrogen shall be bled through tubing while being heated or brazed.

J. Test with nitrogen at 300 psig for 24 hours. Perform triple vac procedure for charging of units. Provide start-up log of pressures, weight of charge and degrees of sub-cooling with the Maintenance Manual.

K. Provide escutcheons at wall penetrations and seal up holes with ECOPYinsulation.

END OF SECTION

REFRIGERANT PIPING 23-2300-2 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-3100 - DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment and perform all operations required to complete installation as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.

B. All ductwork of sheet metal shall be in accordance with the applicable SMACNA Manual, unless otherwise specified, airtight and supported as recommended. Ductwork shall run concealed unless otherwise noted.

C. Related work specified elsewhere:

1. Section 23-0000 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods

2. Section 23-0100 - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

3. Section 23-0529 - HVAC-Hangers Supports Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls

4. Section 23-0713 - Duct Insulation

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for all ductwork systems and fittings in all buildings. Drawings scale shall be a minimum of 1/4 "=1'-0" and shall include but not be limited to:

1. Penetrations through walls, roofs, walls.

2. Duct accessories, including access doors and panels.

3. Special fittings.

4. Manual-volume damper indicating damper gauge, operator and operator stand-off.

5. Indicate all Fire-damper, smoke-damper, and combination fire- and ECOPYsmoke-damper installations, include sleeves and duct-mounting access doors.

6. Top and bottom of duct elevations.

7. Support methods.

B. Product data on all accessories.

DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES 23-3100- 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing ductwork and fittings with a minimum of five years experience. Journeymen level work at institutional levels of quality.

2. Installer’s Qualifications: Company specializing in installation of ductwork and fittings with a minimum of five years experience. Journeymen level work at institutional levels of quality.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers specified for products in Part 2 are subject to demonstrating compliance with requirements indicated herein.

1. United McGill

2. Omniduct

3. Casco

4. Cody West

5. Or approved equal

2.2 SHEET METAL MATERIALS

A. Duct Construction: Construction of ductwork shall be as follows:

1. Galvanized sheet steel of thickness recommended in Table 14 of the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, 1985 Edition, for 2" water gauge 2500 feet per minute maximum velocity, except no ducts shall be less than 24-gauge. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Standards except where otherwise specified or indicated.

2. Rectangular Ductwork: Groove and Pittsburgh lock seams or Snap-lok shall be used for all low pressure rectangular longitudinal duct joints. End connections shall be S&Drive for rectangular ductwork up to 14” longest side. TDC or Ductmate flanged fittings shall be used for ECOPYductwork with sides greater tnan 14”. All ductwork and fittings with the shortest side longer than 12” shall be work hardened by beading or cross-breaking.

3. Round ductwork shall be “Spiral” constructed per SMACNA tables for galvanized round duct with continuous locking seam.

23-3100 - 2 DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; complying with ASTM A653/A653M, ducts shall have mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view.

C. Stainless Steel: ASflvl A480/ A4801V1, Type 316.

D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts.

E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.

2.3 SEALANT MATERIALS

A. Joint and Seam Tape: 2 inches wide; foil tapes.

B. Tape Sealing System: Indoors: Polyken 339 Utility grade aluminum foil tape with synthetic rubber adhesive. Outdoors: Polyken 360 Butyl-Foil Sealant tape; 2’ wide with 2mm of sealant.

C. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant Flexible, adhesive sealant, resistant to UV light when cured, UL 723 listed, and complying with NFPA requirements for Class 1 ducts. Hardcast.

D. Solvent-Based Joint and Seam Sealant One-part, non-sag, solvent-release- curing, polymerized butyl sealant formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids.

E. Flanged Joint Mastic: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type 5, Grade NS, Class 25, Use 0.

F. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber or EPDM polymer with poly-isobutylene plasticizer.

G. Manufacturers: 3M, Polyken, United McGill, Hardcast.

2.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which ECOPYhangers are being attached. 1. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick

2. Exception: Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.

DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES 23-3100- 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized sheet steel or threaded steel rod.

1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electro-galvanized, all- thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation or stainless steel.

2. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible" for steel sheet width and thickness and for steel rod diameters.

C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials.

D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates complying with ASTM A36/A36M.

E. Refer Section 23 0529 - Hangers, Supports, Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Control - HVAC.

2.5 RECTANGULAR METAL DUCT FABRICATION

A. Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible" and complying with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and intervals.

1. Rectangular ducts and fittings shall be constructed and installed per SMACNA 2” pressure class.

2. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible."

B. Transverse Joints: Prefabricated slide-on joints and components constructed using manufacturers guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement

1. Manufacturers: ECOPYa. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Nexus Inc.

c. Ward Industries, Inc.

23-3100 - 4 DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Formed-On Flanges: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, using corner, bolt, cleat, and gasket details.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Ductmate Industries, Inc.

b. Lockformer.

2. Duct Size: Maximum 30 inches wide and up to 2-inch wg pressure class.

3. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock sealed with non-curing polymer sealant or snaplok with sealant.

D. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of non-braced panel area unless ducts are lined.

2.6 ROUND/OVAL METAL DUCT FABRICATION

A. Round ducts and fittings shall be factory fabricated and installed as recommended by SMACNA Duct Manual, 2” pressure class.

B. Provide factory-fabricated spiral lockseam duct except as otherwise indicated. Factory-fabricated longitudinal seam is acceptable for ducts larger than standard or where air inlet or outlet sizes exceed the seam-to- seam dimension.

C. Factory-fabricated fittings shall be the same manufacturer as duct and the same material and construction of duct in which installed.

1. Tees: 45 degrees conical tap with centerline take-off unless otherwise indicated. Provide continuously welded seams.

2. Elbows: Mitered elbows shall have continuously welded seams and shall have 2 gores when less than 35 degrees, 3 gores when between 36 and 71 degrees, and 5 gores for more than 71 degrees.

3. For ducts die-stamped radius elbows are acceptable for ducts 8 inches ECOPYand smaller in diameter, mitered elbows, as specified above, for ducts greater than 8 inches in diameter. Corrugated or flexible metal duct is unacceptable as are pleated elbows nor adjustable elbows

D. Manufacturers: United McGill, Semco, Metro.

2.7 FLEXIBLE DUCT

DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES 23-3100- 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Flexible duct connectors at equipment shall be UL listed and rated for the environmental conditions expected at the usage location. Outdoor flexible connectors shall be rated for weather and sun exposure. Minimum length of flexible connector material shall be 4”.

B. Flexible fiberglass ducting shall be UL Standard 181 flexible with R-6 minimum insulation thickness with metalized vapor barrier jacket and smooth interior liner.

1. Static pressure class up to 1 inch water gauge (250 pa).

2. Maximum working pressure 1 inch water gauge.

3. Nominal 1 inch insulation with vapor barrier.

4. Maximum thermal conductivity 0.27 Btuh per square foot per degree Fahrenheit per inch at 75 degree Fahrenheit

5. Use downstream of terminal units or at air distribution devices.

C. Static pressure class up to 10 inch water gauge (250 pa).

1. Maximum working pressure 10 inch water gauge.

2. Nominal 1-1/2 inch insulation with vapor barrier.

3. Maximum thermal conductivity 0.27 Btuh per square foot per degree Fahrenheit per inch at 75 degree Fahrenheit-

4. Use at inlet to variable or constant volume terminal units, sized to match terminal unit

D. Provide factory-installed collar.

E. Flexible ductwork clamps shall be adjustable screw type stainless steel straps approved for use with flexible ductwork

F. Manufacturers: Thermaflex, Casco, Cody/West

2.8 SINGLE BLADE DAMPERS A. ECOPYshall be job or factory fabricated of galvanized steel, two gauges heavier than duct and no longer than 12" x 48" reinforced or crimped for rigidity with pivot rod extending through duct.

2.9 BACKDRAFT DAMPER

A. Manufacturers:

23-3100 - 6 DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Air Balance, Inc.

2. Philips.

3. Ruskin Company.

B. Description: Multiple-blade, parallel action gravity balanced, with center- pivoted blades of maximum 6-inch width, with sealed edges, assembled in rattle-free manner with 90-degree stop, steel ball bearings, and axles; adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure.

C. Frame: 0.052-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel, with welded corners and mounting flange.

D. Blades: 0.050-inch-thick aluminum sheet

E. Blade Seals: Vinyl.

F. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel.

G. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steeL

H. Return Spring: Adjustable tension.

2.10 VOLUME DAMPERS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Air Balance, Inc.

2. Philips.

3. Ruskin Company.

B. General Description. Factory fabricated, with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure class.

C. Standard Volume Dampers shall be multi-louver, opposed acting type in ECOPYducts over 12" with locking devices and quadrants. Damper blades shall not be over 6" wide; maximum unsupported blade length shall not exceed 42".Multiple- or single-blade, parallel- or opposed-blade design as indicated, standard leakage rating and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.

1. Steel Frames: Hat-shaped, galvanized sheet steel channels, minimum of 0.064 inch thick, with mitered and welded corners; frames with DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES 23-3100- 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

flanges where indicated for attaching to walls and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts.

2. Roll-Formed Steel Blades: 0.064-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel.

3. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel.

4. Bearings: Oil-impregnated bronze.

5. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.

D. Dampers and volume extractors, including fastenings, shall be materials as specified for ducts, except that blades shall be two gauges heavier.

E. Jackshaft 1-inch-diameter, galvanized-steel pipe rotating within pipe- bearing assembly mounted on supports, at each mullion and at each end of multiple-damper assemblies.

F. Length and Number of Mountings: Appropriate to connect linkage of each damper in multiple-damper assembly.

G. Damper Hardware: Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch-thick zinc-plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting.

2.11 FIRE DAMPERS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Air Balance

2. Philips

3. Ruskin Company

B. Fire dampers shall be labeled according to UL 555.

C. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 or 3 hours, based on application.

D. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream; fabricated with roll- ECOPYformed, 0.034-inchthick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners.

E. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-installed, galvanized sheet steel.

1. Minimum Thickness: 0.052 or 0.138 inch thick as indicated and of length to suit application.

23-3100 - 8 DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

a. Exceptions: Omit sleeve where damper frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor, and thickness of damper frame complies with sleeve requirements.

2. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated.

F. Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, 0.034-inch thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch thick, galvanized-steel blade connectors.

G. Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless-steel closure spring

H. Fusible Links: Replaceable, 165°F rated.

2.12 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Air Balance, Inc.

2. Philips

3. Ruskin Company

B. General Description: Labeled according to UL 555S. Combination fire and smoke dampers shall be labeled according to UL 555 for 1-1/2-hour rating. CSFM listed

C. Frame and Blades: 0.064-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel.

D. Mounting Sleeve: Factory-installed, 0.052-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel; length to suit wall or floor application.

E. Damper Motors: Provide for modulating or two-position action.

1. Permanent-Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Motors: With oil-immersed and sealed gear trains

2. Spring-Return Motors: Equip with an integral spiral-spring mechanism where indicated. Enclose entire spring mechanism in a removable ECOPYhousing designed for service or adjustments. Size for running torque rating of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque rating of 150 in. x lbf (min.) or as required by application.

3. Outdoor Motors and Motors in Outside-Air Intakes: Equip with 0-ring gaskets designed to make motors weatherproof. Equip motors with internal heaters to permit normal operation at minus 40°F.

DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES 23-3100- 9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. Non-spring Return Motors: For dampers larger than 25 sq. ft., size motor for running torque rating of 150 in. x lbf and break-away torque rating of 300 in. x lbf (mm) or as required by application.

5. Electrical Connection: 115V, single phase, 60 Hz.

2.13 TURNING VANES

A. Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for vanes and vane runners. Vane runners shall automatically align vanes.

B. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Fabricate 1-1/2-inch- wide, single or double-vane, curved blades of galvanized sheet steel set 3/4 inch o.c.; support with bars perpendicular to blades set 2 inches o.c.; and set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting.

C. Manufacturers:

1. Ductmate Industries, Inc.

2. Duro Dyne Corp.

3. Ward Industries, Inc.

2.14 DUCT-MOUNTING ACCESS DOORS

A. General Description: Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.

B. Door: Double wall, duct mounting, and rectangular; fabricated of galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. Include vision panel where indicated. Include 1-by-1- inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches.

C. Manufacturers:

1. Ruskin.

2. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 3. ECOPYVentfabrics, Inc. 4. Ward Industries, Inc.

D. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets.

E. Provide number of hinges and locks as follows:

23-3100 - 10 DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Less Than 12 Inches Square: Secure with two sash locks.

2. Up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks.

3. Up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles.

4. Sizes 24 by 48 Inches and Larger: One additional hinge.

F. Door: Double wall, duct mounting, and round; fabricated of galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and 1-inch thickness. Include cam latches.

G. Manufacturers:

1. Ductmate Industries, Inc.

2. Flexmasr U.S.A., Inc.

H. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with spin-in notched frame.

I. Seal around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber.

J. Insulation: 1-inch-thick, fibrous-glass or polystyrene-foam board.

2.15 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Ductuiate Industries, Inc.

2. Duro Dyne Corp.

3. Ventiabrics, Inc.

4. Ward Industries, Inc.

B. General Description: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1.

C. Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. ECOPY1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/ inch in the warp and 360 lbf/ inch in the filling.

3. Service Temperature: Minus 40°F to plus 200°F.

DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES 23-3100- 11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DUCT APPLICATIONS

A. Static-Pressure Classes: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts according to the following:

1. Supply Ducts: 2-inch wg.

2. All Ducts (on the roof): 4-inch wg.

3. Return Ducts: 2-inch wg.

4. Exhaust Ducts: 2-inch wg.

B. All ducts shall be galvanized steel.

3.2 DUCT INSTALLATION-GENERAL

A. Erect all ductwork to dimensions indicated, straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished joints lapped in direction of air travel. Properly brace and reinforce all ducts with steel angles or other members. All ductwork shall be of galvanized steel unless otherwise specified or indicated.

B. Install ductwork to clear all obstructions, preserve headroom and keep openings clear. Due to limited area in which ducts and other equipment must be installed, Contractor shall cooperate with other trades to best utilize available space.

C. Install supply ducts above return or exhaust ducts where possible; provide long straight duct drops to diffusers for proper diffuser performance or provide register boxes with turning vanes and acoustical lining.

D. Should it be found impractical to install any duct of the exact size given, a duct of a different shape but having the same air resistance shall be installed. These alternate duct sizes to be approved by the District prior to installation. Duct sizes given are internal sizes, net inside dimensions inside the linings. ECOPY E. All elbows 45 degrees or greater shall be full elbows (centerline radius equal to duct width) or shall have turning vanes.

F. Provide volume dampers capable of adjustments and of being locked into position in take-offs. Provide suitable access through insulation for

23-3100 - 12 DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

adjustment of dampers. Mark damper levers with dangling plastic safety tape to ease system TAB and commissioning.

G. All ducts shall be supported at maximum 10-foot centers with 1" x 20- gauge straps for sheet metal ducts. Seismic brace ductwork as indicated and per SMACNA manual. Attach straps to structure with minimum of two #12 x 12” screws, beam clamps with 3/8” rod, expansion anchors or powder driven fasteners.

H. Vertical ducts shall be supported by extending bracing angles to rest firmly on floors or shall be bolted to walls, columns or other construction.

I. Fabricate compression-type supports from cross-braced metal angles not smaller than that required for duct bracing. When roof-mounted, provide pitch pockets.

J. Duct Sealing

1. Ducts exposed to weather shall be completely weatherproof with outdoor Hardcast 1402 butyl foil tape over all joints and seams.

2. Seal joints and seams of interior ductwork air tight with Hardcast 321 duct sealer and foil tape.

K. Duct Insulation and Lining

1. All ductwork shall be insulated with fiberglass duct wrap unless otherwise specified.

2. Any exposed ductwork in conditioned space shall be without insulation. Fresh air and exhaust ducts shall not be insulated.

3. All exposed ducts for conditioned air in non-conditioned space or ECOPYoutdoors shall be lined with 2" (R-8) Linacoustic insulation. 4. Rectangular ductwork may be lined with acoustic liner in lieu of exterior duct wrap, provided that the same insulating value is maintained. Provide acoustic lining where indicated on Drawings.

L. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.

DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES 23-3100- 13 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

M. Fabricate changes in direction, both horizontal and vertical, to permit easy air flow.

N. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.

O. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building.

P. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus, if appropriate, allowance for insulation thickness.

Q. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions unless specifically indicated.

R. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work.

S. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures.

T. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.

U. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers, sleeves, and fire-stopping sealant Fire-stopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 7- Fire-stopping.

V. Protect duct interiors from the elements and foreign materials until building is enclosed. Follow SMACNA's 'Duct Cleanliness for New Construction.'

W. Support equipment and metal duct components and accessories independent of ducts.

X. Support terminal components separately. Y. ECOPYInstall upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure (proof-test) load.

Z. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete.

23-3100 - 14 DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

AA. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 1. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4-inches thick.

BB. Prime and paint all exposed ductwork and finish with latex paint Coordinate color with Architect

3.3 DUCT INSTALLATION- METAL

A. Construct and install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated.

B. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.

C. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor.

D. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct Secure couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at intervals of 12 inches, with a minimum of 3 screws in each coupling.

E. Seal all joints and seams before external insulation is applied. Apply sealant to male end connectors before insertion, and afterward to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws. Seal duct seams and joints according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible" for duct pressure class indicated.

F. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors.

G. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.

3.4 DUCT INSTALLATION - FLEXIBLE DUCT

A. Flexible ductwork shall be installed with no runs more than 7-feet and no more than 3 bends of 45 degrees maximum each. The usage is limited to final connection of air terminal devices.

B. Flexible duct shall be installed in fully extended condition, free of sags and kinks, using only minimum length required to make connection. Bends greater than 90 degrees are not allowed. Flexible duct shall be full ECOPYsize of branch. Any change of size to match terminal connection shall be made at terminal. Flexible duct shall be stretched out with bends of minimum two diameter radius of 90 degree bends. All connections to sheet metal ducts shall be sealed per section L above and secured with 3/8" nylon straps around inside liner of flexible duct, as manufactured by Panduit or Tyton.

DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES 23-3100- 15 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Provide a single continuous piece.

D. Maximum length (unless indicated otherwise on drawings):

1. 1 inch water gauge - 5 feet

End Connections: Connect to duct collars, terminal unit connections, and round air outlets per manufacturer's instructions. Secure with strap clamps as specified above.

E. Installation: Support per SMACNA. Install as straight as possible. One 90 degree turn is permitted. Minimum bend radius to be two duct diameters.

F.

3.5 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTING

A. Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH-116.

B. Provide duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts.

1. Install backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated.

2. Install volume dampers in ducts with liner; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner.

C. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches lead from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install at a minimum of two duct widths from branch takeoff.

D. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" provide test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated.

E. Install fire and smoke dampers, with fusible links, according to ECOPYmanufacturer's UL-approved written instructions. F. Install duct access doors to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and terminal units as follows:

1. On both sides of duct heating or cooling coils.

2. Adjacent to fire or smoke dampers, providing access to reset or reinstall fusible links. 23-3100 - 16 DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

G. Install the following sizes for duct-mounting, rectangular access doors:

1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches.

2. Two-Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches.

3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches.

4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches.

5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches.

6. Body Plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches.

H. Install the following sizes for duct-mounting, round access doors:

1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 inches in diameter.

2. Two-Hand Access: 10 inches in diameter.

3. Head and Hand Access: 12 inches in diameter.

4. Head and Shoulders Access: 18 inches in diameter.

5. Body Access: 24 inches in diameter.

I. Label access doors according to Section 23 0100 - Basic Mechanical Materials, Methods, and Identification.

J. Install flexible connectors immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment supported by vibration isolators.

K. For fans developing static pressures of 5-inch wg and higher, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps

L. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands plus a sheet metal screw through the draw band at two points.

M. Install duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. N. ECOPYAdjusting 1. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings.

2. Adjust fire and smoke dampers for proper action.

DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES 23-3100- 17 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Final positioning of manual-volume dampers is as determined after testing, adjusting, and balancing.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

23-3100 - 18 DUCT WORK AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-0900 - HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Temperature controls for air conditioning, heating, and ventilating systems as indicated. Work includes, but is not be limited to, the following:

1. Automatic control valves and automatically operated dampers.

2. Pneumatic or electric relays (magnetic starters excluded), electric or mechanical linkages, duct sensors, thermostats, dampers and motorized valves, and appurtenances and accessories.

3. Wiring outlet boxes and conduits for control systems, including wiring to connect magnetic starters to control systems.

5. Testing and adjusting temperature control system.

6. Furnishing record drawings and operational data of systems as installed and finally adjusted.

7. Formal instruction of Owner personnel in operation of equipment.

B. Following items are specified in other Sections:

1. Magnetic starters, contacts, power relays and variable resistors or controllers for motors, and other electrical devices.

2. Load carrying wiring for above listed devices and wiring for starting switches not interconnected with temperature control system. (Division 26: Electrical).

3. Electrical power to control panels and other equipment. (Division 26: Electrical).

4. Installing automatic valves in pipelines. ECOPY5. Installing automatic dampers. 6. Automatic controls and valves not connected with comfort heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems.

7. Packaged self contained equipment specified complete with temperature controls.

HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 23-0900-1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Related Requirements:

1. Division 01: General Requirements.

2. Division 26: Electrical.

4. Section 23 0000 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

17. Section 23 0100: Heating, Ventilating and Air conditioning

18. Section 23 3100: Ductwork and Accessories

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 and Section 23 0000: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

1. Complete list of items proposed to be furnished and installed under this Section.

2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data required to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements.

3. Manufacturer's printed installation procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Provide Shop Drawings, in the same size as the Drawings, prepared in Autocad or similar program and submitted in pdf format. Shop Drawings shall indicate temperature control diagrams, complete with equipment appurtenances required for system. Include sequence of operation description for each system. Submit in accordance with Division 01.

C. Sequence of Operation: Provide complete, detailed, step-by-step sequence of operation for each item of equipment.

D. Operating Instructions: Comply with provisions of Section 23 0000: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods and Section 23 0100: Heating, Ventilating and Air conditioning. Explain and demonstrate operation of system to Owner representatives as required. E. Guarantee:ECOPY Refer to Section 23 0100: Heating, Ventilating and Air conditioning

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

23-0900 - 2 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS

CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Manufacturer and Installer Qualifications: Comply with provisions of Section 23 0000: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods and Section 23 0100: Heating, Ventilating and Air conditioning.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Production, Replacement, Delivery and Storage: Comply with provisions of Section 23 0000: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods and Section 23 0100: Heating, Ventilating and Air conditioning.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

A. Provide temperature controls of pneumatic, electric, electronic microprocessor - DDC type, or a combination thereof, as indicated on Drawings, to provide required sequences or operational control.

2.02 MANUFACTURERS

A. Equipment in system shall be of same manufacturer or their standard furnished items. Testing, initial start-up, and adjusting of control system shall be under continuous observation of the controls engineer responsible for Shop Drawing preparation.

B. Pneumatic, electric, electronic, or direct digital microprocessor based control equipment shall be one of following manufacturers, unless otherwise noted:

1. Honeywell, Inc.

2. Siemens Controls, Inc.

3. Equal.

C. Economizer Control System:

1. Economizer controller shall consist of either a single instrument or a ECOPYnumber of components, as indicated on reviewed submittals, to provide performance characteristics described.

2. When air handling equipment is started, a signal shall be provided to switch on economizer control system.

HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 23-0900-3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3. Unless overridden by a warm-up cycle signal, center shall, upon verification that air handling unit is running, open outside air damper to provide minimum required ventilation. An adjustment shall be provided for minimum outside air setting.

4. A cooling demand signal shall be furnished to economizer controller from other temperature controllers as indicated on Drawings. An adjustment shall be provided to override economy cycle upon either an outside air or, if indicated on Drawings, an enthalpy stimulus. The economizer shall react to this signal as follows:

a. Outside air temperature or enthalpy above setting or economizer override. No benefit is derived from use of outside air for free cooling. Outside, return, and exhaust dampers shall be positioned for minimum ventilation. Cooling demand shall be satisfied by modulating chilled water valve or DX equipment as applicable.

b. Outside air temperature above cooling demand controller set point but below economizer switch over. Outside, return, and exhaust dampers shall be positioned for maximum free cooling using outside air with shortfall capacity made up by modulating chilled water valve or DX cooling coil.

c. Outside air temperature below cooling demand controller. Cooling demand shall be satisfied by modulating outside, return and exhaust dampers. Chilled water valve shall be closed to flow of water through coil (DX equipment off).

5. A target gage will indicate if system is operating on economy cycle or has been switched to minimum ventilation.

6. An indicator shall be provided indicating outside air temperature at which economy override occurs.

D. Relays and Signal Transmitters: Necessary relays and signal boosters shall be furnished to provide a full and operable system as required by sequence of operation.

E. Selector Switches, Two-Position and Hand-Off-Auto: For applications where signalsECOPY need to be switched manually, selector switches shall be furnished. Nema 4X Switches shall be designed for panel face mounting with position graphics located behind a knob.

23-0900 - 4 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS

CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

F. Gradual Switches: Gradual switches shall provide a proportional output signal that increases and decreases according to position of a knob. Device shall be designed for panel mounting and be provided with a graduated backplate.

G. Automatic Control Valves:

1. Automatic control valves shall be fully proportioning with modulating plugs for equal percentage of linear flow characteristics. Valves shall be sized by control manufacturer and be provided with actuators of sufficient power for duty intended. Valve body and actuator selection shall be sufficient to handle system pressure and shall close against differential pressures encountered on the Work.

2. Where required by sequence of operation, valves shall be capable of being sequenced either with other valves or other pneumatically actuated devices. Where such sequencing is required, actual spring range, when adjusted for spring shift, shall be such that no overlapping occurs. In event that spring shift causes an overlap, a pilot positioning operator shall be furnished.

3. Small Valves, ½ to 1 inch: Valves shall be constructed with a cast brass body and screwed ends. Trim shall consist of a removable cage providing valve plug guiding throughout entire travel range. A stainless steel stem shall be provided. Bonnet, cage, and stem and plug assembly shall be removable for servicing. Actuator shall be cast aluminum with spring return piston operated by synthetic rubber diaphragm. Body rating shall be 400 psi at 150 degrees F.

4. Valves, 1 ½ to 2-inch: Valves shall be constructed with a cast brass body and screwed ends. For special duty, valves may be selected by control manufacturer to have either bronze or cast iron bodies with screwed or flanged ends. Valves shall be provided with either piston or diaphragm actuators as required.

5. Valves, 2 ½-inch and Above: Valves shall be constructed with a cast iron body and be furnished with flanged connections. Actuators shall be synthetic rubber, spring return, diaphragm type sized for the duty.

H. Dampers: Modulating dampers shall be single or multiple blade type as required. Damper frames shall be constructed of 14 gage galvanized sheet ECOPYmetal and shall be furnished with flanges for duct mounting. Blade-to-blade linkage on each section shall be concealed within damper frame. Section linkage shall not be exposed to airstream. Damper blades shall not exceed 6 inches in width. Blades shall be corrugated type construction, fabricated from two sheets of 22 gage galvanized sheet steel, spot welded together. Blades shall be suitable for high velocity performance. Dampers furnished for outside,

HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 23-0900-5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

return, or exhaust air and those provided for zone mixing dampers shall be furnished with seals to provide tight shut-off along edges of blades. Seals shall be synthetic elastomer, spring stainless steel or combinations of both. Seals shall provide a tight closing, low leakage damper of less than one percent at 3 inches static pressure. Bearing shall be oil-impregnated sintered bronze or bearing grade nylon.

2.03 ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES

A. Electric control equipment and accessories include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Electric control devices as indicated on Drawings and described herein, including thermostats, temperature controllers, valve and damper operators, switches, relays, and control panels for instruments as required to provide a complete and operable system.

2. Wiring and conduit, unless otherwise noted, or control systems including wiring required, to connect magnetic starters, specified in other sections, to control systems.

B. Room Thermostats:

1. Thermostats for unitary air conditioning units shall be as specified in Section 23 0100: Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Equipment. Thermostats located on outside walls shall be installed on insulated backplates or as specified by unit manufacturer.

2. Provide the following room thermostats for each specific application as follows, where manufacturer’s thermostats are not specified Venstar T6800 with wifi key.

C. Duct-Mounted Thermostats: Duct-mounted thermostats shall be modulating or 2-position as required to accomplish sequence of operation.

D. Valve and Damper Motors: Damper motors shall be furnished with oil- immersed gear trains and ample capacity to handle required loads under normal operating conditions. Where indicated, spring return type motors are to be provided.ECOPY Valve motors to be 2-position or proportional, spring return or non spring return.

E. Time Clocks: Time clock shall be solid-state digital electronic type capable of 28 on/off set points to be distributed through the week, complete with a day repeat feature, time and set points to be adjustable to nearest minute with a

23-0900 - 6 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS

CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

minimum on duration of one minute and a maximum of 7 days. UL Listed, enclosed in standard case NEMA Type 1, Intermatic, Tork, Paragon, or equal, with battery operated carry-over.

F. Wiring: Wiring in connection with control systems regardless of voltage, except power supply circuits, is part of the Work of this Section. Wiring shall comply with Division 26: Electrical.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. Control system shall be installed in accordance with control manufacturer's instructions and reviewed Shop Drawings.

3.02 CONTROL PANELS OR CABINETS

A. Switches, clocks, temperature control instruments, and remote bulb thermometers, whose capillary tubes are less than 25 feet in length, shall be mounted in control panels with required wiring, piping, and tubing behind panel. Control panels shall be galvanized steel sheet metal, with light gray hammertone enamel finish, not lighter than 14 gage and 6” minimum depth. Control panels shall be UL Listed. Panels shall be attached to wall at locations indicated, or as required. Adjustable apparatus shall be provided with P-Touch, or equal, labels to indicate function. A clear space of 30 inches in front shall be maintained.

B. Control cabinets shall be provided with door locks. Door locks shall be the flush type, latched, 5/8 inch for metal door, keyed to a Corbin Cat. No. 60 key. Cabinet shall be prime coated and finish painted as specified in Section 09 9000: Painting and Coating. Cabinet shall be surface mounted.

3.03 ROOM THERMOSTAT

A. Room thermostats shall be wall mounted at a height of approximately 4 feet. Room thermostats are not permitted on outside walls, at marker boards, between shelving, in recesses or above heat producing equipment. Units shall be installed as close to edge of tack board as possible. Room thermostats shall have electronic “locking” to minimize tampering. Thermostats shall be ECOPYfurnished with set point windows and integral thermometers and have wifi capability. Theremostats shall have 7-day or 365 day programming as required. Thermostats shall be as specified on drawings.

3.04 COORDINATION

HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 23-0900-7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Coordinate this Work with other aspects of system balancing to obtain a complete operating mechanical system in accordance with design intent, including coordinating with balancing of the system.

B. Coordinate this Work with all aspects of alarm, fire alarm, and smoke detector, specified in Division 26: Electrical.

3.05 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION

A. Each system, pneumatic, electric, electronic, or direct digital control shall operate as graphically and described on Drawings and in accordance with reviewed sequence of operation.

3.06 CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS

A. Perform adjustments under operating conditions to provide sequence of operation for controls indicated. If required operating conditions cannot be obtained before Substantial Completion, due to outdoor seasonal temperatures, return to the Project site when requested by the Owner and readjust control system when outdoor temperatures will permit proper operating conditions. Start readjustment within seven calendar days after notification. Final settings of controls and pressure ranges indicated by gages shall be indicated on project record documents.

3.07 PROTECTION

A. Protect the Work of this Section until Substantial Completion.

3.08 CLEANUP

A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.

ECOPYEND OF SECTION

23-0900 - 8 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS

CITY OF HEALDSBURG

2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-2123 - CONDENSATE PUMPS

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Condensate pumps for liquid condensate service from cooling coils.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 23 00 00: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. B. Section 23 01 00: HVAC C. Section 26 – Electrical specifications. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01: Administrative Requirements. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum 5 year experience manufacturing similar products. B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum 2 year experience installing similar products. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging bearing the brand name and manufacturer's identification until ready for installation. B. Handle materials to avoid damage. 1.6 PROJECTECOPY CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's recommended limits.

CONDENSATE PUMPS 23-2123-1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG

2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall provide a limited one year warranty from date of installation. 1. Condensate pumps shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in workmanship or materials and to function satisfactorily, when properly installed. 2. 3. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: REFCO, ASPEN and LITTLE GIANT. B. Equal 2.2 CONDENSATE PUMPS - GENERAL A. Condensate pumps shall be as scheduled from the REFCO or ASPEN Series Pumps. B. Pumps shall be designed to collect and remove condensate from HVAC and related equipment while being mounted in a plenum space. C. Pumps shall have been tested to UL 2043, Third Edition - Fire Test For Heat And Visible Smoke Release For Discrete Products And Their Accessories Installed In Air Handling Spaces. Test shall have yielded satisfactory results documenting that emissions are within the acceptable criteria defined by the National Fire Protection Agency. D. No auxiliary containment shall be required to allow the pump to be used in plenum spaces.

2.3 LIQUID CONDENSATE SERVICE A. Operation: Condensate removal pumps shall be designed to collect and automatically remove the water produced by an air conditioner evaporative coil and/or a gas-condensing furnace. The pump shall collect water in its integral reservoir. After enough water has collected, an internal float switch activates the pump and water "pump-out" begins. Once enough water has been evacuated from the reservoir, the pump automatically de-activates the water level begins the cycle ECOPYagain. B. WALL FAN COILS Product: Refco Sahara. 1. Pump shall be installed within fan coil condensate pan. 2. An integral auxiliary safety switch shall be included. 3. 115/230 dual voltage, thermally protected motor.

23-2123-2 CONDENSATE PUMPS CITY OF HEALDSBURG

2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. Lift Performance: a. 65 ft.,vertical 3.17 gph. b. 328 feet horizontal. c. Less than 16 dba C. DUCTED AND CASSETTE FAN COILS Product: ASPEN MAXI-ORANGE. 1. Pump shall be connected to condensate drain of fan ocil. 2. An integral auxiliary safety switch shall be included. 3. 115/230 dual voltage, thermally protected motor. 4. Lift Performance: a. 50 ft.,vertical 2.0 gph. b. Less than 33 dba c. Install with foam insulation to reduce vibrational noises.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent construction. B. Plumbing Connections: 1. Connect a suitable drain line from the evaporator coil drain to the pump's inlet. Ensure a downward slope of the line in order to provide proper gravity drainage into the pump. 2. Connect the properly ¼” plastic tubing to the discharge port's check valve assembly. Do not run piping higher than 80% of the recommended lift for ECOPYthe pump. For proper drainage of the discharge line, any horizontal run should have a downward slope. C. Electrical Connections: 1. All wiring to the pump shall conform to local electrical codes. In areas where local codes are non-existent, the National Electrical Code applies. 2. Routing of wires inside pump is critical. Keep all wires inside the pump's electrical enclosure clear of floats and switch actuation arms. CONDENSATE PUMPS 23-2123-3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG

2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Pump Test: Check for proper pump function. 1. Remove the drain line tubing from the pump inlet. 2. Pour water into the pump's inlet until the pump turns on. 3. Pump should evacuate water then turn off. It will leave about 3/4 inch (19 mm) of water in the tank after "pump-out" is complete. 4. Reconnect the drain line tubing to the pump inlet. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

23-2123-4 CONDENSATE PUMPS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 23-8000 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Air conditioning and air handling equipment including but not limited to: 1. Single Packaged Air Conditioning Units. 2. Split System Air Conditioning Units. 3. Split System Heat Pump Units. 4. Fans. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01: General Requirements. 2. Section 07 6000: Flashing and Sheet Metal. 3. Section 22: Plumbing. 4. Section 23 0000: Basic HVAC Materials and Methods. 5. Section 23 0100: HVAC 6. Section 23 0900: HVAC Controls. 7. Section 26: Electrical 1.02 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Work of this Section is based on HVAC equipment units indicated as Basis of Design in Part 2 of this Section. Products from different HVAC equipment manufacturers listed are never identical, although equivalent in capacity, performance and quality. In the cases where dimensions, weight, configuration and utility requirements differ from the products used as a basis of design, the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner, shall coordinate and submit, for Architect review, revisions to the design. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 and Section 23 0000: Basic HVAC Materials and Methods. B. For products listed that are not the basis of design, submit the following in ECOPYaddition to above requirements: 1. Title 24 Calculations: Replace HVAC unit values in calculation files provided by the Architect and submit for review.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 23-8000-1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 23 0000: Basic HVAC Materials and Methods. B. Minimum five years of experience installing similar projects for municipalities.

1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Provide Owner instructions on equipment operation and maintenance procedures, as indicated in Section 23 0000: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Compressors shall be provided with manufacturer's five year warranty, (replacement only). B. Manufacturer shall warrant parts for a period of one year.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Capacities of air conditioning equipment indicated on Drawings are net capacities actually required. Standard catalog ratings shall be adjusted to actual Project site environmental conditions. 2.02 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS - AC (2 Tons-25 Tons)

A. Manufacturers: Trane, McQuay, AAON, or equal. B. Furnish packaged air conditioning unit with gas heating for roof top installation. Unit shall be self-contained, completely factory assembled, with complete internal wiring and controls. Unit shall also be provided with a fully piped refrigerant circuit, fully charged with an environmentally friendly refrigerant that is not scheduled for phase out. Unit shall be field configurable for down-flow or horizontal discharge. Cooling and heating capacities, electrical characteristics, and operating conditions shall be as indicated on Drawings. C. Quality Assurance: 1. ECOPY Units shall be CSA certified for outdoor installation. 2. Cooling capacity shall be rated in accordance with current ANSI/AHRI Standard 210/240. 3. Unit shall be UL listed and designed to conform to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15 Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration and ANSI Z21.47/UL 1995 Heating and Cooling Equipment.

23-8000-2 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. ANSI/NFPA 70: National Electrical Code. 5. Unit cooling efficiency EER/SEER ratings shall comply with CCR, Title 24, Building Energy Efficiency Standards for Residential and Nonresidential Buildings, and shall not be less than ratings indicated on drawings. 6. Unit heating efficiencies AFUE ratings shall comply with current CCR, Title 24, Building Energy Efficiency Standards for Residential and Nonresidential Buildings, and shall not be less than ratings indicated on drawings. 7. Unit shall comply with California Maximum Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) Emission Regulations and current SCAQMD regulations. 8. The unit roof curbs shall conform to NRCA standards. 9. Insulation and adhesive shall meet NFPA 90A and 90B requirements for flame spread and smoke generation. 10. Unit casing shall be capable of withstanding ASTM B117 500-hour salt spray test. 11. Each unit shall be run tested at factory per ANSI/ASHRAE 37 and provided with a certificate indicating tested pressures, amperages, dates, and inspector. D. Unit Cabinet: 1. Galvanized steel with baked enamel finish on external surfaces that are exposed to weather. 2. Interior surfaces exposed to conditioned and return air streams shall be insulated with a minimum ½-inch thick, 1 pound density foil-faced cleanable insulation. Insulation shall have an “R” Value of 3.70 and comply with material safety standards and installation requirements for duct lining as specified under Section 23 0700: HVAC Insulation. 3. Cabinet top cover shall be of one piece construction or where seams exist, shall be double hemmed and gasket sealed. 4. Cabinet panels shall be hinged access panels for filter, compressors, evaporator fan, control box and heat section areas. Each panel shall use multiple quarter-turn latches and handles. Each major external hinged access panel shall be permanently attached to rooftop unit. Panels shall also include tiebacks. ECOPY5. Return air filters shall be accessible through a hinged access panel and be on a slide-out track using standard size filters. 6. Holes shall be provided in base rails (minimum 16 gage) for rigging shackles and level travel and movement during overhead rigging operations.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 23-8000-3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

7. Unit shall have a factory-installed internally sloped condensate drain pan, providing a minimum ¾-inch-14 NPT connection to prevent standing water from accumulating. Pan shall be fabricated of high impact polycarbonate material, epoxy powder coated steel or stainless steel and shall slide out for cleaning or maintenance. An alternate vertical drain (¾-inch NPT) connection shall also be available. Drain pans shall conform to ASHRAE 62 self-draining provisions. 8. Unit shall have standard thru-the-bottom power and control wiring connection capability. E. Compressors: 1. Unit shall be furnished with single or multiple fully hermetic scroll compressors with internal vibration isolators. 2. Dual electrically and mechanically independent refrigerant circuits for 7.5 tons and above. 3. Compressors shall be provided with service access valves. 4. Compressor motors shall be cooled by refrigerant passing through motor windings. 5. Compressors shall be provided with line break thermal and current overload protection. 6. Compressors shall be provided with crankcase heaters, internal high- pressure and temperature protection. F. Refrigerant circuit components: 1. Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) with removable power element. 2. Refrigerant strainer. 3. Service gage connections on suction, discharge, and liquid lines. 4. Solid core refrigerant filter driers. G. Evaporator and Condenser Coils: Standard Evaporator and condenser coils shall be furnished with: 1. Condenser coils Type A, B, or C is acceptable a. Type A: Copper-tube, aluminum-fin coil, with liquid subcooler. Internally enhanced 3/8 inch OD seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. ECOPYb. Type B: Spine Fin condenser coil shall be continuously wrapped, corrosion resistant aluminum with minimum brazed joints. This coil is 3/8 inch OD seamless aluminum tubing glued to a continuous aluminum fin. Coils are lab tested to withstand 2,000 pounds of pressure per square inch. The outdoor coil provides low airflow resistance and efficient heat transfer. The coil is protected on four sides by louvered panels.

23-8000-4 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

c. Type-C: Coil shall be air-cooled Micro-Channel heat exchanger technology (MCHX) and shall have a series of flat tubes containing a series of multiple, parallel flow microchannels layered between the refrigerant manifolds. Coils shall consist of a two-pass arrangement. Coil construction shall consist of aluminum alloys for fins, tubes, and manifolds in combination with a factory applied corrosion-resistant coating. 2. Evaporator coils a. Aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to enhanced copper tubes with joints brazed. b. Tube sheet openings shall be belled to prevent tube wear. c. Evaporator coil shall be of full-face active design. d. Dual circuit models shall have face-split type evaporator coil. G. Evaporator and Condenser Coils at locations within two miles from ocean shall be furnished with copper plate fins mechanically bonded to enhanced copper tubes with copper tube sheets and brazed joints. Coated coils are not acceptable. H. Fans and Motors: 1. Evaporator fan shall be a dynamically balanced, double width, double inlet, forward curved centrifugal type, fabricated of steel with a corrosion resistant finish that was tested and rated in accordance with AMCA requirements. 2. Evaporator fans shall be belt or direct-driven, as indicated on Drawings. 3. Direct drive fans shall be provided with minimum two speeds taps adjustment or ECM motor. 4. Evaporator blower and motor shall have permanently lubricated, factory-sealed ball bearings and automatic-reset thermal overload protection. 5. Belt drive shall include an adjustable-pitch motor pulley. Belt drive fans shall accommodate from 0.6 inch to 1.6-inch external static pressure without changing drives or motors. 6. Condenser fan shall be a dynamically balanced, propeller type, fabricated of aluminum blades riveted to corrosion resistant steel ECOPYspiders and direct-driven by a totally enclosed motor. Condenser air shall be discharged vertically. Condenser fan motor shall be high efficiency or ECM type motor and provide cooling operation down to 25 degrees F outdoor temperature with automatic-reset thermal overload protection.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 23-8000-5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

I. Heating Section: 1. Induced draft combustion type with energy saving direct spark ignition system, redundant main gas valve, and 2-stage heat. 2. The heat exchanger shall be of tubular section type fabricated of a minimum of 20 gage steel coated with a nominal 1.2 mil aluminum- silicone alloy or 20 gage type 409 stainless steel, including stainless steel tubes, vestibule plate. 3. Burners shall be of in-shot type fabricated of aluminum coated steel or stainless steel. 4. Gas piping shall enter unit cabinet at a single location. 5. Integrated Controls shall provide following: a. Timed control of evaporator fan functioning and burner ignition, b. Anti-cycle protection for gas heat operation (after one cycle on high temperature limit switch and one cycle on flame rollout switch). c. Diagnostic information. 6. Induced draft motor shall be provided with permanently lubricated, sealed bearings and inherent automatic reset thermal overload protection. J. Controls, Safeties and Diagnostic Points: 1. Unit Controls: Unit shall be furnished with self-contained, network capable and ready direct digital controls. a. Controls shall be factory-installed. b. Controls shall operate with zone control systems. c. Controls shall furnish built-in diagnostics for thermostat commands for staged heating and cooling, evaporator-fan operation, and economizer operation. d. Controls shall be furnished with a 5-minute time delay between modes of operation. e. Control circuit shall protected by a fuse on 24-V transformer side. 2. ECOPY Compressor high temperature, high current, internal overloads, internal thermostat. a. Compressor reverse rotation protection. b. Loss-of-charge/low-pressure switch. c. Freeze-protection thermostat, evaporator coil.

23-8000-6 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

d. High-pressure switch. The lockout protection shall be easily disconnected at control board, if necessary. e. Internal relief valve. f. Anti-recycle relay, or time cycle device to prevent rapid cycling of compressor after any off cycle. 3. Heating section shall be provided with following minimum protections: a. High-temperature limit switches. b. Induced draft motor speed sensor. c. Flame rollout switch. d. Flame proving controls. e. Redundant main gas valve. f. Heating controls shall consist of: 1) 2-stage automatic combination gas valve. 2) Pressure regulator. 3) Electric spark intermittent ignition system or hot surface ignition system. 4) Time delay fan control. 4. Operating Characteristics: a. Unit shall be capable of starting and operating at 125 degrees F ambient outdoor temperature, meeting maximum load criteria of AHRI Standard 210/240 or 360 at plus or minus 10 percent voltage. b. Compressor with standard controls shall be capable of operation down to 25 degrees F ambient outdoor temperature. 5. EMS Diagnostic Points: Provide diagnostic points for units, including those at projects with no EMS. a. Supply air temperature. b. Return air temperature. c. Space temperature. ECOPYd. Outdoor air temperature. e. Filter status. f. Fan status. g. Compressor status.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 23-8000-7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

h. Economizer damper current position. i. Other diagnostic point required by current Title 24, automated fault detection and diagnostics (FDD). K. Filter Section: 1. Provide filter section with factory-installed low-velocity, throwaway 2-inch thick high capacity, MERV 8 Class 2, or equal, filters of commercially available sizes unless noted otherwise on the drawings. 2. Filter face velocity shall not exceed 300 fpm at nominal airflows. 3. Filter section shall allow installation of standard size air filter. 4. Return air filters shall be accessible through a hinged access panel and be on a slide-out track using standard size filters. 5. At projects with no EMS, provide clogged filter switch and options board to annunciate at the thermostat. L. 100 Percent Outdoor Air Economizer: 1. Provide on units larger than 4 tons nominal capacity. Provide for smaller capacities where indicated on drawings. 2. Gear-driven integrated economizers. 3. Integrated integral-modulating type capable of simultaneous economizer and compressor operation. 4. Furnish hardware and controls to provide cooling with outdoor air. 5. Low-leakage dampers not to exceed 3 percent leakage, at one inch wg pressure differential (variable sliding economizer). 6. Barometric relief damper. Damper shall close upon unit shutoff. 7. Differential temperature and enthalpy controller unless indicated otherwise on drawings. 8. Provide units 6.25 tons and above with centrifugal power exhaust controlled by a pressure sensor in space or outdoor air measurement and tracking. The controller shall modulate VFD in centrifugal power exhaust to maintain a pressure differential of 0.05 inch of water between indoor and atmospheric pressure. The power exhaust shall be factory furnished with unit and installed in field. Furnish field wiring to power exhaust and install tubing in space. Provide other accessories ECOPYas required to comply with UL or ETL requirements. 9. Base Rail: Factory installed on both horizontal and down-flow units. 10. Dampers Using Electronic Actuators: a. Manufacturer: Belimo, Honeywell, Invensys, Johnson Controls, or equal. b. Size for torque required for damper seal at load conditions.

23-8000-8 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

c. Coupling: V-bolt dual nut clamp with a V-shaped, toothed cradle. d. Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation- sensing circuitry without the use of end switches to prevent damage to the actuator during a stall condition. e. Fail-Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring-return mechanism. f. Power Requirements: Maximum of 10 VA at 24 VAC or 8 W at 24 VDC. g. Proportional Actuators shall be fully programmable. Control input, position feedback and running time shall be factor or field programmable by use of external computer software. Diagnostic feedback shall provide indications of hunting or oscillation, mechanical overload and mechanical travel. Programming shall be through EEPROM without the use of actuator mounted switches. h. Actuators shall be listed by ISO 9001, ULC, and CSA C22.2. M. Furnish programmable digital thermostat with following features for single zone units that are not provided with variable volume and variable temperature type controls: 1. 7-day time clock. 2. Heat, cool, automatic changeover. 3. Occupied/unoccupied modes. 4. Dry contact switch for input from an external device such as a central time clock, occupancy sensor or a telephone activated device. 5. Remote sensors. School Areas that could be subject to vandalism or accidental impact damage such as Gymnasiums, Auditoriums, Multipurpose Rooms, Corridors, and Lobbies shall be provided with thermostats with remote return air duct or room sensors. Verify remote location of sensors and thermostats with Architect. 6. Robertshaw, Honeywell, Johnson Controls, or equal. Refer to Section 23 0900 for areas with zone damper controls. 7. Provide locking cover. N. Demand Controlled Ventilation: ECOPY1. Units of 6.25 tons and higher nominal capacity shall be provided with Indoor Air Quality (CO2) Sensor and Accessory Electronic Expansion Boards.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 23-8000-9 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. The unit shall have ability to provide demand ventilation indoor-air quality (IAQ) control through economizer when provided with an indoor air quality sensor and accessory expansion board. 3. The IAQ sensor shall be wall mounted unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. The set point shall be adjustable. 4. The IAQ sensor shall be powered through unit. If not, required control transformer shall be provided by manufacturer. Coordinate power requirements and location with Division 26. 5. The IAQ sensor shall provide a 4 to 20 mA signal to expansion board. O. Parts Availability: Submit proof in writing that majority (minimum 80 percent) of the replacements parts are commonly available and not proprietary. Also, submit proof in writing that a local parts sales and service facility exists, where replacement parts will be warehoused in quantity. Guarantee timely availability for parts that are proprietary. 2.03. FAN COIL UNITS AND CONDENSING (Heat Pump) UNITS

A. Manufacturer: Daiken, Mitsubishi, Fujitsu or equal. B. FCU and CU: Furnish fan coil unit (FCU) and condensing unit (CU), split type, air-cooled, roof or ground for ducted connections or free blow. Units shall be air-cooled heat pump unit/direct expansion fan coil combinations. Condensing unit outdoor section shall be factory assembled with a direct-drive condenser fans with horizontal or vertical air discharge, scroll-type compressor, refrigerant coil, fan motors, pre-wired control panel and a holding charge of a non-ozone depleting refrigerant. Contractor shall provide additional refrigerant for extended lines. Indoor fan coil unit shall be furnished with horizontal discharge and will include evaporator coil, fan and motor, condensate pan with drain, thermal expansion valve, pre-wired control panel and remote thermostat control. Unit shall provide an EER/SEER complying with CCR, Title 24, Building Energy Efficiency Standards for Residential and Nonresidential Buildings. UL listed and rated at AHRI Standard 210/240. C. Nominal unit cooling, heating capacities, electrical characteristics, and operating conditions shall be as indicated on Drawings. D. Condenser coils 1. Condenser coils Type A, B, or C are acceptable. a. Type A: Copper-tube, aluminum-fin coil, with liquid ECOPYsubcooler. Internally enhanced 3/8-inch outside diameter,

seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. b. Type B: Spine Fin™ condenser coil shall be continuously wrapped, corrosion resistant aluminum with minimum brazed joints. This coil is 3/8 inch outside diameter seamless aluminum tubing glued to a continuous aluminum fin. Coils 23-8000-10 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

are lab tested to withstand 2,000 pounds of pressure per square inch. The outdoor coil provides low airflow resistance and efficient heat transfer. The coil is protected on four sides by louvered panels. c. Type-C: Coil shall be air-cooled Micro-Channel heat exchanger technology (MCHX) and shall have a series of flat tubes containing a series of multiple, parallel flow microchannels layered between the refrigerant manifolds. Coils shall consist of a two-pass arrangement. Coil construction shall consist of aluminum alloys for fins, tubes, and manifolds in combination with a factory applied corrosion-resistant coating. E. Evaporator coils: 1. Aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to enhanced copper tubes with joints brazed. 2. Tube sheet openings shall be belled to prevent tube wear. 3. Evaporator coil shall be of full-face active design. 4. Dual circuit models shall have face-split type evaporator coil. F. Condenser Fan and Motors: Condenser fan shall be a dynamically balanced, propeller type, fabricated of aluminum blades riveted to corrosion resistant steel spiders and direct-driven by a totally enclosed motor. Condenser air shall be discharged horizontally or vertically. Condenser fan motors shall be high efficiency or ECM type motor. G. Cabinets: Fabricated of galvanized steel, bonderized and finished with baked enamel. H. Compressor shall be serviceable hermetic scroll type. Compressor shall be furnished with access valves and shall be installed on rubber isolators to reduce sound vibration. It shall be furnished with high and low-pressure protection. Each horizontal discharge condensing unit shall be furnished with a factory installed suction accumulator. Field installed accumulators are not permitted. It shall be furnished with high and low-pressure protection, brass external vapor supply line service valves, vapor return line service valves with service gage connection port, service gage port connections on compressor suction and discharge lines with Schrader-type fittings with brass caps, filter drier, pressure relief, liquid line solenoid valves, thermostatic expansion valves, and a holding charge of refrigerant. I. ECOPY Controls: Compressor motor assembly shall be protected with high and low- pressure switches, internal overloads, internal thermostat, internal relief valve, and anti-recycle relay, or time cycle device to prevent rapid cycling of compressor after any off cycle. Unit shall incorporate an automatic relay for indoor circulating air blower. Control panel shall be pre-wired in unit casing. The control circuit shall incorporate a manual reset safety circuit to render

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 23-8000-11 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

refrigerant system (compressor and outdoor air motor) inoperative should there be a loss of airflow or refrigerant. Units shall also be furnished with automatic condenser-fan motor protection, high condensing temperature protection, compressor motor current and temperature overload protection, high pressure relief, and condenser fan failure protection. K. Low Ambient Operation: Head pressure control shall be provided for operation at outside air temperature below 15 degrees F. L. Filters: Filters shall be 2-inch standard size high capacity replaceable media type MERV 8, or equal, installed in an external 2-inch rack filter section and complete with an access door. M. An in-line filter-drier shall be provided with equipment and shall be installed at Project site. N. Economizer: Provide on 6.25 nominal ton and larger units only. Economizer shall be manufacturer's standard; factory furnished and field installed. Economizer control shall maintain a fixed supply air temperature during free cooling operation by providing full modulation of operable outside and return air dampers.

2.04. HEAT PUMP AND FAN COIL UNITS

A. Manufacturer: Daiken, Mitsubishi, Fujitsu or equal. B. HP and matching indoor fan coil unit and condenser unit: Furnish heat pump, split type, air-cooled, roof or ground installation with ducted connections or free blow. Units shall be air-cooled heat pump/direct expansion fan coil combinations. Heat pump outdoor section shall be factory assembled and furnished with direct-drive condenser fans with horizontal or vertical air discharge, scroll type compressor, refrigerant coil, fan motors, pre-wired control panel. Unit shall also be provided with a fully piped refrigerant circuit, fully charged with an environmentally friendly refrigerant that is not scheduled for phase out. Provide additional refrigerant for extended lines. Indoor fan coil unit shall be furnished with horizontal discharge and will include evaporator coil, fan and motor, condensate pan with drain, thermal expansion valve, pre-wired control panel and remote thermostat control. Nominal unit cooling, heating capacities, electrical characteristics, and operating conditions shall be as indicated on Drawings. C. Quality Assurance: 1. ECOPY Cooling capacity rated in accordance with current AHRI Standard 210/240 and 270. Units shall be listed in AHRI. 2. Unit construction shall comply with ANSI/ASHRAE 15, latest revision, and with NEC. 3. Units shall be constructed in accordance with UL standards and shall carry UL label of approval. Units shall have CSA approval. 23-8000-12 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. Units shall be listed in CEC directory. 5. Unit cabinet shall be capable of withstanding ASTM B117 500 hour salt spray test. 6. Air-cooled condenser coils shall be leak tested at 217 psig and pressure tested at 450 psig with coil submerged water. 7. Unit shall provide an EER/SEER/COP complying with CCR, Title 24, Building Energy Efficiency Standards and per the drawings. D. Evaporator and condenser coils: Evaporator and condenser coils shall be copper with mechanically bonded, smooth aluminum plate fins. Tube joints shall be brazed with copper or silver alloy. Coils shall be pressure-tested at factory. E. Fans: 1. Condenser Fan and Motors: Condenser fan shall be high efficiency or ECM type motor direct driven, propeller type arranged for horizontal or vertical discharge. Condenser fan motors shall be furnished with inherent protection, and shall be permanently lubricated type, resiliently mounted for quiet operation. Each fan shall be furnished with a safety guard. 2. Evaporator fan section shall be furnished with high efficiency or ECM type motor centrifugal, forward curved, double width, double inlet fan or fans installed on a solid shaft. Fan shall be statically and dynamically balanced and shall rotate on permanently lubricated bearings. F. Unit Cabinets: 1. Cabinets shall be fabricated of galvanized steel, bonderized and finished with baked enamel. 2. Cabinet interior shall be insulated with minimum one inch thick neoprene covered fiberglass. 3. Outdoor unit compartment shall be isolated and have an acoustic lining to assure quiet operation. G. Compressor: Compressor shall be hermetic scroll type. 1. Compressor shall be furnished with access valves and it shall be installed on rubber isolators to reduce sound vibration. ECOPY2. Furnish with high and low-pressure protection. 3. Each heat pump shall be furnished with factory installed suction accumulator. Field installed accumulators are not permitted. 4. It shall be furnished with high and low-pressure protection, brass external vapor supply line service valves, vapor return line service

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 23-8000-13 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

valves with service gage connection port, service gage port connections on compressor suction and discharge lines with Schrader- type fittings with brass caps, filter drier, pressure relief, liquid line solenoid valves, thermostatic expansion valves, and a holding charge of refrigerant. H. Refrigeration Components: Refrigerant circuit components shall include brass external liquid line service valve with service gage port connections, suction line service valve with service gage connection port, service gage port connections on compressor suction and discharge lines with Schrader type fittings with brass caps, accumulator, bi-flow filter drier, pressure relief, reversing valve, heating mode metering device, and a holding charge of refrigerant. I. Controls and Safeties: 1. Compressor motor assembly shall be protected with high and low- pressure switches, internal overloads, internal thermostat, internal relief valve, and anti-recycle relay, or time cycle device to prevent rapid cycling of compressor after any off cycle. 2. Control panel shall be pre-wired in unit casing. 3. The control circuit shall incorporate a safety circuit to render refrigerant system (compressor and outdoor air motor) inoperative should there be a loss of airflow or refrigerant. 4. Units shall also be furnished with automatic condenser-fan motor protection, high condensing temperature protection, compressor motor current and temperature overload protection, high pressure relief and condenser fan failure protection. J. Low Ambient Operation: Head pressure control shall be provided for operation at outside air temperature below 45 degrees F. K. Safeties: 1. High condensing temperature protection. 2. Compressor motor current and temperature overload protection. 3. High pressure relief. 4. Outdoor fan failure protection. L. Filters: 1. ECOPY Filters shall be 2-inch standard size high capacity replaceable media type, MERV 8, or equal, installed in an external 2-inch rack filter section and complete with an access door. 2. An-line filter-drier shall be furnished with equipment and installed at Project site.

23-8000-14 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

M. Economizer: Provide on 4.0 nominal Ton and larger units only. Economizer shall be manufacturer's standard; factory furnished and field installed. Economizer control shall maintain a fixed supply air temperature during free cooling operation by providing full modulation of operable outside and return air dampers. N. Provide programmable digital thermostat with following features: 1. 365-day time clock. 2. Heat, cool, automatic changeover. 3. Occupied / Unoccupied modes. 5. Honeywell, Venstar, or equal. 6. WIFI Capability

O. Demand Control Ventilation: 1. Units of 4.0 nominal tons and higher capacity used in Multi-purpose rooms or Assembly Areas shall be provided with Indoor Air Quality (CO2) Sensor and Accessory Electronic Expansion Boards. 2. The unit shall have ability to provide demand ventilation indoor-air quality (IAQ) control through economizer when provided with an indoor air quality sensor and accessory expansion board. 3. The IAQ sensor shall be wall mounted. The set point shall be adjustable. 4. The IAQ sensor shall be powered through unit. If not, required control transformer shall be provided by manufacturer. Coordinate power requirements and location with Division 26. 5. The IAQ sensor shall provide a 4 to 20 mA signal to expansion board. P. Start-up: Factory test each unit before shipment to Project site. Performance test shall include full refrigeration start-up, fan and controls start-up. Each unit shall be provided with its own report with its own serial number. Non- tested units are not permitted to be delivered to Project site. Provide full start- up of units to include full refrigeration and provide a written report. Q. Parts Availability: Submit proof in writing that majority (minimum 80 percent) of replacements parts are commonly available and not proprietary. Also, submit proof in writing that a local parts sales and service facility exists, where replacement parts will be warehoused in quantity. Guarantee timely ECOPYavailability for parts that are proprietary.

2.05 FILTERS A. Air filters shall be of pleated, high capacity, disposable type of efficiencies indicated on drawings. Each filter shall consist of a non-woven cotton fabric

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 23-8000-15 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

media, media support grid, and enclosing frame. Filter shall be UL 900 listed, Class 2. B. Filter media shall provide an average efficiency as specified on drawings per ASHRAE Standard 52.2. Merv 8 or 40% minimum efficiencies. C. Media support shall be a welded wire grid or a rigid frame with an effective open area of not less than 96 percent. 1. Media support shall be bonded to filter media to eliminate possibility of media oscillation and media pull-away. 2. Media support grid shall be formed in such a manner that it effectively forms a radial pleat design, providing total use of filter media. D. Enclosing frame shall be bonded to air entering and air exit side of each pleat, to ensure pleat stability. Inside periphery of enclosing frame shall be bonded to filter pack, thus eliminating possibility of air bypass. E. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr, Koch, or AAF.

PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Examine areas under which Work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS A. Provide foundations (housekeeping pads, level platforms, adaptor curbs or curbs) for mechanical equipment whether indicated on drawings or not. Equipment foundations shall be of sufficient size and weight, and of proper design to preclude shifting of equipment under operating conditions, or under abnormal conditions imposed upon equipment ie: seismic event. 3.03 EQUIPMENT DESIGN AND INSTALLATION A. Uniformity: Unless otherwise specified, equipment of same type or classification shall be product of same manufacturer. B. Application: Only provide equipment as reviewed by Architect. C. Equipment Installation: Equipment installation shall be in strict accordance withECOPY these Specifications, and installation instructions of manufacturers. Equipment installed on concrete foundations shall be grouted before piping is installed. Piping shall be installed in such a manner as not to place a strain on equipment. Flanged joints shall be adequately extended before installation. Piping shall be graded, anchored, guided and supported, without low pockets. 1. Install equipment in a neat and skillful manner, properly aligned, leveled, and adjusted for satisfactory operation. 23-8000-16 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Install so connecting and disconnecting of piping and accessories can be readily accomplished, parts are readily accessible for inspection, service and repair. Space shall be provided to readily remove filters, coils, compressors and fan wheels. Access doors shall be hinged with cam lock door handles. 3. Provide flexible connections for duct, pipe and conduit connections at moving equipment. 3.04 ROOF-TOP EQUIPMENT MOUNTING A. Downflow Packaged Units: Install unit on a prefabricated mounting frame or curb secured directly to roof. Follow manufacturers recommended installation manuals. Submit Shop Drawings for review by Architect. B. Horizontal Flow Packaged Units: Install unit on platform or prefabricated mounting frame or curb secured directly to roof designed to suit roof conditions and requirements of provided unit. Submit Shop Drawings for review by Architect. 3.05 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Operation of Equipment: Mechanical equipment and piping systems shall operate without exceeding specified noise and/or vibration levels. B. Corrective Measures: If specified noise and/or vibration levels are exceeded, provide necessary changes to reduce noise and/or vibration levels to within specified levels. 3.06 FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTION A. General: Perform field inspections, field tests, and trial operations as specified in Section 23 0100: HVAC. Provide labor, equipment and incidentals required for testing. B. Equipment and Material: Equipment and material certified as being successfully tested by manufacturer, in accordance with referenced Specifications and standards, will not require re-testing before installation. Equipment and materials not tested at place of manufacture will be tested before or after installation, as applicable or necessary, to determine compliance with reference Specifications and standards. C. Start-Up and Operational Test: System shall be started up and initially operated with components operating. During this test, various strainers or filters shall be periodically cleaned until no further accumulation of foreign material occurs. Adjust safety and automatic control instruments as required ECOPYto provide proper operation and control. D. Extent of Field Tests: After installation and before completion, Work of this Section shall be subjected to required field tests, including those specified here and in Section 23 0500: Common Work Results for HVAC.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 23-8000-17 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide required operation and maintenance data as specified in Section 230000: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 3.07 REFRIGERANT PIPING A. Unless otherwise indicated, main liquid and suction lines from condensing unit to evaporator coil shall be of sizes specified by manufacturer. B. Refrigeration piping shall be refrigeration grade copper tubing, type L hard- drawn. In instances where refrigeration lines are installed in an inaccessible location and must be snaked through conduit or a trench, that portion of tubing required to complete connections through conduit or trench may be soft drawn. Maintain entire system clean and dry during installation. Pipe shall be sealed until installed. Use Factory Line Sets with factory flares and insulation between Branch Boxes and fan coils. C. Refrigeration piping, both hard and soft-drawn, shall be straight and free from kinks, restrictions and horizontal runs shall be sloped towards compressor one inch to 10 feet wherever possible. Vapor line oil traps shall be installed on bottom of vertical risers and inverted oil trap shall be installed on top of vertical risers. D. Joints shall be installed with Sil-Fos 15, Silvaloy 15, or equal, high melting point solder. E. Flare nuts required on suction lines shall be of short forged or frost-proof type. Other fittings shall be standard sweat-soldered type. Ells and return bends shall be long radius type. Install leak lock material. F. Refrigeration Piping: Joints shall be silver brazed and leak tested. Field fabricated lines shall be thoroughly flushed and cleaned before connection. Bleed nitrogen through lines during silver brazing, and cap and seal lines when not completed and connected to equipment. G. Sleeve penetrations of floors, walls and ceiling to allow for free motion of piping. Provide 24 gage galvanized iron pipe and chrome-plated escutcheon plates. Pack annular space between pipe and sleeve with incombustible material such as fiberglass and seal each end with mastic to provide a waterproof seal. H. Install insulated couplings at points of connection between dissimilar metals for cathodic protection. Insulate copper tubing from ferrous materials and hangers with 2-inch thickness of 3-inch wide strip, 10 mil polyvinyl tape wrappedECOPY around pipe. I. Support piping by iron hangers and supports. Hydra-Zorb cushion clamps, LSP Products Group Acousto Clamp, or equal, on non-insulated piping, and Klo-Shure coupling clamp on insulated piping, or equal. J. Provide saddles to protect pipe insulation.

23-8000-18 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

K. Provide connections of copper and brass pipe and tubing with Harris Products Group Safety-Silv 56, Lucas-Milhoupt, Inc., or equal, complying with ANSI/AWS A5.8 and NSF 51. L. Insulate refrigerant suction lines. M. On split heat pump systems, insulate both vapor and liquid lines. For insulation materials, refer to Section 23 0719: Pipe Insulation. 3.08 CLEANUP A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off Project site. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Protect Work of this Section until Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 23-8000-19 Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

SECTION 26 0500 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work included in this Section: All materials, labor, equipment, services, and incidentals necessary to install the Electrical Work as shown on the drawings and as specified hereinafter, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Demolition of existing air conditioning units on the roof. 2. New power distribution as shown on the drawings. 3. Branch circuit wiring, wiring devices and connections to all equipment requiring electrical service. 4. All electrical work as indicated on the drawings. 5. All required incidental work, such as testing, and temporary power. 6. Any other electrical work as might reasonably be implied as required, even though not specifically mentioned herein or shown on the drawings. 7. It is the intent of the drawings and specifications that systems be complete and, except as otherwise noted, be ready for operation.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Division 1 - General Requirements

B. Firestopping.

1.03 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS

A. Requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Sections apply to all work in this Section, unless modified herein.

B. Published specifications, standard tests or recommended methods of trade, industry or government organizations apply to work of this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below, unless modified herein. 1. National Electrical Code, latest edition (NEC). 2. California Building Code, latest edition (UBC) 3. California Energy Conservation Code (Title 24) 4. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 5. Local Utility Company regulations.

C. All State and Municipal Codes and Ordinances.

1.04 CONDITIONS AT SITE:

A. Visit to site is required of all bidders prior to submission of bid. All will be held to have familiarized themselves with all discernible conditions and no extra payment will be allowed for work required because of these conditions, whether specifically mentioned or not.ECOPY

B. Lines of other services that are damaged as a result of this work shall promptly be repaired at no expense to the Owner to the complete satisfaction of the Owner.

. 26 0500 - Basic Electrical Requirements Page 1

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Conformance: 1. All work shall conform to the applicable requirements of Article 1.03 above. 2. The Contractor shall notify the Architect, prior to submission of bid, about any part of the design which fails to comply with abovementioned requirements. 3. If after contract is awarded, minor changes and additions are required by aforementioned authorities, even though such work is not shown on drawings or covered in the specifications, they shall be included at Contractor's expense.

B. Coordination: 1. The Contractor shall become familiar with the conditions at the job site, and with the drawings and specifications and plan the installation of the electrical work to conform with the existing conditions and that shown and specified so as to provide the best possible assembly of the combined work of all trades. 2. The Contractor shall work out in advance all "tight" conditions, involving all trades and if found necessary, supplementary drawings shall be prepared by this Contractor, for the Engineer's approval, before work proceeds in these areas. No additional costs will be considered for work which must be relocated due to conflicts with the work of other trades.

1.06 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: 1. Comply with the provisions of Section 013300 - Submittals. 2. Within 15 days after award of the Contract, submit: a. Complete material list of all items proposed to be furnished and installed under this Section, including but not limited to the following items: Circuit breakers, conduit, devices, enclosures, etc. b. Manufacturers' specifications and other data required to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements. c. Manufacturers' recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, shall become the basis for inspecting and accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. 3. Shop Drawings: Furnish shop drawings and/or equipment cuts for the following: a. Electrical Panels 4. Test Reports: a. Factory Tests: As specified for specific equipment. b. Field Tests: Performance tests as specified for specific equipment. c. Megger Tests: As specified under TESTING. 5. Maintenance and Operating Manuals: a. Systems Description: Description of operating procedures. b. Controls: Diagrams and description of operation of each system. c. Equipment: Manufacturer's brochures, ratings, certified shop drawings, maintenance data, and parts lists with part numbers. Mark each sheet with equipment identification number and actual installed condition. d. Materials and Accessories: Manufacturer's brochures, parts list with part numbers, and maintenance data where applicable. Mark each sheet with ECOPYidentification number of system and location of installation. 6. Record Documents: a. "As-builts": As specified under Paragraph 3.02 of this SECTION.

26 0500 - Basic Electrical Requirements Page 2 Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all trades.

B. Delivery and Storage: Deliver all materials to the job site in their original containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use. Store in strict accordance with approved manufacturers' recommendations.

C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner.

D. This Contractor shall personally, or through an authorized representative, check all materials upon receipt at jobsite for conformance with approved shop drawings and/or plans and specifications.

1.08 SCHEDULING/SEQUENCING

A. Place orders for all equipment in time to prevent any delay in construction schedule or completion of project. If any materials or equipment are not ordered in time, additional charges made by equipment manufacturers to complete their equipment in time to meet the construction schedule, together with any special handling charges, shall be borne by this Contractor.

B. The Contractor shall coordinate production and delivery schedule for all Owner-supplied equipment with the equipment suppliers to ensure that all Owner-supplied equipment is delivered to site in coordination with the construction schedule and in such a manner as to cause no delays in completion of the Contract as scheduled.

1.09 REQUIREMENTS

A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and general arrangements of the conduit wiring systems, etc. If any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable, and within thirty-five (35) days after award of the electrical contract.

B. UNLESS MATERIAL LIST AND DATA IS RECEIVED AS A COMPLETE AND ALL INCLUSIVE SUBMITTAL WITHIN THE STIPULATED TIME ALL ITEMS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SPECIFIED -- WITH NO DEVIATIONS PERMITTED.

C. Any and all additional costs incurred by the substitution of electrical material or equipment, or installation thereof, whether architectural, structural, plumbing, mechanical or electrical, shall be borne by the Contractor under this Section.

D. Burden of proof of equality of any substitution for a specified product is the responsibility of this Contractor.

E. Where required by Engineer to ascertain equality of substitute product, Contractor may be ECOPYrequested to provide the specified item and the submitted substitution for comparison, at no additional cost to the Owner.

. 26 0500 - Basic Electrical Requirements Page 3

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

1.10 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS

A. General: Provide seismic restraints per applicable code and as specified or indicated, and to meet the requirements of Seismic Design Category 4. Design restraints to prevent permanent displacement in any direction caused by lateral motion, overturning, or uplift.

B. Requirements: 1. Seismic Importance Factor: 1.25g. 2. Restraint: Required for following: a. Distribution Board b. Fire Alarm related enclosures and devices c. Transformers d. Cable Tray e. Cabinets

C. If restraint is required, design equipment to withstand the required seismic force criteria, including its internal design, components and frame, and suitable structural elements to which restraining attachments may be fastened.

D. Rigidly Supported Equipment: Restrain per SMACNA where applicable; where not applicable restrain similarly and as recommended by equipment manufacturer.

E. Design: 1. Prepare designs, including arrangements, sizes and model numbers indicated or referenced in applicable standards. 2. Where designs are neither indicated nor referenced, prepare such designs, together with supporting calculations prepared by a Structural Engineer registered in State of California. 3. For Distribution Boards, cable tray, and other equipment weighing 400 pounds or greater, the Contractor shall submit seismic calculations carried out by a structural engineer registered in the State of California.

F. Submittals: 1. Individual Restraint Devices: Submit manufacturer's data sheets or shop drawings for each device type and size. Indicate load ratings as published manufacturer's data or on shop drawings. 2. Restraint locations: Submit on shop drawings. 3. Design Calculations: As specified above under Paragraph 1.10.F. 4. Certification by Registered Structural Engineer, at completion of construction, that required seismic restraints have been properly installed to comply with Contract Documents and with applicable codes.

1.11 GUARANTEE

A. This Contractor shall guarantee that all work executed under this Section will be free from defects of materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year or as per the General Conditions of this project, whichever is longer. Dates shall be from the date of final acceptance of the building. The contractor shall further guarantee that he will, at his own expense,ECOPY repair and replace all such defective work, and all other work damaged thereby, which becomes defective during the term of the guarantee. Such repair or replacement shall be guaranteed for one (1) year from the date of repair or replacement.

26 0500 - Basic Electrical Requirements Page 4 Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

1.12 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS

A. This Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required permits and arrange for all inspections required.

B. Do not allow or cause any of the work to be covered or enclosed until it has been tested and/or inspected.

1.13 IDENTIFICATION

A. Switchboards Distribution Boards, feeder circuit breakers in switchboards, panels, cabinets, and other apparatus used for the operation of, or control of circuits, appliances or equipment, shall be properly identified by means of engraved laminated plastic descriptive nameplates mounted on apparatus using stainless steel screws. Nameplates shall have white letters with black background and be submitted to the Architect for approval. Cardholders in any form are not acceptable.

B. Provide identification of all pull boxes, junction boxes, and conduit stub-ups on the project as outlined below: 1. For Power Feeders: a. Stencil cover with identifying circuit number. b. Lettering 1" high. c. Color of lettering black. d. Place lettering on cover in neat manner; run parallel to long sides of box. 2. For branch circuits, grounding, communication, signal, and control systems boxes and blank conduit stub-outs: a. Paint inside back of each j-box, front of each cover, and ends of each blank conduit stub-out with identifying system color as listed below:

System Color

277/480 volt Orange 120/208 volt Blue Telephone/Data Grey Ground system Green Fire Alarm Red Media Yellow Security White.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Refer to applicable Division 26 and Division 27 Sections for complete products specifications.

2.02 MATERIALS ECOPY A. Materials of the same type or classification, used for the same purpose, shall be the product of the same manufacturer.

. 26 0500 - Basic Electrical Requirements Page 5

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Materials shall be of make mentioned elsewhere in this specification. All materials shall be the best of their several kinds, perfectly new and approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories.

B. Where material, equipment, apparatus or other products are specified by manufacturer, brand name, type or catalog number, such designation is to establish standards of desired quality, style and utility and shall be the basis of the bid. Materials so specified shall be furnished under the contract unless changed by written approval of the Architect. Where two or more designations are listed, choice shall be optional with this Contractor, but this Contractor must submit his choice for final approval.

2.04 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

A. Furnish approved operating instructions for systems and equipment where indicated in the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel. The operating instructions shall include wiring diagrams, control diagrams, and control sequence for each principal system and equipment. Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in approved laminated plastic. Post instructions as directed. Attach or post operating instructions adjacent to each principal system and equipment including startup, proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, shutdown, safety precautions, procedure in the event of equipment failure, and other items of instruction as recommended by the manufacturer of each system or equipment. Provide weather- resistant materials or weatherproof enclosures for operating instruction exposed to the weather. Operating instruction shall not fade when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling.

2.05 CATALOGED PRODUCTS/SERVICE AVAILABILITY

A. Materials and equipment shall be current products by manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such products. Products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening. The 2-year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. The 2-year period shall be satisfactorily completed by a product for sale on the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures. Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6,000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests, is furnished. The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonable convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions under which the work of this Section will be installed. CorrectECOPY conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Drawings:

26 0500 - Basic Electrical Requirements Page 6 Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

1. The general arrangement and location of wiring and equipment is shown on the electrical drawings and shall be installed in accordance therewith, except for minor changes required by conflict with the work of other trades. 2. All dimensions, together with locations of doors, partitions, etc. are to be taken from the Architectural Drawings, verified at site by this Contractor. 3. Maintain "as-built" records at all times, showing the exact location of concealed conduits and feeders installed under this contract, and actual numbering of each circuit. Upon completion of work and before acceptance can be considered, this Contractor must forward to Architect vellums (obtained from the Architect at cost) corrected to show the electrical work as installed.

B. Measurements: Before ordering any material or closing in any work, verify all measurements on the job. Any differences found between dimensions on the drawings and actual measurements shall be brought to the Engineer’s attention for consideration before proceeding.

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. All workmanship shall be first class and carried out in a manner satisfactory to and approved by the Architect.

B. This Contractor shall personally, or through an authorized and competent representative, constantly supervise the work and so far as possible keep the same foreman and workmen on the job throughout.

3.04 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION

A. All cutting, repairing and structural reinforcing for the installation of this work shall be done by the General Contractor in conformance with the Architect's requirements.

3.05 EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT INSTALLATION/FASTENING:

A. All electrical equipment and raceways shall be anchored to withstand forces generated by earthquake motions. As a minimum, equipment and equipment frames shall be designed to withstand a force of 25% of the weight of the equipment and frame acting at its center of gravity. Anchorage of the equipment and/or frame to the structure shall be for a force of 50% gravity also acting at the center of gravity.

B. For Distribution Board, and Cable Tray, the above values shall be doubled. Design stresses in either case may be increased 1/3 over normal allowable stresses but never beyond yield.

3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. All electrical equipment, including existing equipment not "finish painted" under other sections, shall be touched up where finished surface is marred or damaged.

B. All equipment, lighting fixtures, etc., shall be left in clean condition, with all shipping and otherwiseECOPY unnecessary labels removed therefrom.

3.07 SCHEDULES

A. Coordination: Coordinate installation of electrical items with the schedule for other work to prevent unnecessary delays in the total Work.

. 26 0500 - Basic Electrical Requirements Page 7

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

3.08 WARNING SIGN MOUNTING

A. Provide the number of signs required to be readable from each accessible side, but space the signs a maximum of 30 feet apart.

3.09 PAINTING OF EQUIPMENT

A. Factory Applied: Electrical equipment shall have factory-applied painting systems which shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NEMA ICS 6 corrosion-resistance test, except equipment specified to meet requirements of ANSI C37.20 shall have a finish as specified in ANSI C37.20.

B. Field Applied: Paint electrical equipment as required matching finish or meeting safety criteria. Painting shall be as specified in the respective equipment section.

3.10 TESTS

A. Testing and inspection: See Section 26 08 00 - Testing.

- END OF SECTION -

ECOPY

26 0500 - Basic Electrical Requirements Page 8 Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

SECTION 26 0800 TESTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included in This Section: All materials, labor, equipment, services and incidentals necessary to perform the testing of the electrical work, including but not limited to the following: 1. Grounding System. 2. Distribution System.

B. Any other electrical work as might reasonably be implied as required, even though not specifically mentioned herein or shown on the drawings.

C. All work shall comply with Divisions 26 05 00 and 26 27 00.

1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCES

A. All inspections and tests shall be in accordance with the International Electrical Testing Association - Acceptance Testing Specifications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 This article does not apply to testing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Final test and inspection to be conducted in presence of Engineer and Owner: the Contractor shall conduct at the expense of and Test at a mutually agreed time. Submit written test report.

B. The electrical installation shall be inspected and tested to ensure safety to building occupants, operating personnel, conformity to code authorities and Contract Documents.

3.02 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS

A. Tests: Field tests shall be performed and reports submitted, as per Section 26 05 00-3, Paragraph 1.06.A.4. 1. Final Inspection Certificates: Prior to final payment approval, deliver to the Owner, with a copy to the Engineer, signed certificates of final inspection by the appropriate local authority having jurisdiction.

B. Grounding System: 1. All ground connections shall be checked and the system shall be checked for ECOPYcontinuity. 2. Ground tests shall meet the requirements of the National Electric Code.

C. Power Distribution System: 1. Tests: Test Distribution Board, and panelboards for grounds and shorts with mains disconnected from feeders, branch circuits connected and circuit breakers closed, all fixtures in place and permanently connected and grounding jumper to 26 0800 Testing Page-1

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

neutral lifted and with all wall switches closed. 2. Test each individual circuit at each panelboard with equipment connected for proper operation. Inspect the interior of each panel. 3. Check verification of color coding, tagging, numbering, and splice make-up. 4. Verify that all conductors associated with each circuit are in same conduit. 5. Demonstrate that all lights, jacks, switches, outlets, and equipment operate satisfactorily and as called for. 6. Perform megger tests of all distribution system feeders.

- END OF SECTION -

ECOPY

26 0800 Testing Page-2

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

SECTION 26 2400 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included in This Section: All materials, labor, equipment, services and incidentals necessary to install the electrical work as shown on the drawings and as specified hereinafter, including but not limited to the work listed below.

B. Service distribution conduits and cable where noted for power

C. Distribution system, grounding, and overcurrent protective devices.

D. Any other electrical work as might reasonably be implied as required, even though not specifically mentioned herein or shown on the drawings.

E. All work shall comply with Sections 26 05 00 and 26 27 00.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Division 1– General Requirements

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with the provisions of Section 26 05 00 - Submittals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Refer to Section 26 05 00, Part 2 - Products

B. List of Equipment Manufacturers: 1. Switchboard and Distribution Equipment Westinghouse/Cutler Hammer General Electric Industrial Electric Manufacturing Electrical Power Products Square D

2.02 MATERIALS

A. Grounding: 1. 2. Terminate conduits at equipment with ground bushing, with ground wire connected through bushing. 3. Provide No. 12 stranded (green) THHN conductor from outlet box to ground ECOPYscrew of every receptacle. 4. Ground all isolated sections of metallic raceways. 5. Provide #12 minimum stranded (green) THHN conductor sized per NEC, or as noted, connected continuously throughout branch circuit for all circuits, bonded to panel ground bus, and to all electrical devices and equipment enclosures.

26 2400 Service and Distribution System Page-1 Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca. 95448

SECTION 26 2700 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work included in this Section: All materials, labor, equipment, services, and incidentals necessary to install the electrical work as shown on the drawings and as specified hereinafter, including but not limited to the work listed below: 1. Raceways, feeders, branch circuit wiring, wiring devices, safety switches and connections to all equipment requiring electric service.

B. Any other electrical work as might reasonably be implied as required, even though not specifically mentioned herein or shown on the drawings.

C. All work shall comply with Section 26 05 00.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Division 1 – General Requirements

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with the provisions of Section 26 05 00.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Refer to Section 26 05 00, Basic Electrical Requirements, Part 2 - Products.

B. List of Equipment Manufacturers: 1. Conduit and Conduit Fittings Allied Tube and Conduit Western Tube and Conduit LTV Steel Tubular National Electric Products AFC Republic Steel Corporation Rome Cable Corporation United States Steel Corporation Killark Electric Manufacturing Company Raco VAW Aluminum Company Bridgeport Steel City ECOPY Thomas & Betts Carlon O.Z. Gedney Appleton Regal

26 2700 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Page-1

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca. 95448

2. Wire and Cable (600V) American Wire Company General Wire and Cable Corporation Okonite Company Rome Cable Corporation Cerrowire American Insulated Wire AFC Cable Systems Essex Simplex Wire and Cable Company 3. Solderless Lugs and Grounding Connections Burndy Engineering Company, Inc. O.Z. Gedney Company, Inc. Penn Union Electric Corporation Thomas and Betts Company, Inc. 4. Pull Boxes, Gutters, Special Cabinets Square D Company Columbia Electric Manufacturing Company General Electric Company Westinghouse Electric Corporation Circle Awalt 5. Outlet Boxes Appleton Electric Company Killark Electric Manufacturing Company Lew Electric Fittings Company National Electric Products Corporation Raco Steel City Electric Company Carlon Bowers 6. Floor Boxes Steel City Electric Company Harvey Hubbell, Inc. RCI Walker 7. Wiring Devices Leviton Arrow-Hart Harvey Hubbell, Inc. Lutron Bryant 8. Conduit Racks, Hangers General Electric Company Killark Electric Manufacturing Company Caddy National Electric Products Corporation Republic Steel Corporation Rome Cable Corporation ECOPY United States Steel Corporation VAW Aluminum Company Superstrut B-Line 9. Safety Switches (Disconnect and Fusible) Square D Company Cutler Hammer, Inc. 26 2700 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Page-2

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca. 95448

General Electric Company Westinghouse Electric Corporation

10. Fuses Bussman Manufacturing Company Chase-Shawmut Company 11. Firestopping 3M Nelson

2.02 MATERIALS

A. Raceways: Only the raceways specified below shall be utilized on this project. Substitutions shall be pre-approved in writing. All bare conduit ends (stub-ups or stub- outs) shall be provided with bushed ends or manufactured insulated throat connectors: 1. Rigid Type - hot dip galvanized or sherardized steel, use on all exterior locations, below deck, below grade or in concrete slab, and to 18" on either side of structural expansion joints in floor slabs (see item 15 below), with completely watertight, threaded fittings throughout. a. All rigid steel conduit couplings and elbows in soil or concrete or under membrane to be ½ lap wrapped with Scotch #50 tape and threaded ends coated with T&B #S.C.40 rust inhibitor prior to installation of couplings. b. ½ lap wrapp all rigid steel conduit stub-ups from slab or grade to 6" above finished grade level with Scotch #50 tape. 2. In lieu of rigid steel conduit for power and control raceways and branch circuit conduits in soil or concrete slabs, "Schedule 40" PVC with Schedule 80 PVC conduit elbows and stub-ups may be used with code size (minimum No. 12) ground wire. A “stub-up” is considered to terminate 6" above the finished surface. a. Schedule 80 PVC conduit shall be used in all concrete footings or foundations and to 18" of either side of footings or foundation walls. b. Schedule 80 PVC conduit shall be used in all concrete masonry unit (CMU) walls or columns. c. All conduit runs in concrete floor slabs (where allowed) shall be installed to comply with all applicable UBC and structural codes to maintain the structural integrity of the floor slab. Where conflicts occur, alternate routing shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Intermediate metal conduit shall be used in all exposed interior locations, except that electrical metallic tubing may be used in some locations as noted below. Utilize steel compression type fittings for all exposed conduit runs, unless otherwise noted. Cast fittings are unacceptable. 4. Electrical metallic tubing may be used exposed in electrical and mechanical rooms and in unfinished spaces and in concealed and furred spaces, made up with steel watertight or steel set screw type fittings and couplings. Set screws shall have hardened points. Cast fittings are unacceptable. 5. Use flexible conduit for all motor, transformer and recessed fixture connections (minimum ½"); "Seal-tite" type used outdoors, and in all wet locations, provide with code size (minimum No. 12) bare ground wire in all flexible conduit. 6. Conceal conduit in ceiling, or walls of all areas where possible, all exposed ECOPYconduits installed parallel to building members. 7. Fasten conduits securely to boxes with locknuts and bushings to provide good electrical continuity. 8. Provide chrome escutcheon plates at all exposed wall, ceiling and floor conduit penetrations.

26 2700 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Page-3

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca. 95448

9. Support individual suspended conduits with heavy malleable strap or rod hangers; supports for ½ inch or 3/4 inch conduit placed on maximum 7-foot centers; maximum 10-foot centers on conduits 1 inch or larger. 10. Support multiple conduit runs from Kindorf B907 channels with C-105 and C-106 straps. 11. Conduit bends - long radius. 12. Flash conduits through roof, using approved roof jack; coordinate with General Contractor. 13. To facilitate pulling of feeder conductors, install junction boxes as shown or required. 14. All empty conduits on the project shall be provided with a nylon pull rope to allow pulling of future conductors intended for the specific raceway. Provide plastic wire-tie style nameplate tags on each end of pull rope with printed identification of conduit use and the location of the opposite end of the rope. 15. Where conduits pass through structural expansion joints in floor slab, rigid galvanized conduit shall be used 18" on either side of joint, complete with Appleton expansion couplings and bonding jumpers, or equal. All above grade expansion joint crossings shall also utilize expansion joint couplings or flex conduit transitions as required for each particular installation. No solid conduits shall be allowed to cross expansion joints without proper provisions for building and seismic movement. 16. Minimum cover of conduits in ground outside of building - 24 inches, unless otherwise noted. 17. Provide and install exterior wall conduit seals and cable seals in the locations listed below. Coordinate installation and scheduling with other trades: a. Conduit seals through exterior wall or slab (below grade): O.Z. Gedney series “FSK" in new cast in concrete locations, series "CSM" in cored locations. b. Conduit seals through exterior wall or slab (above grade): O.Z. Gedney series "CSMI." c. Cable seals at first interior conduit termination after entry through exterior wall or slab: O.Z. Gedney series "CSBI." Coordinate quantity of conductors at each location.

B. Outlet Boxes and Junction Boxes: 1. One piece steel knockout type drawn boxes, unless otherwise noted, sized as required for conditions at each outlet or as noted. 2. Flush-mounted boxes equipped with galvanized steel raised covers for device mounting flush with finished surface. Provide extension rings as required on all acoustical or additional wall treatment areas to bring top of cover flush with finished surface (coordinate with architectural drawings). Devices shall be capable of being tightly mounted to boxes without distorting or bending device or mounting hardware. 3. Boxes for fixture outlets: 4-inch octagon or larger as required, or as noted. 4. Outlet and switch boxes for wet locations, cast aluminum FS or FD type with cast aluminum gasketed spring lid cover. Weatherproof “Bell” type boxes are not acceptable. 5. All connectors from conduit to junction or outlet boxes shall have insulated ECOPYthroats. Connectors shall be manufactured with insulated throats as integral part. Insertable insulated throats are unacceptable. 6. Conduit Bodies: Malleable iron type, with lubricated spring steel clips over edge of conduit body, O-Z/Gedney type EW, or equal.

26 2700 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Page-4

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca. 95448

C. Wire and Cable: 1. 600-volt class, insulation color coded, minimum No. 12 awg for branch circuits, No. 14 for control circuits. 2. All conductors shall be copper. 3. Insulation type: a. Standard locations: #12 to #1 AWG: THWN for wet locations and THHN for dry locations. #1/0 through #4/0 AWG: XHHW (55 Mils). 250MCM and larger: XHHW (65 Mils). All wire sizes used shall be based on a 75 degree insulation rating, unless specifically used with 90 degree rated breakers and devices. b. High temperature and non-standard locations: Provide wire type and insulation category suitable for area of use as defined in NEC table 310- 13. 4. Conductors No. 8 and larger and as otherwise noted on drawings shall be stranded. Conductors No. 10 and smaller shall be solid. 5. Install all wiring (low voltage and line voltage) in conduit unless noted otherwise in the drawings, but do not pull into conduit until plastering and taping have been completed and conduits and outlets have been thoroughly cleaned and swabbed as necessary to remove water and debris. 6. Approximately balance branch circuits about the neutral conductors. 7. Connections to devices from "thru-feed" branch circuit conductors to be made with pigtails, with no interruption of the branch circuit conductors. 8. Neutral conductor identified by white outer braid, with different tracers of "EZ" numbering tags used where more than one neutral conductor is contained in a single raceway. 9. Neatly arrange and "marlin" wires in panels and distribution panelboards with "T and B Ty-rap" or approved equal plastic type strapping. 10. All wire and cable shall bear the Underwriters' Label, brought to the job in unbroken packages; wire color-coded as follows:

Voltage Phasing A B C N

120/208 3PH4W Black Red Blue White 208 3PH3W Black Red Blue -- 277/480 3PH4W Brown Orange Yellow White 480 3PH3W Brown Orange Yellow -- 120/240 3PH4W Black Red Blue White 240 3PH3W Black Red Blue --

11. The equipment grounding conductor shall be insulated copper; where it is insulated, the insulation shall be colored green. 12. Label each wire of each electrical system in each pull box, junction box, outlet box, terminal cabinet, and panelboard in which it appears with "EZ" numbering tags indicating the connected circuit numbers. 13. Install feeder cables in one continuous section unless splices are approved by Architect. Exercise care in pulling to avoid damage or disarrangement of conductors, using approved grips. No cable shall be bent to smaller radius than the spool on which it was delivered from the manufacturer. Color code feeder ECOPYcables at terminals. Provide identifying linen tags in each pullbox.

D. Lugs and Connectors: Thomas and Betts "lock-tite", for No. 4 and larger wire; "Scotchlock" fixed spring type with insulator for No. 6 and smaller wire. 1. All splices made up with wire nut connectors shall be solidly twisted together with electricians pliers before connector is installed to ensure a proper connection in the event of wire nut failure. No exceptions. 26 2700 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Page-5

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca. 95448

2. Connectors listed or labeled for “no wire twisting required” are not an acceptable substitute for actual wire twisting. 3. Utilize porcelain type connectors in all high temperature environments (above 105 degrees Celsius).

E. Splice Insulation: "Scotch" electrical tape with vinyl plastic backing or rubber tape with protective friction tape for interior work. 1. Provide watertight cast splices for all conductors in site pullboxes or wet locations.

F. Identification: Refer to Section 26 05 00.

G. Firestopping: as manufactured by 3M Fire Protection Products or equal. 1. Fire-rated and smoke barrier construction: Maintain barrier and structural floor fire and smoke resistance ratings including resistance to cold smoke at all penetrations, connections with other surfaces or types of construction, at separations required to permit building movement and sound vibration absorption, an at other construction gaps. 2. Systems or devices listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory under categories XHCR and XHEZ may be used, providing that it conforms to the construction type, penetration type, annular space requirements and fire rating involved in each separate instance, and that the system be symmetrical for wall penetrations. Systems or devices must be asbestos free.

H. Fused Safety Switches

1. Safety switches shall be Heavy Duty Nema 3R with provisions for low peak dual element time delay Class RK1 fuses or equal.

I. Motor Rated Toggle Switches

1. 208V, 15A, 2 pole Nema 1 in 1-gang box. Approved manufacturers are Pass and Seymour, Leviton, or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Refer to Basic Electrical Requirements - Section 26 05 00 for work under this Section.

3.02 TESTS

A. Testing and Inspection: See Section 26 08 00 - Testing.

ECOPY- END OF SECTION -

26 2700 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Page-6

Police Facility 238 Center Street Healdsburg, Ca.95448

B. Distribution Panels: 1. General: Distribution Board shall be distribution panel type, surface mounted; NEMA 3R enclosure with ground bus and insulated full capacity neutral bus. 2. Equipment: The Distribution Board shall be braced for a short circuit current as indicated on the drawings. Bracing shall be per NEMA and UL standards. 3. All connections between bus bars shall be of a bolted type using Belleville washers. Clamps will not be accepted. All bus bars shall be accurately formed, and all holes shall be made in a manner, which will permit bus bars and connections to be fitted into place without being forced. 8. The design of all current-carrying devices or parts of the distribution panel shall conform to the standard specified in the related sections of Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL) No. UL-891 and National Electric Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) Standard PB-2, except as these characteristics may be modified herein. 9. Bus bars, connection bars and wiring on the back of the panel shall be arranged so that maximum accessibility is provided for cable connections from the front. 10. Ampere ratings for rectangular bus bars shall be in accordance with the temperature rise standard of National Electric Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) and the Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 11. Parkerizing, bonderizing or phosphorizing shall chemically clean the enclosure as a unit after all welding has been completed. The enclosure shall then be painted with a rust- resisting primer coat of paint and shall be finished with a coat of light gray, baked enamel. 12. Each section shall be bussed for the full-connected load of that section. Extend bussing to spare circuit breaker “Spaces.” Drill busses for future circuit breakers, and provide breaker connector hardware as required. 13. Provide aluminum bus bars and connections with silver-plated contact surfaces. 14. The contact surfaces and studs of all devices to which bus connections are made shall also have silver-plated surfaces. 15. Locate ground bus, with a cross-section equal to at least 25 percent of the capacity of the main bus rating, in the back of the Distribution Board and extend bus throughout the length of the switchboard assembly. Ground each housing of the assembly directly to this bus. 16. Rigidly support all bus and connection bars and current transformers. 17. Fit all nuts and connections with locking devices to prevent loosening. 18. Provide load connections with solderless lugs. Factory-install all devices shown on Drawings as specified herein.

C. Circuit Breakers: 1. General: Circuit breakers shall be molded case rated for 240 volts, multiple or single pole and amperage rating as shown on the drawings, bolt on, manually operated. 2. Circuit breakers shall be shall be rated to interrupt the available short circuit current as indicated on the drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Refer to sectionECOPY 26 05 00 for details of work under this section.

3.02 TESTS

A. Testing and Inspection: See Section 26 08 00 - Testing.

- END OF SECTION - 26 2400 Service and Distribution System Page-2

HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

SECTION 283100 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 – General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.

1.2 SUMMARY SCOPE

A. This section of the specification includes the design, furnishing, installation, connection and testing of the microprocessor controlled, intelligent reporting fire alarm equipment required to form a complete, operative, coordinated system. It shall include, but not be limited to, alarm initiating devices, alarm notification appliances, Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP), auxiliary control devices and wiring specified herein.

B. Submit for approval the COMPLETE ENGINEERED (Design/Build) system configuration and layout showing all devices, wiring, conduit, and locations along with other required information as specified herein.

C. Design Components and Installation shall meet latest NFPA 72, 2013 California Building Code and Fire Code (CEC, CFC), and meet local Fire Marshal approval. Work or additional devices, equipment or wiring not shown on Drawings but required to comply with State and local Fire Marshal’s requirements shall be included in contractor’s bid.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. FACP: Fire alarm control panel.

B. LED: Light-emitting diode.

C. Definitions in NFPA 72 apply to fire alarm terms used in this Section. Reference to latest NFPA 72. Reference to other codes indicates current version of codes adopted by local State Fire Marshal.

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Provide fire alarm control to monitor all system initiating devices and notification devices, and control units. Activation of any alarm or supervisory device at any locationECOPY throughout the building shall cause alarm or supervisory signal in main fire alarm control panel.

B. General: Noncoded, addressable-analog system with manual and automatic alarm initiation; automatic sensitivity control of certain smoke detectors; and multiplexed signal transmission dedicated to fire alarm service only.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 1 HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

C. Basic Performance: 1. Alarm, trouble and supervisory signals from all intelligent reporting devices shall be encoded on NFPA Style 4 (Class B) Signaling Line Circuits (SLC). 2. Initiation Device Circuits (IDC) shall be wired Class B (NFPA Style B) as part of an addressable device connected by the SLC Circuit 3. Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC) shall be wired Class B (NFPA Style Y) as part of an addressable device connected by the SLC Circuit. 4. Digitized electronic signals shall employ check digits or multiple polling. 5. A single ground fault or open circuit on the system Signaling Line Circuit shall not cause system malfunction, loss of operating power or the ability to report an alarm. 6. Alarm signals arriving at the main FACP shall not be lost following a primary power failure (or outage) until the alarm signal is processed and recorded.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Final design documents shall be prepared in a professional manner by a licensed fire alarm contractor. Drawings shall be of the same size and format as the Architects’ drawings.

B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer product data for each type of product indicated.

C. Shop Drawings. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring and differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Include diagrams for equipment and for system with all terminals and interconnections identified. 2. Battery: Sizing calculations. 3. Floor Plans: Indicate final outlet locations and routings of raceway connections. 4. Device Address List: Coordinate with final system programming. 5. System Operation Description: Detailed description for this Project, including method of operation and supervision of each type of circuit and sequence of operations for manually and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs. Manufacturer's standard descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable.

D. Operating Instructions: For mounting at the FACP.

E. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performanceECOPY requirements. Comply with NFPA 72.

F. Maintenance Data: For fire alarm systems to include in maintenance manuals. Comply with NFPA 72.

283100 - 2 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

G. Submissions to Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to distribution requirements for Submittals specified in Division 16 Section "Submittals," make an identical submission to authorities having jurisdiction. Include copies of annotated Contract Drawings as needed to depict component locations to facilitate review. Resubmit if required to make clarifications or revisions to obtain approval. On receipt of comments from authorities having jurisdiction, submit them to Architect for review. (Additional devices on wiring as may be required shall be included in cost.)

H. Certificate of Completion: Comply with NFPA 72.

I. Software Modifications: 1. Provide the services of a factory trained, NECET fire alarm certified, and authorized technician to perform all system software modifications, upgrades or changes. 2. Provide all hardware, software, programming tools and documentation necessary to modify the fire alarm system on site. Modification includes addition and deletion of devices, circuits, zones and changes to system operation and custom label changes for devices or zones. The system structure and software shall place no limit on the type or extent of software modifications on-site. Modification of software shall not require power-down of the system or loss of system fire protection while modifications are being made.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm regularly engaged in manufacturing fire alarm system products and experienced in manufacturing systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. All equipment and accessories shall be new and listed by U.L. and California State Fire Marshal.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain fire alarm system components through one source from a single manufacturer.

D. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is an authorized representative of the FACP manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. It shall employ NECET (minimum level 2 Fire Alarm Technology) technicians on site to guide the final check-out.

E. Compliance with Local Requirements: Comply with applicable building code, local ordinancesECOPY and regulations, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. F. Comply with NFPA 72 and California State Fire Marshal regulations.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 3 HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

1.7 GUARANTY

A. All work performed and all material and equipment furnished under this contract shall be free from defects and shall remain so for a period of at least (1) year from the date of acceptance. The full cost of maintenance, labor and materials required to correct any defect during this one-year period shall be included in the submittal bid.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS

A. Manufactures: Equipment shall be as manufactured by Notifier, Edwards, Firelite or approved equal. Notifier model numbers have been used to indicate accepted quality.

B. Provide the required fire alarm system products in the sizes and capacities required or indicated, complying with the manufacturer’s published product information of standard materials and components, designed and constructed for the applications indicated.

2.2 SYSTEM OPERATION

A. Activation of an “intelligent” smoke detector shall cause the following operations and indications 1. When an “intelligent” smoke detector senses an abnormal level of smoke, the loop interface shall automatically initiate a “check” mode. Four consecutive samples shall be made of the prospective detector. Upon completion of four consecutive smoke trouble conditions, the detector is considered “checked” and the system goes directly into an alarm mode, unless the verification mode is activated for the detector. 2. Alarm verification shall be programmable by detector(s) to initiate a verification sequence after the “check” procedure and the Fire Alarm Control Panel shall wait a field-programmable delay period (0-50 seconds), and then proceed to resample the detector four more times for continued presence of smoke. If three or more samples verify an alarm condition still exists, the system will then initiate all alarm sequences specified herein. Less than three consecutive samples during the verification cycle will NOT result in a system alarm condition. The system shall incorporate the ability to log in memory the number of verification events that have occurred for each selected device. 3. The system common alarm LED on the Fire Alarm Control Panel shall flash. The internal audible trouble device shall sound. Acknowledging the alarm condition shallECOPY silence the audible trouble device and revert the flashing common alarm LED to a steady state. 4. An alphanumeric LCD Display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the alarm condition including: zone, device type, device location

283100 - 4 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

and time of alarm. Location and zoning messages shall be custom field- programmed to respective premises. 5. Appropriate status change message(s) via cellular data communication and an alarm shall be transmitted to a remote Central Station (Subscription to Central Station Monitoring Company to be provided by owner). 6. Activate all audible alarm zones. 7. Flash all visual alarm signal zones. 8. Shut down all air-handling units above 2,000 CFM.

B. Activation of any addressable manual pull station, sprinkler water flow switch or “intelligent” heat detector shall cause the following operations and indications. 1. Cause all operations and indications described in Article 2.02, Paragraph A above to occur.

C. Closure of a supervised OS&Y valve sensed via a supervisory switch shall cause the following operations and indications 1. The system common alarm LED on the Fire Alarm Control Panel shall flash. The internal audible trouble device shall sound. Acknowledging the alarm condition shall silence the audible trouble device and revert the flashing common alarm LED to a steady state. 2. An alphanumeric LCD Display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the alarm condition including: zone, device type, device location, and time of alarm. Location and zoning messages shall be custom field- programmed to respective premises. 3. Appropriate status change message(s) shall be transmitted Remote Central Station.

D. The presence of a ground condition or an open circuit on any alarm initiation circuit or a ground condition, open circuit or short circuit on any alarm indicating circuit shall cause the following actions and indications: 1. The system common trouble LED on the Fire Alarm Control Panel shall flash. The internal audible trouble device shall sound. Acknowledging the trouble condition shall silence the audible trouble device and revert the flashing common trouble LED to a steady state. 2. An alphanumeric LCD Display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the trouble condition and its location. System trouble diagnostics shall assist in defining the trouble condition. Unacknowledged alarms/messages shallECOPY have priority over any trouble displays. Trouble conditions will be stored in memory for future recall/display. 3. Appropriate status change message(s) shall be transmitted to Remote Central Station.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 5 HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

E. Provisions shall be included within the Fire Alarm Control Panel for the following manual controls in addition to those previously mentioned: 1. Disconnect audible signaling while testing. 2. Temporary software bypass of selected alarm points. 3. Software assignment of selected alarm point to alarm verification function as a method of tacking alarms caused by environmental factors or maintenance requirements. Waterflow switches, smoke detectors, and valve supervisory switches shall be assigned to the verification group to eliminate nuisance alarms.

F. Any zone may be enabled or disabled remotely via a command using an RS232C Port or other suitable means.

2.3 SYSTEM DEVICES

A. System devices shall be located as indicated in attached Fire Department memo. All system devices shall be numbered with a unique number. The numbering system shall include the type of device, and device number. This numbering system shall be shown on each submitted floor plan drawing, fire alarm riser diagram and be tabulated. The tabulation shall be included in each O&M Manual submitted to the Owner.

2.4 SYSTEM ZONING

A. The system shall employ “intelligent” heat and smoke detectors and addressable interface devices capable of being recognized and annunciated at the main control panel on an individual basis. All devices shall be field-programmed into software zones for the purpose of general area identification and annunciation. However, each device shall also be annunciate identified on an individual basis including exact location and device type. All zoning/device location information shall be totally field- programmable to exact job requirements. Devices shall be zoned as follows: 1. Manual pull stations, area smoke and heat detectors and sprinkler water flow and pressure shall be separately zoned. 2. Elevator lobby, machine room shall be zoned by elevator group. 3. HVAC equipment supply air and return air smoke detectors shall be zoned by unit. 4. Fire suppression system(s), monitoring and similar functions shall each be zoned separately.

B. Initiating and monitored devices shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. ManualECOPY pull stations. 2. Ceiling smoke detectors. 3. Duct smoke detectors. 4. Ceiling heat detectors.

283100 - 6 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

5. Addressable input devices. 6. Sprinkler flow and pressure switches. 7. Valve supervisory switches.

C. Output devices shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Alarm signals. 2. Alarm signals/integral ADA visual signals. 3. ADA visual alarm devices.

D. Addressable interface relays.

2.5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

A. System equipment shall include, but not be limited to an operator’s control/system control panel, battery back up, alarm indicating devices, and output relays and other devices required to provide a complete and working system.

B. The system shall be of the active multiplex/addressable type wherein each initiating device shall be repetitively scanned, causing a signal to be transmitted to the control unit that indicates the individual initiating device circuit installation wires are intact. Loss of such a signal at the system control unit shall result in a trouble indication as specified hereinafter for the particular indicating device affected. All indicting devices in the system shall transmit their normal, trouble or actuated status signals in no less than 5 second intervals.

C. Each system-type smoke detector shall be of the analog type so that the system can be used to read smoke levels on a real time basis from selected smoke detectors for maintenance and diagnostic purposes. All smoke detectors and other initiating devices shall be individually indicated at the main control panel when changing to an alarm or trouble state.

2.6 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CENTRAL EQUIPMENT

A. General: The fire alarm control panel shall be Notifier Series NSF-320 or approval equal. The control panel shall be modular in design utilizing distributed solid state microprocessors and be capable of future expansion. The microprocessor-based CPU shall be completely field-programmable. CPU module shall provide for programmable nonvolatile RAM memory utilizing integral lithium-based memory IC chips. Each panel module shall be independent employing its own microprocessor circuitryECOPY for reliability and independent operations in case of main CPU failure. The system control unit shall have capacity for the required active detection and output points with space for future use and expansion. The control unit shall be listed to the latest UL 864 Standard. All circuitry shall be UL-listed for power-limited application and use positive temperature coefficient devices for current limiting. The panel shall be provided with keylock hinged door to access system controls/switches. The panel

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 7 HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

door shall be provided with a transparent window for viewing all alarm, trouble indicators. The control unit shall be designed for recess-mounting.

B. Central Processing Unit Module (CPU): The CPU shall communicate with monitor and control all other modules in the panel via internal serial communications techniques. 1. Removal, disconnection, or failure of any control panel module shall be detected and reported by the CPU. 2. The CPU shall contain and execute all custom control-by-event programs for specified events if a fire situation is detected in the system. Such programs shall be held in nonvolatile programmable memory, and shall not be lost even if system primary and secondary power failure occurs. 3. The CPU module shall contain a real-time clock circuit to time/date stamp system events and execute custom time control programs. Time control program events shall be terminated in a fire condition.

C. Display Interface Board (DIA): The DIA shall provide all touchpad controls and indicators used by the system operator and may also be used to program all control panel and system parameters. 1. The DIA shall contain, and display, custom alphanumeric labels for all intelligent detectors and addressable modules. Such label information shall be stored in field-programmable nonvolatile memory 2. The DIA shall provide an 80-character alphanumeric Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). 3. The DIA shall provide five Light-Emitting Diodes (LEDs) for ac power, system alarm, system trouble, display trouble, and disable. 4. The DIA shall provide a 25-key membrane keypad with control capability to command all system functions, status readouts, manual control action, and entry of any alphabetic or numeric information. The keypad shall include means to enter two different five digit passwords to prevent unauthorized manual control or programming.

D. Serial interface Board (SIB): The SIB shall provide the following interfaces 1. Two ports for remote printer/CRT devices (RS-232c). 2. Two ports for future local printer (RS-232c).

E. Loop Interface Board (LIB): LIB’s shall be provided to monitor and control each loop of intelligentECOPY detectors and addressable modules. 1. The LIB shall contain its own independent microprocessor control and shall be capable of alarm detection and automatic control action on its own loop even if a failure occurs in the system central processor unit, internal connections, or other modules.

283100 - 8 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

2. The LIB shall communicate and provide power to all devices on its Style 4 loop over a single pair of wires. For dynamic Style 4 supervision the loop may be branch-circuited or “t-tap” connections may be made off of the loop. Loop wiring shall be twisted pair of up to 9,500’ in length. 3. The LIB shall receive digital/analog information from all “intelligent” detectors and shall process this information to determine normal, alarm, trouble and sensitivity conditions. The analog information shall also be used for automatic test and determination of maintenance requirements. 4. The LIB module shall individually monitor all “intelligent” detectors for sensitivity variation initiating a trouble condition should detector sensitivity “drift” toward either threshold of false alarming or non-alarming conditions. In addition, the system shall have the capability to read each detector’s sensitivity, and if need be, electronically adjust the detector sensitivity as required for existing conditions with UL-recommended limits. 5. The LIB shall communicate continuously with each “intelligent” detector and addressable module on its loop and verify its proper function and individual status. Communication with up to 318 such devices per loop shall be performed every 6 seconds or less.

F. Control Switches: Provide the following control switches at the Fire Alarm Control Panel. 1. Acknowledge switch. 2. Signal silence switch. 3. System reset switch. 4. System test switch. 5. Lamp test.

G. Nonlock Walk Test: The system shall include a special nonlock “walk test” mode where each initiating device is manually placed in alarm. The control panel pulses the system audible devices on detection of each such alarm and automatically resets the panel, permitting a single serviceman to functionally test the entire system.

H. Automatic Detector Test: The system shall include a special automatic detector test features which permits reading and adjustment of the sensitivity of all intelligent detectors from the main control panel. In addition, the automatic test feature shall also permit the functional testing of any “intelligent” detector or addressable interface device individually or by zone from the main control panel. Results of the test are then indicatedECOPY on the LCD display. A printout of all test data shall be capable via the system printer.

I. Special System Reports: The system shall have the ability to generate and print, upon command, system and point status reports.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 9 HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

1. Selection of “system” read status provides the operator with global system programming information including: alarm verification, SLC loop styles, number of SLC loops, number of software zones, number of auxiliary power supplies, signal silence inhibit. 2. Selection of “point” read status provides the operator with selected individual point programming data including: point status (normal, alarm, trouble, disabled, etc.), address, type I.D., control by event custom alphanumeric label, verification status, alarm threshold level, sensitivity, silenceable/nonsilenceable, SLC loop number, and device number.

J. System Diagnostics: The system shall include special software to detect, diagnose, and report failures and isolate such failures to a printed circuit board level. 1. Selection of “system” read status provides the operator with global system programming information including: alarm verification, SLC loop styles, number of SLC loops, number of software zones, number of auxiliary power supplies, signal silence inhibit. 2. Selection of “point” read status provides the operator with selected individual point programming data including: point status (normal, alarm, trouble, disabled, etc.), address, type I.D., control by event, custom alphanumeric label, verification status, alarm threshold level, sensitivity, silenceable/nonsilenceable, SLC loop number, and device number.

K. Field Programming: The system shall be 100% field-programmable without the need for external computers, or PROM programmers, and shall not require replacement of memory IC’s. Systems requiring factory-programming/reprogramming or replacement of memory IC chips shall NOT be acceptable. 1. All programming may be accomplished through the front control panel indicators and switches or via a CRT display unit. 2. All programs shall be stored in nonvolatile RAM memory. 3. Programming shall be accomplished only after entering an appropriate and preselected five digit password security code. 4. All programming functions shall be initiated via special system “prompting” menus via the system main CPU. The system shall be capable of direct English language programming and prompting and not require complex digital equations or special formulations. 5. The system shall provide a means to “review” all programmed functions. 6. The system shall be capable of revising/changing programmed functions or systemECOPY expansion at any time subsequent to initialization as described herein without factory-modifications or factory-reprogramming. 7. Any addressable indicating circuit or auxiliary addressable relay shall be programmed to activate on alarm of a single initiating device or a combination of initiating devices.

283100 - 10 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

L. Event History: The main fire alarm panel shall have the resident ability to store a minimum of 400 system events in chronological order of occurrence. 1. Event history shall include all system alarms, troubles, operator actions (i.e. acknowledge, silence, reset, program entry, etc.), unverified alarms, circuit/point alterations, component failures. 2. Events shall be time and date stamped and shall be capable of being recorded and/or reviewed without purging the history file. 3. Events shall be stored on non-volatile buffer memory. Access to history buffer shall be secured via five digit password security code. 4. Event recording shall automatically overwrite the oldest event(s) in memory beyond the initial 400 events. 5. Systems not employing event history memory storage shall be required to furnish a printer/recorder for recording system events.

M. Power Supply: The power supply for the panel and all fire alarm peripherals shall be integral to the control panel. 1. The power supply shall provide all control panel and peripheral power needs with filtered power as well as 3 amperes of unregulated 24 volt dc power for external audio/visual devices. The audio/visual power may be increased as needed by adding additional modular expansion power supplies. 2. All power supplies shall be designed to meet UL and NFPA requirements for power-limited operation on all external signaling lines, including initiating circuits and indicating circuits. 3. All circuitry shall be UL-listed for power-limited application and use positive temperature coefficient devices for current limiting. Fuses or other thermal overload type protection shall be unacceptable. 4. The system shall derive its primary operating power from a 120 volt ac, single phase, 60 Hz supply. There shall also be a 24 volt battery standby power source with internally supervised batteries and automatic charger, capable of operating the entire system for a minimum of 24 hours in the supervisory mode and then be capable of operating the alarm devices for a minimum of 20 minutes. 5. The power supply unit shall contain suitable overvoltage protection to prevent any malfunction or damage which might occur from line power surges (lightening). 6. Upon loss of main power, the power supply unit shall automatically revert to normal operation without requiring any manual restarting procedures. 7. WhenECOPY the ac power is restored, the control unit shall automatically revert to normal operation without requiring any manual restarting procedures. 8. The battery shall be automatically charged by a built-in short-circuit-proof charger.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 11 HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

9. The charging current shall be automatically controlled according to the battery’s ambient temperature. 10. After a full discharge, the system shall be able to recharge the batteries completely within 12 hours. 11. The connection to the battery shall be automatically switches off when the voltage drops below 19 volts to protect battery cells from damage to deep discharge. 12. Sealed lead acid batteries shall be used for emergency power source. 13. The entire power supply charger circuits including fuses shall be supervised both positive and negative ground fault supervision, battery/charger fail condition, ac power fail indicators. The power supply shall also provide supervision of modular expansion power supplies as may be required. Any malfunction or blown or missing fuses shall result in a fault indication on the control unit.

2.7 SMOKE AND HEAT SENSORS/DETECTORS

A. Intelligent “Ceiling-mounted” Photoelectric Smoke Sensors: Notifier Model FSP-851 or approved equal analog photoelectric smoke sensors shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings. 1. The intelligent photoelectric smoke sensors shall connect via two wires to one of the intelligent control panel loops. 2. The sensors shall us the photoelectric principal to measure smoke density and shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the analog level of smoke density. 3. The sensor/control panel shall provide automatic sensitivity “drift” compensation to provide longer term stability and reliability. The sensor shall also provide a “maintenance alert” feature whereby the detector shall initiate a trouble condition should the unit’s sensitivity approach the outside limits of the normal sensitivity window. 4. The sensor shall be provided with extensive RF and EMF noise reduction circuitry. 5. The sensor shall employ sophisticated self-compensating solid state LED light source and photosensitive circuitry. 6. The sensors/control panel shall provide a calibrated test method whereby they will simulate an alarm condition and report that condition to the control panel. Such a test may be initiated at the detector itself, by activating a magnetic test switch, or may be activated remotely on command from the control panel. 7. TheECOPY sensors shall provide address-setting means on the sensor head using rotary decimal switches. No binary coding shall be required. The sensor shall also store an internal identification code which the control panel shall use to identify the type of sensor. 8. The sensors shall provide dual alarm and power/status LEDs. Status LEDs shall flash under normal conditions, indicating that the sensor is operational and in

283100 - 12 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

regular communication with the control panel. Both LEDs may be placed into steady illumination by the control panel, indicating that an alarm condition has been detected and verified. An output connection shall be provided in the base for connecting an external remote alarm LED. 9. The sensor shall be semiflush ceiling-mounted and be provided with modular detector head with twist-lock base. Sensors shall also be suitable for surface- mounting below raised floors or above ceilings. Sensors shall be provided in smooth attractive white finish, and sealed against dirt, vermin, and back pressure. Sensors shall be provided with fine mesh insect/contaminate screen. 10. Sensors shall be UL-listed with respective control panel.

B. Intelligent “Duct Mounted” Photoelectric Smoke Sensors: Notifier model DHX Series duct-mounted intelligent photoelectric smoke sensor shall be installed in the supply duct of all Air Handling Units producing greater than 2,000 CFM. 1. Sensors shall operate on the same principals and exhibit the same basic characteristic as area type “intelligent” smoke sensors. The unit shall be capable of interchanging/accepting either photoelectronic or ionization type sensors. 2. The sensor shall operate in air velocities of 300 FPM to 4,000 FPM without adverse effects in detector sensitivity. 3. Each sensor shall operate directly with the intelligent control panel loop, without an interface module. 4. The unit shall consist of a Noryl mounted plastic enclosure with molded integral conduit knock-outs. The unit shall be provided with clear faceplate cover to provide visual viewing of detector/sensor for monitoring sensor operation and chamber condition. The duct housing shall be provided with gasket seals to provide proper sealing of housing to mechanical ductwork and to ensure proper air flow into the detector sampling chamber. Duct housing shall be designed to easily mount to rectangular or round ducts. 5. The duct sensor unit shall be UL-listed with the fire alarm control panel. 6. Each duct sensor unit shall be equipped with sampling tubes protruding into the associated ductwork. Sampling tubes shall be provided with integral porosity filter system to aid in reducing detector contamination. Sensors shall be installed per NFPA 90A. 7. Duct sensors shall be provided with remote alarm indicator (remote alarm indicator/test switch). Remote unit shall be mounted on single gang, stainless plate and be located in an accessible location for easy viewing and monitoring. 8. CoordinateECOPY the location of duct smoke detectors with the HVAC system duct installer.

C. Intelligent Ceiling Mounted Heat Sensors: Notifier Model FST-851R analog thermal sensors shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 13 HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

1. The intelligent thermal sensors shall connect via two wires to one of the intelligent control panel loops. 2. The sensors shall use dual electronic thermostats to measure temperature levels in its chamber and shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the analog temperature level. 3. The sensors/control panel shall provide a test method whereby they will simulate an alarm condition and report that condition to the control panel. Such a test may be initiated at the sensor itself, by activating a magnetic switch, or may be activated remotely on command from the control panel. 4. The sensors shall provide address-setting means on the sensor head using rotary decimal switches. No binary coding shall be required. The sensors shall also store an internal identification code which the control panel shall use to identify the type of detector. 5. The sensors shall provide dual alarm and power/status LEDs. Status LEDs shall flash under normal conditions, indicating that the sensor is operational and in regular communication with the control panel. Both LEDs may be placed into steady illumination by the control panel, indicating that an alarm condition has been detected. An output connection shall also be provided in the base to connect an external remote alarm LED. 6. The sensor shall be semiflush ceiling-mounted and be provided with modular detector head with twist-lock base. Sensors shall be provided in smooth white finish.

2.8 MANUAL STATIONS

A. Addressable Manual Stations: Notifier Model NBG-12LX manual stations with an addressable interface module or approved equal shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings. 1. The manual station addressable module shall connect with two wires to one of the intelligent control panel loops. 2. The module at the manual station shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual station switch. 3. The manual station addressable module shall provide address-setting means using rotary decimal switches and shall also store an internal identification code which the control panel shall use to identify the type of device. No binary coding shall be required. 4. A LED shall be provided on the addressable module which shall flash under normalECOPY conditions, indicating that the manual station is operational and in regular communication with the control panel. The LED may be placed into steady illumination by the control panel, indicating that an alarm condition has been initiated via the station.

283100 - 14 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

2.9 INPUT/OUTPUT DEVICES

A. Sprinkler Waterflow and Pressure Switches: Switches shall be furnished and installed under Division 15, with wiring and addressable input device interface by this Contractor.

B. Fire Protection OS&Y Valve Supervisory Switches: Switches shall be furnished and installed under Division 15, with wiring and addressable input device interface by this Contractor. Switches shall activate a supervisory signal within two turns of the valve or more than 1/3 of the valve travel toward the closed position.

2.10 ALARM SIGNAL DEVICES

A. Horn/Strobes: Provide Wheelock ST Exciter Series solid state electronic alarm device where indicated on the contract drawings. Electronic device shall not contain any vibrating electromechanical solenoids or contacts for reliability and performance. Electromechanical devices shall not be considered as equal. 1. Units shall operate at 24 volts dc and be polarized supervised. 2. Preferred alarm signals shall be a slow whoop or fast warble tone producing a sound pressure level of 91 dBA. 3. Units shall be flush mounted and molded of high-impact beige thermo plastic. 4. Each alarm device shall be provided with an integral high intensity flashing xenon strobe tube with eight selectable candela setting. Visual strobe shall operate on the same voltage as the audible alarm device. Strobe shall produce a minimum of 15 candela and flash at a rate of two times/second. Strobe shall be xenon solid state type. 5. Provide candela ratings to comply with ADA spacing requirements.

B. Visual Signals: Visual alarm signals shall be installed where required. 1. Visual units shall be of the electronic flashing strobe type and operate on 24 volts dc. 2. Strobe signals shall be flush wall mounted and utilize a high intensity solid state xenon strobe tube on a standard single device electrical outlet box. 3. Lights shall operate in unison with audible alarm signals and discontinue flashing upon silencing of alarm signals. 4. Strobe lights shall be on supervised circuits. 5. WallECOPY coverplates shall have a beige color. 6. Provide candela ratings to comply with ADA spacing requirements.

2.11 SYSTEM WIRING

A. The equipment supplier shall furnish to the installing contractor a complete detailed point-to-point wiring diagram showing the system equipment and required number,

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 15 HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

type and sizes of conductors and conduit sizes. Where common devices which break the alarm circuit are installed on a common zone with shorting type device, the circuit breaking devices shall be wired electrically downstream of the shorting type devices.

B. All fire alarm system wiring which is exposed, concealed in inaccessible locations, wired between floors or wired between building smoke compartments shall be installed in an approved raceway. Fire alarm wiring routed horizontally in concealed accessible locations may be installed without conduit, using approved plenum rated fire alarm cable, if allowed by Code and local Fire Marshal.

C. All fire alarm system wiring shall be multiconductor, UL-listed FLP for limited energy (300 volt) and fire alarm applications, and NEC approved fire alarm cable. Wiring shall be installed in accordance with NEC, local codes, Article 210 of NFPA Standard 72, and manufacturer’s recommendations. All wiring shall be copper.

D. Fire alarm system wiring shall be color coded.

E. All fire alarm system junction boxes, including covers, shall be secured, painted red and marked in white lettering.

F. Wire size shall be determined by calculated voltage drop and circuit loading. Minimum wire size shall be as follows 1. #14 AWG twisted for data circuits. 2. #18 AWG for nondata and communications initiating and low voltage auxiliary control circuits. 3. #12 AWG twisted for alarm circuits. 4. #12 AWG for all power circuits.

G. Maximum voltage drop in notification circuit shall be 10% or as recommended by manufacturer, whichever is smaller.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which the fire alarm system is to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 SYSTEM DESIGNECOPY A. General: The basic equipment and device locations have been shown on the contract drawings. Specific wiring between equipment/devices has not been shown. It is the contractor’s responsibility to submit for approval the COMPLETE ENGINEERED

283100 - 16 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

(Design/Build) system configuration and layout showing all devices, wiring, conduit, and locations along with other required information as specified herein.

B. Design and Installation shall meet NFPA 72 and meet California State Fire Marshal approval. Work or additional devices, equipment or wiring not shown on Drawings but required to comply with State Fire Marshal’s requirements shall be included in contractor’s bid.

3.3 PROGRAMMING

A. General: The manufacturer shall provide and install a menu driven software package, and shall provide all required programming of the system, including digitized voice alarms, graphic and action messages. Map and report formatting will be part of the software package. The software programming shall provide clear decision-making displays and text during critical alarm conditions that will allow the operator to make simple decisions during a crisis.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install system and materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, roughing-in drawings, and details on the Drawings

B. Wiring: All wiring shall be in accordance with current NFPA 72, the National Electrical Code, California Electrical Codes, and Article 760 of NFPA Standard 70. All wiring sizes shall conform to recommendations of the equipment manufacturer, and as indicated on the engineered shop drawings. 1. Install fire alarm system line voltage and low-voltage wiring in a suitable raceway. Conceal fire alarm system conduit except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. Fasten flexible conductors, which bridge cabinets and doors, neatly along hinge side and protect against abrasion. Tie and support the conductors neatly. 2. All wiring shall be run in a supervised fashion (i.e. no branch wiring or dog- legged wiring) per NFPA requirements. Intelligent SLC loops may be T- tapped/branch wired due to inherent dynamic supervision. 3. Wiring splices shall be kept to a minimum with required splices to be made in designated terminal boxes or at field device junction boxes. Transposing or color code changes of wiring will not be permitted. End-of-line supervisory devices shall be installed with the last device on the respective circuit. Said device shall be appropriately marked designating it as the terminating device on the respective circuit. 4. NoECOPY AC wiring or any other wiring shall be run on the same conduit as fire alarm wiring. 5. Number code and color code conductors appropriately and permanently for future identification and servicing of the system.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 17 HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

C. Conduit/Raceway: 1. Minimum conduit size shall be ½” EMT. Maximum conduit “fill” shall not exceed 40%. 2. Systems utilizing open wiring techniques with low smoke plenum cable shall provide conduit in all inaccessible locations, inside concealed walls, all mechanical/electrical rooms, or other areas where wiring might be exposed and subject to damage.

D. Checkout: Check wiring to ensure that wiring is in accordance with the system manufacturer’s wiring diagrams and that the system is free of open circuits, short circuits, and grounds.

3.5 COORDINATION

A. It shall be the responsibility of the installing contractor to coordinate all requirements surrounding installation of the fire alarm system with all trades. Adequate coordination shall be provided to ensure proper installation and interface to all peripheral items required to interact with the fire alarm to provide a complete and functional life safety system.

B. The installing contractor shall be fully responsible for coordinating all system and device messages and system operation with the Owner’s Representatives and Operating Personnel.

3.6 SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND TEST

A. All final control panel connections shall be made by a state licensed, factory-trained technical representative of the manufacturer and who shall supervise a System Checkout and Test to demonstrate and confirm to the Engineer, Owner’s Representative and the fire department, that the fire alarm system is 100% operational upon completion of the installation and certification of the system, and that it complies with all local code requirements and these specifications. It is intended that the System Checkout and Test be followed by a continuing program of inspection testing and maintenance.

B. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner a Maintenance, Inspection and Quarterly Testing Contract in compliance with NFPA 72H, upon completion and system checkout.

C. The System Checkout and Test shall be performed within 30 days after the fire alarm installation and all peripheral systems are completed. The System Checkout and Test shall beECOPY performed by a minimum of two licensed fire alarm technicians, one of which is licensed by the State, and acceptable to the Engineer and the authority having jurisdiction. The test shall be performed in two parts and two-way radios for use by the test observers shall be provided. The first part shall be a full dry-run test with all subcontractors present, but without the Owner’s Representative or fire department

283100 - 18 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

present. After the dry-run test is successfully completed, then the final test with the Owner’s Representative and fire department present shall be performed.

D. The Contractor shall coordinate the test schedule with all necessary parties and subcontractors required to be present for a complete and functional test.

E. The System Checkout and Test which is a comprehensive 100% inspection and test of all fire alarm system equipment and shall include, but not be limited to the following 1. Fire Alarm Control Equipment a. A visual and functional test of all fire alarm control and auxiliary control equipment. b. A visual inspection shall be conducted to establish that all electrical connections and equipment as required are properly installed and operating. c. A remote functional fault simulation test shall be conducted on all relevant field wiring terminations to ensure that all wiring is property supervised as required. d. All indicators shall be tested to ensure proper function and operation. e. All device messages shall be verified to be correct, as installed. f. All system auxiliary functions including, but not limited to, HVAC equipment control and shutdown, and other specified control functions shall be functionally tested to verify proper operation and proper system messages. g. Control panel supervisory and alarm current readings shall be taken to verify that the control panel has the appropriate power supplies and standby batteries to operate the system as required. A 3 minute general alarm stress test both under ac power and standby power shall be conducted to further ensure complete operation of the system. h. The alarm signaling shall be visually and functionally tested to verify proper operation. Alarm device zoning shall be verified and automatic operation of the alarm signaling system shall be fully verified. Self-monitoring functions of the alarm signaling system shall be verified. 2. Fire Alarm Peripheral Devices: All fire alarm peripheral devices shall be functionally tested and the location and testing information recorded for each device. 3. Initiating Devices (Manual and Automatic) a. All manual and automatic initiating devices shall be inspected to ensure proper placement and mounting as recommended by the manufacturer and as indicated in these specifications. b. All manual fire alarm stations and all automatic initiating devices (smoke detectors, heat detectors, waterflow switches, etc.) shall be functionally tested ECOPYfor alarm operation. c. A minimum of 10% of initiating devices shall be functionally tested for proper wiring supervision. Failure of any tested device on any zone shall require that all devices in that zone shall be tested for supervision. 4. Alarm Signaling Devices:

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 19 HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

a. All visual alarm indicators and exit sign flashing shall be functionally tested to ensure proper operation and that they are clearly visible. b. Alarm signaling devices shall be field-checked and tested for proper operation and output. c. Decibel reading shall be taken to ensure that the alarm signal level can be clearly heard in all areas of the facility, if required by the authority having jurisdiction. Additional devices may be required to provide adequate sound penetration (or as required by the local authority having jurisdiction). Contractor shall provide a unit price for such devices should they be required. d. A minimum of 10% of the alarm signaling device shall be functionally tested for proper wiring supervision. 5. Reporting a. Upon completion of the 100% System Checkout and Test, four copies of the final report shall be documented, certified, and sent to the Engineer for distribution to the Owner to authorized Owner’s Representative indicating that all fire alarm equipment has been tested and is 100% operational. b. The final report shall be generated by the equipment manufacturer’s headquarters or authorized representative to ensure integrity and uniformity of all testing information, stating the precise location and operational status of each and every peripheral device and shall include a Fire Alarm System Certification and Description Document per NFPA 72. c. The 100% System Checkout and Test shall be performed by factory-trained representatives, and one of the individuals shall possess a state license for fire alarm installation supervision.

3.7 TRAINING

A. Upon completion of the installation, the equipment manufacturer shall furnish his services for a period of 4 hours of demonstration and training in the use of the system and its connected equipment. The 4 hour training period shall consist of operations and trouble shooting and technical trouble shooting of the fire alarm panel and system. All training shall be provided at the site.

3.8 AS-BUILT/RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Two sets of manuals and as-built drawings shall be provided by the Contactor. The as-built drawings shall include a reproducible drawing and two copies of each as-built drawing. The drawings and manuals shall be used in the training sessions. At this time, manuals describing the system equipment, as-built wiring diagrams, system keys, and certification of a 100% system audit will be delivered to the Owner. Record drawingsECOPY shall include, but not be limited to: 1. As-built wiring and conduit layout diagrams incorporating wire color code and/or label numbers and showing all interconnections in the system. 2. Actual locations of each input and output circuit termination, the identification marking of each circuit and the address of each device. Provide an input/output

283100 - 20 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM HEALDSBURG SENIOR CENTER

assignment chart. A unique identification number shall be assigned to each alarm initiating device. Identification should be by zone number and device number within the zone. This number shall be noted on the record drawing and also be permanently mounted adjacent to the device or its mounting base. Markings with felt-tip pens will not be acceptable. 3. As-built schematic wiring diagrams of all control panels, modules and communications panels. 4. As-built heat and smoke detector location drawings showing location dimension of each detector and alarm box. 5. Copies of the manufacturer’s technical literature on all major parts of the system including detectors, manual stations, signaling appliances, alarm panels, communication panels and equipment and power supplies. 6. Completed Fire Alarm System Certification and Description requirements.

3.9 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. The manufacturer’s authorized representative shall instruct the Owner’s designated employees in the proper operation of the system and all required periodic maintenance. This instruction will include three copies of a written summary in booklet or binder form so employees can retain for future reference. Basic operating instructions for the system shall be framed and mounted at the main control unit. Refer to Section 16000 for additional requirements.

3.10 WARRANTY

A. The fire alarm and security systems shall be warranted against defects in workmanship and materials, under normal use and service, for a period of 1 year from the date of acceptance by the Owner. Any equipment shown to be defective shall be repaired, replaced or adjusted free of charge.

B. The warranty period shall begin after successful completion of the Owner’s inspections and tests. In the event of any system malfunctions or nuisance alarms, the Contractor will take appropriate corrective action. This action may necessitate a repeat of the response test if the Owner so desires. Continued improper performance during warranty shall be cause to require the Contractor to remove the system. ECOPYEND OF SECTION

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 - 21 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 31-0165 - CONSTRUCTION SITE BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES PLAN

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included: Establish a Construction Storm Water Pollution Control and Prevention Plan (SWPPP) to ensure the orderly progress of work through the dry and rainy seasons.

B. Related work:

1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications.

1.2 REFERENCES:

A. State of California Department of Transportation Storm Water Quality Handbooks:

1. Storm Water Pollution Control Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Preparation Manual

2. Construction Site Best Management Practices (BPM) Manual.

1.3 SWPPP AND WINTERIZATION PLAN

A. For all construction that will occur during dry and rainy season the Contractor shall submit a plan to the Architect and the Owner for review, showing proposed methods to prepare the site for unimpeded progress of the work during all seasons.

B. Minimum requirements of the plan is to demonstrate management of the following categories during construction activities:

1. Dust Control

2. Storm water run-on or run-off ECOPY3. Disturbed soil area and stockpile control 4. Soil Stabilization and Sediment Control at slopes, drop inlets and basins.

5. Traffic Tracking Controls

CONSTRUCTION SITE BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES PLAN 31-0165 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. The plan shall make clear all provision necessary to allow vehicle and equipment access to the site and building of the project during all seasons. The plan shall also indicate provisions that will be made for staging and material storage areas. The plan shall make provisions to prevent sediment from entering storm drain systems.

D. The plan shall take into account the progression of work and protect completed construction or elements of the project.

E. Any proposed revisions of previously submitted plans shall be submitted to the Architect and Owner for review.

F. The Architect's and Owner's review of the SWPPP plan does not constitute an approval of the plan or the procedures of the plan. The review only establishes that the Contractor has made provisions for seasonal variations and storm water management.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit copies of the Contractor's SWPPP - Construction Best Management Practices Plan Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01-3300 Submittals for its review by the Architect and Owner.

B. Submittal shall contain submittal Number, Title, Project Name and address, Contractor's name and address, DSA building permit number.

END OF SECTION ECOPY

31 - 0165 - 2 CONSTRUCTION SITE BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES PLAN CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 31-5500 – FILL AND BACKFILL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Filling, backfilling, and compacting for site structures.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Geotechnical Report: Geotechnical report; bore hole locations and findings of subsurface materials.

B. Section 32-1500 - Tree Removal

C. Section 32-1600 - Concrete Paving

D. Section 32-9115 - Top Soil

1.3 REFERENCES

A. AASHTO T 180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54 kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457 mm (18 in.) Drop; American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.

B. ASTM D 1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method.

C. ASTM D 1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN m/m3)).

D. ASTM D 2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

E. ASTM D 3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Finish Grade Elevations: Indicated on drawings. B. ECOPYSubgrade Elevations: Indicated on drawings. 1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01-3300 - Submittals, for submittal procedures.

FILL AND BACK FILL 31-5500 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

B. Samples: 10 lb sample of each type of fill; submit in air-tight containers to testing laboratory.

C. Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source.

D. Fill Composition Test Reports: Results of laboratory tests on proposed and actual materials used.

E. Compaction Density Test Reports.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Provide sufficient quantities of fill to meet project schedule and requirements. When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need.

B. Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FILL MATERIALS

A. General Fill: Site soil is not adequate for structural fill and must be imported. Subsoil excavated on-site, to extent of quantities available may be used for landscaping fill, Select Import otherwise.

1. Graded.

2. Free of lumps larger than 3 inches, rocks larger than 2 inches, and debris.

B. Select Fill (non structural): Select Import fill.

1. Graded according to Geotechnical Report specifications as follows

a. 3 inch sieve: 100 percent passing

b. 4 inch sieve: 90 to 100 percent passing c. c. No. 200: 10 to 60 percent passing

2. Liquid Limit 40% Maximum

3. ECOPYPlasticity Index 15% Maximum

C. Structural Fill

1. Well graded imported granular material, crushed quarry rock or river- runs.

31-5500 - 2 FILL AND BACKFILL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. 100 percent passing through 3-inch sieve

3. Compact structural fill to at least 90 percent relative compaction under all foundation elements (foundations and slabs), sidewalks and other flatwork areas.

D. Bedding for Utility Piping under building slabs: Washed, uniformly graded mineral aggregate ASTM D448 with percentage composition of dry weight conforming with following limits:

1. Passing 1-inch Sieve: 100 percent.

2. Passing 3/4-inch Sieve: 90-100 percent.

3. Passing NO.4 Sieve: 0-10 percent.

E. Graded Rock Base:

1. Under Building Slabs: Washed, uniformly graded mineral aggregate ASTM D448 with percentage composition of dry weight conforming with following limits:

a. Passing 1-inch Sieve: 100 percent.

b. Passing 3/4-inch Sieve: 90-100 percent.

c. Passing NO.4 Sieve: 0-10 percent.

2. Base at Slab-on-Grade: As specified in the geotechnical report for this project.

3. Absorption of water to saturated-surface dry condition shall not exceed 3 percent of oven-dry weight of a sample.

F. Granular Fill - Pea Gravel 3/8 inch to Y2 inch washed, uncrushed gravel. Use at drainage pipe and at other locations indicated.

G. Sand - Fill: Natural river or bank sand; washed; free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter. ECOPY1. Graded in accordance with ASTM C 136; within the following limits: a. 4.75 mm sieve: 90 to 100 percent passing.

b. 75 mm sieve: 0 to 5 percent passing.

2. Provide at locations indicated.

FILL AND BACK FILL 31-5500 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

H. Topsoil: Satisfactory topsoil is reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones and other objects over 2 inches in diameter, and without weeds, roots and other objectionable material.

1. Use topsoil for top 2 feet of fill against exterior walls, except at paving and sidewalks.

2. Topsoil may also be used beyond the area within 5 feet of building, except under paving and sidewalks.

3. Confirm suitability of stockpiled materials with project Landscape Architect and Geotechnical Engineer.

2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. See Section 01400 (01-4000) - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for testing and analysis of soil material.

B. Where fill materials are specified by reference to a specific standard, testing of samples for compliance will be provided before delivery to site.

C. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest.

D. Provide all materials of each type from same source.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations.

B. See Section 31-2000 rough Grading for additional requirements.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Scarify subgrade surface to a depth of 6 inches to identify soft spots.

B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with general fill. C. CompactECOPY subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material.

D. Until ready to fill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling into excavation.

31-5500 - 4 FILL AND BACKFILL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. At parking lots: Remove a minimum of 1 foot of soil to reach suitable subgrade.

F. At concrete slab on grade: Excavate to the design depth of the bottom of the structural fill beneath the slab.

1. Compact the upper 8 inches to a minimum of 90 percent dry density per ASTM D1557.

2. Moisture content to be controlled to -1 to +3 percent of optimum.

3.3 FILLING

A. Fill to contours and elevations indicated using unfrozen materials.

B. Fill up to subgrade elevations unless otherwise indicated.

C. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work.

D. Systematically fill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not fill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces.

E. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill-materials to attain required compaction density.

F. Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches compacted depth.

G. Soil Fill: Place and compact material in equal continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches compacted depth.

H. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10ft, unless noted otherwise. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas.

I. Correct areas that are over-excavated.

1. Load-bearing foundation surfaces: Use Structural Fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to 90 percent of maximum dry density.

2. Other areas: Use Topsoil Fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to ECOPYminimum 93 percent of maximum dry density. J. Compaction Density Unless Otherwise Specified or Indicated:

1. Under paving, slabs-on-grade, and similar construction: 90 percent of maximum dry density.

2. At traffic bearing paving: 93 percent of maximum dry density.

FILL AND BACK FILL 31-5500 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

K. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic.

3.4 FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS

A. General Requirements:

1. Do not place engineered fill or backfill until forms, rubbish and deleterious materials have been removed and areas have been approved by the Owner's Representative.

2. Do not backfill against surfaces to be damproofed or waterproofed until damproofing or waterproofing has been completed and accepted.

3. Sequence placement of permeable material with adjacent backfill.

4. Brace and shore footings, walls, etc., against which backfill is to be placed to prevent displacement or damage during placement.

5. Place acceptable soil material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area classification listed below.

6. In excavations, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material.

7. Under grassed areas, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material.

8. Under walks and pavement, use base material, or structural fill, or combination of both.

9. Under steps, use base material.

10. Under building slabs, use structural fill or drainage fill material.

11. Under piping and conduit; use base course material where base course is indicated under piping or conduit; shape to fit bottom 90 degrees of cylinder.

B. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following:

1. Acceptance by Architect of construction below finish grade, including, where applicable, damp proofing, waterproofing, and perimeter ECOPYinsulation. 2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording of locations of underground utilities.

3. Removal of concrete formwork.

31-5500 - 6 FILL AND BACKFILL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

4. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials. Cut of temporary sheet piling driven below bottom of structures and removal in a manner to prevent settlement of the structures or utilities, unless otherwise noted.

5. Removal of trash and debris from excavated area.

6. Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing is in place on horizontally supported walls.

C. Compact utility trench backfill placed in or adjacent to buildings and exterior slabs to at least 90 percent of the maximum dry density (ASTM D1557). Compact the upper 2 feet of the utility trench backfill placed in or adjacent to buildings and exterior slabs and in pavement areas to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density (ASTM D1557).

D. After subgrade compaction has been approved by the Geotechnical Engineer, spread the engineered fill material in 6 to 8 inch loose lifts and uniformly mixed during the spreading operation.

E. Install engineered fill below footings and extend at least 5 feet beyond building limits.

F. Repeat compaction procedure until proper grade is attained.

G. Rocks generated during site earthwork may be used in fill when conforming to material specifications.

3.5 TOLERANCES

A. Top Surface of General Filling: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations.

B. Top Surface of Filling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. See Section 01-4200 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing.

B. Perform compaction density testing on compacted fill in accordance with ECOPYASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, ASTM D2922, or ASTM D3017. C. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in accordance with ASTM D 1557 ("modified Proctor"), or AASHTO T 180.

FILL AND BACK FILL 31-5500 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest.

E. Frequency of Tests: As specified by the project Geotechnical Engineer.

F. Proof roll compacted fill at surfaces that will be under slabs-on-grade.

3.7 CLEAN-UP

A. Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing surface water.

B. Leave borrow areas in a clean and neat condition. Grade to prevent standing surface water.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

31-5500 - 8 FILL AND BACKFILL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 31-5700 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Aggregate base course.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 31-5500 - Backfilling: Compacted fill under base course.

B. Section 32-1600 - Concrete Paving.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASTM D1557 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb Rammer and an 18 inch Drop.

B. ASTM D2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

C. California Test Method (CTM) 216 - Method of Test for Relative Compaction of Untreated and Treated Soils.

D. CTM 231 - Method of Test for Relative Compaction of Untreated and Treated Soils and Aggregates by the Area Concept Utilizing Nuclear Gages.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Class 2 Aggregate Base: As specified in Section 26 of the Caltrans "Standard Specifications", except the Durability Index may be 25 minimum.

B. Unclassified Aggregate Base: Reground bituminous surfacing and underlying unclassified aggregate base material, salvaged from existing paved surfacing, may be combined through a grinding/mixing operation resulting in one inch maximum size and not more than 20 percent passing the No.200 sieve. The sand equivalent shall be 20, minimum. ECOPY PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 31-5700 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

A. Verify substrate has been inspected, gradients and elevations are correct, and is dry.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Correct irregularities in substrate gradient and elevation by scarifying, reshaping, and re-compacting.

B. Do not place fill on soft, muddy, or frozen surfaces.

3.3 AGGREGATE PLACEMENT

A. Spread aggregate over prepared substrate to a total compacted thickness shown on the drawings. Use equipment specified in Section 26 of the Caltrans "Standard Specifications" to assure that the base material does not segregate during spreading.

B. Compact material to specified density.

C. Level and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated.

D. Add water to assist compaction. If excess water is apparent, remove aggregate and aerate to reduce moisture content.

E. Use mechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment.

3.4 TOLERANCES

A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/4 inch measured with 10 foot straight edge.

B. Scheduled Compacted Thickness: Within 1/2 inch of minimum thickness specified.

C. Variation From Design Elevation: Within 0.04 feet below grade and 0.03 feet above grade.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Section 01-4523- Testing Services: Soil Testing. B. CompactionECOPY testing will be performed in accordance with CTM 216, and CTM231, except for base under concrete walks where testing will be done in accordance with ASTM D1557 and ASTM D2922

C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest.

31-5700 - 2 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Frequency of Tests: As specified in Section 01-4523 - Testing Services, "Payment for Testing."

3.6 SCHEDULES

A. Under Asphalt Concrete Pavement for Vehicular Traffic:

1. Compact placed aggregate base materials to achieve compaction of 95 percent.

B. Under asphalt concrete pavement and Portland Cement Concrete Walks and play areas:

1. Compact placed aggregate base materials to 92 percent compaction.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 31-5700 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 31-6000 - FINISH GRADING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DOCUMENTS

A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and applicable portions of Division 1 of the specifications are part of this section.

1.2 SCOPE

A. Work Specified

1. Finish grading of all areas not covered by construction, to finish grade lines and contours indicated, and to blend uniformly to areas of undisturbed grades.

1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 31-2000 - Rough Grading

B. Section 31-5000 - Excavation

C. Section 31-5500 - Fill and Backfilling

D. Section 31-5700 - Aggregate Base Course.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TOPSOIL

A. Topsoil shall be fertile, friable material of a loamy character without sub-soil materials. Topsoil shall be free of stones, refuse, and clods greater than 1_ inches in diameter. Topsoil for use in planter areas shall be as specified elsewhere for landscape construction.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINISH GRADING

A. Finish grading work shall comply with requirements of Section 31-5000 - ECOPYExcavating, Section 31-5500Excavating, and Section 31-5700- Aggregate Base Course.

B. Finish grading shall follow the general grading pattern established by the finished grade (FG) elevations as indicated. Areas to receive pavement shall

FINISH GRADING 31-6000 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

be graded to provide positive slope to a drop inlet. Isolated low areas, "birdbaths", etc., will not be acceptable.

C. Finish grade shall be that specified elevation at the base of the first layer of asphalt concrete and Portland cement concrete paved surfaces.

D. Bring areas to a true and uniform grade without variation of more than one half inch in a 10- foot straight edge. In addition, no points shall be more than 3/8 inch higher than theoretical grades under asphalt concrete pavement, slabs, or portland cement concrete paved surfaces.

3.2 CLEANUP

A. Remove debris and stains resulting from the work of this section.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

31-6000 - 2 FINISH GRADING CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 32 --1500 TREE & SHRUB REMOVAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION:

The work of this section shall consist of clearing, grubbing, removing and disposing of all vegetation and debris which are within work limits as designated on the contract drawings except such objects as are designated to remain or are to be removed in accordance with other sections of these specifications. This work shall also include the preservation from injury or defacement of all vegetation and objects designated to remain.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS:

A. Section 02-4119 Demolition, Cutting and Patching

B. Section 32-9115 Top Soil

C. Section 32-9300 Tree, Plants and Ground Cover

D. Section 32-9115 Plant Establishment

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Trees shall be felled and removed in such a manner as to avoid injury to other trees or other objects designated to remain. Clearing and grubbing and related work shall be accomplished only in the areas as designated by the Owner.

A. Clearing: Shall Include the cutting and removal of all trees, brush and other designated unwanted growth and the removal and disposal of logs, rubbish piles, refuse, and other objectionable or unwanted matter.

B. Grubbing/Stump Grinding: Shall include the removal of all stumps, roots and ECOPYother objectionable or unwanted matter, lying wholly or in part below the surface of the ground to a minimum depth of 3 feet below grade.

TREE & SHRUB REMOVAL 32-1500 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.2 PROTECTION:

A. Objects designated to remain shall be carefully protected during construction operations in accordance with Division 1 requirements and Section 02-4119 Demolition, cutting and Patching.

3.3 DISTURBANCE:

A. In case of injury to the bark, limbs or roots of vegetation designated to remain, the Contractor shall repair such damage by corrective pruning or other methods, to be approved by the Architect or District. Low hanging branches and unsound or unsightly branches on trees or shrubs designated to remain shall be removed as directed. All trimming shall be done in accordance with good tree surgery practices.

3.4 HOLES FROM WHICH DESIGNATED VEGETATION IS REMOVED:

A. All holes or depressions shall be backfilled with Structural Soil and compacted as specified in other sections of these specifications.

3.5 DISPOSAL:

A. All cleared and grubbed materials shall be recycled and/or disposed of by the Contractor as specified or directed by the Architect.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

32-1500 - 2 TREE & SHRUB REMOVAL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 32-1600 - SITE CONCRETE WORK AND WALKS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DOCUMENTS

A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and applicable portions of Division 1 of the specifications are part of this section.

1.2 WORK SPECIFIED

A. Prepare subgrade to receive base course materials for walks, slabs, curbs and concrete bases.

B. Place and compact base course materials.

C. Concrete walks, slabs, curbs and concrete bases, complete with reinforcement.

1.3 RELATED WORK

A. Section 31-1000 - Rough Grading

B. Section 31-5000 - Excavation

C. Section 31-5500 - Backfilling

D. Section 31-5700 - Aggregate Base Course

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ASTM A185: Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.

B. ASTM A615: Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

C. ASTM C150: Portland Cement.

D. ASTM C94: Ready Mixed Concrete.

E. ASTM C260: Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. F. ECOPYASTM C33: Concrete Aggregates. G. ASTM C309: Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.

H. ASTM 01557: Tests for Moisture/Density Relations of Soils.

SITE CONCRETE WORK AND WALKS 32-6100 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

I. ASTM 01751: Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.

J. Standard Specifications -State of California, Department of Public Works, Division of Highways (CaITrans), Sections 40, 51,52,73, and 90 (CSS).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Any concrete plant that provides materials meeting requirements of CSS, Section 90.

B. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance with Section 01-6100.

2.2 FILL MATERIALS

A. Gravel base: Angular crushed natural stone, free from shale, clay and other friable materials and debris graded within the following limits:

Sieve Size Percent Passing 2" 100 1" 95 3/4" 95 to 100 5/8" 75 to 100 No. 4 35to 60 No. 16 15 to 35 No. 40 10 to 25 No. 200 5 to 10

B. Sand cushion: Clean natural river or bank sand, free from silt, clay loam, friable or soluble materials and organic matter, graded within the following limits:

Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 4 100 No. 14 10 to 100 No. 50 5 to 90 No. 100 4 to 30 No.ECOPY 200 0 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150; normal Type I or Type II.

B. Fine Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33.

32-6100 - 2 SITE CONCRETE WORK AND WALKS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic matter or other deleterious material.

2.4 REINFORCEMENT

A. Reinforcing steel: 40 ksi yield strength, deformed billet steel bars, ASTM A615, plain finish.

B. Welded steel wire fabric (WW F): Plain type, ASTM A 185, plain finish.

C. Tie wire: Minimum 16-gauge annealed type or patented system acceptable to Architect.

2.5 FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES

A. Formwork: Matched, tight-fitting and adequately stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of concrete.

B. Expansion joint filler: Minimum O-inch thick asphaltic impregnated fiberboard, ASTM 01751.

C. Color additive: Consov Permatint Pigment Color as required shall be added to all concrete in concrete walks and curbs to match existing concrete color.

D. Concrete curing compound: Chlorinated rubber type, clear color, ASTM C308.

2.6 CONCRETE MIX

A. Mix and proportion to produce minimum 2,500 psi concrete at 28 days with maximum slump of four inches, ASTM C94. No less than five sacks of cement per cubic yard.

B. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when acceptable to Architect. Use of admixtures shall not relax cold weather placement requirements as described in Section 01-3000. Do not use calcium chloride.

C. Use set-retarding admixtures during hot weather only when acceptable to Architect. D. ECOPYAdd color additive to concrete batch after the aggregate and before the cement and water.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

SITE CONCRETE WORK AND WALKS 32-6100 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.1 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE

A. Ensure rough grading has brought sub-grade to required elevations.

B. Fill soft spots and hollow spots with additional fill and compact.

C. Level and compact sub-grade to receive granular base. Compact to 93 percent compaction.

3.2 PLACEMENT OF GRAVEL FILL, SAND CUSHION AND WWF

A. Place and level gravel fill over prepared sub-grade to a compacted depth indicated on the drawings true to lines and levels to plus or minus 0.1 foot.

B. Place and cushion over gravel base and lightly consolidate and level to plus or minus 0.05 foot. Prevent displacement.

C. During concrete placement keep cushion sufficiently moist to prevent excessive absorption of water from freshly-placed concrete.

D. Install WWF at center of slab, protect to remain at center of slab during pour.

3.3 FORMING

A. Form vertical surfaces to full depth and securely position to required lines and levels. Ensure form ties are not placed so as to pass through concrete.

B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit easy dismantling and stripping and to prevent damage to concrete during formwork removal.

3.4 FORMING EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS

A. When sidewalks abut the building, provide continuous joint filler.

B. Fit expansion joints with filler of required profiles as shown on the drawings. Recess 1/2-inch below finished concrete surface.

3.5 PLACING CONCRETE

A. Place concrete, screed and wood float surfaces to a smooth and uniform finish, free of open texturing and exposed aggregate.

B. AvoidECOPY working mortar to surface.

C. Round all edges, including edges of control joints, with 1/3-inch radius edging tool.

32-6100 - 4 SITE CONCRETE WORK AND WALKS CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. Provide exposed surfaces of concrete with medium broom finish for slopes less than or equal to 6% and a heavy broom finish for areas with greater than a 6% slope. Broomed finish shall have striations across slope, parallel to grading contours.

E. Ensure that finished surfaces do not vary from true lines: levels or grade by more than one eighth (1/8) inch in ten feet when measured with straight edge.

F. Apply curing compound on finished surfaces (except exposed aggregate finish) immediately after placement. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

3.6 CLEAN UP

A. Remove all debris resulting from the work of this section.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

SITE CONCRETE WORK AND WALKS 32-6100 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 32-9115 - TOPSOIL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide and install topsoil as shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Use adequate number of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work in this Section.

B. Use equipment adequate in size, capacity and numbers to accomplish the work in a timely manner.

C. Comply with requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

D. Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the following standards: USDA soil classification

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Samples: Import topsoil, one quart

B. Analytical testing:

1. Soil analysis results for import topsoil

2. Soil analysis results for site topsoil

C. Shop Drawings showing proposed use of import toposoil and existing site topsoil.

D. Guarantee: Contractor shall submit a letter of guarantee stating that the import topsoil delivered to the site and the existing site topsoil is the same that was tested. 1.4 TESTINGECOPY A. Contractor shall send to the approved soil laboratory samples of the import topsoil and supplier's name.

TOPSOIL 32-9115 - 1 LAYTONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL REPLACEMENT OF INCLINE CLASSROOM BUILDING

B. Contractor shall submit to the Landscape Architect a copy of the soil analysis and recommendations, and the guarantee letter regarding the supplier of topsoil and the soil sample.

C. Soils analysis shall include the following:

1. Soil Fertility and Agricultural Suitability - half saturation %, pH, salinity, nitrate, ammonium phosphate, potassium, calcium, magnesium, boron, sodium absorption ratio (SAR), using saturation paste extract.

2. Particle Size/ Appraisal- USDA soil classification.

3.

4. Interpretation of the results with recommendations for improvement of soil to a state that will support vigorous plant growth.

5. A statement that the laboratory has reviewed the planting plan and specifications for this project and has incorporated them into their recommendations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Site topsoil excavated from areas within the project to a maximum depth of 6" and import topsoil capable of supporting vigorous plant growth shall be used as topsoil in shrub and lawn areas. Such topsoil shall consist of fertile friable soil free from subsoil, refuse, roots, clay, stones larger than 1" diameter, coarse sand, noxious seeds and other deleterious substances. Topsoil shall be tested per Section 32-9115-1.4 and amendment recommendations, upon approval of the Architect, shall become a part of these Specifications.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine subgrades and finish grade conditions. Do not start work until allECOPY unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Contaminated soils, construction debris, aggregate base and other deleterious substances found in planting areas shall be removed before import soil installation.

32-9115 - 2 TOPSOIL CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum.

B. Installation shall occur only when soil is dry and workable.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Lawn And Shrub Areas:

1. Install site and import topsoil to a 10" minimum depth in lawn and shrub areas.

2. Place topsoil in one lift.

3. Thoroughly incorporate amendments per the approved recommendations of the soil testing laboratory per Section 32-9115- 2.01B, above, at the specified rates.

4. Compact to 85% and rough grade.

B. Finish Grade Tolerance: 1" in 10'.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

TOPSOIL 32-9115 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 32-9300 TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide and install trees, plants and ground covers as shown on the plans and in accordance with these Specifications.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Plant names indicated comply with "Standardized Plant Names" as adopted by the latest edition of the American Joint Committee of Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties not listed conform generally with names accepted by the nursery trade. Provide stock true to botanical name and legibly tagged.

B. Comply with sizing and grading standards of the latest edition of "USA Standards for Nursery Stock." A plant shall be dimensioned as it stands in its natural position.

C. Comply with State of California Grading Code of Nursery Stock, No.1 Grade.

D. All plants shall be nursery grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project for a minimum of 2 years.

E. Stock furnished shall be at least the minimum size indicated. Larger stock is acceptable, at no additional cost, and providing that the larger plants will not be cut back to size indicated.

F. Root condition of plants furnished by the Contractor in containers will be determined by removal of earth from the roots of not less than 2 plants, not more than 2 percent of the total number of plants of each species or variety; except when container-grown plants are from several sources, the roots of not less than 2 plants of each species or variety from each source will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. In case the sample plants inspected are found to be defective, the Owner reserves the right to reject the entire lot or lots of plants represented by the defective samples. Any plants rendered unsuitable for planting because of this inspection will be ECOPYconsidered as samples and will not be paid for. 1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following material samples:

1. MuIch.

TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER 32-3300 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

2. Planting accessories.

B. Submit the following materials certification:

1. Fertilizer analysis.

2. Soil amendment.

C. Provide plant material record drawings:

1. Legibly mark drawings to record actual construction.

2. Indicate horizontal and vertical locations, referenced to permanent surface improvements.

3. Identify field changes of dimension and detail and changes made by Change Order.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver fertilizer materials in original, unopened and undamaged containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Store in manner to prevent wetting and deterioration.

B. Take all precautions customary in good trade practice in preparing plants for moving.

C. Workmanship that fails to meet the highest standards will be rejected. Spray deciduous plants in foliage with an approved" Anti-Desiccant" immediately after digging to prevent dehydration. Dig, pack, transport and handle plants with care to ensure protection against injury. Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany each shipment invoice or order to stock and on arrival, the certificate shall be filed with the Architect. Protect all plants from drying out. If plants cannot be planted immediately upon delivery, properly protect them with soil or wet peat moss. Water heeled-in plantings daily. No plant shall be bound with rope or wire in a manner that could damage or break the branches.

D. Cover plants transported on open vehicles with a protective covering to prevent wind burn. E. TheECOPY Contractor shall notify the Architect when plants are to be shipped to the project site. Such notification shall be given not less than 10 days prior to the actual shipment date.

32-9300 - 2 TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Work notification: Notify Landscape Architect at least 10 working days prior to installation of plant material.

B. Protect existing utilities, paving and other facilities from damage caused by planting operations.

C. A complete list of plants, including a schedule of size, quantities and other requirements is shown on the drawings. In the event that quantity discrepancies or material omissions occur in the plant materials list, the planting plans shall govern.

D. The irrigation system will be installed prior to planting. Locate, protect and maintain the irrigation system during planting operations. Repair irrigation system components, damage during planting operations, at Contractor's expense.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Warrant plant material to remain alive and be in healthy, vigorous condition for a period of 1 year after completion and FINAL ACCEPTANCE of landscape work. Inspection of plants will be made by the Architect at the completion of planting.

B. Replace, in accordance with the drawings and specifications, all plants that are dead or, as determined by the Architect, are in an unhealthy or unsightly condition, and have lost their natural shape due to dead branches, or other causes due to the Contractor's negligence. The cost of such replacement(s) is at Contractor's expense. Warrant all replacement plants for 1 year after installation.

C. Warranty shall not include damage or loss of trees, plants, or Ground covers caused by fires, floods or freezing rains, lightning storms or winds over 75 miles per hour, winter kill caused by extreme cold and sever winter conditions not typical of planting area; acts of vandalism or negligence on the part of the Owner.

D. Remove and immediately replace all plants, as determined by the Landscape Architect to be unsatisfactory during the initial planting ECOPYinstallation.

TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER 32-3300 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Plants: Provide plants typical of their species or variety; with normal, densely developed branches and vigorous, fibrous root systems. Provide only sound, healthy, vigorous plants free from defects, disfiguring knots, sunscald injuries, frost cracks, abrasions of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs, borers and all forms of infestation. All plants shall have a fully developed form without voids and open spaces.

1. Container-grown stock: Grown in a container for sufficient length of time for the root system to have developed to hold its soil together, firm and whole.

a. No plants shall be loose in the container.

b. Container stock shall not be pot bound.

2. No pruning wounds shall be present with a diameter of more than 1" and such wounds must show vigorous bark on all edges.

3. Evergreen trees shall be branched to the ground.

4. Single stemmed or thin plants will not be accepted.

5. Side branches shall be generous, well twigged and the plant as a whole well bushed to the ground.

6. Plants shall be in a moist, vigorous condition, free from dead wood, bruises or other root or branch injuries.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Fertilizer:

1. Commercial fertilizer shall conform to the requirements of the California Food and Agricultural Code.

2. Fertilizer shall be pelleted, granular or packet form, non-burning ECOPYand slow acting of guaranteed analysis .. a. 20-10-5/ Best-Paks Premeasured "Biodegradable" Planter Paks Containing Polyon Coated Fertilizers; available from LeBallister Seed, 707-526-6733; or approved equal.

32-9300 - 4 TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

b. Commercial fertilizer shall conform to the approved recommendations of the soil testing laboratory per Section 32-9115 "Topsoil" of these Specifications.

B. Soil Amendment: Soil amendments shall conform to the approved recommendations of the ~oil testing laboratory per Section 32- 9115"Topsoil" of these Specifications.

C. Mulch:

1. Premium grade shredded redwood bark shall be a mixture of shredded / stringy redwood bark; shall have a particle size between 1/8" and 1/2" in thickness and 1" to 6" in length; and shall be free of salt and deleterious materials such as clods, coarse objects and rocks.

a. Apply uniform layer over entire landscape area minimum of 3 inches thick.

2. Contractor shall submit a Certificate of Compliance signed by the manufacturer.

D. Water: Available at site. Hoses or other methods of transportation furnished by Contractor.

E. Stakes for Tree Staking: Hardwood, 2" nominal diameter round stakes or 2" x 2" square stakes, at the Contractor's option.

F. Tree Ties: Extruded vinyl-base tape, 1" wide and a minimum of 0.010" thick. Other materials approved by the Architect may be used.

G. Herbicide: Not Used

H. Root Barriers:

1. Install at trees adjacent (within eight feet) of concrete or asphalt pathways and walks.

2. For surround, linear or root pruning applications: DeepRoot Universal Barrier UB 18-2 (18" deep), available from Wyatt ECOPYIrrigation Supply, phone: (707) 578-3747. 3. For linear style plantings where hardscape comes in close proximity with several trees at once: DeepRoot Linear Barrier LB 18-2 (18" deep), available from Wyatt Irrigation Supply, phone (707) 578-3747.

TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER 32-3300 - 5 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine proposed planting areas and conditions of installation. Do not start planting work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Planting shall be performed only by experienced workers familiar with planting procedures under the supervision of a qualified supervisor.

B. Planting Areas:

1. Loosen topsoil of planting area to minimum depth of 10". Remove stones over 1" in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish and extraneous matter.

2. Thoroughly incorporate amendments per approved recommendations of the soil testing laboratory per Section 02922 "Topsoil" of these Specifications.

C. Container-Grown Trees and Shrubs:

1. Excavate circular plant pits with vertical sides. Provide shrub pits at least 12" greater than the diameter of the root system and 24" greater for trees (or two times the rootball size). Depth of pit shall accommodate the root system. Scarify the bottom of the pit to a depth of 4".

2. Set plant fertilizer "Paks" (20-10-5 fertilizer) in plant pit per construction details and according to manufacturer's written instructions.

D. Planting Accessories:

1. Install root barriers on trees planted 10' or closer to hardscapes, per construction details.

3.3 INSTALLATION A. SetECOPY plant material in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set plants upright, plumb, and faced to give the best appearance or relationship to each other or adjacent structure. Set plant material 2" to 3" above the finish grade. No filling will be permitted around trunks or stems. Backfill the pit with surface amended soil to a depth of 8". Backfill for placement at greater depth should not contain organic amendment. Do

32-9300 - 6 TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

not use frozen or muddy mixtures for backfilling. Form a ring of soil around the edge of each planting pit to retain water. Thoroughly water plants by filling ring with water. Remove ring prior to placement of mulch.

B. Space ground cover plants in accordance with indicated dimensions in neat, straight rows. Adjust spacing as necessary to evenly fill planting bed with indicated quantity of plants. Plant to within 18" of the trunks of trees and shrubs within planting bed and to within 12" of edge of bed, or as shown on the drawings.

C. Mulching: Mulch tree and shrub planting beds with required mulching material 2" deep immediately after planting. Thoroughly water mulched areas. After watering, rake mulch to provide a uniform finished surface.

D. Staking: Stake and tie all trees immediately after lawn seeding or sodding operations and prior to acceptance. When high winds or other conditions which may affect tree survival or appearance occur, the Architect may require immediate staking.

E. All work shall be acceptable to the Architect.

3.4 MAINTENANCE

A. Refer to section 32-9500 Plant Establishment

3.5 ACCEPTANCE

A. Preliminary Acceptance

1. Landscaped areas Will be inspected at completion of all trees, shrubs, ground covers and turf installation and granted PRELIMINARY ACCEPTANCE subject to compliance with specified materials and installation requirements.

2. Inspection to determine acceptance of planted areas will be made by the Architect, upon Contractor's request. Provide notification at least 10 working days before requested inspection date.

3. Contractor shall be notified of PRELIMINARY ACCEPTANCE ECOPYand the start of the maintenance period in writing by the Architect. B. Final Acceptance:

1. Inspection to determine FINAL ACCEPTANCE of planted areas will be made by the Architect, upon Contractor's request, at the end

TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER 32-3300 - 7 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

of the 90-day maintenance period. Provide notification at least 10 working days before requested inspection period.

2. Planted areas will be accepted provided all requirements, including maintenance, have been complied with and plant materials are alive and in a healthy, vigorous condition.

3. Contractor shall be notified of FINAL ACCEPTANCE in writing by the Architect.

C. Upon FINAL ACCEPTANCE or taking of possession and use by the Owner, the Owner will assume landscape maintenance.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work.

B. Remove from site all excess materials, soil, debris and equipment. Repair damage resulting from planting operations.

END OF SECTION

ECOPY

32-9300 - 8 TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 32-9500 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide all labor, equipment, materials and supervision required to properly establish the turf and plant materials in an attractive condition through the term of the contract.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work in this Section.

B. Use equipment adequate in size, capacity and numbers to accomplish the work in a timely manner.

C. Comply with all rules and requirements of governing agencies.

1.3 DURATION

A. The plant establishment period shall be for a period of 90 calendar days, beginning with Preliminary Acceptance of the work.

B. Working days when the Contractor fails to adequately perform maintenance work including, but not limited to, watering plants, replacing unsuitable plants, repairing erosion damage and doing weed, rodent and other pest control, determined to be necessary by the Architect, will not be credited as maintenance working days.

1.4 WORKFORCE AND PERFORMANCE

A. All workers shall be under the supervision of an experienced maintenance supervisor.

B. All work is to be performed in accordance with standard horticultural practices, using modem techniques accepted by the industry. The appearance and health of the landscape shall be considered over methods ECOPYand procedures. C. All work is to be performed with the utmost concern for the safety of both the workers and the public.

PLANT ESTABLISHMENT 02975 - 1 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

D. The Contractor shall replace or repair anything damaged by his/her agents.

E. The Contractor shall submit a schedule of maintenance to be performed for the entire maintenance period, including work days and hours at the site, number of crew and tasks being performed.

1.5 INSPECTIONS

A. The Contractor shall give 48 hours notice to set the appointment for the final approval by the Architect.

B. The observation for final approval shall be made at the end of the plant establishment period to determine compliance with the contract documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CHEMICALS

A. The Contractor may elect to use herbicides, fungicides or pesticides during maintenance procedures. If this is done, the selection and use of the materials is solely the responsibility of the Contractor.

B. The cost of chemicals and their application is included as part of the maintenance contract.

C. All materials used shall either conform to the bid specifications or shall otherwise be acceptable to the District. All materials used must comply with local, state and federal laws.

D. The County Agricultural Commissioner's office must, by law, be given a monthly record of all herbicides, insecticides and disease control chemicals used.

E. Application of all materials should be carefully timed to promote positive results and safety.

F. Pesticides: Prior to applying pesticides obtain submit product to be used for approval from the Owner to be used on site. All pesticides must be appliedECOPY by or under the supervision of a licensed pest control operator. 2.2 FERTILIZER

A. Fertilizer

02975 - 2 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

1. Granular or pe1leted, non-burning, guaranteed analysis professional fertilizer.

B. Commercial fertilizer shall conform to the requirements of the California Food and Agricultural Code.

C. Commercial fertilizer shall conform to the approved recommendations of the soil testing laboratory per Section 32-9115 "Topsoil" of these Specifications.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The entire site shall be maintained in a proper and orderly fashion. Areas shall be protected from damage, including erosion and trespass. Walks and paved areas shall be kept clean and free of debris.

3.2 TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVER MAINTENANCE

A. The Contractor shall adequately water plants; replace unsuitable plants; do weed, rodent and other pest control; repair and perform other work, as determined necessary by the Landscape Architect, every calendar day during the maintenance period.

B. Fertilization:

1. Apply fertilizer throughout the establishment period per the approved recommendations of the soil testing laboratory per Section 32-9115 "Topsoil" of these Specifications.

2. Apply with a mechanical rotary or drop type distributor.

3. Thoroughly water fertilizer into soil.

4. The Contractor shall notify the Architect at least 5 days prior to each application of commercial fertilizer.

C. During the maintenance period, electric automatic irrigation systems shall be operated in the automatic mode, unless otherwise permitted by the ECOPYArchitect. D. Thirty days prior to the completion of the maintenance period, instructions shall be given to the Owner by a qualified person from the Contractor's personnel on the use and adjustment of the irrigation controllers.

PLANT ESTABLISHMENT 02975 - 3 CITY OF HEALDSBURG 2015-16 MEASURE V - MULTI-SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

E. Weed control:

1. Where herbicides are used to control weeds, weeds shall be killed before they exceed 2" in length.

2. Where weeds are to be pulled by hand, they shall be pulled before they exceed 4" in length.

3. Weed control shall be performed as often as required to maintain the project in a neat and uniform condition at all times.

F. Surplus earth, , trash and debris which accumulates in the prepared planting areas shall be removed and disposed of. Such areas shall be so cared for as to present a neat and clean condition at all times.

G. During the maintenance period, trees, shrubs, vines and ground cover plants, planted as part of the contract, shall be pruned or headed back by the Contractor at Contractor's expense, when and as directed by the Architect.

3.3 IRRIGATION MANAGEMENT

A. The Contractor shall operate the irrigation system. It is the Contractor's responsibility to adjust the system to apply water in accordance with plan requirements based on weather and soil conditions. The program shall maximize penetration of the root zone and minimize runoff.

B. Controllers shall be programmed to irrigate from Sunday through Thursday between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Controllers shall be programmed for no irrigation during times of rain and reactivated when necessary.

C. The Contractor shall maintain the irrigation components to ensure proper and optimum irrigation coverage within the limits of the system. This includes adjusting and cleaning of all sprinkler heads. All valves shall be adjusted to operate at proper pressure to eliminate "misting" and unnecessary water waste. If deemed beneficial, sprinkler nozzles may be changed to improve coverage or eliminate overspray.

D. If the Contractor damages the system, the Contractor shall repair the damages at his/her expense. If such damages cause the subsequent loss of turf, it shall be replaced. Repair of vandal damage is not included in the establishment contract.ECOPY

END OF SECTION

02975 - 4 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT